Category: Webinars Collection

  • 09/26/2026 – Turn Any Photo Into A Human Like AI – Talking Head Video With MorphStudio AI!

    All right, we are officially live. Welcome, welcome, welcome everyone. Settle in. The room is open and you’re in for an absolute treat. An absolute must-have in my opinion in today’s day and age. We’re going to show you exactly one of the most stateofthe-art AI clothing mechanisms, brand new, perfect lip sync, and how you can leverage it to deliver one of the most indemand and hottest services right now. how businesses are going crazy for having a dedicated clone that can actually sell for them 24/7. We’re going to show you how to set it up, how easy you can do this. And I can’t wait to dive right in. Let me know in the chat box if you can hear my voice, if you can see the screen. The sooner you do this, the faster we can go ahead and get started. I see Anony’s here, Adam is here, Lisa’s here, Dave is here, John is here. There we go. Thomas just joined in. Michael is here as well. Um, amazing. Samantha’s here as well. David is here as well. Good. Lots and lots of yeses flying in. Now, I’m here to tell you, and I’m going to show you and prove you this today. The quality of what you’re about to see supersedes any other AI cloning tool that you’ve ever witnessed. And I’m speaking from personal experience because I’ve used many of them. I’ve tried using many of them because I see the value of it. It allows you to create really good content without having to film yourself, which is something businesses absolutely love as well. But a lot of times either the lip syncing is off or the quality of the image or the face consistency is not there and what you’re going to see today is on a whole new level. This is stateofthe-art and I can’t wait to dive right in. There we go. Lots of yeses. So let’s go ahead and get started. this brand new AI. There’s one photo, literally just a photo, into an army of AI clones that sell for you, which is a very important point we’re going to get back to. On every single platform, every single day around the clock, they’re out there doing the work for you. And it is the number one hottest AI service right now. And if you know how we like to do our webinars, we’re going to show you nothing but proof, stats, data, and numbers backing up everything what we say so you understand that what you’re about to get your hands on is the smartest action you can take right now. Because here’s the truth. In 2026, marketing has changed forever. As you might already know, let me know if you agree. AI video are now the hottest content online right now. And again, that’s not just something we’re saying. a video generation volume surged by 840%. Right? We’re literally seeing with over 63% of video marketers now actively using AI videos. Brands, as a matter of fact, are spending 9.1 billion on AI videos. This year the AI video generation is rapidly transforming business operations with pure AI video generator market valued between 847 million 946 million and now driven with the global AI video announcement projected to reach 9.1 billion in 2026. That’s a huge jump. And that’s simply because if you look at the bigger picture, video has officially become the number one most consumed content worldwide. Right? The world’s most consumed digital media format is video. And it is impossible to put out enough video all the time in the perfect lighting, perfect setting, being everywhere, speaking all the time. And that’s why AI videos and AI avatars come into play. And they’re so handy. 94.6% of entire internet traffic comes from video. So you need to put out videos. Businesses need to put out videos and they know it, but they need something that can do it for them. And if you and compare video fears, you know, static content, regular content, video dominates in reach and discovery. So even if you want to get seen more, get people to follow you more, get growth, get your, you know, offers and products in the right places, you need to dominate with video. As a matter of fact, let’s do a quick pop quiz because the answer might surprise you. What percentage of people, right, and there’s studies on this. I’m going to show you the answer in a second. What percentage of people have been convinced to buy by a video? Is it A 65%? Is it B 85% of people are convinced to buy when watching a video over anything else or 72% right in the middle? Let me know in the chat box what you think. A, B, or C? There you go. I see lots of B, B, B. Um, either B or C. There you go. B. It is indeed. Most of you, if not all of you, have it correct. It is B. And that alone tells you enough. That means if you want more sales, the numbers don’t lie. You need to go allin on video. 80% 85% of purchases are made through video. All right. 85% of people say they’ve been persuaded to buy a product or service after watching a video. Right here, 85% and be convinced to buy something by watching a video. Where 84% want to see more video from brands in 2026. and 80 plus% you know the numbers keep adding up and because of that AI videos are now one of the hottest and easiest services to sell to local businesses and you can see right here you can look this up as well now in the grand few research great articles stats and studies they produce the demand for corporate and promotional video content is at an all-time high absolute all-time high video has shifted from just being a marketing differentiator to an absolute baseline by necessity, right? Take note of the words they’re using. All-time high. Video is now a baseline necessity for businesses. Which means if there’s one offer you want to surface to local businesses as well as grow your own business, it is video. Every one of these businesses needs videos every single week, not just once. Whether it’s restaurants, gyms, dentists, auto repair shops, roofers, real estate agents, they need video, video, video. There’s no business that will say, “No, I don’t want to, you know, get more reach, dominate social media, get more video, get more people to find out about me.” Every business wants it and they need video to get there. You can see again the stats prove it. Why business’s demand for AI video creation is surging. Again, the global AI video market has grown rapidly. Now in all this data we sit down and have to understand a key thing which we’re going to show you here today that barely anyone is talking about because businesses first of all pay good money to anyone that can help them with this. You see people are already getting paid for a video as a surface and you know there’s a more demand than there is supply. You can see right here you can charge $150 to $500 per single short form AI after video or even,000 to 2,000 per month on a recurring retainer. Now per video one off a 30 second promo right now on reals for Tik Toks and shorts you know with a good including AI avatar you know basic skip writing auto captions background and maybe one revision. It goes for $150 to $300. That’s a 30 second clip and that’s because that business can keep using it over and over and over again. it will continue to get exposure because you get paid once they keep using it. You can get paid $300 for just 30 second clip. Now, if you’re looking for more polish ones or longer ones, 60 to 90 seconds, you can already charge up to 400 to a,000. And these are real actual baseline numbers. If a business goes and looks up or how much should I expect to pay, this is the answer that they will see. Now, here is the problem, however, and let me know if you relate to this and if this is something you’ve been running into as well. Just give me a quick yes because most people have no idea regardless of this demand, regardless of this searching demand of businesses, you know, wanting more video and videos are dominating online, have no idea how to make these AI videos work for themselves or how to get it to sign clients. Now, tell me if this sounds familiar because this is exactly what we’re going to talk about and solve in a way you’ve never seen before. And you might right now have a ton of video tools. Let me know in the chat box, but I have a ton as well. But let me know if you right now have a ton of video tools, but you still have no clients or sales coming from them. And there’s a key thing that’s preventing it right now, which we’re going to expose on this training. There we go. See, lots of yeses coming in. And you don’t know what videos to post to get sales quickly. And on top of that, it feels like you already tried everything. And if that’s the case, you came to the right place and it’s not your fault. I see lots of yeses flying in. And again, let me know if this sounds familiar because that makes sure for us that you came to the right place and we know exactly how to fix this for you. You see, the problem is, and this is what most people fail to tell you, the problem is most AI tools are great at making content, but not content that sells for you. There’s a difference between just videos and nice, you know, clips to watch and, you know, just videos that maybe are entertaining or whatsoever and videos that actually get people interested, you know, persuaded moving forward. They want to buy, they want to click, they want to know more. They get aha moments. They want to, you know, follow. They get value. They’re educated. There’s a huge difference between these two types of videos generated with AI. And that’s exactly what Logic and I am review Squad, you know, two of the smartest, you know, geniuses, software developers, marketers, as well as success story creators together combined have been able to produce because they understood there’s a huge difference right now in the market between tools that just make a video, right? And those videos might get watched maybe and videos that get you paid. That’s their sole purpose. They’re not there to to necessarily entertain. They’re there to get your products or services in the hands of other people. And their new AI does exactly that. It doesn’t just make videos. It makes videos that sell on autopilot on all platforms altogether. And that is the number one thing that local businesses are looking for right now. While the person’s working in the shop, they’re looking for an AI video of themselves that is doing out there talking about the cars, talking about the repairs, talking about the business that are showing them around. So they leveraged their time and until now that took a real person on camera or you know a ton of different AI stitched together to get some mediocre output. But what if I told you that after this training, and that’s why it’s so smart that you’re here today, you will have the most advanced AI for creating hyper realistic clones, which means you’ll have your own AI clone that you can create for yourself and any other business that sells for you 24/7 in a way you’ve never seen before. And we see local businesses right now paying our users for videos they’ve never filmed themselves. Right? Ryan Mitchell, marketing consultant, I became the easiest upsell my marketing packages. Lauren right here. I can now offer clients fresh videos every month. And then Ethan, the commercial license, gave me a service I could sell immediately. This will allow you and your clients to look like experts without ever being on camera. Clean, realistic, good backdrop, good lip sync, not, you know, weird movements or, you know, off, you know, the character goes off and then, you know, the consistency is off. Perfect lip sync, perfect details, and hyper realistic. And even better, every clone speaks over 10 languages, allowing you to do this in every market on Earth. Literally an army of clones selling on every platform at once. And the best part is without learning a new or single new skill, without searching for clients, the clients are literally up for grabs. We’re going to show you that. And without waiting for weeks, this works in minutes, even if you’re a complete beginner. So, that being said, now that you know what we’re going to talk about, comment yes if you are staying until the end. Comment yes in the chat box because we’re going to show you exactly how it’s done and introduce state-of-the-art AI that creates beautiful content that is, you know, literally the necessity for businesses right now and hence they will pay you greatly for it once you send them a sample. Something I can’t wait to show you. So, the three secrets we’re going to dive right in is number one, the selling clone. One photo becomes a clone that teaches and sells for you. This already is worth its weight in gold. Furthermore, the instant paying clients how to turn one photo into a video service business that pays and on top of that direct special access because you are smart enough to show up to the live webinar to have this necessity of a state-of-the-art tool. You’re going to get webinar only access where we even lay out the entire client acquisition. You’re going to get everything at a mass mass discount and it’s only for users on this webinar. So, I hope you’re excited. Without further ado, let’s dive right into secret number one. Give me a yes in the chat box if you’re ready for the selling clone. How one photo becomes a clone that teaches and sells for you. We’re going to show you samples. We’re going to show you the quality of this and let you be the judge of it all. And trust me when I say this is better than any other cloning tool you’ve seen, which usually are super expensive as well. You’re going to get something that you can use effortlessly and get paid for without Phil. Now, as you know by now, every business needs video, and that’s the part that has never changed. But what most people don’t understand is that not every video is worth the same. Starting off with random AI clips, those are fun to create and you know they actually can get some reach, but when it comes to actually selling a product, a surface or getting someone intrigued, interested, you know, providing valuable content in a way that a business and especially a local business can benefit of. That’s usually not the best state. Now, the next stage is, you know, a stiff AI after. You’ve seen these. They look very unrealistic. you know, they’re very claylike, you know, literally as you see them right here. And you know, it’s fun to watch, but again, it’s not to be super taken as seriously. And then on top of that, you have actually you on camera, which used to be the best of all. Obviously, nothing beats the actual person on camera. But on top of that, as you can see, you need to remember the script, read the lights, you need to have a ring light, you need to be in the shop, you need to, you know, spend time from all the other work you want to do to actually sit down and create videos while other clients are waiting or people entering the store. This is an absolute hassle for businesses, as you can imagine, and even for yourself, right? You need to have good lighting. You always need to have good microphone, good audio, and such. And that’s why there’s now that triumphs all one better which is a selling clone. An actual literal clone that perfectly gets across what the person wants to share and better yet knows exactly how to sell it and knows it even better with more marketing knowledge than you yourself. And the beauty about using these types of clips where a person’s actually showing their face, actually smiling, it works directly in your benefits psychologically with the person that’s viewing. You see, your brain has a region in your mind to detect faces. Now, that’s same thing we have since we’re babies. The human brain has specific region dedicated to just recognize faces. Now, newborns, right, if we go all the way back, look for a face within hours of being born, right? There’s a lot of, you know, multiple landmark studies that show this and it’s really important to understand because if you want to stand out on social media, nobody ignores a face. Our brain is hardwired amongst all the clutter, all the content to spot the face. And guess what? Nobody wants to be ignored on socials, right? All businesses want to stand out. Now, if you want to use the perfect reason or the best way to stand out, you need a face. And that’s why AI clones are the most powerful selling asset a business can have. Now, what’s even more interesting, and this really surprised me, as a matter of fact, this caught me off guard, and it might you as well. Let me know in the chat box if it does. 78% of people trust videos with AI avatars over a real one. Now, at first, now I didn’t believe it, but then we looked at these studies. You know, Lancaster University did one. Vice even produced this as well. You can see AF faces trusted more than faces of real people, right? Real faces were rated least the least trustworthy with an average of 4.03. And when they cloned that face, it looked like the same person, but it was smiling more. It was more uplifting. You know, it was still the same person, hyperrealistic, but because of the gestures, obviously, you know, over 80% of communication is non-verbal. The AI version was way more trustworthy. And vice, you know, people trust, you know, these deep fake faces more than real faces. Slightly more trustworthy than the real ones. And that’s because these AIs, you know, are better at also understanding how they should act when saying certain sentences. where we as humans when we talk, we often do not control the subtle movements we make while we’re talking. Long story short, people buy from videos with a face. Now, comment yes if you see why an AI avatar beats any, you know, generic clip or, you know, any generic AI clip when it comes to selling a product or service or when a local business wants to go out there, promote their products, promote their services. Let me know if that makes sense. Think about the car dealership, the dentist, right? when they have a AI clone avatar of a dentist in a practice, you know, talking about what they do or what they provide or what they can do, it will be so much more effective in standing out on social media than any other generic type of footage. It increases credibility, trustworthiness, authority, and it allows them 247 to get reach online without them having to stand in front of the camera themselves. There we I see lots and lots of yeses coming in. Now, with that being said, a video with a face that sells is one of the most important assets to own as a business right now. It gets watched, it gets trusted, and it gets the seal. But here is the problem. You see, a video with a face used to take a studio and a camera crew, someone willing to be on camera, an editor for every single cut, and days of work for one video. But luckily, now we have AI avatars. And that’s why, you know, a lot of creators, CEOs, they want their digital twin down now. Now, it’s even been in the New York Times, right? Talk to my AI twin. Busy executives now have this productivity hack where they let their AI twin do a lot of the content. Right? Here, too much work. Have your digital twin handle it. I made an AI clone of myself, right? It made me believe maybe this isn’t sci-fi nonsense. Now everybody is looking to have a replica that can do all the heavy lifting for them when it comes to the content. So the question is then why is not everyone using them? If everyone wants it and it works so well and the numbers show it and the demand for it is there and you know everything points to the fact that this is one of the most powerful lucrative assets that you can own to sell any product or service especially if you want to work with logo businesses. It’s because the old way was juggling a dozen of AI tools. You would need a scripting tool. You need AI voice tool, realistic one. You need AI avatar tool. You need an editing tool. And all this together, especially for non- techy people, you know, it’s a nightmare. And even if you’re techie, it’s just a nuisance because all of these have their own credit systems, their own login, their own learning systems, and it’s the absolute worst way to make a video in 2026. Let me know if you agree. You have to go from one take the script then go to the audio tool then from the audio tool go to the video tool and if there’s any change you need to make you have to go through that entire cycle again. And at the end of the day all those tools leave the selling to you. And even then, even if you manage to pull that off, a lot of times what we’ve seen, and we’ve tried a lot of them, the face changes from video to video, right? It doesn’t stay consistent. The lips, and this is the worst thing of all, and this is a huge turnoff, the lips don’t match the words being said. And that’s where you lose, you know, a ton of people. The lips don’t match the words being said. For some reason, most AI just can’t get to that level yet. And some of them are just completely frozen, stiff, and completely lifeless. And viewers just scroll past right now. This is exactly what Logic Beam Softwares and IM Review Squad have solved and it’s all about to change. You’re going to have the most genuine, realistic, actually fun to watch and as well as, you know, comforting to watch person that is talking for you 24/7. You know, comforting people, selling the product, providing value. You can do this for yourself and for clients because they had one goal to make it simple because normally you have to go through a ton of hassle to build this. They made it so you just upload one photo, you get a clone, you don’t have to film anything yourself. Because if you’ve tried this before, you need to, you know, take a side profile, you need to film, you need to say a few sentences, make a lot of gestures, and then you need to redo it and redo it. It’s usually a very tedious process to get a clone. And even then, it’s not right. But they built an AI that locks your face and voice in perfectly so it can sell anything for you moving forward as it processes a ton of marketing knowledge. It’s literally one photo in and it starts talking, selling and it never changes. And we’ve clones are already made. I mean, look at the, you know, gym professor right here for the personal trainer. Look at, you know, the food blogger. We have, you know, the YouTube creator. All of these work in different voices from one single photo. And imagine you had access to a presenter without any retakes, a voice in over 10 plus languages, a director you simply steer by prompt and a publisher for every single platform. Whether you want to do product demos, course and education, whatever it is you want to present, your AI clone can do it for you. Now, if you have this, do you see yourself putting out video without ever having to film yourself? But not only that, videos that actually generate sales, videos that actually look good, a good background, good lightning, you know, good speech, as well as, you know, very good content in terms of value, education, selling products and services, something that can, you know, put a business in the spotlight 24/7. Let me know in the chat box because this never seen before AI lets you clone yourself in under 60 seconds. Now, pay very close attention because this literally puts a salesperson that never sleeps in every business you touch. And that’s why businesses will pay you. That’s why they love it. You’re literally telling them, I’m going to give you a 24/7 salesperson, which is literally a clone of you and it will always be present. It looks exactly like you and it, you know, promotes your business around the clock online without you ever having to spend time. I’ll manage it for you. And this is the number one hottest in demand service right now. So let me know who wants to see it in action. Comment in the chat box. I want this. Let’s go ahead and have an inside look. We’re going to play, you know, some samples we’ve created for businesses as well. We’re going to play them for you. And then you’re going to see the quality. And pay very close attention to the lip sync, how clean it is, how on par is as well as the sound, the audio, how natural it sounds. Let me know in the chat box. Comment, I want this. And let’s have an inside look. I see lots of people the commenting. So without further ado, let’s go ahead.

    What if one simple photo could become the face of your next video, your next promotion, or even your next business? Imagine turning a simple property photo into a professional presenter who can showcase homes, explain features, and reach more buyers. From workout tips to exercise tutorials, imagine having an AI fitness presenter ready without setting up a camera. Recipes, restaurant promotions, cooking tips, or food reviews. You can turn them into presenter-led videos without filming yourself every time. Fashion brands can turn product announcements, style tips, and promotional messages into polished presenter videos in minutes. Law firms can use AI presenters for educational videos, client updates, FAQs, and informative content. Teachers and course creators can turn lessons, tutorials, and explanations into presenter-led videos without recording every lesson from scratch. Software companies can create product demos, feature explanations, and onboarding videos without recording every update themselves. Product brands can create launch videos, product explainers, and promotional content with an AI presenter ready to deliver the message. Travel creators can turn destination guides, hotel promotions, and travel tips into engaging presenter-led videos without constantly getting behind the camera. Hey, I’m Shivraj Podidar, founder of IM Review Squad and co-founder of Morph Studio AI. And together with my partner Ravi Kukraia, founder of Logic Beam Softwares and Morph Studio AI, we’re excited to show you exactly how Morph Studio AI works. In just a moment, Ravi is going to walk you through the demo of Morph Studio AI. So, instead of just showing you the finished videos, let me show you the demo part of Morph Studio AI. Welcome to Morph Studio AI. In just a few minutes, I’ll show you how anyone can turn any photo into a human-like AI talking head influencer with perfect lips sync technology. Let’s get started. After logging in, you’ll arrive at your dashboard. This gives you a complete overview of everything happening inside your Morph Studio AI account. Right at the top, you can see your available credits, credits used, and the total number of morphs you’ve created. You’ll also find a quick overview of your recent credit usage. And just below, all your recently created Morph videos are neatly organized in one place. On the left hand side, you’ll find quick access to all the powerful features available inside Morph Studio AI, including talking avatar, text to speech, the AI creator suite, agency reseller, integrations, trainings, bonuses, and support. And whenever you’re ready to create something new, simply click on the new morph button. Let’s create our first AI talking avatar. To create a new talking avatar video, simply click on the talking avatar option from the sidebar. You can also start a new project anytime by clicking the new morph button from your dashboard. This takes you to your talking avatar workspace where you can create, manage, preview, download, and organize all your AI talking videos in one place. You’ll see all your previously created morphs listed here along with their generation status, video length, preview, and download options. And creating a new video is incredibly simple. At the top, you have two different ways to bring your avatar to life. You can either upload audio or simply type a script and let Morph Studio AI handle the rest. For this demo, let’s create a new morph using our own script. As soon as you select your preferred creation method, you’ll first be asked to give your morph a name. Simply enter any name you want for your project. Once you’ve entered your project name, click save to continue. This is where you bring your AI talking avatar to life. First, enter the script you want your avatar to speak. You can type your script directly into the editor. Whether it’s a product promotion, sales message, explainer, video, tutorial, social media content, or anything else you want your AI influencer to say. Just below that, you’ll find the optional prompt field. Here, you can describe how you want your avatar to appear or behave while speaking. For example, you can guide the avatar’s expressions, movements, presentation style, or overall behavior to better match your message. Next, select the language for your video. Then, click on choose a voice to select the voice you want your avatar to speak with. Morph Studio AI gives you access to a wide selection of AI voices. You can browse through the available voices and preview them before making your selection. And if you already have your own voices in 11 Labs, you can connect your 11 Labs account and use your pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. Once you find the voice that best matches your avatar and message, simply select it and continue. Next, choose your preferred video resolution. You can create your video in either 720p or 1080p depending on your requirements. Now, it’s time to choose who will appear in your video. Simply click on choose an avatar. Morph Studio AI gives you access to an entire library of readytouse AI avatars. You can browse through different avatars and use the filters to narrow down your selection based on category, gender, age, ethnicity, expression, or background. This makes it easy to find the perfect avatar for your particular project or audience. And you’re not limited to the built-in avatar library. You can also upload your own avatar. Once you’ve selected your preferred avatar, simply click on generate the morph. Morph Studio AI will now transform your selected avatar and script into a complete lip-s synced talking head video. And once your video is generated, it will appear right here on the screen, ready for you to preview and download. I’ve been alive for over 300 years, and somehow humans have decided that waking up at 6:00 a.m. is a good idea. You have coffee. We have blood. Honestly, I’m not sure who’s making the worst life choices. And don’t even get me started on daylight. You people call it sunshine. I call it a personal attack.

    Alternatively, you can bring your avatar to life using your own audio. Simply upload an MP3 or wave audio file and Morph Studio AI will automatically create a perfectly lip-synced talking avatar based on your recording. Next, let’s take a look at the built-in texttospech feature. Simply click on text to speech from the sidebar. Here you can instantly transform any written text into natural sounding AI speech. To get started, click on new project and give your project a name. Then enter or paste the text you want to convert into speech. Next, select your preferred language and choose from the available AI voices.

    You can also select the emotion or speaking style to better match the tone of your content. And finally, choose your preferred audio format. Once everything is ready, simply click generate speech. Within moments, your AI generated audio will be ready to preview and download. Imagine being able to hear history speak, not read about it, not watch it in a documentary, actually hear it in their own words. That’s the power of turning a single image into a lifelike speaking character. One photo, one voice, and suddenly the past comes alive.

    It’s perfect for creating voiceovers, narrations, podcasts, video, audio, presentations, and much more without recording your own voice. Next, we have integrations. Here you can connect your own 11 Labs API key and use your preferred pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. The training section gives you access to helpful walkthroughs and training resources to help you get the most out of Morph Studio AI. And don’t forget to check the bonuses section where you’ll find additional tools and resources included with your access. And that’s Morph Studio AI. Create realistic talking avatars, generate natural AI voices, and bring your content to life, all from one simple dashboard. Thanks for watching and enjoy creating with Morph Studio AI. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw and wants their own AI selling clone. Did you see how realistic it is? That was actually one of the founders clones that you saw sitting behind the desk explaining it. Perfectly great gestures, perfect lip sync, good quality, and you can create them any way you want. Simply one photo and you’ll have one clone for every platform. And guess what? You can send this to a business today. The barber shop, the dentist, the car dealership, the gym owner, or the personal trainer, you know, the restaurant, the realtor, any type of business. The lawyer, the bakery, any type of business, you can create a clone for them that they can use for their videos 24/7. when they, you know, when they can’t film theirelves or, you know, they’re sick or they don’t have time to create content, they have something ready that is always running their business. So, let me know if you enjoyed that. You know, secret number one, the selling clone. Now that you’ll have access to this, we’re going to show you how to get instant paying clients because we weren’t kidding when we said this is the hottest and most indemand service right now. Anyone that’s smart enough to pick this up will have clients standing in line starting today. And that is a fact because you’ve seen what it builds. Now, that part is set. Now, I’m going to show you the part that pays because again, this is the highest in demand surface that anyone can deliver right now. If anyone were to come up to me and say, “What should I offer?” You know, I want to, you know, start getting clients quickly. I want to make money, you know, faster than any other business model. I’ll tell them offer AI clones if they have access to Morph Studio because it needs to be the quality of Morph Studio. Provide AI clones as a service. It doesn’t matter where you’re from, what you do, what your skill set is. It’s all about the output. And I’ll actually prove it to you. There over 2300 jobs posted just a day on Upwork asking for AI after videos. See, I can go to Upwork right now and I have something called the Upwork Bible. how to easily get deals from here. I’ll share that with you as well. Uh so you can you know land clients 24/7. I can put your AI avatar and immediately right let’s say I just want to pay get paid 500 um you know a,000 and even 5,000 and beyond you know looking for an AI after developer $1,200 real time AI video you know AI after $2,000 you know developer needed for you know AI character $500. I can even type in specifically like AI clone, you know, AI clone generation specialist, you know, AI clone, AI video clone creation and after clone for me. All these businesses are looking for help, looking to pay someone that can serve them. And again, you’ll see the pricing that they’re willing to offer, right? You know, $500 here, $1,000 here, another thousand here. You know, all these businesses are looking for AI after. I can do AI after video right here. And again, I need a AI video specialist for realistic talking after ads and social media creatives. You know, you can work with these businesses either on an hourly rate like they offer here, which you know, they’re willing to pay for 30 hours a week or you know, you just create it and get paid like 500 to a,000,000 to 5,000 as well as 5,000 and beyond, right? You see the demand for this? 3D AI after developer needed. AI content creator, video editor needed. We’re looking for AI after videos with a higher standard, $1,500. All you have to do is send them a sample, right? You can even type in something like AIUGC. And again, you’re going to get a ton of demand for it, right? The demand for this is insane. Even if I just go to Facebook right now and type in, you know, hiring social media manager, right? You can see, you can see it’s popular now. Even Facebook is saying, listen, this is popular now. When Facebook, you probably never seen it. When you search for something, it can tell you this is hot right now. So, even Facebook is, you know, pointing this out. You can see, hey, we’re hiring a social media manager. We’re hiring a remote social media manager. again looking for, you know, uh we’re still hiring social media manager. See here, boom, priority role now. We’re looking for social media. All these businesses are looking for someone that can come in and help them with social media. You can show a clone literally of this person. You take their photo and say, “Hey, you know, I’m going to go ahead and create a clone of you. Let you know what it looks like. I’ll have it talk a script and you tell me what you think of it.” You can land deals left, right, and center when you have this. Businesses are posting these jobs every single hour. On top of that, on Fiverr, there over 7,800 plus people that are getting paid, literally getting paid. You might think, oh, you know, the there’s so so many people already offering this, yet everyone is getting sales because the demand is in surplus. Local businesses are paying 150 to 500 per video because they don’t just need one video. They keep coming back for more and more and more and more. And that’s why business will pay you. They need you because they can’t make these videos themselves. They’re busy in the shop. They’re, you know, doing the car detailing or whatever business they have and they want something online that is doing the work for them. They don’t want to go on camera themselves or spend time on that and they need video. They accept the fact that that is the best way to get exposure. Every one of these businesses is a paying client. Let me know if that makes sense. Let me know if you realize this and you see the potential here. That is literally up for grabs. This is, you know, by far one of the must provide services in today’s day and age. Let me know in the chat box if that makes sense. There you go. I see lots of yeses coming in. Now, there are three ways your clone earns for you daily, even if you’re a complete beginner. Number one is, as mentioned many times already, you know, one of the most popular services. We’ve done our due diligence and research, AI clones are the number one most in demand surface as we speak. Literally, you’ll be finally stepping into something at the right time. All you have to do is make a 60-second clone video about their business. Send it to them as a free samples. I have made this for you and then get paid per video or a monthly retainer. Now, local businesses paying you for videos you make with Morph Studio. Now, clone income number two is promote other people’s products. And this is where you simply give it an affiliate link and then upload the videos where it talks about the product and know it will reach the right people and they will now buy the product because of the way the clone sells it. You can start this today with literally zero followers. Now, number three is selling your own offers, your own content. If you have a own business, right, you can give any faceless page a face that sells. And you know, again, the demand is there. Answer the following question. What would a business or who would a business rather work with? Someone that takes weeks of filming, you know, takes time out of their day, or someone that can provide them a video same day that looks just as good, ready to go, and that gets views and sales. Businesses will happily pay you. There you go. Be all day for person B. Now, there’s a particular message we send to land these clients effortlessly. Let me know if you want to know what that message is. Let me know in the chat box who wants the exact message that gets businesses to say yes. This is what we let all of our users send and it’s so easy for them to send clients or get clients now because it is also at the same time the hottest and in demand service. So, they’re guaranteed, you know, to get a reply. So, comment yes if you want want to know what to send to the barber, to the personal trainer, to the gym owner, to the local bakery, the restaurant, the dentist, the chiropractor, you name it. There you go. Lots of yeses. Now, we call this the free sample message. And all we do is say, “Hey, business name, I made a quick 60-second video of a presenter explaining your service to new customers. It’s already done. Want me to send it over so you can use it on your page?” We don’t send it right away. We tease them saying, “I already made it. It’s ready. In one click, I can send it over, but you need to tell me that you want it. Now, this trick, because we used to send the sample right away, and that did well as well, but we instantly increased our reply rate when we told them, “Hey, we have it. Let us know if you want us to send it so you can see what it looks like.” And that just gets a ton of replies because their curiosity goes up. It creates an open loop in their brain. They want to know what it looks like. They’d love to see, you know, what you’ve done. And then when they receive it, when they they’ll come back and say, “Okay, sure. Send it over.” You they receive it. They see the quality. They immediately see how they can use it in their business. And their next reply is, “How much do you charge for this?” Let me know if that makes sense. The free sample message, I made a quick 60-second video explaining your service to new customers. It’s already done. Want me to send it over so you can use it on your page. There’s no business that will ignore it. Especially because you give them the rights to say, you know, I can send it. You can use it on your page if you want to. That, you know, seals the deal to get an instant reply. Now, here’s what happens when you turn this on. You pick a business from the list, you send them the sample video, and they reply asking what you charge. You’re going to have clients easier than any other service that you’ve ever tried to sell. Literally, anyone can do this even with zero experience. We’ve already proven it. Comment yes in the chat box if this makes sense. And if you can see yourself getting paid for videos with Morph Studio, it is right now. You know, Ryan, it’s the easiest upsell in all his marketing services, right? Ryan was already, you know, providing a lot of services, you know, content, social media, even websites. And he says, “This is the easiest thing that I’m selling right now.” So, let me know in the chat box if you understand, if you can see this and if you’d love to have access to this as well, because that takes us to secret number three, direct special access. I see lots of yeses flying in. You guys are amazing. Because you’re smart enough to show up to this webinar, you’re going to get webinar only access to your own selling clone studio. Now, you’ve just seen what is possible. So, let me know in the chat who here wants to wake up tomorrow with a clone already selling while you sleep. Let me know. We’re going to show you exactly what you’re going to get access to today. I see lots and lots of yeses flying in. So, let’s go ahead and show you. Now, you’re going to get access to the entire Morph Studio AI valued at close to $5,000, allowing you to turn any photo into a human-like talking clone. On top of that, you can generate videos from a script or even an uploaded audio. Now, here’s my favorite part, the pixel accurate lip sync and mouth movement. This is what makes you stand out. This is what businesses realize and see, wo, this is actually really good. Now, on top of that, you’ve natural expressions, blinking, head movement, built-in afters, plus you’ll be able to upload your own photo, 10 premium AI voices with full voice controls. You can create videos in 10 global languages, direct every performance with a simple prompt. You don’t have to, you know, do tedious editing. Just prompt it. Say, “Hey, do this or pick up this glass or, you know, type something on the laptop.” And the after will do that. On top of that, the videos can go up to 2 minutes long. And if you stay on here to the end, we’re going to do something insane which will allow you to make even longer videos. Now, furthermore, you have a ready to post 720, you know, MP4 downloads, which is perfect for social media, and you have all the video generation credits included. Now, on top of that, since this is such a hot and in- demand service, you have the commercial license to create and sell to clients included as well. Now, you can go from one photo to a selling clone in under 60 seconds for any person, any business whatsoever. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you will unlock what we call the webinar only bundle. And this is honestly where the magic happens. And that’s only available. This bundle that we’re going to present to you right now is only available on this live webinar. And we’ve done that for a reason because we’re going to give you the biggest discount. Meaning the literal price outside of this webinar will be so much higher. But because you’re here live, we’re going to do something special and you’re going to get the biggest bang for your buck. Meaning you’re going to get not only the Morph Studio AI commercial valued at, you know, close to $5,000, but you’re also going to get the pro version. This expands it from 10 to over 70 plus global languages. You’ll unlock 20 additional AI voices. Import your own 11lapse voices. Upgrade from 720p to full HD 1080p. Priority rendering and faster processing. More natural lips sync motion and identity lock. On top of that, produce longer talking head videos. Extra generation credits included. And this allows you to not only provide in the US market but also take the US market and then duplicate it for any other speaking country. Now you can also provide it for businesses in other or global parts of the world. And this again makes you stand out because you have that same picture perfect position like any other language. This means on top of the commercial you’re also getting the AI pro which is valued at even higher $6,997. Now again, because you’re on the webinar, you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck. Meaning, we’re also going to give you the creator suite. And this is where you can turn any idea in a readyto-record script. You have scripts for every campaign, any offer, any product, any business. You don’t have to do the thinking or the writing. It is done for you with the best and most natural script writer there is. You can rewrite, expand, or shorten any content instantly. Stronger hooks, headlines, and calls to action. performance prompts that even direct your clone what to do at what moment so it stays very natural and that’s what it’s about having natural scripts and natural movements. That’s where you exceed. Now you have over 2,000 plus done for you assets, scripts, hooks that are already proven to capture attention and sell products. And this will allow you to never have to stare at a blank page ever again because your clone always knows what to say. Now, let me know if you’re loving everything you’re getting so far. Let me know in the chat box who here is loving everything they’re getting so far. There you go. Lots of users flying in. And let me tell you, it’s only getting better because now that you’re getting the commercial, the pro version, and the creator suite, you’re also going to get the 300 plus premium readyto-use afterars in our entire for you collection. Now, these are premium ultra realistic human afters that you can deploy for anything. Now, this is valued at $8,997. By far one of our most valuable assets because if you were to sit down and generate 300 plus, it takes a lot of work, time, you know, training the AI. We’ve done it all for you. You have doctors, lawyers, coaches, realtors, teachers, business, corporate, finance, technology, fitness, fashion, lifestyle, influencer. You can deploy these for any business or even create a team page or any type of page regarding any type of niche and have the right influencer for it. You can also create an after for a business and have it you know promote on their page. Podcast host, webinar host, sales presentations, 20 categories and you have the right face for every client in case the person don’t want to use their own face. Now this allows you to have the right face for every client in every niche. Even SAS, even UGC, even healthcare, no matter what it is, you have the perfect face. And therefore, you know, this done for you is valued really high because create because creating these normally takes a lot. Now, now you’re going to get a done for you included into your account. So, if you love that, let me know in the chat box because the team put a lot of time and effort into making these perfect and ready for you. They’ve gone above and beyond to give you something that you can instantly start using and start generating results with, sign clients with, and we’re even going to help you with that on the inside out. Now, furthermore, we’re also going to give you the reseller edition because this thing sells like hotcakes. The amount of inquiries we’ve had for people that want this once they see a simple demo of what it can create is insane. And then we said, you know what? We’re going to allow the people that show up to the live webinar to get the agency reseller as well. Anyone outside of this won’t be able to just get the reseller. This is only because you’re here live because this is truly one of our most valuable assets and saw it at $9997. This means you can resell Morph Studio AI as your own. Keep a 100% of every sale. You can make up to 50 client accounts. So you can literally tell a business here is your account to my software. You can use it and abuse it to your own extent. And that means so much to a business and they’ll pay you monthly. You keep 100% of the profits. You have a done few sales page and graphics, email swipes and proposal templates, client contracts, even our pricing guide. And on top of that, complete client onboarding assets. You can let the clone even sell itself saying, “Hey, I’m a clone. If you want this for your business, go to the sales page here where you can grab me and create any clone you want. Now, you can let Morph Studio sell itself around the clock to businesses. They get their own account and you keep 100% of the profits. Now, who here would love the agency reseller? Again, this one we’re only making available on this very re webinar, which means on top of the Morph Studio AI commercial, the pro, this AI creator suite, the done for you after collection, you’re also getting the AC reseller edition valued at $9997. And only on this webinar, we’re giving you exclusive webinar bonuses. You see, we are certain that there are three ways you will monetize this without fail. You’re going to get clients because it’s the hottest and in demand service right now. The numbers prove it. the data shows it. You can look this up as well. On top of that, you can leverage this to sell affiliate products and you even create your own AI influencers. And we’re going to help you with all of that. We’re going to give you our AI influencer content vault that has 365 video IDs. On top of that, our video client machine that provides 30 plus paid services. literally one of the best AI video client kits and are a entire AI influencer launch kit to launch your influencer and build a wildly profitable page on any given platform. You’re completely set. Plus, we’re giving you 10 more resource vaults and three bonus apps to really drive it home. You’re getting the best of the best, the state-of-the-art cloning technology, something that businesses would beg you for, and you even have the agency reseller rights to it. I mean, this is an insane webinar deal. Let me know if you agree. You’re going to get the Morph Studio commercial, the studio AI pro, the creative suite, the done for you after collection agency reseller edition, and the exclusive webinar bonuses, which will allow you to sign clients left, right, and center, which is right now the hottest and in demand service as we speak. Now, I thought this special webinar, like I said, we’re going to actually charge $497 a year for Morph Studio AI. And that’s simply because the value is there. Especially when you look at what’s out there in the marketplace compared to what you’ll be able to do and 70 plus languages, you know, reseller rides, you know, this is worth its weight in gold. You can serve so many clients. Businesses are will literally pay you month over month consistently to do this for them. And therefore, you’ll make way more than $4997 in a year, especially if we give you the client kit as well. That’s why this will be the price. Even if we took 50% off, you can literally make this within your first month, even less when you start using this because the demand is there. And yet, we’re not even going to charge that. We figured to do it at 1997 annual, which we think is a very fair price compared to what you’re getting, the demand, and how much you’re going to make off of this. And even though this is a fair price, we’ve even decided to drop it down. Who think who here absolutely loves that? We’ve decided to gone from 1997 even lower to just 497 annual which is crazy for what you’re getting access to because your first client will already pay way more than that. You’ll have 24/7 AI an army of clones selling for you. And guess what? Because you were smart enough to show up to the webinar. A lot of people asking for the link 497 great definitely worth it. We’re even going to go lower. How about that? Because you’re on this webinar, instead of the 497, if you comment live, because you’re here live, make sure you comment live. We’re going to do what we call a live discount. And this is something we exclusively do. Some of you might know it on our webinars. That’s only when you grab it here and right now. This is probably the best investment you can make in today’s day and age right now, which will allow you to snatch this up not for $497 annual, but for a one-time, so no recurring costs, just 317. And guess what? We’re going to give away 30 live coupons for the people that grab it right now on Comet Live. If your coupon, you know, is activated, you know that you’re one of the first 30, which means you can snatch it up for a despicable low price of just 267. That’s practically free compared to what you’re getting. The agency reseller alone, I believe, were selling for $497 at least. So, you’re getting the deal of a lifetime literally by going to the link in the chat right now. Congratulations. I’m so excited for you. and the training that we have inside. You know, it’s going to be so easy for you to sign clients with this. It’s actually going to be a lot of fun and at the same time, you have something so valuable in today’s day and age. So, make sure you go to the link because this is the best deal. You won’t any longer be, you know, dependent on multiple tools and multiple complex AI and tank to get some mediocre output. You now all you have to do put one photo in and you have a clone an army that will sell for you around the clock without fail and you have businesses wanting you to do this for them. Plus you have the reseller edition and our entire Dunfuel library. Comment live in the chat to grab the special deal of 267 only right now available. The first 30 will have a coupon that is activated. Go to the chat box, click the link, then you know, go to the order form, go to the bundle page, enter the coupon, and snatch this up at the lowest price. Act fast so you can get it for practically nothing compared to all the value that you’re getting here today. Now, when you go to the link in the chat right now, it will take you to this very page where you’ll also see the coupon code, which we only make available to the first 30 action takers. So, act fast. Now you can see here once again everything that you’re getting access to. All you have to do is add your message. From there, choose your AI influencer. Then you generate, download, and publish, and you’re good to go. It is so simple. Anyone can do this for any niche, any industry to have the best perfect sounding and speaking AI clones for any business. Now, you can turn any photo into humanlike talking heads and AI influencers. You’ll have the pro version, the AI creator suite, the done for you avatar uh collection in any niche, and on top of that, the agency edition where you keep 100% of the profits with all resell rights, marketing material, and this thing sells like a hot case. Now, you’re also getting exclusive bonuses such as the influencer content vault, the client machine, and our influencer launch kit. You’ll have everything you need to absolutely crush it. And all you have to do is click on the buy now button, which will take you to the order form. Now, I hope the coupons are still available because I already see a lot of people have joined in. Congratulations, by the way. Super excited. Now, I’m going to go ahead, you know, and click here, you know, enter my email from here. You put in the coupon, which is MS AI50, short for Morph Studio AI50. Click on apply and you’ll see the 317 magically drop down to 267. And from there, once again, you can see because you’re on this webinar, it is a single payment, not recurring, not monthly, not annual like others will have to for you. It’s 267 one time and you have a single payment made and you got everything as promised right here. the commercial, the pro, the creator suite, the done for you after collection, the reseller edition, the exclusive webinar bonuses, a total value of close to $41,482 at your massive discount of only 267. I think that is insane and it’s beautiful because this will allow you to skill so fast in a market right now that is rapidly growing where you know there’s so much demand, you’ll be able to provide it in a way nobody else can. Now, if you’re lucky, you might see these two boxes. I’ll address them because I’m not sure if everyone will see it. Um, these run out quickly. If you know, we sometimes do these special, you know, small optional upgrades that you can take to really knock it out of the park as a home run. They are optional, however, but I will show you what’s included with the mega bundle. Now, this gives you, you know, you stock up on credit screen, more after, more talking head videos, marketing content, you know, never expiring credit. So you’ll basically be on unlimited. You can create a skill unlimitedly and you can use your credits across the entire Morph Studio. It is simply by checking this box and you have unlimited creation power which will set you for life. Now this is something that no other AI cloning tool, voice tool whatsoever will ever give you. If you look at any other tool that is inferior to Morph Studio that you know does a little bit of AI cloning, they will charge you credits through the nose. Now, you’re going to get in the bundle, let me be clear, already more than enough, you know, to start go and get going and use this, you know, and start signing clients. But if you want to have the unlimited, make sure you go and get the mega bundle. We also have the mega bundle lighter version which is basically half of the unlimited which also take you really long way. You get 6,000 never expiring additional credits. So you always replenish back to 6,000 or you can always replenish back to 12,000 right here. They never expire. All you have to do is check this box. So choose the options right here because this will make sure you never run out of juice. you can keep going, serve as many clients, create as many avatars, dominate social media, create as many social pages, and basically be unstoppable when it comes to creating content that actually sells. So, make sure you check this box. The Mega Bundle Pro or the Mega Bundle Light or heck, both will make you unstoppable because then you have, you know, 18,000 unrelening or replenishing credits that never stop. So, unlimited. Now, this is on top of everything that you’re already getting. Now, this is optional. Some of you might not even see this and only see the, you know, bundle, which, you know, make sure you get the bundle at least because that already will give you a ton to work with and it will allow you to create content in a way nobody else can and has clients begging to work with you. And then, like I said, if you want to knock it out of the park, which I highly recommend you because this is a deal of a lifetime, never expiring additional credits, check this box and you’re off to the races. So again, you’re going to get the Morph Studio AI commercial, the Morph Studio AI Pro, the AI Creator Suite, the AI Done for You After Collection, the A reseller edition, the exclusive webinar bonuses, everything. And instead of having to do it at, you know, uh, 497 or heck, what other people will even have to invest is 1 1997 annual because you’re here live. You’re getting it not even at 497 or 317. If you take advantage now by going to the link in the chat, the team will drop the link in the chat right now. Once again, only on this webinar, you can get it at 2671 time. And mind you, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. You can see it on the page as well. 30-day return policy by none other than Logic Bean and IM Review Squad. Meaning you’re completely protected. You can use it and abuse it to its maximum extent. Even go out there, sign clients, and then still decide if you want to keep it. So, if we look at your current situations, if you have any offers right now, but you’re not selling through video, then this is for you. If you have AI tools right now, but not generating any results, then this is for you. And if you know everything else you’re doing right now takes a lot of time and skill, then this is for you because you’re tapping into an instant hot in demand market and service. And the best part is you don’t need to learn anything new. You don’t need to hire actors or editors and you don’t need to wait weeks for a video. Now again, the link is in the chat. Grab it before the coupons go because I see a ton of people just joined in as well. Um Ursula, congratulations to you. Uh Stephan, congratulations to you as well. David, congratulations to you as well. Thomas, congratulations to you as well. Amanda, congratulations. Lori, congratulations. David, congratulations. I’m super excited for you guys. Again, you’re taking advantage of the biggest and best deal that you can ever get, the biggest discount that you’ll ever find. And again, you’ll have state-of-the-art technology, something that every business needs, every dealer, every every, you know, lawyer, every type of business that needs to be out there where all internet video traffic, over 90% of it comes through video, they need something like this. And you’ll be able to, you know, serve that demand with the best quality. And we’re actually going to help you with the client kit and make sure you have clients no matter what. meaning this 267 you make back effortlessly within your first weeks of using this and you know go ahead take it for a spin. You have a 30-day money back guarantee to prove us wrong. So go and grab it because you’re even getting our entire done for you after suite the AC reseller edition which on its own is already well more than worth the price and I can’t believe you’re getting all of this included yet it’s true but it’s only when you grab this on this webinar and as mentioned before we have a live special mega bundle deal only for the people that are grabbing this special discount. meaning you can get 12,000 never expiring credits or 6,000 never expiring credits. It’s either 247 one time or 127 one time and you basically unlocked a lifetime access. So go to the link and grab it right now. Um in the meanwhile I’m going to play the demo one more time as well so you can once again see the quality and you know what you’re about to get access to. Maybe the people that came a little bit later or missed the demo, you’re, you know, you’ll be able to see it again and still take advantage of this massive, massive discount deal that is only available right now, which, you know, honestly, since you’re already getting a steal of a deal, you might as well get the mega bundle or mega bundle light because normally what you’d have to get or invest to get something like this, you know, we’ve done our due diligence. If you look at, you know, some of our competitors here, um, they’re charged, you know, at the basic plan where you can do practically next to nothing. 288 a year, which is already more than what you’re getting in an entire bundle where we even help you get clients because they won’t. They just give you access and like, “All right, good luck. Figure it out.” And then if you want, you know, actually to be able, you know, to do something significant, you’re looking at $4,612 a year or 384 a month. And that’s why I’m saying you’re getting the biggest discount ever, right? 267 one time and you have the power of the highest quality state-of-the-art AI. So, let’s have a look one more time at the amazing demo. And then meanwhile, make sure you go into the link and grab it before it’s too late. Snatch up one of those coupons. Again, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. You got nothing to lose and everything to gain by taking action right now.

    What if one simple photo could become the face of your next video, your next promotion, or even your next business? Imagine turning a simple property photo into a professional presenter who can showcase homes, explain features, and reach more buyers. From workout tips to exercise tutorials, imagine having an AI fitness presenter ready without setting up a camera. Recipes, restaurant promotions, cooking tips, or food reviews. You can turn them into presenter-led videos without filming yourself every time. Fashion brands can turn product announcements, style tips, and promotional messages into polished presenter videos in minutes. Law firms can use AI presenters for educational videos, client updates, FAQs, and informative content. Teachers and course creators can turn lessons, tutorials, and explanations into presenter-led videos without recording every lesson from scratch. Software companies can create product demos, feature explanations, and onboarding videos without recording every update themselves. Product brands can create launch videos, product explainers, and promotional content with an AI presenter ready to deliver the message. Travel creators can turn destination guides, hotel promotions, and travel tips into engaging presenter-led videos without constantly getting behind the camera. Hey, I’m Shivraj Padidar, founder of IM Review Squad and co-founder of Morph Studio AI. And together with my partner Ravi Kukrasia, founder of Logic Beam Softwares and Morph Studio AI, we’re excited to show you exactly how Morph Studio AI works. In just a moment, Ravi is going to walk you through the demo of Morph Studio AI. So, instead of just showing you the finished videos, let me show you the demo part of Morph Studio AI. Welcome to Morph Studio AI. In just a few minutes, I’ll show you how anyone can turn any photo into a human-like AI talking head influencer with perfect lips sync technology. Let’s get started. After logging in, you’ll arrive at your dashboard. This gives you a complete overview of everything happening inside your Morph Studio AI account. Right at the top, you can see your available credits, credits used, and the total number of morphs you’ve created. You’ll also find a quick overview of your recent credit usage. And just below, all your recently created Morph videos are neatly organized in one place. On the left hand side, you’ll find quick access to all the powerful features available inside Morph Studio AI, including talking avatar, text to speech, the AI creator suite, agency reseller, integrations, trainings, bonuses, and support. And whenever you’re ready to create something new, simply click on the new morph button. Let’s create our first AI talking avatar. To create a new talking avatar video, simply click on the talking avatar option from the sidebar. You can also start a new project anytime by clicking the new morph button from your dashboard. This takes you to your talking avatar workspace where you can create, manage, preview, download, and organize all your AI talking videos in one place. You’ll see all your previously created morphs listed here along with their generation status, video length, preview, and download options. And creating a new video is incredibly simple. At the top, you have two different ways to bring your avatar to life. You can either upload audio or simply type a script and let Morph Studio AI handle the rest. For this demo, let’s create a new morph using our own script. As soon as you select your preferred creation method, you’ll first be asked to give your morph a name. Simply enter any name you want for your project.

    Once you’ve entered your project name, click save to continue. This is where you bring your AI talking avatar to life. First, enter the script you want your avatar to speak. You can type your script directly into the editor. Whether it’s a product promotion, sales message, explainer, video, tutorial, social media content, or anything else you want your AI influencer to say. Just below that, you’ll find the optional prompt field. Here, you can describe how you want your avatar to appear or behave while speaking. For example, you can guide the avatar’s expressions, movements, presentation style, or overall behavior to better match your message. Next, select the language for your video. Then, click on choose a voice to select the voice you want your avatar to speak with. Morph Studio AI gives you access to a wide selection of AI voices. You can browse through the available voices and preview them before making your selection. And if you already have your own voices in 11 Labs, you can connect your 11 Labs account and use your pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. Once you find the voice that best matches your avatar and message, simply select it and continue. Next, choose your preferred video resolution. You can create your video in either 720p or 1080p depending on your requirements. Now, it’s time to choose who will appear in your video. Simply click on choose an avatar. Morph Studio AI gives you access to an entire library of readytouse AI avatars. You can browse through different avatars and use the filters to narrow down your selection based on category, gender, age, ethnicity, expression, or background. This makes it easy to find the perfect avatar for your particular project or audience. And you’re not limited to the built-in avatar library. You can also upload your own avatar. Once you’ve selected your preferred avatar, simply click on generate the morph. Morph Studio AI will now transform your selected avatar and script into a complete lips synced talking head video. And once your video is generated, it will appear right here on the screen, ready for you to preview and download. I’ve been alive for over 300 years. And somehow humans have decided that waking up at 6:00 a.m. is a good idea. You have coffee. We have blood. Honestly, I’m not sure who’s making the worst life choices. And don’t even get me started on daylight. You people call it sunshine. I call it a personal attack.

    Alternatively, you can bring your avatar to life using your own audio. Simply upload an MP3 or wave audio file and Morph Studio AI will automatically create a perfectly lip-s synced talking avatar based on your recording. Next, let’s take a look at the built-in text to speech feature. Simply click on text to speech from the sidebar. Here, you can instantly transform any written text into natural sounding AI speech. To get started, click on new project and give your project a name. Then, enter or paste the text you want to convert into speech. Next, select your preferred language and choose from the available AI voices.

    You can also select the emotion or speaking style to better match the tone of your content. And finally, choose your preferred audio format. Once everything is ready, simply click generate speech. Within moments, your AI generated audio will be ready to preview and download. Imagine being able to hear history speak, not read about it, not watch it in a documentary, actually hear it in their own words. That’s the power of turning a single image into a lifelike speaking character. One photo, one voice, and suddenly the past comes alive.

    It’s perfect for creating voiceovers, narrations, podcasts, video, audio, presentations, and much more without recording your own voice. Next, we have integrations. Here you can connect your own 11 Labs API key and use your preferred pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. The training section gives you access to helpful walkthroughs and training resources to help you get the most out of Morph Studio AI. And don’t forget to check the bonuses section where you’ll find additional tools and resources included with your access. And that’s Morph Studio AI. Create realistic talking avatars, generate natural AI voices, and bring your content to life, all from one simple dashboard. Thanks for watching and enjoy creating with Morph Studio AI. Wow, wow, wow. There we have it. I see a lot more people just joined in during the demo. Congratulations, taking advantage of this. Um, I see Anthony saying, “I’m also in with the mega bundle.” See, Lisa saying, “Also got the mega bundle, which is insanely smart.” And in case you don’t know what the mega bundle is, one more time, it will give you, you know, replenishing credits, never expiring credits, basically giving you unlimited access, something that is unheard of when it comes to this type of AI and technology. You’re set. And you’ve just made one of the smartest investments you can make to create a digital clone for yourself, for any other business, and dominate social media because there’s a difference between just creating AI videos and AI videos that actually sell for you. And now you’ll be able to create an entire army unlimitedly and clone, you know, and sign so many clients. And remember, you’re even getting in the bonus pack our, you know, client machine, plus a 30-day money back to actually use it and see it work for yourself. And you’ll make so much more within that period than what it takes you here today. So, I want to address a few questions. Once again, congratulations to the people that are joining in. Um, I see just in time for the coupon. Yes, exactly. We still only got a handful of coupon less uh left, even less than that now. I think about four. So, make sure you grab bit right now while we are live. And then before we go into the questions, I just quickly want to address a few things because let’s be honest about where you are right now. You’re getting a steal of a deal. 267 bucks for stateofthe-art AI technology that will put you ahead of everyone else. Now, you currently should know that video sells, but you still don’t have one that does, right? You’ve bought tools and they’re still waiting for you to do the work. And every week without a selling video is a week someone else is getting your clients. Now, it doesn’t have to stay that way. When you go to the link in the chat right now, you have two rows from here. Row one is you close this tab. you stay with the same tools, same results, you’re still trying to film or use, you know, generic AI content and then, you know, you watch others get paid versus row two, you upload one photo tonight, can be of yourself, can be of any any other business. A clone that is ready to sell, you know, is selling for you by the time you wake up. First samples are sent out, businesses are inquiring today and you never have to film or edit a piece of content ever again, right? same photo, same you, complete different result within the next 30 days. Make sure you take the smarter route because imagine 30 days from now, your clone has posted every single day. Your first business already working with you and paying you. Your videos are live in over 70 plus languages. You never had to film once. Meaning, this is for you if you currently want to sell anything online. You hate or don’t always have the time to be on camera. You want clients, but you don’t want to cold call them. We give you this simple script that get clients to email you wanting to pay you and wanting you to send them an invoice and you want it done tonight. Now, at the same time, this is not for you if you actually just want to, you know, film all the time yourself. uh you know, you don’t want more tools or you don’t want you know, to actually have content out there that you know, gets people to buy your products and services and you’d rather just wait and you know, hope for the best. And, you know, I can’t, you know, argue with that. I can’t force you. I can just and only tell you what the data is right now. And the market clearly shows that right now the only thing standing between you and results is having a state-of-the-art AI that you can clone with one photo where the market right now is going crazy over this and you will have the best graded level without any cost. You know, things that sacrifice your margin without burning fees. But you were smart enough to snatch up this deal at the right time with the biggest discount to be able to serve an infinite amount of clients and grow yourself inevitably. And all of that available at only 2671 time. And at the end of the day, even if you’re on the fence, remember, you have a 30-day risk-free guarantee. Meaning the risk is on us and not you. And quite frankly, there’s no risk at all. This works. You’ve seen it work. And the demand is crazy. Even if I go on Facebook right now, it is saying hot and popular right now. So, let me now answer a couple of questions and make sure you take action. We only got, you know, three coupons left. The link is in the chat box. Don’t miss out. Remember, you have a 30-day money back guarantee and it’s only 2671 time to snatch this up while we are live. So, let’s answer your first question. The question is, do I need to record myself or my face with a camera? The answer is no. All you have to do is add a script, pick an AI voice, upload your own audio if you want to. If you want it to sound like you, sure, you can speak in your own audio. Maybe a business owner or client wants their own voice. Yes, that is totally possible. Can I use my own photos as the AI presenter? And the answer is yes. You saw our founder doing that as well. You upload any G, JPEG, PNG or WEBP, any type of photo. You know, you can make it with your smartphone. Maybe you already have one. pick and boom, your clone is built. Uh, question, do I need video editing or technical skills? Not at all. You choose the after, at the script, and Morph Studio does all the work for you. You don’t have to be a video editing genius. All of this is available at 2671 time when you go and grab it right now. Now, uh, another question, and it’s probably my favorite question, how realistic do the AI presenters look? Now here is where Morph Studio stands apart from anything else out there that creates videos and you know creates you know AI avatars and or AI generated content. You see with Morph Studio it has what we call and this is you know requiring a very deep level of AI that’s really hard to get your hands on and that is accurate lip sync. This is something that so many people are struggling with and we’ve been able to put it into Morph Studio and that’s why Morph Studio is, you know, a one of a kind. Whereas you have a lot of video tools that maybe allow you to upload a picture, maybe, you know, create an avatar, which are great, but then the body is very static. The mo the head doesn’t move, only the mouth moves. You know, I’ve seen a lot of them that are just off. And for the time being, they were okay because that was the best type of technology there is. But now with what we’ve been able to accomplish with Morph Studio, you know, it is state-of-the-art, top of the charts. Accurate lip sync, natural expressions, movement, realistic body movement, you know, non-forbal communication on point, backgrounds on point, blinking, head movement, all these subtle movements that make it high quality where businesses want to work with you over anything or anyone else. Now, can I create videos in different languages? Yes, of course. you if you get the bundle you don’t just get 10 but 70 global languages now talking English, Spanish, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Japanese, Korean, Hindi, Mandarin, 70 plus languages when you have the bundle. Can I use Mor Studio for client work? Exactly what it’s made for as well. The commercial license is included. You can make videos for clients, charge for it, and I actually recommend you to. This is one of the most in demand services as we speak now. All it takes on your end is a onetime 267 and you can now sign clients, you know, that paid $300, $500 and beyond ongoingly without any recurring fees. Meaning you invest 267 once and you can now offer this as a service and profit ongoingly. And even now with the agency reseller telling a business, hey, listen, I’m going to give you access to this so you can make as many videos as you want. Now all you have to do is pay me every single month. And that is where you’re going to sign a lot of recurring clients as well. Can I create videos without writing a script? Good question. And the answer is yes. You can simply type text for an AI voice or upload your own audio and let it drive the video for you. Now, how long can the videos be? Up to 2 minutes per video initially, but when you have the bundle, they’ll be even longer. and you have, you know, credit, video generation credits included, so you can, you know, get going and actually already start creating a bunch of videos and actually land clients as well. Can I use the same AI presenter for different videos? Yes, one recognizable face across campaigns, launches, tutorials, and every social post. And that’s the beauty about Morph Studio, the face consistency. It stays the same avatar in every scene, in every video without fill. Now, once again, this is your last and final chance and this time it’s really your last call because the live coupons close when we end this webinar to grab this on the webinar. Now, most people that will close this tab, you know, nothing will change for them. And a few,

    but the people that do grab this, your clone is literally one photo away. Make sure you grab it since you have a 30-day money back guarantee and watch it sell for you perfectly. grow that social media account, have anything you want in your reach simply because you can now dominate with video. So, the link is in the chat. I will see you on the inside. And once again, to make sure you understand this, everything I’m showing here today, everything we spoke about, I mean, some people are charging $2,000 a month per local client right here. AI influencers for local businesses, you know, $2,000 a month. The demand for this is insane. And that’s because marketing has changed. AI videos are hot right now. They’re accepted right now. Businesses want AI videos. Brands are spending 9.1 billion collectively on AI videos. That’s because videos officially become the number one most consumed content. You can’t argue with these numbers. And if you want what’s right for you, you follow the numbers. You follow the data. You follow the statistics. right here. 85% of sales come from video. It’s the number one most consumed content. And that’s why businesses the demand for video content is at an all-time high. It has gone from a marketing differentiator to an absolute baseline necessity. So even for your own business, it is a necessity. But as well as other businesses need this now more than ever. Every one of these businesses need video every single week. Right here, the demand for AI video creation is surging. business’s demand for a video creation services has surged by 66%.

    The numbers don’t lie and that’s something that we focus on a lot. We don’t just put things out there and tell you, oh, you know, grab it, it’s good and and all of that jazz and yes, it is good and yes, we do believe you should grab it and we use this ourselves. We have beta testers, we have students that are crushing it, but we prove everything we do. We prove it with the results for our early users, but on top of that, we do the market data to the tea. We take so much time to make sure to watch out for, hey, what’s happening? Will people get results with this? Why? What is the easiest way to offer this? Now, how can people can quickly, you know, see success with this? Now, is the market ready for this? We don’t want to give you something that you can’t use that will just sit there and collect dust that nobody wants a piece of. you will have the hottest and indemand asset right now. You know, just like when you know, Bitcoin was about to take off or drop shipping became hot or Facebook ads was the new thing or Google ads was the hottest thing in town, dropshipping was, you know, the the hottest talk of the town. You know, we’re now at that stage. Every now and then there’s a rare window of opportunity that opens where a particular skill set, a particular service is so hot, you know, that anyone that offers it the best, you know, immediately starts, you know, signing clients like never before, making more money than they’ve ever made online before. And that is this right now. And even when you look up and when businesses go and look up for themselves, how much should I pay for this? You know, the numbers are in your favor. 30 secondond videos go for 150 to 300. 90 secondond videos go for 400 to a,000. Now the videos are generally short because on social media people tend to watch shorter videos, right? People don’t quickly watch a really long video on social media. That’s more for maybe on your website or maybe you know on a long YouTube video. But when it comes to place like Instagram, Tik Tok, Facebook reels and even YouTube shorts even LinkedIn you know short videos are the way to go. 60 to 90 second tops and that is what you will excel in. So if you’re right now in a stage where you have video tools but no clients, it feels like you’ve tried everything, you don’t know how to get clients quickly, it is time to step into something where all the odds are in your favor. Because the problem is most tools are great at creating content, but they don’t make content that sell for you. And that’s what these two geniuses have solved. They understood the difference between videos that get watched and videos that get you paid. And their new AI doesn’t just make videos, it makes videos that sell on all platforms around the clock. And that’s the number one thing that businesses are looking for right now. So, make sure you grab this. The link is in the chat. People are getting results left, right, and center. You can have your clone up and running today. You can even create a YouTube channel, Instagram channel, whichever you want. You can have clones in every part of the market selling for you. And the best part is you don’t need to learn a single skill. You don’t need to search for clients. You don’t need to wait weeks for a video. If you want this, make sure to go to the link in the chat because you right now will have the most in demand service that you can provide. And once you’re in, we’re even going to help you. And again, psychologically, it’s proven the brain has a region to dedicate faces, right? to to find out where is the face in a picture when we’re scrolling, right? A brain has a region dedicated to find faces. And therefore, you know, it’s mean even studied in landmark studies with newborn babies, even just hours old, they strongly prefer looking at a human face or face- like pattern over nonsocial objects. That’s just ingrained in us, hardwired. And that’s why when we scroll on social media and you see all this content, all this fluff, you know, a face will always stand out amongst everything else. People buy from videos with a face. Now, if you want to take advantage of this, right, without spending more times on scripting tools, voice tools, after tools, editing tools, and such, and you know, using other tools where the face continuously changes, the lips don’t sync or, you know, the body movement is frozen and stiff and, you know, people just scroll by it, you want to take advantage of the biggest discount that you can ever get your hands on where you can create videos for gyms, personal trainers, food bloggers, restaurants, even YouTube creat creators everything you need to crush it. Any business you can provide with a personalized video and sample, you know, having them go crazy asking you what you charge because they want to use that video on their page. Go ahead and grab everything you see here from the Morph Studio ad commercial, generating videos from one script, pixel accurate lip sync, everything is included, plus the entire bundle deal where you get the creator suite, the done for you, the reseller edition, everything from top to bottom, even the exclusive webinar bonuses which are only distributed on this bonus. It’s all instead of 4997 a year, instead of 2497 a year, instead of 1 1997 annual, instead of 497 annual, instead of 317 one time, it is just 267 if you take action right now. And only on this webinar, you also have a 30-day money back guarantee. Others will have 14. You have 30, a full month instead of the regular two weeks. Meaning, you can use this risk-free at the massive discount. see it. Go into the client machine, land clients, you know, apply our sample script. It is so easy. You’re going to absolutely love it. So, again, the link is in the chat. I hope it was able to answer all your questions. I want to congratulate the people just that just joined in as well. Super excited for you and I can’t wait to see you on the inside again. This is here and it’s only getting better. You’re getting access to all the upgrades. And don’t forget, if they’re still available, if you’re lucky, when you’re on the checkout page, you’re able to even get the Mega Bundle Pro or the Mega Bundle Light, which will give you never expiring credits, giving you unlimited potential right here, right now, on top of the big discount that you’re already getting. And you can see right here some of our testimonials. Jordan Blake, who’s an affiliate marketer, I think he’s here with us as well, uh, saying, you know, the lip sync quality genuinely surprised me. honestly expected the result to look a little robotic, which is, you know, what most AI tools, you know, when it comes to cloning are, but the mount movements match my script incredibly well. Uploaded a photo, selected a voice, and had a polished product promo video ready without recording a single take. This is going to save me a ridiculous amount of time. He’s using it specifically for affiliate marketing, and he’s crushing it. Now, on top of that, you can see right here, I can finally create videos without being on camera. Melissa Carter who’s a coach and course creator and as a course creator and coach he needs to create a lot of educational content and she now is able to do that effortlessly. We got right here Daniel Brooks digital agency owner saying one of my clients needed several promotional videos right and different messages. Normally that would mean arranging a presenter recording multiple takes but with Morph Studio AI simply changed the script generated each version using the same after the entire process felt much faster and easier to manage. And then right here, um, it like it’s like having an influencer available on demand. And I think, you know, that’s one of the best things. Whenever we update our product or launch a new offer, we need fresh videos to explain it. And Mor Studio AI lets us reuse the same recognizable face, change the message, create a new video without organizing another shoot. It feels like having our own AI influencer who is always ready to work. And Daniel even adding, this makes client work so much easier. That’s because you’re going to have the result of over 500 early beta users that have used this, tested this, you know, given us feedback. You know, the voice should sing better, the the character consistency here, the body movement here. We’ve taken so much feedback rounds to make it the ultimate perfection for you. And even still, we’re just offering it at 267 because you’re on this webinar. 500 beta users that have gone through this, making sure it is as perfect as it can be, making sure they can actually make sales with it, get clients with it, put it to the test, beginners that never made money online before, and the results are phenomenal. Now, you’re able to snatch it up to 267. And it’s simply because we looked at the, you know, trends, the time, and this is the perfect date, the perfect time to go ahead and grab this because the demand for this is higher than ever. And you can even look this up yourself and you see that the numbers don’t line. So make sure you snatch this up while we are live. This is only available on this webinar. I’ll ask the team to drop the link in the chat one last time. They’ve added a few extra and spare coupons. So you know, bless them for that, which means you can still grab it at only 2671 time. The link has just been dropped in the chat. And I can’t wait to see you on the inside. Now remember, if you ever wanted to work with local businesses easily and have them pay you, mean happy with you without feeling, you know, pressured to deliver, this is your perfect foot in the door because once again, right, there are three ways your clone earns for you daily. First of all, you get paid by local businesses. Make a 60-second clone video about their business, send it to them as a free sample, and get paid per video or a monthly retainer. This is something anyone can do when they snatch this up. It can’t get easier than that. If you tell me this is not worth 267, I don’t know what is because the quality that you’re going to send over will make businesses say, “Wow, I want more of this.” At least try this out. You have a 30-day money back guarantee. Follow these three steps. We have them on the inside in our client machine. You’ll be able to crush it when you do exactly this. It takes less than 10 minutes and you can literally assign four, five, six clients in a week effortlessly doing this because the demand is insane. Local businesses are paying you for videos you make with Morph Studio. Now, clone income number two is you promote other people’s products. If you want to sell affiliate offers, you can set up your clone to do that as well. You can start with this today. And on top of that, clone income number three is sell your own offers and content where there is so much demand and all you have to do is set up an army that sells for you 24/7 on all platforms. Now, businesses will rather work with someone that can deliver quickly without them having to, you know, go and do a whole studio take. And that’s why you’ll be able to send them this simple message. Hey, business name, I made a quick 60-second video of a presenter explaining your service to new customers. It’s already done. Want me to send it over? I can send this on a Facebook message, Instagram message, or email message to the business, to the realtor, to any type of business and start landing them as a client. Try this out for at least 30 days. All you have to do is pick a business from the list, send them a sample video, they reply immediately what you charge, and that’s how our beta students are landing clients left, right, and center. It’s one of the easiest foot in the doors and you can take advantage of it right now where the market is scorching hot for only 2671 time. The link is in the chat. See you on the inside.

    What if one simple photo could become the face of your next video, your next promotion, or even your next business? Imagine turning a simple property photo into a professional presenter who can showcase homes, explain features, and reach more buyers. From workout tips to exercise tutorials, imagine having an AI fitness presenter ready without setting up a camera. Recipes, restaurant promotions, cooking tips, or food reviews. You can turn them into presenter-led videos without filming yourself every time. Fashion brands can turn product announcements, style tips, and promotional messages into polished presenter videos in minutes. Law firms can use AI presenters for educational videos, client updates, FAQs, and informative content. Teachers and course creators can turn lessons, tutorials, and explanations into presenter-led videos without recording every lesson from scratch. Software companies can create product demos, feature explanations, and onboarding videos without recording every update themselves. Product brands can create launch videos, product explainers, and promotional content with an AI presenter ready to deliver the message. Travel creators can turn destination guides, hotel promotions, and travel tips into engaging presenter-led videos without constantly getting behind the camera. Hey, I’m Shivraj Padidar, founder of IM Review Squad and co-founder of Morph Studio AI. And together with my partner Ravi Kukrasia, founder of Logic Beam Softwares and Morph Studio AI, we’re excited to show you exactly how Morph Studio AI works. In just a moment, Ravi is going to walk you through the demo of Morph Studio AI. So, instead of just showing you the finished videos, let me show you the demo part of Morph Studio AI. Welcome to Morph Studio AI. In just a few minutes, I’ll show you how anyone can turn any photo into a human-like AI talking head influencer with perfect lips sync technology. Let’s get started. After logging in, you’ll arrive at your dashboard. This gives you a complete overview of everything happening inside your Morph Studio AI account. Right at the top, you can see your available credits, credits used, and the total number of morphs you’ve created. You’ll also find a quick overview of your recent credit usage. And just below, all your recently created Morph videos are neatly organized in one place. On the left hand side, you’ll find quick access to all the powerful features available inside Morph Studio AI, including talking avatar, text to speech, the AI creator suite, agency reseller, integrations, trainings, bonuses, and support. And whenever you’re ready to create something new, simply click on the new morph button. Let’s create our first AI talking avatar. To create a new talking avatar video, simply click on the talking avatar option from the sidebar. You can also start a new project anytime by clicking the new morph button from your dashboard. This takes you to your talking avatar workspace where you can create, manage, preview, download, and organize all your AI talking videos in one place. You’ll see all your previously created morphs listed here along with their generation status, video length, preview, and download options. And creating a new video is incredibly simple. At the top, you have two different ways to bring your avatar to life. You can either upload audio or simply type a script and let Morph Studio AI handle the rest. For this demo, let’s create a new morph using our own script. As soon as you select your preferred creation method, you’ll first be asked to give your morph a name. Simply enter any name you want for your project.

    Once you’ve entered your project name, click save to continue. This is where you bring your AI talking avatar to life. First, enter the script you want your avatar to speak. You can type your script directly into the editor. Whether it’s a product promotion, sales message, explainer video, tutorial, social media content, or anything else you want your AI influencer to say. Just below that, you’ll find the optional prompt field. Here, you can describe how you want your avatar to appear or behave while speaking. For example, you can guide the avatar’s expressions, movements, presentation style, or overall behavior to better match your message. Next, select the language for your video. Then, click on choose a voice to select the voice you want your avatar to speak with. Morph Studio AI gives you access to a wide selection of AI voices. You can browse through the available voices and preview them before making your selection. And if you already have your own voices in 11 Labs, you can connect your 11 Labs account and use your pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. Once you find the voice that best matches your avatar and message, simply select it and continue. Next, choose your preferred video resolution. You can create your video in either 720p or 1080p depending on your requirements. Now, it’s time to choose who will appear in your video. Simply click on choose an avatar. Morph Studio AI gives you access to an entire library of readytouse AI avatars. You can browse through different avatars and use the filters to narrow down your selection based on category, gender, age, ethnicity, expression, or background. This makes it easy to find the perfect avatar for your particular project or audience. And you’re not limited to the built-in avatar library. You can also upload your own avatar. Once you’ve selected your preferred avatar, simply click on generate the morph. Morph Studio AI will now transform your selected avatar and script into a complete lips synced talking head video. And once your video is generated, it will appear right here on the screen, ready for you to preview and download. I’ve been alive for over 300 years. And somehow humans have decided that waking up at 6:00 a.m. is a good idea. You have coffee. We have blood. Honestly, I’m not sure who’s making the worst life choices. And don’t even get me started on daylight. You people call it sunshine. I call it a personal attack.

    Alternatively, you can bring your avatar to life using your own audio. Simply upload an MP3 or wave audio file and Morph Studio AI will automatically create a perfectly lip-synced talking avatar based on your recording. Next, let’s take a look at the built-in text to speech feature. Simply click on text to speech from the sidebar. Here you can instantly transform any written text into natural sounding AI speech. To get started, click on new project and give your project a name. Then enter or paste the text you want to convert into speech. Next, select your preferred language and choose from the available AI voices.

    You can also select the emotion or speaking style to better match the tone of your content. And finally, choose your preferred audio format. Once everything is ready, simply click generate speech. Within moments, your AI generated audio will be ready to preview and download. Imagine being able to hear history speak, not read about it, not watch it in a documentary, actually hear it in their own words. That’s the power of turning a single image into a lifelike speaking character. One photo, one voice, and suddenly the past comes alive.

    It’s perfect for creating voiceovers, narrations, podcasts, video, audio, presentations, and much more without recording your own voice. Next, we have integrations. Here you can connect your own 11 Labs API key and use your preferred pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. The training section gives you access to helpful walkthroughs and training resources to help you get the most out of Morph Studio AI. And don’t forget to check the bonuses section where you’ll find additional tools and resources included with your access. And that’s Morph Studio AI. Create realistic talking avatars, generate natural AI voices, and bring your content to life, all from one simple dashboard. Thanks for watching and enjoy creating with Morph Studio AI.

  • 09/17/2026 – Clawbooks AI

    profitable interactive publication overnight. Welcome to the webinar. You have entered as an attendee in listenon mode. Now the geniuses behind this are none other than a Dr. Amit Periq and a Tul Periq. And what I you know admire about these two individuals is first of all that they focus on customer first and unfortunately in today’s industry that is very rare. Now they have been steadily holding up to a 94% customer satisfaction rate of people getting getting results. People are extremely happy. People are seeing income for the first time online. And that is really hard in today’s day and age where people you know complain really quickly. A 94 customer satisfaction rate which has been independently rated by a third party. I mean that is phenomenal which means you’re in great hands here today. So with that being said, let me know if you are staying until the end. Comment a quick yes in the chat box. Even if you haven’t said a word since we started, make sure you run through the chat box and stay active from this point forward. Just comment yes because if you do, we’re going to grant you intendance bonus package through the email. So, that being said, let’s go ahead and dive into the three secrets on how to publish one living asset a week and get paid for it. First of all, we’re going to show you the new smart publishing agents. This is a next level state-of-the-art. You’ll watch agents effortlessly generate high quality publications from absolute scratch in any niche without lifting a finger. Second of all, the publishing agent income. When you have this, you can immediately start earning. And I’m going to show you why and how. I’m going to show you how to have clients on demand begging to work with you within the next 24 hours without needing to beg or chase them. And the last but not least, exclusive webinar only access. And I guess you already know what that’s like. On the webinar, we do the biggest bang for your buck. I can’t tell you how many times people come after the webinar and beg us, you know, for that massive discount, for those bonuses that we have on the webinar, for the, you know, additional upgrades you get on the webinar that either are nowhere else available or are thousands of dollars more only on the webinar. We do the most exclusive bang for your buck. So, with that being said, it is great that you made a decision to be here. And without further ado, let’s go ahead and get started with secret number one, the new smart publishing agents. Now, here’s the truth. There are millions of AI tools in Asia right now, right? Let me know if you agree. There are so many. It is insane. And a lot of them are really good. I love them. I have a whole arsenal of them. Yet, most people, regardless of the power of these tools and the amount that are available, most people still don’t know how to turn AI into something they can actually profit from. Now, we started doing deep research and we quickly realized that standard services right now have mass competition and it’s not because of you or because of the tool. It’s because of the adoption rate that’s happening. The average person um even your next door neighbor can now create amazing social media assets with the most basic AI. They can do digital advertising, website creation, design creation. They can do everything to a certain degree just from the get-go without any skill. And if everybody’s out there using AI to provide the exact same service, copyrightiting services, social media services, design services at a similar level, then it’s going to be really hard to succeed. And this is creating what we call the red ocean loop. And there just not enough vendors, creators, influencers, and entrepreneurs talking about this. This is making it difficult for beginners to earn. Let me know if you’ve realized this as well. Everybody’s fishing in the same pond, making the waters bloody. Now we sat down and we sat back and pondered how do we fix this? What are the other markets out there that you can penetrate that are relatively untapped where you can have an unfair advantage with a tool that nobody else has in that particular market and after deeply analyzing the AI market after sorting through tons of them I’m talking content affiliate marketing SAS freelancing video automation checking their pros checking their cons and for example you know need traffic some are very inconsistent some have client pressure but on the other end you know they’re faster to start we have put them all side by side and we found one particular asset which is completely overlooked relatively wildly overlooked and is extremely in high demand mean the supply is low there are not enough people providing and the demand is high now it’s an AI gold mine that anyone can do and that is the AI bookw writing market it is exploding right now and not enough people are talking about it. It’s projected to surge from 2.8 to 47.1 billion and the technology is tripling self-published output altering the industry workflows. The demand for people helping, the demand for people creating and also the buy rate of average consumers of these books is going up by the numbers drastically. And this is the data that’s proving it. The AI generated bookmarket is the fastest and easiest way to generate leads and sales right now. And you can look this up for yourself as well. The data is proving this. From zero to bestseller, AI is turning ordinary people into bestsellers. Do you know how much it took to become a bestseller back in the day? How long it took, what you needed to do, how you needed to write? I mean, you could have a great idea, you could be a great person with an amazing story, but if you didn’t have all the proper publication steps, you didn’t have the best publisher, you didn’t go through months of writing and etc, etc. That story would have never, you know, come to surface simply because the technology wasn’t there to speed and expedite that process. Now, anyone with a computer, a little creativity, and the willingness to experiment can leverage AI to become a published author. And that’s the beauty of technology nowadays. Now again, mass-produced non-fiction is crushing it, doing anywhere from $50 to $500 per month per title, especially beginners are crushing it step by step, finding ways to automate, making a millions, and nobody is releasing courses on this. Now, we call this the AI book income formula. And it’s an easy way to generate leads, sales, and even do this for real clients, real businesses. I’m talking realtors, I’m talking restaurants, I’m talking, you know, e-commerce stores. I’m talking any business, you know, dealerships, car dealerships, etc. You see right here, you create [snorts] high quality AI books. Now, even the, you know, fun maze games, brain games, happy coloring books, they do really well as well. But all of these you can effortlessly create. You share them on social media or at least on Amazon. I’m going to show you exactly how to do it. This is all you have to do. And then from there, you start seeing sales and book sales and leads coming in consistently. Now, you might be wondering right off the bat, well, if it’s that easy, if this is all you have to do, then why is not everyone doing this? And that’s something we needed to figure out as well. We need to be transparent about this. We need to, you know, see what are, you know, the pros and cons just like we checked with everything else. And we realized what it takes to have a publication that gets sales on autopilot isn’t just nothing, right? There is quite some things too. You need appealing ebook cover design. If you don’t know how to create a really appealing uh ebook cover, then you already lost because people unfortunately do judge a book by its cover. Second of all, structured table of contests, niche specific content and images, chapter outline, and these cohesively write the core content. And you need a ton of monthly and yearly software subscriptions, even to the most different and latest AI tools. And without this, you’re leaving money on the table. And that means putting out monetizable publications was extremely difficult before AI. But even with AI today, there’s still a lot of manual work. You can have an image generation tool, a writing tool. You need still to, you know, match it all together. And these tools work independently from each other. It is hard. And you have some, you know, book creation tools, but they’re outdated by now. Meaning editing top quality publications takes a very long time. Endless prompting, endless tweaking, and on top of that, it takes even longer to come up with the right visuals. Now, I want you to know that is all about to change. In moments from now, you can literally just click generate and you’re off to the races. Dr. Periq and Atul Periq have been spending the past 2 years developing AI agents that literally publish for you, make money for you in the most lucrative publishing niches. Now, you tell me, right? Let’s do a quick A or B question, quick quiz before we head into the demo. What do you think generates more sales for you? Let’s say you approach, you know, a fashion store, a clothing store of some kind, or you’re promoting, you know, an affiliate store that sells clothes or fashion, etc. What do you think generates more sales for you? A standard book, fashion magazine, latest trends. This is what most, you know, standard PDFs look like, maybe a little bit better, but you know, on average, this is it. Or an interactive claw agent book. You can see right here, beautifully put together. Well put together. I mean when I sent this to any e-commerce store, any fashion store, I have their attention from the start. You can see once again right here, there’s videos even playing in it. Price is properly displayed. Formatting is perfect. You can feel and touch everything unlike this right here. Now, we had to put the proof to the potting. After testing it, sending it out to businesses, asking what they like from it, you know, we went into different Facebook groups. We looked at local business groups. We sent them, “Hey, I made this publication for you. Love to know what you think of it.” They loved it. As a matter of fact, they loved it so much they started buying. We found an untapped income stream, self-publications as well as for businesses. Now, let me ask you a question. Imagine you have access to a dedicated publishing agent that remembers your business, publishes for you and with you to Amazon and beyond and to all of your social media, gets clients, making sure that they fall in love. I’m talking travel agencies, restaurants, dealerships, realtors, knowing how lucrative publishing is for any business today, do you see yourself growing your online income with AI starting right now? Let me know in the chat box. Just give me a quick yes and if you do pay very close attention. Comment I want this. Comment I want this in the chat to cue the demo. Go to the question box or chat box. Whichever works for you. Question box is fine as well. Simply type and comment I want this. Let’s go ahead and have an inside look. What if one command could turn your idea into a complete lifelike interactive book? Not just a PDF. Not just a few static pages. [music] A real interactive experience with prolevel content, stunning designs, videos, [music] gifts, clickable CTAs, QR codes, lead capture, and so much more. If you need a brochure, magazine, catalog, flyer, photo album, menu, lookbook, [music] and many more. Just give Clawbooks AI one command and it creates [music] it for you. Your idea goes in. A complete interactive book comes out. [music] No designing from scratch. No spending hours arranging pages. No starting with a blank canvas. Because [music] with Clawbooks AI, the next bestseller starts with one command. Let’s dive in. This is the main Clawbooks AI dashboard. Your command center for everything you create. From here, you can create AI books, flip books, and photo books. Manage your leads, clients, and teams. Access templates, and control your entire workflow all from one place. Let’s create something. First, let’s explore one of the most powerful features of Clawbooks AI, the AI Book Agent. [music] It lets you create lifelike interactive AI books with just a single command. Simply enter your command in any language or use a voice command for even better clarity. Not sure what to create? No [music] problem. Just pick a readytouse command for instant inspiration and start creating right away. And the best part, you don’t even need to be in front of your computer. You can use the AI book agent directly from your phone through Telegram from your phone. You can create almost anything all with a simple command. Now let’s click send. And just like that, [music] your book is ready in seconds. Let’s see how it turned out. And look at this. Your book is not just filled with [music] text. Everything is beautifully aligned with stunning images, videos, clickable CTA buttons, QR codes, and all the elements your content needs to create a complete and engaging experience. [music] Everything comes together in a professional, interactive, and beautiful design. Let’s [music] explore a few more books I’ve created.

    And as you can see, with the AI book agent, you can create beautiful and engaging books, magazines, [music] cataloges, lookbooks, brochures, guides, and so much more, all from a single command. But what if you love the AI generated book yet still want to change something? [music] Don’t worry. Clawbooks gives you complete freedom to edit your AI generated books. [music] Simply click AI books where you can create and manage all AI books here. Find the [music] book you want to customize. Click the three dot menu and select edit. And now let’s jump into the editor. And this is the claw books AI editor where you get complete control over your AI generated book. In the center you have your full book canvas where you can view and edit all your pages. On the left you have everything you need to customize [music] your book. But the best part, we also have beautiful book templates across different niches [music] and categories. Simply click, preview, and customize them exactly the way you want. Next, [music] we have beautiful text designs that help you make your content more stylish. Customize the text background and color, font, style, size, alignment, and more. You can even add links directly [music] to your text. Use generate text with AI to instantly simplify, improve, summarize, fix grammar, and more. You also get advanced options for [music] line spacing, text spacing, alignment, positioning, and many other text editing controls, giving you complete freedom to style your content exactly the way you want. [music] For images, you have three options. Generate with AI, upload, or use a URL and stock images. You can also add CTA buttons to make your book interactive and actiondriven. Then you have elements with options like shapes, activities, [music] banners, bubbles, business elements, data and charts, emojis, and many more. Want to add a video? You have three options here too. Generate AI, upload or URL, and stock videos. [music] And creating a video is as simple as entering your prompt. Just describe what you want and your video is ready. You can also add your own watermark. On the right, you can manage your pages and layers, giving you complete control over the structure of your book, and customize the canvas background with a background color, uploaded image, URL, or stock image. Choose from a variety of layouts and select the perfect image for your design. Easily customize and add it to your book in just a few clicks. But here’s the part that makes the Clawbooks editor truly powerful. You don’t have to manually redesign everything. Just click [music] ask AI, describe what you want to change and AI can transform your entire canvas for you. Want a completely different layout? Just tell AI and your entire book layout can be redesigned in seconds. You can even change your book title from the top. Use undo and redo and this is your complete clawbook AI editor. A powerful canvalike design experience that makes book editing simple, [music] intuitive, and creative. Just like Canva, you can easily edit and arrange every element exactly the way you want. From text and [music] images to shapes, layouts, colors, fonts, and other design elements, everything is fully customizable with complete creative control. Create, customize, and perfect your book. All from one powerful and easy to use editor. But I think AI Book Agent has already completed your entire book, so I don’t think you’ll need to change much more. But if you want, you have full editing control to customize anything you [music] like. And when everything looks perfect, simply click save and next. Now let’s customize the final book experience. Here you can add your book banner, [music] book title, and book description. You can also select your book cover from your computer library [music] or choose from DFY covers. Simply choose from our 200 plus DFY covers organized by different niches and categories. Pick the one you like and smoothly edit your book cover. [music] Simply click edit and you’ll be taken directly to the cover editor. Customize the book name, text, style, images, shapes, [music] and other design elements. You can also download your cover in PNG or JPG format. Once you’re happy with your design, click save and next. [music] Then edit the back cover in the same way. Customize the elements as needed and click save and next. [music] Then customize your table of contents and choose how your readers experience the book with different reading modes, flip, [music] scroll, or slide. You can also personalize the reader background to match your style. [music] Choose a solid color, gradient, or image. Change the color, add a gradient, or upload your own image. See every change instantly in the live preview and customize your reader experience exactly the way you want. Add an AI voice with 100 plus voices in different languages, accents, tones, and male female options. Choose the one that fits best. You can also clone and upload your own voice for a more personal experience and stronger [music] viewer connection. Plus, customize the text color and text background for a more immersive reading experience. Want to capture [music] leads directly from your book? Simply add a lead form. Select your autoresponder, choose your [music] list, and decide exactly which page number should display the lead form. Once everything is ready, hit publish, and your book is live. Now you can copy and share the URL or use the embed code to place [music] your book directly on your website. You also have complete control over your book’s visibility. Keep it public or protect your book with a password. You can also see [music] when the book was published and when it was last updated. Want to share it offline? Your interactive book already comes with a readyto-use QR code generated automatically by Claw Book AI, making it easy for anyone to instantly access and open your book. From one simple command to a fully interactive, [music] professionally designed, and completely customizable book, Clawbooks [music] AI gives you the AI power and the full editing control to create, customize, publish, and [music] share your content your way.

    [music]

    [music]

    And once [music] your books are created, you can manage everything from one place. This is AI books. Create and manage all AI books here. Here you can see all your AI generated books in one organized dashboard. [music] You can instantly check each book’s status, views, leads, ratings, creation date, and whether the book is active or inactive. Need to manage a book? Simply click the three dot menu. From here, you can download, edit, share, duplicate, copy to workspace or delete your book whenever you [music] need. You can also quickly find any book using search or use the filters and sorting [music] options to organize your library. But this is just the start. Claw Books gives you even more ways to create your books. [music] Simply click create book. Here you can choose the best option for the kind of book you want to create. You have AI book, flip and photo book, and book templates. Let’s start with AI book. Now [music] don’t get confused. This is another way to create an AI book. Just like the AI book agent we saw earlier. The [music] difference is that here you can create your book using a description, PDF or URL as your source. [music] AI book creator. First choose the layout you want. Portrait, landscape or square. Then select your book [music] source. You can create your book from a description, PDF or URL. We’ve already created a book using a command. So, let’s [music] try something different. Let’s choose PDF. Simply upload your PDF, configure the advanced options, [music] including language, category, and number of pages, and hit generate. And just like that, your AI book is ready. [music]

    [music]

    [music] The same workflow works with a URL. Simply paste the webpage URL you want to use, configure your advanced options, hit generate, and your AI book is ready to share. [music]

    [music]

    Next, we have Flip and Photo Book. Perfect for creating beautiful photo albums, invitations, wedding albums, travel albums, and more from your images or PDFs. Simply enter your book name, [music] choose image or PDF, upload your photos or file, and click save and next. Your beautiful flip book is ready to customize and share. Then customize your book settings just like we did earlier, and hit publish. And your interactive flip book is ready to share. [music]

    And finally, we have DFY book templates. If you don’t want to start from scratch, this is where Claw Books gets even easier. Choose from 100 plus readyto-use professional books across different categories. Need a brochure, magazine, catalog, flyer, or something else? Simply choose a template, customize it with your content and style, and create a professional, ready to share design [music] all in one place. So, however you want to create your content, from an AI command, PDF, image, URL, or a ready-made template, [music] Clawbooks gives you a complete path from idea to a finished, sharable, interactive book. Next, we have leads. Check out all leads generated using your books. Whenever someone fills out a lead form from your published book, [music] their details are automatically collected here. You can see the book name along with the lead’s name, email, and date. don’t [music] need a particular lead anymore. Simply click the delete option to remove it. You can also export all your leads as a [music] CSV file and connect an autoresponder to automatically follow up with your leads, making it easy to organize, manage, analyze, or share your lead data whenever you need. So, with Clawbooks, your books don’t just engage your audience. They can also help you capture and manage leads effortlessly. For agencies and freelancers, [music] Clawbooks comes with a complete agency toolkit. Manage your teams, use white label, create [music] DFY client proposals, and access ready-made Fiverr, Freelancer, and Upwork profile [music] templates. You also get editable invoice templates, client feedback forms, and monthly delivery reports. Everything you need to manage clients, deliver professionally, and grow your agency, all in one place. Want to make Clawbooks look completely like your own platform? With white label, you can rebrand the experience with your own dashboard logo, book footer branding, and add a custom link to your footer logo. You can also connect your own domain name and save it directly to your [music] platform. Customize your branding, connect your domain, click save changes, and make Clawbooks truly yours. And finally, [music] you have settings, your central place to manage your Clawbooks account. And that’s the complete Clawbooks AI workflow from one command to a fully interactive book. Create, edit, [music] customize, publish, share, and capture leads. Publish your lifelike interactive books and publications in any language in just 60 seconds. One idea, one command. Endless [music] possibilities. Clawbooks AI. The next bestseller starts with one command. [music]

    Wow. Wow. Wow. Do you see how you will generate stunning books that people will actually love to buy online? Now, this is exactly what I want to talk about next because you’ll have your own publishing agent income literally within the next few hours. You see, anyone can make money publishing interactive books. Now, you can use Clawbooks AI for yourself and for clients, whether it’s for coaches, affiliate marketing. You can use it as a foot in the door to stand out to generate a ton of affiliate traffic, agencies, and freelancers, bloggers, local businesses, most definitely, as well as e-commerce source, course creators, a ton. They need a lot of, you know, resources, worksheets, etc. Making them interactive is what they love. Same goes for coaches and everyone else. Now, just to show you a few things. Realtors love interactive magazine listings. They absolutely love them. Are one of the easiest clients to sign. Second of all, restaurants, same goes for them. They love it, especially with the online orders. Now, on top of that, you have interactive children’s books that are in such high demand. Now, look at how good these look. Anyone would choose this over any other generic style book. And that’s why with Clawbooks AI, you’ll have the most irresistible offer. All you have to do is select from the thousands of daily clients. And I’ll prove it to you. There are literally thousands. There’s no reason you can’t sign a client within the next hour. If I go here and I go to jobs right here, and we’re going to show you this on the inside how easy this is. I’m going to do a live training with you. Um, literally Interact magazine. Just type in this word. you’ll be the most favorite creator of all. Look at this. One is posted three weeks ago and they still haven’t found the right person. They’re willing to pay 250 bucks for a 25page digital magazine layout flip book style. No, they have a deadline only two weeks left. You can deliver this ASAP here looking for magazine creation for children back to back to back. There are so many. And I can even, you know, go to um let’s say I want to get paid anywhere from a,000 to $5,000 and pick up any of these clients as well. Now, if I go here now, interactive um flip book

    and again graphic design needed to create a beautiful interactive digital product catalog. Now, these clients are here left, right, and center looking for someone that can help them. real estate ebook and mini guide designer. They’re willing to pay $1,500. The clients are up for grabs. We’re going to show you how you’ll be the favorite one. As a matter of fact, the realtor one has posted four weeks ago. Still hasn’t found the right person. That’s until you come along. Now, you generate a high quality sample. You don’t have to talk to them. Just saying, “Hey, here’s what it looks like if I would do this for you.” And boom, you sign them on demand. Now, we have people doing this as we speak. And even better, you can generate an infinite client pipeline by just listing yourself because people are already paying for this work. Thousands of dollars. You can see right here, you know, $1,100, a,000, 720, $900. These are people that want to have their book, you know, redesigned, upgraded, made interactive. You can take it, take a 2D flatbook and turn it into a massive interactive and beautiful graphic design piece for them. Now, you don’t even need clients if you don’t want to. Because here’s another secret. You can even list your publications for free on the biggest high traffic, high volume sites. and your style of content, interactive flip books are right now skyrocketing where even places like Amazon, Google Playbooks, Apple Books, Coobo, Barnes & Noble Press are pushing your style because they want to stay ahead of AI. They want to keep up with the times. They are preferring these styles of books right now that are completely untapped. Your traffic potential is extremely high even for a complete beginner. You’re getting up to 70% royalties. Obviously, you’re, you know, half the li 30% or so goes to the platform, but 70% is still an amazingly good take. Now, you can make your first four figures with this literally in a matter of days because Clawbooks operates unlike any other AI publishing tool. Up to 70% of every sale comes straight back to you. One memerizing publication can keep earning you money on autopilot long after the day you made it. Now your agents published and the stores sell it for you. Now comment yes if you can see how one publication a week changes what the whole next year looks like for you. Let me know in the chat box. Comment yes in the chat box if you do. And better yet inside your publications you can put affiliate links. You can put product links. There you go. Lots of yeses coming in now. No, we’re going to do a dedicated training that is responsible for creating real success stories, even bestsellers the moment you have this. So, rest assured, you are going to guarantee crush it with this right here. Which takes us to secret number three, exclusive access. Because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to be able to get webinar only exclusive access to the hyper intelligent AI that makes you money starting today. Because you’ve just seen what’s possible, who wants to know everything they’re getting today? Give me a yes in the chat box. Who wants to know everything they are getting today? Drop a yes. There we go. Lots of yeses flying in. Without further ado, let’s go ahead and show you. You’re going to get the Clawbooks AI premium account access. Now, this alone is already valued at $2,997. This includes the ability to have an entire AI publication creation suite, which entails the AI book creator that creates all the books, the magazines, and cataloges. Turn any PDF or doc into an interactive book. Now, on top of that, just speak or text it from your phone, and it’s completely taken care of. This makes you a walking publisher on the go wherever you are. Whenever you want to make a new publication, whenever you want to earn more, just from your phone or from your desktop or laptop, just say the words and it happens because you have your own dedicated clawbook agent. Now create publications in any language. It’s powered by claw chat GPT Gemini and all the top models working together. Now here’s why this matters. because this means you will be able to generate high high quality books all from one system by literally just speaking out a few sentences and it’s a done deal. Now on top of that you’ll be able to have all the most premium design covers and media meaning done for you ebook cover templates that get high clickthrough rates, social media images, e covers and mockups created for you. Canva like drag and drop editor to make it super simple. 15 million stock images, videos, and vectors at your disposal. This allows you to literally have your publishing agents take care of everything for you because there is nothing lacking. Now, furthermore, you can turn any book into audio and this is where a lot of additional revenue will come from. Now, you can turn any book into a talking book. This is one of the most untapped niches as well. clone your own voice into a single click as well as 1,500 realistic AI voices that you can access immediately. Also, auto voice over on every single page and 80 plus languages of audio support with 100% royalty-free background audio. This allows you to create the perfect books for any scenario, any industry, any niche, and you’ll be the number one most favorite publisher on all platforms. Now, speaking of publishing, you’ll be able to publish, share, and embed effortlessly. Embed your books anywhere on any website. Instant QR code sharing, public or password protected publishing, instant publishing and draft mode, move and copy books between workspaces, and 100% mobile optimized on your own domain. This allows you to generate so many leads as well. Now, on top of that, speaking of leads, you’ll have all the analytics and integrations at your disposal. unlimited lead collection inside your books as well as connect straight to your autoresponder. So all the leads that come in, you immediately get to access webinar platform integrations built in if you want to send all the leads to a webinar, a full performance analytics dashboard, and all the commercial rights included, which also includes the step-by-step video training and a create for clients and keep 100% of the profits training that I’ll personally be doing for you to make sure this will become a huge success for you in a matter of the next few days. Now, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to do something insane. But first, let me know who here is loving everything they’re getting so far. Let me know in the chat box who here is loving everything they’re getting access to so far. This is going to be so darn easy for you. Maybe one of the easiest AI tools that you’ve ever gotten access to. There you go. Lots and lots of thumbs ups. Where’s the link? I want to get started today. Amazing. Now, before I share the link, there’s one more thing you should know. Because since you were smart enough to show up to the webinar, you will unlock what we call the treasure chest, the full bundle upgrade, which will give you a mass discount and gives you all the upgrades in one go. So, you have the most powerful Claw book agent that you can instantly start using and start generating results with. Now, we’re going to do this only on this live webinar at an insane webinar only discount. Who wants the full bundle upgrade? Comment. Yes. Let me go ahead and show you everything that’s included. Which means on top of everything that you’ll already be capable of, you’re going to be immediately upgraded to the AI Enterprise version. Now, this will allow you to never hit any limits because you want to be free when it comes to the publishing side of things. You’ll be able to embed interactive books anywhere without hitting limits. Instant QR code sharing is added. Done few book cover templates. Move and copy books easily. You’ll be able to have Public and password protected publishing. But on top of that, unlimited PDF and Doctor interactive book, unlimited AI book creation, unlimited social media images and mockups, Pably Connect integration, unlimited webinar platform integrations, instant publishing and draft mode, create publications in any language unlimitedly, as well as turn books into talking books unlimitedly, voice cloning and AI voices, realistic voices unlimited, voice filters and styles unlimitedly, 80 plus languages, auto voice over for every page. You don’t have to do that manually. The Claw Agent does that for you. Natural conversation mode unlimitedly and 100% royalty-free audio unlimitedly. Long story short, this will allow you to profit unlimitedly. Now, if that’s not enough, you’re also getting upgraded to what we call our AI template club. And this is where we know for a fact that you’re going to see results because we’re only going to give you templates that we know already work, that we know are currently getting clicks, are being sold in publications, are getting businesses to literally crave to work with you. Meaning, we’re going to unlock premium AI models, source code, ownership, and global app creations all together. You’ll have hundred done for you templates with 10 brand new templates every month that we know businesses are buying or are being sold. Literally, this is an instant money maker. You have 50,000 done for you books with PLR rights that you can leverage as bonuses at lead magnets that you can sell and publish online. This is your income vault from the get-go and we’re only exclusively sharing this on this webinar. You have a done for you activation as well as multiple publication streams. Commercial rights included. Never run out of fresh designs. One click. It is applied to all because you can swap templates accordingly. Log in in the founder special only on this webinar. You get to build a library that you can keep using of every single niche where we have everything done for you. All the templates ready to go and ready to publish. Now, on top of that, we’re going to hand you the upgrade number four, which is Clawbook AI profit engine. One of my personal favorites because with the profit engine, you’ll immediately be able to earn on Amazon KDP as well as instant publishing and embedding. You have lead and offer pop-ups while somebody is scrolling the book. A pop-up will appear where they can, you know, apply for a discount. Now, this is something that e-commerce stores love when we show this to them. And this generates a lot of leads, a lot of sales for them. Now, you can do discount and deals inside the books. The claw agent does that for you. Social sharing automatically 100% profits. You keep 100% unlimited lead collection. You can export all the leads effortlessly. You can integrate them with all the latest autoresponders and webinars. And you have full integrations plus review and ratings. Again, something that local businesses highly appreciate. Powerful analytics dashboard, 100 plus ad signup templates where you can even sell ad space in the magazines, school stopping creatives, smart publication management, full business control. This is all ready to dominate with. Now, there’s one more thing that is going to make certain that this is worth its weight in gold. You see, unlike most tools, when you buy something, whether it’s an AI, you have to log in, you have to maybe, you know, at first figure it out where do I start, you know, kind of get things up and running. And sometimes people just can’t get past those starting blocks because, you know, life happens and another project demands your attention, etc. And we know what that’s like. And we would hate for that to happen when you have such a huge income potential by tapping into this untapped industry with these interactive books. So to expedite the process, guarantee and shortcut your results to the way that when you have this, you immediately can start generating an income. We’re going to do the done for you included. Normally, as you know, this is a separate thing. We’re going to include it for free. What this means is we’ll do the complete publication setup in your account. You’re going to get a dedicated done for you manager attached to your account ID. You’re going to get a oneonone onboarding, not a group, but one-on-one. You have a full publication workspace set up by us. Brand setup by us. Content set up by us. Publication workflow set up by us. Premium publication templates installed and deployed by us. Content and prompt optimization. we will take care of it. Publication dashboard ready from the get-go. You log in and you see everything’s up and running immediately. And with that, you’re going to get priority support. Now, I’m going to ask this once. Who here loves the included done for you in the bundle. The included done for you in the bundle. Not a separate purchase, not a separate add-on. You get this in the bundle. meaning only on this webinar. When you grab this, your account is going to be fully set up, ready to profit in your brand, in your niche, in your industry from the get-go. There you go. See lots of yeses coming in. And last but not least, the white label. And I already saw a few people in the chat in the question box asking about this. Yes, on this webinar only, you’ll be able to have your own brand, manage unlimited clients because trust me, this thing sells like hotcakes. You can have unlimited client accounts, unlimited team members, full white label branding, remove our watermark, publish on your own custom domain, which is phenomenal. And on top of that, dedicated client management dashboard, dedicated client workspaces. You can sell publication creation services effortlessly, which are really easy. Sell lead generation services through these highly interactive PDFs and highly interactive books, done for you team management as well, and client activity tracking. It is 100% cloud-based. You can access it from anywhere. You can launch your own publishing agency literally in moments from now. Keep 100% of the client revenue. You still get the done for you account manager and the one-on-one onboarding call. Everything is included. So, you’re in the best possible hands. This is one of the most cost-effective business models. No infrastructure investment. It’s a one time only on this webinar. Everywhere else it will be annual and monthly. On this webinar, you’ll have it for one time. No monthly fees, no yearly fees, no recurring payments, but only when you take action right now. And speaking of which, on this webinar, we have some amazing fast action bonuses worth $697, which includes the live training where we’re going to make sure you create and launch your first Clawbooks AI, fully published and ready to profit. Scale your digital publishing business with Clawbooks AI. We’re going to show you how to white label and dominate and get your white label clients, your first ones, and client growth and lead generation masterclass. You have everything you need to dominate. So, I’m going to ask it one more time. You’re going to get access to the entire Clawbooks AI commercial val at $1,997. On top of that, because you’re on this webinar, you’re also getting the Clawbooks AI Enterprise, which is valued at $14.97 alone. You also get access to the Clawbooks AI template club and the profit engine. Furthermore, you also get the done for you where practically everything is done for you, allowing you to immediately profit. You also get the entire white label, one of our most valuable for something that sells like hotcakes. You’re going to get access to that as well. Long story short, you’re getting the entire uh launch plus the launch bonuses itself. Now, the realworld value of everything you see here right now is no less than $13,979. And that is exactly what it would be if you would actually, you know, pay for the R&D, the software and development cost of each and every one of these things recurringly. Now, with Clawbooks AI, you can publish something new every single week. Just speak into your phone, your laptop, or your desktop, and your claw agent will go to work. Now, it is designed to earn you an income from day one. You know, Al Leman is crushing it. Now, we have, you know, Lorie Williams is crushing it. Now, outside of this special webinar, we are actually going to charge $1279. And that is if you buy each of these things separately, it will be $1,279 with the enterprise version and template club coming in on a monthly recurring. Now, because you’re on this webinar, however, we figured to drop it down from $1,279, $1,279, all the way to just $497. Now, this is initially the webinar only price. Now, because you made an effort to show up live here today, we’re going to do something phenomenal. Meaning instead of the 497, if you comment the word live on this webinar right now, we’re going to do the live discount. Comment live and you’ll be getting access to the live discount of Claw Books AI. Meaning from 1,297, it goes down to not even 497 but even lower to just 3671 time. and to make it the ultimate deal. And I see people already asking for the link 267 one time only when you grab it right now as an action taker. That’s the action taker discount 267. And we’re going to make sure you have a done for you, ready to publish, fully set up account, ready to earn in the most untapped niche, a competitive advantage with a claw agent that nobody else has access to. Because here’s what happens when you start using Clawbooks AI. You stop paying a designer to do this for you. You publish something new every week. You own a shelf of buyers can actually find. You get paid for work you made once. And you run a publishing house on your own. You got a done for you account manager. And I’ll be there on the inside holding your hand training you to making sure you see results within the first week. Hands down. Now, on top of that, you have a full 30-day money back guarantee. So, make sure you go and grab this right now for 267. The link is in the chat. Now, it’s first come, first serve because we’re doing this ultimate deal only right now for a limited amount of people on this very webinar. Go to the link. The team just dropped the link in the chat. And with that being said, I can’t wait to see you on the inside. Now, a quick thing. I see people are already joining in. Anthony, congratulations. Stephan, congratulations. Thomas, congratulations. Michael, congratulations. George, congratulations. Well, um, who’s that there? I can’t see your name. I just see attendee, but whoever you are, congratulations as well. Monica, congratulates to you. Lisa, congratulations. Uh Daffany, congratulations as well. Um there we go. Another attendee, congratulations. Eric, congratulations. I see many people jumping and grabbing this as we speak. Uh there you go. Another one. Ross, congratulations to you as well. Now, here’s something I want to point out because some of you might see something very special. Now, it’s rare. Um it is limited. So, I’m going to point it out, but chances are you won’t even see it. When you’re on the page and you click on the grab it now, you’ll see you’ll get everything as promised and uh you’ll get a discount. So, instead of the trick 367, this won’t apply to you. You’ll get an even lower price. And here’s the amazing thing once again, you have a full 30-day money back guarantee. So, at least try it out because everyone else will have, you know, monthly, yearly, and recurrings. You won’t have any of that. So, when you click on buy now and you use the special coupon code called CB00, you’ll see it will be all the way down to just 267 one time. Single payment, no recurring, no monthly, no annual. Now, once you’ve grabbed this and all you have to do is put in your email and then check out with credit card or PayPal. And again, this is a gamecher when selling this to local businesses as well as using this for lead generation. This going to bring in so much leads. your list will grow at a rapid rate. Plus, I’m going to be on the inside making sure of that with a special training and you have it done for you. Only if you grab this now, everything will be done and taken care of for you. Now, since you’re already getting the steel of a deal, some of you might also see a special and this is optional mega bundle upgrade. This makes sure uh you have the unlimited credit, so you don’t have to wait until it replenishes, but you know, you can just go non-stop. You have everything you want from start to finish included in the mega bundle at a 127 one time. So make sure if you see this to add this to your cart as well. So you can go non-stop never hit you know replenishment quota but you can publish done few PLR content you know non-stop every template now and forever done few first batch of publications by our team know everything with nothing held back no monthly cap you can keep going and actually you know get the most out of Clawbooks AI it is optional however you’re already getting really powerful stuff obviously so even if you just get Clawbooks AI. That is extremely powerful, but since you’re already getting a massive discount, highly recommended, get the mega bundle upgrade now. You’ll literally be congratulated simply because not everyone will get the CD. So, when you’ve unlocked all the upgrades of Clawbooks AI and you get to see the mega bundle, make sure you snatch it up because it makes sure it upgrades you to the point you literally will never hit any quota, any replenishment weights, any stops. you can keep going and have all the features at maximum rate, maximum power. It’s a onetime 127. Also, this comes with 30-day money back guarantee. So, with that being said, make sure you go and grab the entire bundle and ideally the mega bundle as well because the moment you have this, you can help so many businesses that are will be blown away simply by sending them a sample of the book you can create. Literally, all you have to do is send a sample and they’ll immediately fall in love. We’re going to prove that to you on the inside. Remember, you’re going to get the commercial, the enterprise, the template club, the profit engine, the done for you, the white label, and dedicated launch bonuses where we come in live and help you to generate your first clients and sales, plus white label clients as well. So, go ahead, go to the link right now because this is only available while we are live. Wow, I see so many people joining in as we speak. But again, comments, I’m in as soon as you’re in so I can welcome you. I see Jason is in again. David, congratulations. Robert, congratulations. Angela, congratulations. Brian, William, congratulations. Christopher, congratulations. Amy as well, Kevin as well, Richard as well, Jeffrey as well, Julie as well, Anthony, you were already in. Uh, you just got the mega bundle as well. Congratulations, Ryan. Same goes to you. Joshua Charles, same goes to you. Tracy, same goes to you. Shannon as well, Gregory as well, Andrew as well, Lori as well, Aaron, Cynthia. Uh, people are picking this up. It’s going to be so much fun. When we do the live trainings, we’re going to crush it together. This is a gold mine that is practically untapped, especially with the quality of books you can generate. You’ll be crushing it. Now, once again, you’re going to get all these benefits. And if you’re on the fence for any reason and you’re thinking like, “Hey, I’m not technical.” You type literally one line or you speak it and the agents do everything and then you approve it and publish. That is it. So I don’t want you to think I’m not techy enough for this. I don’t have time for this. Literally type in one line or speak it and it’s done. Or maybe you’re thinking well I don’t really have an audience to do this for. Every store list your publication for free. Amazon KDP, Barnes & Noble Press, these get hundreds of thousands of visitors an hour that will literally be seeing your publication because you get pushed with a new publication every single time to an audience because, you know, these platforms are going to test, you know, are people liking this? Are going to are they going to click on it? So, you’re going to get traffic no matter what. They already have the buyers for you and the clients come to you for the work. Now, if you’re like, hey, I don’t have time. This takes minutes, not months. You make it once and it keeps selling. And one a week is already going to generate you so much more leads and sales than you’ve had in the past months or even years. And again, you have a 30-day money back guarantee, 100% to test drive it. You can literally do this for 30 days and then still decide if you want to keep it. Now, it’s only 2671 time right now with the special coupon that is only available on this webinar and only activated on this webinar. So, make sure you snatch this up while we are live because people are absolutely crushing it. If you were to get everything separately, it would be $1,279. Now, on the webinar, we initially do it for $497, but even that you’re going to get a discount on. Now, when you have the live discount is usually 367, but the ultimate deal only for people that snatch it up right now. We’ll be able to get it for 267 one time full on access. Adam, congratulations to you as well. Justin, congratulations. Maria, congratulations. Todd, congratulations as well. Sandra, congratulations. Edward, Keith, Benjamin, Ronald, Jose, Nathan, congratulations. Sarah, congratulations. George, Denise, you guys are phenomenal. Now again, this is such an untapped niche that people, regular people, everyday people are profiting in. And the reason is because there’s literally zero to no competition with the quality of the type of books you can create. You see, if we go and again have a look here, you know, at the type of publications that you can put out. Just imagine, I’ll put it on the screen here. Just imagine, you know, the realtor seeing this. say, “Hey, I made this for you. I took some of your listings from your website. Let me know what you think of it.” They will fall in love head over heels. First thing they’ll ask you is, “How much for you to do this for us ongoingly where we publish every single month, right? And send it out through the email.” This is a simple one message that you can send out. get realtor clients that are willing to pay 1,500 a month, $2,000 a month for you every single month to take all of their listings, publish it in an interactive magazine that they can send out in their mailing list. I am going to personally help you as soon as you’re in to make that realtor client to show you where to find them, show you what to tell to them, and effortlessly make them fall in love with your service. This is the perfect foot in the door if you have any other services to sell as well. So, literally 267 can sign you $1,500, even $2,500 realtor clients. Make sure you snatch this up because you won’t have any recurring on annual like other people simply because you are smart enough to show up to the webinar. Same goes for the restaurants. Same goes for the interactive children’s books which are crushing it right now. There’s no other book like this where it’s so captivating. It is so interactive and as well as people just love the design. It’s well put together. It’s graphically correct. The alignments, the formatting, it all fits and the parents are literally loving to buy this for the children. And then inside you can add some affiliate links. So, hey, want to see more like this or here are some toys or educational toys we recommend? And there’s your additional commission kickback. And that’s something I’m an expert in, you know, affiliate marketing. I’m going to show you how to use these books to not only, you know, get clients and sell these books on, you know, Amazon KDP and such, but also how to do affiliate marketing and build a huge email list with one of the most, you know, high value assets, which is an interactive AI book. Now, the proof is already in the pudding. People are making money with this as we speak. And again, all you have to do is have the claw agent create the books, share on social media list on Amazon, and boom, you generate leads and sales ongoingly. Now, this is not just something we’re preaching to the choir here. This is, you know, proven data that we’ve researched that you can look up to yourself. public available stats and data on this prove the very fact that you’re right now making one of the best and smartest decisions by removing yourself from red oceans that are, you know, highly competitive, not impossible to earn in if you know what you’re doing and if you have, you know, good tools and good AIs, but definitely way harder than simply tapping into the gold mine niche, which is AI books. Publishment right now is one of the most high lucrative assets or high lucrative roads that you can take. And you’re getting everything you need to crush it. The AI premium account access which includes the public uh publication creation suite everything included all the models as well as you’re going to get the design covers and media all done for you. You have the AI turn it into book into any audio all completely taken care of. 1,500 realistic, you know, soothing voices that you can listen to as well as publish and share and embed everywhere. Everything is waiting for you on the inside with full training and handholding. And better yet, because you’re on this webinar, do not forget because you are on this webinar, you’re going to get something phenomenal, which is the done for you. Obviously, we can do this for everyone outside of this webinar, but only you on this webinar are not only going to get a 71% discount. And congratulations, Nicholas. I see you just got in. Craig, same goes for you, Melanie. Same goes for you, Larry. Same goes for you, Michelle. Same goes for you. Congratulations to all of

  • 09/17/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Savvy Tax Planning

    ending in gov. Make sure it’s the right website uh to check the status of your tax return or a refund. Um so, you know, don’t click on anything from tax authorities or IRS. Just go to their website, make sure it’s the right website, and uh you’ll be safe that way.

    Uh so, you know, this financial exploitation, it can happen to anybody. Um so, if it’s happening to you, uh you’re not alone. uh you shouldn’t feel bad because it’s really tricky out there. Um you know, you want to make sure that uh again you’re pausing and stopping if you uh find anything suspicious in any of your communication, social media, any of your emails, uh etc. So, if somebody contacts you via the phone or internet requesting money, um it’s probably fraud. Uh if somebody, you know, claims that you need to pay taxes or you’re going to win a prize, uh almost certainly fraud. Uh, if they tell you that they’re stuck out of the country, one of your kids, one of your grandkids, uh, they need money, almost always fraud. Um, somebody asks you to use gift cards, wire transfers, cryptocurrency as a form of payment. Uh, bad news, almost fraud. Um, and then, you know, if somebody attempts to scare you by saying you cannot speak to somebody else, then again, be careful. Um, so these are just some common things to watch for. Verify all communications. uh especially when it uh pertains to financial accounts, you know, money uh health information, sensitive information. Uh just be on the watch out.

    Here we’re going to go through kind of a little challenge. So um you know there is a knowledge gap in terms of uh many of us out there uh you know staying secure uh keeping up to date and uh you know this little cyber security kind of uh score can help you understand where you’re at. You’re going to go through this um you could take the quiz or uh just kind of follow along either way. Uh but basically uh you want to give yourself five points for each question you answered. Yes. the higher the points uh the better off uh that uh you are the more secure you are uh and you just want to kind of think about you know the there is no pass fail uh it’s not a hard test it’s just you know where you need to to get smarter about cyber security so number one you know you have one email address that you use exclusively for online financial accounts which is banking credit cards have a different email address for those financial accounts uh number two you have two-step verification um um implemented. So, two factor authentication, so turned on for email and online financial accounts. Uh number three, you can spot the difference between um kind of sketchy, dangerous free public Wi-Fi and uh secure free public Wi-Fi. Uh you understand how to tell if your home Wi-Fi network is vulnerable to hackers. Um, you’ve set up uh alerts when uh when money leaves your bank account or your credit cards are charged. Uh, number six, uh, you have complete control over your credit files at the big three bureaus, Equifax, Experian, TransUnion. Number seven, uh, you’ve confirmed with those three credit bureaus um, that uh, your minor children have not been the victim of identity theft and have frozen frozen their credit file. And then lastly, uh always make sure that any computer device has the most up-to-date software, including operating systems, browsers, Microsoft Office, virus protection, um routers, everything. Okay, I’m going to go through uh a whole bunch of suggestions, tips, um ideas for you to stay safer, uh increase your cyber security score. Uh so again, Paul G, I’m going to go through this pretty quickly. Um but these are all just good ideas. uh best practices. Uh again, our email address is the key to our digital lives. You know, you know, we share it with lots of businesses, um organizations, people. If you’ve used the internet for any amount of time, you’ve entered your email address, uh and many different places for shopping, traveling, exercising, gaming, dating. Um and we’re all kind of used to it. Uh sorry, just skipped.

    Okay, back. Um, so you want to make sure that uh again if your email address is out there that uh you’re not putting yourself at security uh any kind of significant security risk. U you know hackers try to routinely um you know breach networks um that hold your primary email address and you know try to kind of pair that uh uh information with you know with other things and try to get hold of your data. uh you might not care if uh someone hacks your uh your food network of your uh uh your other account like Yelp or something uh but you certainly don’t want your you know online banking exposed in the same way um this email address um you know if you um decide to kind of follow this rule um you know what you should do is create a secret email address for your financial accounts and you know this email address will be uh only used for your most sensitive information. Uh do not use your first name, last name, initials, other identifying information and make it a strong and unique password. So the first rule of thumb here is create a secret secret email address for your financial accounts that’s different than your other email addresses. And this will help keep you protected.

    Um you know, what goes kind of uh part and parcel with your login is a uh a password. And you want to make sure that you are um coming up with strong passwords. Technology is making it easier for us to have stronger passwords. Um but you just want to be diligent about this. Constantly update them. Um you know, there’s some tricks here uh to kind of beat the password paradox. You know, and the paradox is is that um you know, we have so many passwords out there. It takes so much time. Um and uh you know if we have a a simple password it’s easier to hack and we have a compliment complicated password then it’s just going to take much more time to kind of think of it and uh kind of uh manage it. Um kind of fun fact here uh it a computer can crack uh a thousand weak passwords in like 17 minutes. Uh so we’ve all heard the statistics about you know supercomputers being able to crack passwords uh you know and AI and everything else that’s coming uh in the future and and password protection. But you know make sure you’re you know using things like uh pneumonics um to come up with complicated passwords um ask asking um you know using a password manager uh to help you come up with uh complicated passwords. you know, never use the word password uh or one two three four five six kind of goes without saying, but uh lots of people still do that. Uh you know, there are some online, you know, ways to to create complicated passwords. You know, there’s the um again password managers or um uh you know, ways to kind of do it. There’s the diceware method um you know which uh which you kind of roll a dice uh you know five times and record the number and then kind of match it to a password. So lots of different ways. I don’t want to go into you know what works for you but the whole idea is uh make sure that you have a complicated password and make sure that you’re using it don’t have simple passwords. Uh number three enable two-step verification on your email and financial accounts. So this is where you have an additional code uh where you log in u most sites more and more these days have this technology. So when given the choice enable it please uh use it uh because then you’ll get a code to your phone and then you know there’s uh you know something online and something physical that grants access to these sensitive websites. Uh so please do use multiffactor authentication. Uh number four use Wi-Fi with extreme caution. Uh, so you want to avoid, you know, financial transactions, checking email on public Wi-Fi. I know this is an inconvenient and, uh, we’ve all done this. Uh, but the whole idea is that public Wi-Fi is often not secure. Um, you know, you want to use your smartphone as a hot spot whenever possible. Um, use a VPN. Uh, sometimes you’re in a place, you know, maybe at a hotel or something where, um, you don’t have a good signal. Um, so you got to find out workarounds. Uh a VPN is a virtual private network. Helps you kind of uh it gives you a bit of a tunnel uh through the internet to help protect you. Uh so look into that. Come up with a you know find a reputable VPN provider to help you so that you can stay secure and avoid issues with public Wi-Fi. Uh your router at home which is that box that helps you kind of tap into the internet. Um other people can you know log in and guests can log in and have access when they’re at your house. uh make sure that it’s secure. Um you know, encrypt your wireless router, change your username and password. Um there is this thing on there called uh Wi-Fi protected se set setup WPS. You want to disable that. You want to make sure that you’re updating your firmware, which is the software, which is um uh running uh you know um running your hardware and uh uh and operating everything. So, make sure you’re doing off all of this. Research this, you know, figure out how to make your Wi-Fi network more secure.

    And then, uh, sign up for, uh, text, email alerts for your credit cards and your bank account so that you know what’s happening inside of those transactions. It only takes a second to get this uh, email or, uh, alert or text, uh, but it will help you. Um, and you know, if you um have a credit card that’s uh stolen or fraudulently used, then um you’ll be alerted. The bank will be happy. You’ll be much happier. It’s less hassle for you. Uh you can set this up online um and then contact your bank or credit card company for help. Number seven, uh credit monitoring and freezing. So, monitor your credit report and freeze your credit. Highly recommend this. go to your um main credit bureaus, Equifax, TransUnion, Experion. Um many of us are not signing up for loans, car loans, mortgages very frequently. Um and as we get older, less so. So there’s really no reason that your credit report needs to be accessible. If you freeze your credit, you have a complicated passcode that uh opens it up um and only you know it, then you’ll be much safer. Nobody can take out a loan or a mortgage in your name. Uh freezing your credit is highly recommended.

    Update your software always. Do not um fall asleep on this. You know, somewhere like 40% of computer users don’t up their software in a timely fashion. Don’t be in that 40%. Um you know, like 80% of computer hacks are related to outdated software. Um updates um are very very important. uh they fix bugs, they close security vulnerable vulnerabilities. Uh so make sure auto update when you can and just uh remember to be diligent about this on your phone, off your on your laptop. Depending on which laptop you have, whether um you know uh it’s an Apple uh product or uh maybe a Dell or HP or something like that, you’re going to have different protocols, different security updates and fixes for to manage all of that. Uh but stay on top of that and always update. Uh back up your files. Um so there’s a rule of three. Should back up your files to your computer uh a physical backup device and the cloud. Uh so um you know you have three sources. If your information if your computer crashes crashes, if your information gets stolen, if your device gets stolen, um you can be quickly up and running. Secure your information. um like find my phone, uh find my device on your um on your devices and uh again keep bad actors from accessing your information, shutting down those lost devices and just getting back up and running. Rule number 10, uh there’s a 10-second email rule that you want to remember. Uh so when you see an email, um and use the acronym uh email, E A E M A I L. So examine it, you know, look at the message and inspect the link. Um, you know, you want to look at the subject line, the sender, um, you know, information, the greeting, the grammar, the signature, the attachments, all of these. You know, number one, ask yourself if it makes sense. Ask look at for any typos. Big companies do not make typos. They look at their emails very carefully. Uh, so be suspicious if you see anything fishy. If it’s kind of from a uh you know a um an unknown source, then be even more cautious. If it’s from a known source, you know, hover your um your mouse uh over the um you know, over the sender. Uh you can right click on it and uh you know, check who it’s from. Uh but don’t click on any attachments and things like that. Uh just hover. Um again, 10-second rule. uh don’t uh don’t click on anything uh until you’ve kind of like looked at it, taken your time, paused. Uh fishers will uh you know create uh fraudulent links uh you know again hover your mouse over the link uh to determine whether where it’s coming from. Um so again just follow the rule um you know examine it uh look for inconsistencies and and anything that looks fishy. So there you have it. Um, you know, lots of great tips and ideas for um, you know, for uh, staying safe uh, online, increasing your cyber awareness and cyber security. Uh, but you know, it’s up to all of us. We want to take action and uh, you know, we’ve learned a lot today. Hopefully, use some of these tips and ideas, some of these uh, concepts, strategies are new to you and you’ll implement them uh, and and be smarter and safer online. Uh so um again our hope is that uh you get you know sparrer about your financial planning. Um and here again just another friendly reminder uh if you like this information you know please do sign up for other webinars and then if you’re interested in any of these topics uh including financial planning uh we can work with you um I’m going to launch a poll in a second. You’ll have a chance to uh sign up for a meeting. Um I can answer your questions with regard to planning and investments. uh help you get your financial plan done, help you get your estate plan done. Um if that’s something that you put off, then uh you know, please do reach out or you know, click on the poll, respond yes, and I will uh set up a meeting together and make it as easy as possible for you. Uh so again, lots of different strategies to take advantage of. Uh portfolio management, dividend portfolios, um you know, we’ve got feebased, we’ve got no fee strategies, um everything that uh can help you reach your goals. And like I mentioned, the estate plan is also available to you if you become a client. So with that, I’m going to um you know, launch the poll. Um, so if you’d like to uh follow up with a one-to-one meeting or uh ask any questions, uh take advantage of our services, uh think about investments, um you know, please do respond yes and I’ll reach out and we’ll schedule something. Okay, with that, um you know, I have a chat uh up and running also um a Q&A. So uh if you have any questions uh following today’s discussion or on any topic regard with respect to financial planning um just put into the uh the Q&A put it into the chat and I’ll do my best to uh uh respond.

    Uh somebody mentioned that uh Firefox as a browser has a VPN built in. Um so I didn’t know that. Thanks for mentioning that. um that’s something to investigate. So if um you know built-in VPN is a good idea again, virtual private network. So uh do your homework and kind of Google that to look at uh you know how that works before um you know you use it. Firefox is a smaller company browser but that doesn’t mean it’s not good. Um so I wasn’t aware of that. Thanks for mentioning that. and uh you know um you know another option for you uh versus Google um Google Chrome or um Internet Explorer. Uh so there’s other B uh browsers out there.

    Another person here um I read not to use your cell phone number for two way authentication. Hacker stealing your cell phone number calling bank and using your cell phone to verify uh prove they are the account holder. you know about this precautions um I have heard about this um you know it is an issue it is a risk out there um you know two-way authentication um it is extra protection and uh you know if the hacker has stolen your phone number um you know they’re pretty sophisticated um and then you need to kind of you know have even more steps you’ll figure out pretty quickly if uh you know that two-way authentication is not working um I can tell you that the banks are still using um you can use kind of uh you know there’s some apps online uh Microsoft has one I think it’s called authenticator u some apps online that are another option um to provide uh you know verification u so you can look into those programs or apps as well if you’re not comfortable um you know with two-factor multiffactor authentication um you know but you the the responsibility is on all of us uh I would say two-way authentication is better than nothing uh and certainly is an elevated level of security. But if you want to take it to the next level and the bad guys are always getting smarter, then you know then then great, you know, fully support that. Um so again, it’s up to all of us to educate ourselves, our family, our spouses if they’re not techsavvy, help them, you know, get smarter about this, you know, talk about it at the dinner table. Uh and technology is always changing. So again the latest technology is u you know some authenticator apps uh you can look into that as well uh but multiffactor authentication is still used by the bank. So it is a kind of added level of security that you want to consider.

    Okay. Uh that looks like all the questions. Uh not a lot of financial planning questions uh today. Um so I’ll post my contact information. Uh again thank you so much for joining us today. Um, again, my door is always open if you have any questions. Hopefully enjoyed today’s information. Um, my phone number 213-320860.

    Uh, thanks very much for everybody that signed up for a meeting. Uh, I’ll be in touch and we can schedule that. In the meantime, look forward to seeing you at the next webinar uh, next week and have a great weekend. Take care.

  • 09/19/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Savvy Tax Planning

    So again, good morning everyone and my name is Baptiste Brunner. I’m one of the financial consultants with the credit union with Alliant um based here in the great state of Texas and just part of this team of financial professionals. We give regular educational webinars to assist our credit union members in understanding the ins and outs of retirement. Again, like to start by thanking you all very much for joining me this morning. I know it’s Saturday, college football starts in about an hour. try to get us in and out of there real quickly. Um, but today we’re going to be talking about, you know, learning about taxes in retirement, ways to save money on taxes and avoid some costly mistakes because taxes more than likely will be or could be one of the biggest expenses that you have in retirement. And there’s a few things that you can do to avoid those to at least lower or mitigate your tax implications, future RMDs, etc. And of course, as always, I’m going to reserve time at the end to take any of your questions. Oh, I’m seeing that there’s an echoes. Everybody else exper Anybody else experiencing that right now?

    We can go ahead and go in the webinar, the Q&A section, let me know. Okay. Hopefully, it’s better. I’ll get a little closer to the computer. Maybe that’ll be a better Thank you very much. But those folks already found it. But at the end going to answer some questions uh for you if you have any Q&A section, chat section, either or. I’ll get to those questions of course.

    All right. And before we dive in, um quick housekeeping item. Please don’t put your AI based or AI recording tool in here. We can’t do that. It’s proprietary information. So I can’t allow you to put in your AI noteaker in here. However, I can’t stop you from taking photos of any of these screens at home. I’m not insinuating that you do that. I might actually at one point, but can’t stop you from doing that. Just let’s keep the AI note takers out of here, please. All right. And some upcoming webinars that I have on Wednesday, October 7th, going to go over estate planning titled estate matters. Hey, you don’t have to be a millionaire to have to set up a will or a trust or figure out ways to best plan your legacy. So, join me for that one. It’s Wednesday, October 7th, 2 central, 3 Eastern. And after that, Roth IRA conversions. We’re going to cover those a little bit today. Um, but today’s webinar top two, this is the other top two one. If you really want to find out how to pay less in taxes down the road, maybe solve a tax problem that you’re going to have. We’re going to cover that today. But one of the best tools to reduce your RMDs, to reduce future taxation, to create a better legacy Roth conversions. And that’s going to be Tuesday, October 13th. It’s going to be a night one at 6 central, 7 Eastern. And of course, again, our team at Alliant Retirement Investment Services. We’re focused on helping you, our members, understand the ins and outs of retirement. You know, ways to save for retirement and much more than that. But go ahead and take a look at our website. That’s a ris.creditun.com.

    Plethora of information there. Give you a quick second to take a photo of this slide if you want to go on the website and check it out. But have a podcast. Our events page in there is going to show you all of our webinars. I might be the most, you know, the best looking guy on our team, but there’s 10 other financial advisors to the credit union who are also doing webinars. Go ahead and check out theirs as well, but we’re here to assist. And then we have a website, blog, a resource center. Check it out. And so before we dive into our presentation, we’re just going to warm up with a little bit of a tax brain teaser. And it’s about Bill. Guy’s name is Bill. It sounds fun. So, after working hard for his entire adult life, Bill is now 63. He’s finally retired and he’s going to go to a lot more concerts than ever before. That’s his way of doing things. And Bill has $58,688 in taxable income, which includes $37,500 of Social Security benefits this year. And as you can see, Bill’s $58,688 of taxable income puts him in that 22% tax bracket because it’s more than $50,41 and it’s less than $105,700. But toward the end of the year, Bill decides to take an extra,000 out of his IRA for a trip to go see old Willie Nelson. He’s playing in Austin. So, how much is Bill going to be taxed on that extra,000?

    So, the logical answer is that for every dollar of IRA money he pulls out, he pays 22 cents in federal income taxes. And therefore, if he took out $1,000, he should owe $220 in federal income tax. 22% tax, right? Simple enough. Wrong. In fact, he’d owe $47 in taxes. That’s a 40.7 federal tax rate on that income. So, thanks to the madness that is our tax code and the unique formula that determines how your social security benefits are taxed, the real answer is that bill owes $47 on that extra income. We’re going to get into it more, but everyone’s tax situation is different. You should always consult with a qualified professional tax advisor to discuss your specific tax situations, especially about these topics here. traditional IAS the tax deferred one you must pay taxes on distributions or conversions at ordinary federal and state rates and then your Roth IRA which is the non-deductible you paid taxes before and now it’s taxree that money grows taxfree and earnings may be withdrawn tax-free in accordance with IRS rules you know state taxes this presentation does refer refer to federal taxes so you may still face state taxes if you’re in Texas or for a different story. But just check with your tax pro. So again, I I’m a financial consultant. I do not prepare taxes. I don’t provide tax advice. We do tax planning. We can show you ways to get better tax deferral. Put yourself in a better tax situation, but I’m not the one that’s going to be preparing your taxes at the end of the day. So that’s what we do. We help people understand how the tax code and other rules could impact their financial planning, their investments. And then we’ll develop a plan to take into account many of the odd things people encounter, especially around taxes and retirement. And our goal here is to help you understand that the retirement distribution game, spending assets in retirement, is much different than the accumulation game when you’re saving for retirement. You know, the previous 40, 50 years. And chances are you’ve been in the accumulation phase of your life for multiple multiple decades and you’ve been working hard and trying to save money and hopefully your accounts have grown. But now as you enter prepare for retirement, you’re in an entirely different phase now. It’s the opposite to the distribution phase. And the distribution phase has new strange rules that can catch people way off guard. And along with those new rules, there are often many changes in your own personal life that can have a big impact in your taxes too. You know, for instance, your your children are grown and that means no more child tax credits. Your house may be fully paid off and that means no more mortgage interest deduction. Um, under the one big beautiful bill act, you should be aware of the phase outs for certain credits and deductions and changing tax rules as well.

    So that brings us to a simple problem or a simple statement about the problem we’re here to discuss. Simply put, people often pay more taxes in retirement than expected because a confusing system treats various income types differently and contains hidden taxes and penalties. So in that accumulation phase, people build their assets in several different forms. stocks, bonds, real estate, pensions, 401ks, IRA, cash buried underneath a tree in the backyard. In the distribution phase though, your regular wages stop coming in. So, you have to take the money you’ve saved and use it to fund your retirement, which can go on for decades with good health on your side, God willing. And that’s challenging because you’ll need to make informed decisions about the tax implications of tapping different accounts. And it can be costly in retirement. Your tax rate can vary dramatically based on decisions you make, such as the timing and order in which you use different sources of money to pay for your expenses. So those poor choices through misunderstandings or ignorance of the rules can result in people paying more taxes than necessary and as a result they may see their savings drop faster. And that can mean less to leave to their kids and their grandkids. Of course, we don’t want that to be you. And the fact that you’re here today means to me that you’re willing to work towards a solution, which is an important first step. And because your tax exposure will change throughout four stages of retirement, you’ll need a strategy that anticipates both traditional taxes and possible taxes, search charges, penalties related to social security, Medicare, possibly a possible increase in tax rates in the future, and other income sources as well. And that means you’ll need an informed and proactive plan that addresses how you create your income in retirement. So my goal is to introduce you to the major aspects of such a a strategy, show you the challenges we all face, and then explain what makes up a workable solution to our retirement tax problem. And the first step is to develop an understanding of the types of taxes. And you know, I’m talking about all the costs that can increase as your income does, including some that aren’t actually called a tax. So to me, if your cost goes up as your income rises, it’s a tax in my book. You also need to understand the retirement expenses you’ll face. And you’ll need to create a strategy that will help you decide which of your assets to have first, how much you should be taking from those assets, and when those distributions should occur. And getting this right will help you pay as low a tax rate as possible. So before we go on, here are four stages of retirement we’ll discuss. And these are rough ranges and descriptions. Your experience may differ. Of course, everybody’s different. This is just a framework for discussing our topic. But first, there’s pre-retirement, the final stretch, the work and save years of 50 to 60. Then next, the early years of retirement, 60 to 70, the go- go years, the golden years. People often have grand plans for this time like traveling, volunteering, starting new hobbies, working part-time, and spending more time with their family. And then next you reach the middle years of retirement, 70 to 80, 75, 85. Those are the go slow years, which bring more financial decisions such as how to deal with required minimum distributions from your IAS and other retirement accounts. And then finally, there’s the later years of retirement when your health may not be as good and you’re thinking about your legacy and your state. The no-go years starting around age 80. My dad’s case, he’s 84 and he still hasn’t hit those yet. So, hey, God willing for all of you, you live to be 120 and those years don’t come about for some some time. But as you’ll see, there are a wide range of issues that must be planned for in each phase. And this can be a lot harder than it seems because retirement is full of surprises. And even the best planning will divert from reality at some point. One future unknown is inflation. People tend to view the their future costs and current dollars and they don’t always anticipate how those costs grow with inflation. So, think back about 30 years ago to the cost of a gallon of milk or a gallon of gas or a visit to the emergency room and think about those costs today and what they’ll grow to over the next 30 years when you’re not working. That’s inflation. Or how about your longevity? Many people end up living far longer than expected and that requires more money at a time when it’s difficult to work. How long do you think you’ll live? And many people also underestimate how much money they need to maintain a pre-retirement standard of living. And who wants to see their standard of living drop to be honest? And then there are healthcare like all this. That’s the 10,000lb gorilla. That includes your out-of- pocket payments for services and drugs plus Medicare and Medigap and insurance costs which just keep rising about triple of what typical inflation is. But for many retirees, taxes could be their largest expense in retirement. And it’s not often discussed or addressed with a thoughtful with a thoughtful plan. So at this point, you may be thinking, okay, so what’s the first thing I need to understand about retirement taxes? Well, here it is. Our first key, you have to know what your after tax retirement savings picture looks like before you actually retire.

    Because a half a million dollar 401k or IRA balance isn’t really half a million dollars. Government has a claim on part of that money because the taxes were deferred. You haven’t paid taxes on it yet. And they’re going to get their share when you’re forced to start your required minimum distributions. More than likely, it’s going to be 73 for those born before uh 1960. It’s 75 for those born after. But the Secure Act 2.0 pushed back those RMDs a couple years back. So obviously the higher your tax rate in retirement, the less you’re actually your accounts are actually worth. And here’s an example. This chart shows you the cumulative after tax value of a half a million dollar IRA earning 6% per year at various tax rates. And as you can see, the lower your tax rate, the more you keep. Simple in theory, but it’s difficult in practice. And by the way, of course, this presentation applies to both pre-retirees and retirees. So don’t worry if you’ve already started your retirement. Tax planning is important throughout your retirement. And you may be thinking, okay, my accounts may not be worth as much as I thought, but I’ll have a steady flow of benefits from Social Security to supplement my income, and I’ll have Medicare to pay my health costs. But one thing you need to understand when creating your retirement tax strategy is social security and Medicare have their own tax traps that you need to plan for as well.

    Which brings us to our next topic. So let’s go back to Bill from our tax break tease earlier. We want to understand why he paid such a high tax rate on the extra money he took from an IRA to go on a concert road trip. So remember, Bill has $45,000 of IRA income. It’s part of his adjusted gross income of $65,538 and he has $37,500 of social security benefits. So that does put him squarely in the 22% bracket and he also will take that standard deduction. But when he took that extra,000 IRA distribution, he got hit with a nearly 41% marginal tax rate on that $1,000. So let’s break down how this actually happens. First, let’s remember the only difference between our two scenarios here is that Bill is taking an additional $1,000 from an IRA. You see that in after concert trip column, he has $46,000 in the IRA income box. So, we see here that by adding that additional $1,000 of actual income, it increased both his adjusted gross income and his taxable income by $1,850. So that means your every dollar of income he actually received, he’s being taxed on a $1.85. What? How? When? Here’s the deal. Depending upon how much other income you have, the amount of your social security benefits that are taxable varies. For instance, if your other income is low enough, all of your social security benefits will be income tax-free at the federal level. On the other hand, if your income is high enough, up to 85% of your social security benefits can be taxable at whatever your personal rate is. And Bill here finds himself in the latter scenario. At his current income after the concert trip, for every dollar that he takes out of his IRA, he not only adds $1 of IRA money to his taxable income, but he must also add an additional 85 cents of taxable social security benefits. And if you add that up, that’s a dollar each not taxable as 22% rate for every $1 of additional IRA income he actually receives. And if you do the math on that, comes out to 40.7% real tax rate on the additional $1,000 income. That’s the so-called social security tax torpedo. And it can impact single filers and married couples with even fairly modest income during any stage of their retirement. And it’s one reason planning taxes and retirement is so important. And let’s look at another aspect of social security and taxation and how people approach retirement. Now during those go-go years, those golden years stage, some people retire altogether, but other people enter into a sort of semi-retirement. Sometimes it’s a continuation of a previous job just with fewer hours. Others use semi-retirement to explore an interest in a new field. Still others use semi-retirement to pursue non-paid rewarding volunteer work as well. So working retirement can in fact impact your planning and taxes in a number of ways. Some good, some bad, and some just downright ugly though. But let’s look at how working during these years can be a good thing. Chances are you have researched what your social security benefit might be at various stages. And if you haven’t, sa.gov, make an account, click on your statement, you’ll find it there. But you may not know that your social security benefit is calculated using your highest 35 years of inflationadjusted earnings. Well, what if you started working late in life? Or what if you left work to raise children? You may not have 35 years of earnings history. So suppose you have only 28. The remaining seven years count as big fat zeros when they calculate your benefits. And if anybody here ever missed a homework assignment or a quiz in college or a test, you know that you can have an A in perfect grades, but that one zero is going to really bring you down. So imagine having seven in this case with this example. But there’s good news, though. Earnings at any age can help you increase your Social Security benefit. And thanks to how Social Security calculates benefits, replacing several years of zeros with even low modest earnings can really positively impact your benefits. Now, let’s look at how working during your go-go years can be somewhat bad if you’re already collecting benefits and unaware of the Social Security earnings limits that applies to your prior reach prior to you reaching your full retirement age. So, here’s how that that rule works. If you start social security, be it your own retirement benefit or spousal benefit, prior to the year you reach your full retirement age, so that’s 67 for most. For every $2 above a certain amount that you earn, which is $24,480 for this year, Social Security will withhold $1 benefits. So for every two, they withhold one. Keep in mind that we’re talking about earnings here, like a W2 salary or self-employment. It’s not pensions. Doesn’t go against interest, dividends, capital gains. They don’t count and won’t reduce early social security benefits. But let’s do an example. Let’s say that you earned $25,400 in 2026. That’s $2,000 over the limit or now it’s about $1,000 over the limit. Therefore, under the $1 withheld for a $2 earning rule, Social Security would withhold $1,000 of your 2026 benefits. And these benefits are not truly lost. When you turn full retirement age, your benefit will be adjusted to make it as if you had applied at full retirement age with respect to those withheld benefits. So, in other words, your benefit going forward will be a bit higher. Also, in the year you reach full retirement age, there’s a separate higher earnings limit. Okay, so we’ve talked about the good and the bad. Now you get the ugly. And we’re here today to talk about taxes and retirement, but there are other taxes that you may face, too. For instance, while you’re working, you’re subject to the 7.65% Social Security and Medicare taxes. But in addition, that’s in addition to your Medicare taxes. in addition to your income tax, but the self-employed pay twice that amount, 15.3%, because they have to cover the employer’s contribution, too. So, you’re contributing half, your employer’s contributing half. If you’re self-employed, you have to cover both. Now, these taxes don’t go away if you’re working past your full retirement age or even if you’re collecting social security. Worse, if your go- go year earnings don’t make it into your top 35 years, those social security taxes go into the trust fund and do not increase your benefit.

    And let’s get into Medicare and taxes. Now, this is a pretty big portion of two. So, Medicare um sometimes referred to as Irma. Now, just if you meet with me later, if you ever have a meeting with me, we refer to it as Irma. that’s necessarily that’s kind of the fancier abbreviation I’m sorry um not abbreviation the other word but it can impact some couples and Irma can really affect couples in their go- go years and beyond but what is it and it stands for income related monthly adjustment amount and the emphasis is on income because it is a monthly tiered search charge again it’s another kind of tax that is tacked on to people’s Medicare parts B and D onto those premiums But it only happens if you have income over 109,000 for single filers or 218,000 for married couples filing a joint return. So let’s take a look at what this means in action. Here we have George and Martha. They’re a high earning married couple. Both are Medicare Part B and D participants. Irma charges affect income from two years prior, too, by the way. And this couple was on track for $342,000 of modified adjusted gross income back in 2024. But on December 1st, 2024, George decided to sell a stock that he bought for 10,000 in 2007. And he sold the stock for 11,000, resulting in just $1,000 capital gain at that 50 15% long-term capital gains rate, plus an additional 3.8% net investment income sir tax for a total federal tax bill of 18.8%. 8% and that 3.8% net investment income sir tax is another tax that comes into play when your modified adjusted gross income exceeds $200,000 for single filers, 250,000 for joint. So George and Martha now owe $188 of tax on the gain from their sale of that stock, right? 18.8% of a,000. Or do they?

    So look at this part BMA chart. That extra $1,000 gain pushed their AGI into the next premium tier that starts at $342,01. So now instead of owing $45.80 each for their monthly Medicare Part B premiums, George and Martha will now owe $527.50 per month each. an extra $122 per month just about times two. So, it’s about $244 extra a month for an annual total and additional income related monthly adjusted Medicare Part B premiums of $2,920.

    And it’s not over because Medicare Part D Irma charges are also impacted. George and Martha will each pay another $22.90 per month for their drug plans and an extra $550 for the couple over the course of a year. Adding all the Hermes charges together for that year, George and Martha will each owe an extra $14460 a month or more than $3,470 a year for of combined additional charges for the year. So now combine that amount with the $188 of actual federal income tax they’d owe on their stock sale and the total tax owed on $1,000 of gain comes to $3,65840.

    So that’s a tax rate of $337%. Let me repeat that. A tax rate of 337%. I’m just going to do a quick review. They sold the stock for a,000 in income gain. Stock sale tax is $188. That 15% plus the 3.8 from the net investment income tax. The extra income from the stock sale triggers new Irma tiers that total Irma charged amounts for the year to $3,470 for George and Martha. So the $1,000 extra income triggered taxes of $3,658 for that $365% tax rate. Didn’t mean to say 377, but 3675% tax rate. So you see, being pushed into a higher Medicare part B and D premium range is worse than being pushed into a higher tax bracket. That’s cuz if you go over a regular tax bracket by even a single dollar, only those dollars above that tax rate are going to be taxed at that higher rate. But if you go over the Medicare Part B and D income levels by even a single dollar, you move into the next premium tier. And it doesn’t matter if you exceed the limit by a dollar or $10,000. That’s why they call it the Irma cliff as well. So, we have the Social Security one and we have the Medicare one. But keep in mind, your Irma payments aren’t determined by how much money you made the previous year, but rather from your modified adjusted gross income from two years ago. So, if you’re starting Medicare next year in 2027, it’s going to be based off of what you made back in 2025. It’s another tax thing that catches people by surprise and you need to plan for it. So, making sure that you enroll in Medicare at the right time is a critical decision. If you bungle it, you’ll get hit by a lifelong penalty as well. So, to help you understand, meet Jim and Ann here. They’re our next example. They’re both 68. Jim retired at 65. Anne retired at 66. Prior to her retirement, the couple had health insurance through Anne’s employer. and they continued that after Anne retired because her employer offers retirey health benefits. Unfortunately though, they didn’t know they had to enroll in Medicare Part B as soon as Anne retired. And even though Anne’s employer offers retirey health insurance benefits, those benefits are generally paid secondary to Medicare after retirement. But Jim and Anne didn’t realize the mistake until it was way too late. And thanks to the way Medicare enrollment periods worked, they weren’t able to begin coverage until the next year. Now, in a worst case scenario, this might have resulted in a gap in coverage for Jim and Ann if they had a major medical need. But even in a best case scenario, because Jim and Anne missed their deadline to sign up for Medicare Part B, they will each owe a 10% Medicare Part B base premium penalty for life. Not just for one year, but a 10% Medicare Part B base premium penalty for the rest of their life. And you can see how much that translates to in real dollars. They owe $486.96 extra in 2026. And historically, we can estimate that premiums will be higher. So that 10% penalty will continue to grow and grow and grow. And over the course of lifetime, that could translate into a $10,000 plus mistake for the couple. So, for simplicity sakes, pardon me, for simplicity sake, we’re assuming that Ann’s retirey health insurance covers prescription drugs, so they don’t have to sign up for part D. Just know there’s a penalty for that, too.

    And we’ve seen how Social Security and Medicare have their own tax straps and unique rules and penalties. So, if you’re like some who’ve seen this presentation, you may be asking yourself, “Wow, are there other tax traps we’ll face in retirement?” Well, the rest of what we’ll cover isn’t like what we’ve seen with Social Security tax torpedo or the Medicare Irma cliff. The public generally isn’t aware of those tax squeezes. What we are going to see now is how the tax code of plain view snags retirees, especially when there’s no planning. And that brings us to our third key. You must plan how and when you will use taxable, tax deferred, and tax-free assets to manage your income and tax brackets efficiently. And you can’t be halfhazard about you tapping your tax deferred savings. Timing is everything. And if you don’t plan carefully through all stages of retirement, you’re going to encounter unintended tax consequences. So, let’s take a look by first addressing a question I hear often when doing retirement planning. which accounts to spend from first. Which ones do I pull from first? Now, we’re off to our next couple here, Sam and Mary. They’ve been great savers. And as you can see, they’re looking forward to spending their retirement years traveling and seeing their grandchildren. In addition to social security benefits, though, they have $450,000 each in an IRA. They both have a $60,000 Roth IRA, and then they have 300K in a joint bank account. and they want to spend about $8,500 a month or just over 100k a year. Where would you take money from first? And most people think first take the after tax money in the bank, then take tax deferred IRA money and then take the taxfree Roth IRA. And this is conventional wisdom. It has been promoted by many big investment firms in the past for some time. And it’s not a bad plan, but we know conventional wisdom isn’t always the best approach. That’s just saying it’s a cookie cutter strategy. And not surprisingly, this topic has drawn the attention of academic researchers specializing in financial planning. They’ve conducted multiple studies on how to prepare for retirement using a combination of social security, taxable bank accounts, tax deferred accounts like IAS and pensions and tax exempt Roth accounts. And you can see some study titles there. And you can see some of the uh the study titles there. Take a photo of this if you’d like. You know, look into them yourself. But their research has shown that the conventional wisdom approach probably isn’t ideal.

    And here in an alternative approach, there are two key elements in the early years. First, use the taxable bank money for expenses, but also during the same period, accelerate IRA distributions during otherwise low income years and putting that money into Roth accounts. And this is the filling your tax bracket approach, which we’ll discuss in a second. But this alternative approach gives you more flexibility to use that tax-free Roth money strategically in future years. So does it make a big difference? I surely think so. Our plans surely show so in many cases, but some academic research suggests this approach may improve portfolio longevity under certain assumptions. And that is how long your portfolio assets will last without requiring you to take on additional risk. The big takeaway here though, folks, is of course is that you’ve got to plan all the way through retirement, especially around how you handle your tax deferred assets. And of course, I’m going to say this a few more times, see your tax professional for tax advice. But one way to help manage your income both before and during retirement is to utilize Roth IRA conversions. mentioned earlier, we’re going to cover these, but a Roth IRA conversion is a simple process that allows you to move money from an IRA or other pre-tax retirement accounts like a 401k to a Roth IRA. In general, the amount that you convert is added to your income for the year and will be taxed at your normal tax rate. So, for example, if Jill converts $100,000 from her IRA to a Roth IRA, she’ll have to add $100,000 to her income. conversion is then income. Uh the conversion is now counted as income. It’ll be taxed at Jill’s rate. For that reason, it’s recommended that you speak with the professional before making any of these decisions. And our financial planning software can show you what to do and how this can work too. Happy to go through that with you. But a conversion doesn’t need to be all or nothing though. One helpful conversion approach is called filling up that bracket, filling up the tax bracket. And often you may find yourself in the middle of one of the tax brackets with room to add more income without pushing yourself into a higher tax bracket. So for 2026, the 22 the 22% tax bracket for married couples filing jointly ranges from approximately 100,81 to 21400 of taxable income. Now, if a couple’s taxable income is $150,000, they may have approximately $61,000 of room remaining before reaching that next bracket. And this may create an opportunity to evaluate a partial Roth conversion while staying within the same marginal tax bracket. And if you file a joint return and your taxable income is 110,000, that means that you could add another 100 grand of income without going into the next bracket. Making a Roth IRA conversion like that could possibly make sense. You don’t have to fill up the bracket though, folks. In most cases, you probably don’t want to, but you might want to stay in your bracket. And we got to keep the ear uh brackets in mind, too, as well as your social security, so on and so forth. A lot goes into a Roth conversions plan. You just don’t want to dive into it, say, “Fill up the bracket for me.” A lot of times, there’s an optimal fixed amount. We can help you come up with that. But if you plan to convert a large IRA, this approach is often more tax efficient than converting the full amount in one year. Instead, you can make smaller Roth IRA conversions over a number of years, filling up your bracket each time. And this can help reduce the average tax rate you’ll pay on your converted money and also spreads that tax bill out over a much longer period of time.

    And Roth IRA conversions can be especially powerful in years when your taxable income is low, such as having a high non-recurring medical expense deduction or a low sales year for a business owner. It’s also common for people who retire early and are not yet receiving social security benefits, pensions, or IRA distributions. they may have a low tax bracket that year and making it, you know, possibly a good opportune time to complete a Roth IRA conversion in those pre R&D gap years.

    So, this is a good time to spell out the crux of things. You must know whether you’re trying to keep income below a bracket threshold to avoid bumping up to the next highest tax rate or whether you’re trying to increase income to fill up a bracket to take advantage of that tax rate. And some tactics you could use in managing income around tax brackets could include withdrawing taxfree money from life insurance policies to keep that income low, selling highly appreciated stock for low or no capital gains, taking distributions from IRA or 401ks to take advantage of a lower tax rate. And as we’ve seen, you can also consider partial Roth conversions to fill up those lower tax brackets. And there are also two other pre-retirement strategies to consider, but they don’t apply to all people. First has to do with how you use a health savings account. This would only apply to people who are covered by a high deductible health plan. And the second has to do with small business owners. Those who want to be extra tax savvy and saving for retirement can fund a company pension plan, which for certain high earning business owners can increase their ability to claim the qualified business income deduction. But both of these features of the tax code could be used to manage your tax exposure and provide significant tax favor benefit throughout retirement. And if either or both of these apply to you, go ahead and note that now in the questions area of your evaluate or I’m sorry, forget about that. I didn’t do one of those today. But you know, if if you think this applies to you, take a note of it and ask me a question about it at the end or send me an email here at the end.

    So we’ve seen throughout our pres the presentation today the critical importance of managing our tax divert accounts because at some point you’ll be forced to take out required minimum distributions or RMDs. That’s if you have pre-tax funds and that can be trouble very troublesome to your tax bill. But many people make charitable donations supporting their favorite nonprofits with annual gifts. Um, you know, let’s look at how your RMDs and charitable giving may work for you with some planning. So, next example, we have Albert and Shirley here. They’re in the 24% federal income tax bracket. For this example, we assume their income is high enough that they do not qualify for that enhanced senior deduction available under current law. That standard deduction for a married couple filing jointly this year is $32,200. And if Albert and Shirley claim the standard deduction, they may also qualify for the additional charitable deduction available under current law subject to applicable rules and inflate and limitations of course. But Albert and Shirley already have approximately $15,000 of itemized deductions from sources such as state and local taxes, deductible medical expenses, and mortgage interest. So what happens if they make a $5,000 charitable gift? Even though they make the contribution, they still do not exceed the standard deduction amount and as a result contribution may not provide any additional federal income tax benefits for them. However, if you’re over 70 and a half and you have an IRA or an inherited IRA, there’s another way to give to charity than simply writing a check. And it’s called a qualified charitable distribution. I’ll refer to it as QCD moving forward. But let me explain how it works so you can see why a QCD can be so powerful. First, some rules. If you’re 70 and a half or older, you can make a qualified charitable contribution of up to $111,000 for this year from your IRA. And if you’re married and both of you are over 70 and a half or older, and both of you have an IRA, you can each make the $111,000 qualified charitable contribution from your own IRA. Second, any qualified charitable distributions you make counts towards satisfying your required minimum distribution for the year. So when you make the however though when you make the distribution from your IRA, it has to go directly from your IRA to that charity or you can receive a check from your IRA custodian made payable to that charity. Third, this is the odd part. Even though you gave to the charity, you get no income tax deduction. So, why would I suggest a strategy where you get no uh Pardon me folks, it’s Saturday. Why would I suggest a strategy where you get no deduction for giving to a charity? It’s because when you make a qualified charitable distribution, the distribution from the IRA is never counted as income when you compute your taxes. So, let’s see how that could actually help Albert and Shirley. Let’s suppose that they do what many retirees would do. Albert takes his RMD of 5,000 at the beginning of the year and deposits it into the bank. He’s done with his RMD for the year. Now, being charitable people, they donate 5,000 to the charity. The end result is that the charity gets 5,000. Everybody understands that. But let’s look more closely. By virtue of giving to charity this way, Albert and Shirley’s $5,000 contribution will cost them a total of $5,720. Why? because that $5,000 RMD that went into Albert’s checking account at the beginning of the year still has a tax cost. Remember, the couple is in the 24% tax bracket, 24% of 5,000 equals 720. So $720 of additional tax that Albert and Shirley must pay when they file their taxes means the total cost of that donation is $5,720. Remember though, the gift didn’t impact their standard deduction. The RMD behind the gift just added to their income. Now, ouch. But let’s see what happens if they gave it through a QCD to that charity. So, instead of requesting a $5,000 distribution from his IRA to go in his bank account, Albert simply has his IRA custodian, transfers that 5,000 directly from his IRA to the charity. It satisfies his RMD because he’s 73. Now, the charity is still getting $5,000 and they still gave $5,000. Even though they received no deduction from making a contribution, their IRA distribution is excluded from their tax return. Therefore, they owe no income tax in that $5,000 distribution and their total amount of money that they gave to them was still $5,000 and they saved themselves $720.

    But we all know charity starts at home. So, it’s a natural question to ask, how does retirement tax planning fit in? And it’s a very good question because the government still wants its share of those tax deferred assets when you pass away. And like we’ve seen, how you set things up really matters, which leads us to our final key number four. Organize your assets for your family’s benefit. Estate planning still matters here. And remember, that’s one of my upcoming webinars. Join me for that one. Estate planning is always a relevant topic. Even though people don’t like to discuss death, it’s depressing. It’s morbid. But we’re not going to discuss it in the traditional way. That’s because the new tax law excludes states valued at up to 13.99 million from the federal estate tax. Meaning only the tiniest fraction of people need to worry about estate taxes. But per the one big beautiful bill act that was signed a few years back or last year, the exclusion was made permanent and is increasing to $15 million per person in 2026. It’ll be indexed for inflation going forward. Still very important tax issues remain around how your assets are received by your beneficiaries after you pass. One example is making sure married couples plan for their available step up in basis. That’s quite a tax term, right? Simply put, a step up in basis is a tax rule that readjusts the value of an inherited asset. So, its value is not what your spouse or your destin paid for it initially. Instead, it’s stepped up to its price on the date of their passing. And this can make a big difference as we’ll see. So, what I mean here though is if you bought a house for 150,000 and now it’s worth a million, you have 850,000 in gains. Whereas if you sell your if you pass away and gift the house, those your beneficiaries, their cost basis is a million at your passing. Whatever it’s worth in your passing. Quick example. It’s likely that most assets you own other than your retirement accounts and annuities will be eligible for a step up in basis. Well, so next example, say hi to Phil and Mary. They live in a separate property state. They’re married and own a variety of taxable investments in a joint account known as joint tenants with rights of survivorship. You may have heard of that. And the investments have long-term capital gains of 120,000. One day, bad news arrives. Phil’s diagnosed with terminal cancer. He has eight 18 months to live. Let’s see how this works with two scenarios. In the first, Phil and Mary make no planning changes to their assets. So, when Phil passes, Mary will receive a step up in basis on Phil’s half of the joint account, which is 60,000. she’ll still face a future $60,000 of unrealized gain on her half of the account. Simply put, that means if Mary decides to sell all the assets, she’ll owe tax on her $60,000 of gains. Now, suppose that upon Phil’s diagnosis, Mary and Phil move all the investments into one account in Phil’s name. Then, as long as Phil lived longer than one year, Mary would receive a full step up in basis on the entire $120,000 account. So, simply put, Mary could sell that account and pay no tax as opposed to paying on $60,000.

    When you sell your investments, would you rather owe tax on $60,000 a gain or none at all? And let me say, playing around death is hard, but that is where a professional can help because they’re they’re emotionally removed from the situation and can assist you to make good decisions that may seem pretty hard at time. Now, maybe you’re someone who has managed to save up quite a bit in your IRA or 401k. You feel pretty confident that you’ll be comfortable in retirement and you’re hopeful that you’ll leave behind the account to your children. In the past, we have recommended that because with the right structure, your heir could withdraw that money throughout their lifetime, possibly decades. That changed with the passage of the new secure act back in 2019. So now beneficiaries of inherited accounts with some exceptions must withdraw all of the money within 10 years of the owner’s death and pay taxes on that money. So the restriction on what was called stretch IAS shines a light on how important tax planning is. Laws can change at any time. So you need to have a plan and revisit that plan regularly. So let’s look at Pamela and Kyle as an example of what choices beneficiaries have when they inherit IAS and no longer can stretch distributions over their lifetime. First scenario we have involves Pamela and her son Kyle. Pamela unfortunately passed away at 70 years of age leaving the full IRA pre-tax IRA to her son Kyle. And he’s an only child. He’s healthy and this sole beneficiary of the IRA. And we know that Kyle has a maximum of 10 years to withdraw the IRA monies to meet those RMD rules. And Kyle likes the regular distributions. So he chooses to take equal distributions of the funds over 10 years. And the IRA earns an average 6% rate of return annually. So this payment would calculate to be $54,347 to Kyle each year for 10 years. Kyle would have to add this amount as income on his tax return for 10 years, too. And the second scenario for Kyle looks a little different. Kyle lost track of time. He’s already reached at year 10, the required minimum distribution window. And since it’s year 10, he must now take out the full distribution in one year. Assuming that same 6% rate of return we mentioned earlier, that’s earned annually on that $400,000 IRA, we can now calculate that IRA balance. Has it grown to $716,339?

    And now Kyle has to take the full amount as a distribution in year 10 and pay income tax on that amount. Kyle’s going to be in the top tax bracket now, paying 37%. So enough about death, though. Let’s let’s move on from that. One thing I do want to mention, we mentioned Roth conversions earlier. Roth conversions are exempt from those RMDs. So the money that you have that’s in Roth accounts that does not have to be stretch taken out over a 10-year period. Your children get to take that on. Your beneficiaries get to take that on tax-free, penaltyree, and they can hold on to it for the rest of their life and give it to your grandkids. But let’s move on from death. Let’s talk about long-term care. This is not a long-term care presentation. It’s just about retirement and taxes. But believe it or not, there are a number of tax breaks associated with long-term care insurance. For example, long-term care premiums may be a deductible medical expense at the federal level and possibly eligible for deductions or credits at the state tax level. On the other side, if you’re receiving long-term care benefits, in many cases, those benefits are tax-free. For instance, benefits received from reimbursements, reimbursement style policies are taxfree. In addition, cash benefit style policies are taxree. if they don’t exceed the higher of your actual long-term care cost or an IRS daily limit of I think it’s currently $430. Choosing how you pay for long-term care is cost so can have a big impact on your state and your heirs. In recent years, non-traditional long-term care policies that blended together some long-term care insurance and life insurance that become quite popular. Often the first inclination of the insured here is to tap the policy to pay for long-term care costs, but that’s often a tax mistake. So, moving on to Florence here. She’s a widowed woman who qualifies for long-term care benefits and lives at home with in home care, but her yearly care costs are about $60,000. And Florence’s social security benefits $20,000 annually, which covers her basic expenses, but not long-term care. She also has a $400,000 IRA and a life insurance policy with a long-term care provider that will pay half a million dollars to her children upon her passing. Alternatively, Florence could use up to $10,000 per month for long-term care costs and any amounts used for long-term care will reduce the life insurance death benefit. Just note that this is an example we’re going through here. Suppose that she’s infirmed for five years and uses her policy to pay for long-term care expenses. You know, that’s why they why she bought it in the first place. But here, Florence pays little to no income tax during this period because she’ll have such large unreimbured medical expense deductions. So, the half a million dollar policy pays out $300,000, $60,000 per year for 5 years. That means your kids will inherit taxfree life insurance of $200,000. the remainder, which is the remainder of that half a million dollar policy. And in addition, her children will receive the $400,000 in her IRA, and that will be taxable to them because she didn’t convert it. She just left it in a tax-free account. Now, let’s suppose Florence lives for the same 5 years, but uses her IRA money to pay for the long-term care expenses instead. Well, Floyd still pays minimal income tax per year because of her high medical expense deduction, but now the kids will inherit half a million dollars of life insurance completely tax-free, as well as roughly $100,000 of remaining IRA money, which will be taxable. But different story now, because of how she distri distributed it, her children are now getting a half a million tax-free and only $100,000 that’s taxable. So comparing the scenarios, the ultimate net benefit is unknown because it depends on Florence’s children’s tax rates. But it’s hard to imagine a scenario where paying for her care with $300,000 of taxable money with minimal cost of Florence is not a better option than paying for her care with $300,000 of tax-free money. And in the second scenario, we’re preserving the taxfree money for the heirs and paying for the long-term care with Florence’s taxable IRA money. Okay, so we’re towards the end and you’re probably thinking, goodness, how in the world will we ever manage this? It’s a good question. Let’s just bring it all together. So, we started with a clear statement about the problem. Retirees often pay more taxes than expected because a confusing system treats various income types differently and contains hidden taxes and penalties. So, let’s do a quick review on what we’ve learned in the context of the four stages of retirement. under the pre-retirement heading saw the importance of understanding the after tax values of your retirement savings before you retire. We also saw that in those pre-retirement years it’s critical to consider your tax deferred savings and start taking advantage of funding Roth accounts to fill your brackets something you do throughout your early retirement years in low tax years maybe in your pre-retirement years. We also looked at social security and taxes plus the importance of couples having benefits their benefit strategy that considers a serving sp um the surviving spouse. And we saw Medicare has its own tax-like structure that can push you off the Irma cliff. And we saw the importance of signing up for Medicare on time right in the middle of those early go- go years. That’s cuz starting in your middle retirement years, you’ll be confronted with required distributions. And we’ve seen the importance of planning your income needs before then and the tax issues involved. Then we saw the importance of setting up your assets and managing them during the later years of retirement so you can preserve the most for your heirs and leave them with the most tax flexibility. All those items together lead us to this obvious solution to our original problem. So, because your tax exposure will change throughout retirement, you need a strategy that anticipates how and when you tap assets to cover your personal expenses. It understands the range of taxes you’ll face at various stages and manages your actions so you pay the lowest tax rate possible. So again, by attending this presentation, you’re indicating that you’re preparing to leave the accumulation phase. Congratulations. And you want to move into that distribution phase, i.e. retire. you guys have been working long enough. And we’ve seen that the distribution phases are way more complicated than working and collecting a paycheck. Managing your tax rate through the four stages of retirement is part of the challenge of retirement planning. We’ve seen the cost of these mistakes and naturally we want to be efficient with our savings. There are strategies to reduce that tax burden. But as with many things in life, this takes education and planning and advice. It’s a lot to think about and our tax code is complex and the rules keep changing, but what doesn’t change is that you need a plan. So, I’d be happy to help everyone here out with this. I’ll go straight to the back back page. This is my information here. Feel free to scan that QR code if you’d like to set up an appointment with me. I’m also going to send out a poll here in a second. These meetings cost nothing. We don’t charge our members to do financial planning. We’re here to create a plan for you. Show you how to avoid these pitfalls, these costly mistakes to not go off that uh hit the social security tax torpedo or the Medicare gaps. How to come up with a good distribution strategy. We’re here to help you out with that. It costs nothing but your time. We’re here to help. We’re just the greatest credit union on earth and that’s why we do this. But we’re here to educate our members, show them what else we can do for them, too. If you’re coming up on retirement, get a plan made. If you said yes on the web on here, and thank you very much to those who have. Um I will be following up with you hopefully today, but the um my colleague who puts all this together for me might still be working. We do work on Saturday sometimes, too. Um if he’s not, I’ll be in touch with you on Monday via phone or email. Just here to help. If you have any other questions, though, feel free to say no or not at this time. It’s perfectly fine. You know, it doesn’t hurt my feelings. But if everybody could answer the poll, it makes me look good. Um, I have the highest numbers on our team as far as participation and rates of response. It just shows that I’m keeping everybody’s attention. I’d really appreciate if everybody can answer. Even if you’re saying no or not at this time. Again, doesn’t hurt my feelings. I’m just happy that you’re here today and I hope you learned something. And if you want to learn more, QR code or click yes right here. We’re here to help. With that, I’ll get through some questions, get you guys off. We have two minutes until college football kicks off today. One other thing I want to make a note of. I’m gonna make a point of this whenever we have our estate planning webinar in two weeks. Trustw.com. Um, we are able to give access to our clients to this website uh at no cost. This is where a website where you can make your own trust and make your own will online. We have a membership to it that we’re allowed to give to our clients. But yes, you have access to attorneys through this website as well with this platform to ask them questions, see if you’re missing anything, have them review it. It’s a great platform. Really is. If you have more questions about this, send me an email. Again, here’s my email. I don’t like that phone number that goes to my office line in Chicago and I’m in Texas. Um, but feel free to call it, but really email is best right now. Be happy to go over this with everyone, but let’s go through some questions here. Feel free to ask away too. Um, if this person’s still in, I’m sorry they were late. They said, “Is webinar recording?” We’re not allowed to record these webinars. Uh, we do one webinar a month that we are allowed to record, but this is finance. We deal with people’s money. There’s a lot of rules and regulations, so we’re not allowed to record these without going through some serious scrutiny. But if anybody is on here late, I’d be happy to go over this information with you on a one-on-one, too. Just let me know what I can do. All right, let’s see the questions. Is there an RMD for a Roth IRA? All right, I made that comment earlier, but no. Correct. Um, I didn’t get to it when you asked though, but there are no RMDs with Roth IAS. So, if you have a million dollar or $100,000 in a pre-tax and $100,000 in a Roth account, post tax, you’re going to have to take out money from here because Uncle Sam wants his cut come your R&D age, whether it be 73, 74, 75. You have to take money from this. If you don’t need the money in your Roth account, let it sit. Let it sit. Let it grow. Give it to your heirs if you want. And it’s taxfree to them, penalty-free to them. Whereas this $100,000 pre-tax um IRA, when you give it to them, they have to take it out and they’re probably going to have to take out 12 grand a year. And now as opposed to you being able to convert it at maybe a 12% tax rate, your heirs are going to have to pay 22 to 32% taxes on it depending on what their tax bracket is. But see it all the time. There’s ways to get around it. It just comes with planning, planning, planning, planning.

    So for QCDs, you’re still getting the RMD, but the taxable amount is reduced. Yes. So, with a QCD, if you take out your, let’s say you take out your RMD, I’m just going to go over it again. Take out your RMD and they give it to you. It’s $5,000. You give that $5,000 to the charity. Because it hit your bank account, though, it’s counted as income towards you. So, now you have to pay taxes on it. Whereas, if you had that $5,000 surpass you, where your IRA company writes the check out directly to the charitable organization, it’s $5,000 that the charitable organization receives. you gave it to them, but you don’t get taxed on it and it’s it counts towards your RMD for the year. I hope that answers the question.

    It’s not necessarily that your tax correct. Correct. Your taxable amount is reduced technically.

    Uh information needed to prepare for a meeting with you just to have a good understanding of your current position. I’d like to know what your when you plan to retire, if you’re retired, what your current spending is. Um, how much you currently have in different accounts because we just showed the importance of knowing the difference between your IAS pre-tax and your Roth accounts and if you have money over here in some stock funds, uh, capital gains because it all comes together and it’s all taxed differently. So, a plan needs to be put in place, where you reaching where and how you approach everything. But just have a good understanding of your positions right now when you want to retire as well. And if there’s information missing from there, I’ll give you some homework for the next meeting.

    Okay, here’s a good question. Did I understand you correctly that when you go over into another tax bracket, the only amount that will be taxed at the higher rate is the amount you went over and not your total amount. Correct? We are in a marginal tax rate society. So, let’s say just for the sake of making it easy, uh 12% is the $10,000 range and anything from 10 to 20 is 22%. If you make $10,01, only $1 is taxed at 22%. That’s how it works. Marginal tax rates. Um, I could pull it up here real quick, but I’m going to get to the other questions.

    How about RMDs for an inherited Roth IRA IRA by the ninth year? I don’t understand the question, but you can push them off until the 9th or 10th year, but keep in mind that account’s just going to keep growing and going to be more and more money. It’s going to be taxed at a higher rate. So, if you take it out over a 10-year period, you might be in that 22% tax bracket, but if you take out $700,000 all in one year, now you’re in the 37% tax bracket. There’s a strategy whenever it comes to these inherited IAS too to make sure that your beneficiaries or if you’re the one receiving an account uh as a beneficiary. There are strategies to make sure you don’t just burn through that money. That’s what happens a lot in these cases. You know, people just live off of that 54 grand each year and then they deplete the account. whereas you could go ahead and do other things with it. Live off of your other income um or just live off of most of, you know, live off of some of it, but then put the mo rest of it away. You get to switch it around a bit. We can talk about that, too. Can you convert to a Roth after RMDs kick in? You can convert to a Roth for the rest of your life. Um it’s just whenever RMDs kick in, now you’re pulling out another 20 grand over here from the RMD. that raised your income level. But there’s workarounds. Everybody’s different. I can show you exactly how it works. Our planning software is fantastic to where we can see what room you have without jumping Irma, Social Security, or federal income tax brackets. We can review that with you. It’s pretty nice. Um, I appreciate it. Roth is not tax correct. Therefore, that’s why it is not there’s no RMD with it because you already paid taxes on it. Uncle Sam doesn’t get the double dip. at least not in this era.

    Do you do Zoom meetings since you’re in Houston? Yeah, most of my meetings are via Zoom. Um I I live in a very hightraic area of Houston. Um I really wouldn’t if a client wants to meet with me in person and they do. Um at times it’s just I I don’t want to put them through the traffic behind me. But yeah, I do Zoom meetings and um if you can only meet on Saturdays, I can make a special circumstance. Uh better to meet sooner than later and depends on when LSU plays and if it’s deer hunting season. But I’d be happy to meet with you on a Saturday. We just have to plan that out ahead of time. All right.

    Once you start Medicare Part B and D, if you go back into the workforce, can you stop the benefit and restart later? Remember what we said earlier though, Medicare Part B and D, once you start taking them, it becomes your primary insurance and your work insurance more than likely will become less expensive because it becomes supplemental insurance in that case. So, you more than likely want to stay on it and just keep your workplace plan, but as opposed to it being 200 bucks a pay period, it’s going to be 50 bucks or 100 bucks. Those are rough numbers. That’s what I’ve seen with some other clients. But generally speaking, your Medicare will become your primary and your workplace plan will become your secondary and become less expensive.

    Is it best to wait to claim social security until 70? And I’m sorry to say this. It depends on the person. Um, generally speaking, I love to see when people do it at 70, but I’ve had three clients I spoke with this week where I’m trying to tell them to go earlier at 68. And that’s rare, but it just sometimes there’s just tax implications that’ll be involved and she could retire earlier and you go from she doesn’t need the $100,000 that she’s making each year. She only needs 40 to live off of. She has all this room and now we have room for conversions by retiring two years early. Everybody’s different.

    But yeah, we can help you come up with that social security number of one might be best. That’s another webinar I do. Social security planning is just as important as tax planning. So, make sure you don’t make a costly mistake by going too early, but there are people who can. If you stop working, but don’t claim social security for 2 years. Does that help with taxes? And again, it depends on like your other provisional incomes that you’re taking in. But it it comes down to your current income situation. And also, do you you know, one thing I see whenever people do retire early but wait to take social security, you might be depleting that 401k or that IRA really quickly just from living purely off of it for two years rather than using it to supplement your social security. But again, I see people regularly who can do that. It just comes down to the person and your financial situation. Folks, I got about six more people that need to answer the poll. If you don’t mind, I’d appreciate it. Do you need current actual spending or estimates? Has been working on this, but too much time consuming. Thank you. I can do some current actual. Yeah, good estimates. Good estimates. And whenever somebody says I live off of 70 grand a year, I say 75 or 80. I like to be conservative with it. I’ll say more than you tell me as far as spending. I’ll give you less returns than what the market’s been doing. And if your numbers hit, great. If you spend less or you earn more, we’re in a better financial situation. But I like to use not necessarily a doomsday scenario in financial planning, but um postrecession, you know, early postrecession recession numbers. And that way we’re really planning for the nitty-gritty and making sure that hey, I’m going to be fine even with all these bad scenarios thrown at me. Great. That’s good planning right there. All right, I think that’s all the questions for today, folks. Games just kicked off 9 minutes ago. If you’re not a college football fan, I’m sorry for making all the references. If you are, um, hoping you’re I didn’t hold you back from first quarter of your game today. Everyone have a wonderful day. I I love doing these webinars on Saturdays. I really do. We have a great turnout um for them and we’re going to have I’ll be doing these about two or three times a quarter, I think. But join me for my next one. Uh we got estate planning and then Roth IRA conversions. If you have any questions, there’s my email. Take a photo of it. Send me a question is your questions at any time. I work six days a week and I check my email seven. So here to assist you guys with any questions you have. You are a credit union member. If you didn’t know this, that means you own the place. We’re not owned by stockholders. We’re owned by the members. You guys get to vote. So, there’s any questions I can answer my, you know, answer. Any way I can help my bosses, let me know. You guys have a wonderful weekend. It’s a beautiful day out here in Texas. Hope it is a beautiful day where you are located, too. Have a wonderful day, folks.

  • Amplified 2026: Printful 101 Stream

    Hello everybody and welcome to Amplified, the biggest POD event in the entire space. Especially welcome to those of you who are brand new to POD and have no idea what you’re doing, but are really excited to learn. This is exactly the place where you should be. My name is Liz and I make educational content on Printull’s YouTube channel. So, if you’re watching on YouTube, you can probably click around and see some other videos of me on there. But if you are watching on YouTube, this is a big important message to you. There is a link at the very top of the description and also hopefully our moderators are dropping it in the YouTube chat right now. That link will lead you to our community. If you are watching on YouTube, you better move over to the community and go watch there. It’s completely free, but that way a you will be able to participate in the chat in a way where I will actually be able to see your messages and also you will get access to the giveaways that we’re going to be running here on stream and a bunch of offers from our fantastic sponsors. So, while you’ve got the time, while I’m still doing the whole intro, make sure to go over there and sign up. It’s free. It’s going to stay free. You just got to get in there and get communicating. Now, if you are brand new, this is the best stream for you to be. If you are a bit more advanced or if there’s something that I’m going to be sharing today that feels a little too beginner friendly, we also have a more advanced stream running alongside this one. I’ll be here all of 6 hours. So, can you go over there, you know, check things out and then move over back here if you feel like that’s a little bit too advanced. Feel free to pick whatever topics you like. Just make sure to gain as much as possible from this event. And don’t worry, there will be a replay available. So, if you feel like there’s stuff happening in two places at the same time and you can’t catch things, you can then go back and take a look at whatever sessions you would like. So, I am looking over at the chat here. There are a bunch of people joining. I saw people sharing where they’re joining from. I saw somebody from Toronto, from Philly, from the UK, Netherlands, Massachusetts. Hi everybody. I’m going to be trying to interact with you as much as possible. So, if you ever have like a massive question, that is going to be the place to ask it. There is a Q&A feature uh in the platform that you can use if you want me to definitely see your question and answer it. So, I’m going to have Q&A sessions at the very end of each segment of this live stream and you are going to hopefully get your question answered by me or by some wonderful experts. Speaking of the experts, I have six very separate but interconnected sessions lined up for you. The very first one is going to be an intro to Printull. So, if you don’t have an account or store yet, this is going to be perfect for you. But if you do have an account on the store, it might still be a good refresher and maybe you’re going to learn some things that you didn’t know about the platform, like some cool settings that I think are underutilized by people. Now, when you have any type of question, drop it in the Q&A or tell me about it in the chat. But we will also have experts with me in some of the other sessions. The second session, for example, is all about Shopify. I know a lot of you really want to sell on Shopify or are already trying to sell stuff on Shopify. So, we’re going to have Crystal with me to talk a little bit about how you can really find success on Shopify. At the same time, there’s going to be a bunch of stuff running on the other stage. So, if you’re not a Shopify person, you can find other things about different uh sales channels over there. But my third session is going to be all about products. In my, you know, many many years in POD, that is the most asked question that I ever get. So, if you want to see all the techniques that Printull offers, I will have a separate camera to show you everything up close. I will walk you through the different techniques to make sure that you can pick the stuff that you really want to sell. Once we will have the products covered, we’re going to move over to branding. We’re going to talk about how to create a brand and a community with Dominic from Docor. and you will get real insight from somebody who has built a massive brand based on a community of people who want to buy from them. We’ll have products, we’ll have a brand, we’ll have a store. What else do we need? Designs. So, the next session is going to be with one of our fantastic sponsors, KD, and we’re going to talk all about design and workflows. You’re going to get a very practical demo. So, don’t you worry at that point your store store will be freshed and, you know, fleshed out with products and designs. And the very last session once you will have a store and a brand and everything is going to be about advertising. So how do you get people to come to your store and make sure that they are seeing the products that you are creating? That is going to be our very last hour of the day and that is going to be with Levi. So I’ve given you the layown of of what’s going to happen today. So without further ado, I think we should get into uh some printful setup things. What I’m going to do uh is create a brand new account and walk you through the process and tell you where everything is. And then after that, I’m going to show you some hidden settings, stuff that you maybe, you know, didn’t really pay attention to too much. Uh if you already have an account, don’t run away yet. We are really, you know, going to make sure that you know everything there is to know. And I’m going to try and show you what it’s like once you land on the landing page. So, in this very beautiful homepage of printful.com, you are going to click on sign up right here. Let me actually make sure you can see both me and the screen. There we go. And let’s also take a quick look at the chat. So, what I’m really interested in is how many of you already have an account uh and uh are watching to make sure that you have all of the things set up and how many of you don’t have an account yet or don’t have a store set up and really want to know how to do that step by step. Let me know in the chat. I’m going to keep be keeping an eye on that. And yes, to JB Zion to answer your question, there will also be time breaks. So, every session is about 50 minutes long. And then there’s going to be a 10-minute break where I’m going to have some content for you related to the sessions, but I’m also human. I’m going to have to take a little water break here and there. So, don’t you worry if you are sitting here for all of 6 hours, which if you are, you get a virtual cookie from me, you will be able to step away for those moments as well. So, let’s get going and let’s see what happens when you click sign up on Printull. There are two ways. You can do Google, you can do Apple, or you can just sign up with your email. And we’re going to try that way. But this is probably faster if you already have some accounts with Google or Apple. I have created uh an email that you should not email uh because I’m not going to respond to you. I’m going to delete this after this. But just to show you, uh I’m going to enter my name and my email. You don’t really necessarily have to give us your full name here, but if if you’d like to, feel free. But you can just give us a name, an email, and you have to come up with a password. I really like a strong password. Something that’s really long. Uh, I recommend that. Don’t go with password one, two, three. I know some of you still have those old passwords from middle school or high school. Go change that right now. This is your cue. You don’t have to give us your phone number, but you do have to agree to Printull’s terms of service. If you’re curious, click on either one of those things and go through them. If I had to go through them right now, that would be this whole 6 hour stream. So, do that on your own time. And we’re going to click sign up. The next thing that’s going to happen is we’re going to ask you some questions. You know, what is your goal? What do you know already, etc. Uh, I am entering this as a brand new person who does not have a store yet, but who wants to sell online. So, I’m going to answer that with my main goal for using Printull is to sell online. Then, we’re going to think about who we are. This is going to allow our system to give you better recommendations, be their educational content or products or tools. Uh, I am going to say that I’m a content creator because I live on our YouTube channel. And then I will say that I do not have an online store yet. And I am not going to answer this question with anything specific. But if you have something in mind like clothing that you definitely want to sell or you’re uh 100% on like phone cases and that is going to be your brand that is where you would answer this question and we will be able to give you more personalized recommendations of products. But if you don’t know say you don’t know and then obviously how did you hear about us? You all of you are going to click YouTube because I told you about this. Okay. So, at the end of this little questionnaire, we are going to get a brand new account. Now, everyone’s with me. I’m not going too fast yet. Yes, Cedric. I agree. Strong passwords is security 101. Please, everyone, make sure that you are keeping your passwords as strong as possible. And oh, and I see Kelsey also saying, “I’ve got a store, but I’m definitely not using it to its full potential. So, hoping to learn new tips and tricks.” You’re in the best place for that possible. So, let’s see what we have. Uh, first of all, a little banner to say that amplified is live. I hope all of you are aware that this is amplified and we are live. But the first thing to note, I’m not going to do it right now, but it tells you to confirm your email address to whatever email you gave us, you’re going to get uh, you know, our little email in your inbox saying please press on the confirm button. I advise that you do it immediately right here as soon as you create an account. But I’m not going to go through it and clicking through different tabs. But just so you know, you should be doing that as soon as you create an account. Now, the next thing you’ll see is the dashboard, right? This place with the side menu and everything is your kind of home base. This is where everything lives within Printull. This is where you’re going to find uh whatever tools you might need. This is where you can open the product catalog and start designing within your store, etc., etc. If any notifications pop up, they’re going to be right here in the notification center. This is where you will find the way to get to the homepage if you’re so inclined to like find our blog or whatever. Uh you can also log out through here. Uh and there’s also a preferences menu which I will tell you about a little bit later. What we are going to do first is essentially a little tour, you know, layer of the land. The very first page that you land on has a step-by-step kind of instructional manual of what you should be doing. Step one, design your product. Uh then you connect your store, publish your products, and then set up billing. You don’t necessarily have to do it in that order, but uh if this is an easier way for you to follow the step-by-step instructions, go for it. If you wanted to just jump into some products and and create some stuff just to see what it’s like before doing anything else, before creating a store, you could totally do that. You know this is not necessarily the order that you should be doing things in but each one of these steps needs to be completed at some point. What we are going to first do is look at our side menu right here. The very first thing under home is orders. And when you start getting orders this is where all of them are going to live. So whenever uh you are going to start you know connecting a store and receiving orders this is where they’re going to appear. And also if you place some test orders or some gift orders yourself, this is also where you will find them. And uh this is a very useful section, but obviously we don’t have anything in here yet. Next we have the most exciting thing I think to most people is the product catalog. Now uh let me know in the chat a little bit. Have you explored the catalog yet? Do you have some favorites? Do you have some favorite categories? or are you like brand new to this and and not sure how to even navigate this at all? Because we could go really in depth here. So, I want to see what you guys are interested in. Uh Trina, just to say, yes, there will be a replay of this shared. Uh it’s going to be available both on in the community space and on YouTube. Uh and I see someone saying, uh is test orders available now? You can just place an order of whatever product you’ve created and send it to yourself. That’s your way to test out how someone else is going to receive the order. The look is going to be exactly the same packaging, everything. Uh, and let’s see. Oh, Christina is saying, “You find the catalog very overwhelming.” I could see that. So, let me actually try and walk you through it a little bit and explain where things are and how to navigate it. There are kind of two ways to approach this. The very first one is collections. They are on your left right here. If you’re interested in something specific like let’s say some bestsellers or our brand new products, the stuff that you might not have seen before or the stuff that has the fastest delivery to the region that you have specified, that is all in there for specific categories of stuff. When we also have seasonal collections, they’re going to likely appear here. And there’s also a collection drop down down here for some more, you know, evergreen things. Like if you’re looking for the perfect beachwear thing or the perfect gift that you want to create for someone, this is where you might be able to find inspiration. But if you want to see everything and just filter through it, this second spot uh in the menu is where you should be. It’s going to be men’s clothing, women’s clothing, everything. or you could just press all products and it’s going to take you to all of the products. Now, once you do this or you enter any section whatsoever, you’re going to see this little line pop up saying how how many results you’re seeing based on the region that you have selected. Uh this is going to first depend on which region you’re located in. But when you are kind of thinking about where you want to sell, this is the moment to start considering location and shipping types. So let’s say uh you are maybe based in the UK, but you know that the vast majority of your market is going to be in the US. Consider selecting that as the region and seeing which products are produced closest to that region so that shipping times and shipping costs are as low as possible. We have facilities all over the world. So, it’s best to make sure that the product that you want fulfilled isn’t maybe only available in the UK or in Canada or in Riga Lapia because the shipping from somewhere like California to Ria is going to be long and expensive compared to maybe something that’s within the region. The way that you can switch out the region is by going to the very top here. Do you see this world icon? You can press on that and then you’re going to have a couple of things that you can edit. The very first one is called global default selling preferences. If you click that dropdown, it is going to tell you everything that I just told you. Uh so we can maybe X this out. Uh and your selling region is going to be available in a drop down here. We have a few larger regions that you can pick like for example North America or Europe or you can even go granular and pick a specific country. What we’re going to do is we’re going to click on worldwide. And this is going to tell us that when you click worldwide, it’s going to give you the entire product catalog just so you can, you know, know what is available and what options you have in different places or if you don’t want to limit yourself and you just think I’m going to have customers all over the world, that is what you click. So you click on that, you click apply changes, you click got it. It’s going to explain all the stuff that I explained to you just now. and you’re going to see literally the entire catalog, all of the products, everything that we have. Uh, by default, it’s sort sorted by most popular. You can find the newest product or the highest rated products or based on price, whatever you’d like. But my favorite thing to do is use these filters at the very top. It’s going to have category filters. So instead of going through categories on your left right here, you’re able to click on, I don’t know, you want unisex clothing or you want specifically just accessories, you can use that. There’s product specific filters, you know, something like just backpacks or just beanies. Uh there’s color filters, there’s branding option filters, like if you want everything you sell to have an outside or inside label, you can do that. Uh you can filter by sizes, like some are poster sizes, some are clothing sizes. There’s the sizing is is a lot. So, if you’re looking for just I don’t know the uh the smalls in all apparel, this is going to be what you click. The best one, however, is the technique filter. Techniques is my most favorite topic ever because that is going to completely change, excuse me, I have six hours ahead of me and I’m already losing my voice. Uh if you are looking for a specific way to change the way the product is going to be perceived, you are going to click either I don’t know embroidery and then it’s going to be a premium product with this like really nice textured embroidered design on it or you’re going to click all over printing and something is going to be completely covered in a design. I’m going to have a session about this in about an hour and a half. You can join that if you want to see close-ups of those products and of those techniques. But for now, we’re going to take a look at just this menu right here, this filter that we were looking at. You can click on knitting, and all of the knitwear that we have is going to be in the catalog. You can click on DT flex printing, and only the items that have DT flex, which is our premium direct to film printing technique, that is going to be available here. So, use the filters as much as you can. that’s going to help you navigate the catalog. Or if you are just, you know, interested in what is available, you can scroll everywhere. You can heart the products, adding them to favorites, the ones that you are really excited about, like a pickle ball paddle set or maybe this Gildan shirt is a big favorite for a lot of people. You can heart those, add them to favorites, and you’ll be able to find them much easier. So, let’s see. Maybe I want to heart some stuff so that we can get back to it later. I really like actually this sweatshirt from Cotton Heritage. So, let’s add that to our favorites. And let’s say I’m going to really like a mug and I’m going to be interested in a mug later. So, let’s just heart a couple products and see what we can do with them after this. So, we’ve covered kind of the the lay of the land of the catalog. What we’re going to do next is take a look at a product page. So once you’ve gone through all the products and you know what you want to sell, let’s maybe go back to the sweatshirt right here. You can click on that product and it’s going to take you to the page that belongs to this specific product. Everyone with me so far? Let me take a look at what people are saying. Okay. Okay. April is finding the the worldwide default uh market setting to be really useful. I’m glad we’re already learning something in here. Then I am also oh someone is is saying throat coat tea is a game changer for for losing my voice. I do have a tea over here. So cheers to you for recommending that. I don’t think it’s throat coat but it is nice green tea.

    Ah much better. Now let’s see what people are saying. Uh what is an easy way to find all my favorite products? Francis is saying let me actually try and show you. So once you click on just the product catalog, the very first thing that appears right here above all the categories and the collections is my favorites, you can click on that and you will see all the favorites that you just saw. Or if you were looking at a product moments ago, let me actually make sure that you see me as well. If you were looking at uh a product like just moments ago and you clicked away and you lost it, it immediately appears also in the recently viewed section, which when I’m just browsing through and looking for ideas, I use this all the time because I forget what I was just looking at and and immediately go like, “Oh, no, no, I’ve lost it forever.” And I have not. So, let’s click back into uh the product page for for this Cotton Heritage uh sweatshirt. I really like it. It’s very much unisex. It It fits everyone kind of slightly loose, slightly baggy, and I honestly find the color selection really, really pretty. I am a big fan of some neutrals and some earth tones, as you can see by looking at me. So, this carbon gray is a really, really nice color. We can maybe click in here and see that it’s kind of like a heather gray, but it’s a bit more leaning kind of greeny brown. Uh, and another color that I really like is latte. It’s not heather, it’s smooth and just the the latte color is the perfect way to describe this. It’s just nice and earthy and everything. So, what we are going to do is take a tour of this entire product page and see uh what information we can find here. Once you open any product, the very first thing that you should be looking at is the technique section right here in this corner. Uh, let me actually make sure. I think my screen is lagging a little bit. Let me try and full screen it. Yeah, you should be able to see it a bit better. So, here you have the technique section. It’s either DTG or DT flex for printing. Or if you want an embroidered design, you can click into here and switch to embroidery. And you’re going to have access to either standard embroidery, so a limited set of specific colors, or unlimited color embroidery. So let’s take a look at let’s say DG printing. This is just the you know the most basic printing that everybody is aware of. So let’s keep it simple. We can pick a specific color or specific size here if you’re trying to order something for yourself. Uh but uh we’re uh going to be selling this online. So I don’t necessarily need to pick a color or size here. I just need to pick the technique. The next thing that you would do is you would click on start designing. But I think that is rushing it. That is saying, “Oh, I don’t need any other information on the size of the design or on the limitations or on the needs that you have.” Uh, so I think that you should not press this until you have scrolled down and looked at this section right here. Now, let me see if I can share maybe my screen again like this. Yes, it works again. Perfect. So, we have a description where you will find everything that you would need about the fabric um composition or fabric weight uh or the specific sourcing of where it comes from uh or the features that the garment might have or another product might have. So, if you’re looking at let’s say a tumbler and you’re wondering if it’s insulated or if it’s dishwasher safe, you would scroll down and you would find that information here. There is also uh a section called shipping which if you have a specific market in mind when you are selling you should select that market right here and see what the delivery time and the cost of delivery is. So let’s say I want to sell in the US it is going to take about a week to be delivered to the person. First item’s shipping is going to cost $839. And if I add another item to that same order that is going to cost an additional 220. This is in euros, but the same concept concept applies if this is in any other currency. And then the next section is the one that I need you guys to be really paying attention to whenever you start designing a product. Now, I want complete honesty in here in the chat. How many of you always always take a look at the file guidelines before designing anything? Because I know it’s not 100% of you. So, fess up. Do do you always just go into the designing? Let me see.

    All right. There there are some questions that you guys are also responding to each other with. That is beautiful. Uh I also saw a question from Katie. If you if you’re just starting, should you keep it to your market only? Not necessarily. It depends on where you’re located and it depends on where you think your customers would most likely be located. So, if I, I don’t know, want to sell merch about, uh, I don’t know, fraternity the themed merch, I’m not going to be selling that in Europe, even though I’m located in Europe, because Europeans don’t tend to have fraternities. So, it’s not really going to match anything within the region. So, think about what you’re selling, what kind of designs you have, and your target market is going to be a lot clearer. If you don’t have a target market in mind yet, consider where you want to go because it’s always better, especially when you’re starting to think about advertising and social media, you need to pick what language you’re going to be uh communicating in. And you also need to make sure that your targeting with ads is a little bit more specific than just everyone on the internet. So, think about your target market first, then pick your products. Now, let’s see. Uh, Kinhasa is quite often looking at the file guidelines. That is commendable. Thank you. In the meantime, uh, Jany is saying that you just start designing immediately, which I know is very common. So, my advice to literally everybody is make sure to take a look at the guidelines. The most important thing is the size of the print area so that you can design within that size of an area in mind. So let’s say you want a horizontal text, but the design area is vertical. You will make a design, you will upload it, and it’s not going to look right on the product. So this is your first most important information. And make sure that you’re selecting the correct tab. For example, embroidery if you want to embroider it because the area is going to be different for different techniques. For the same uh, you know, shirt, if I wanted to, this is the sweatshirt. For the same sweatshirt, if I wanted to put a print on the front, uh it would be a much larger area than what would be possible with embroidery. So, keep that in mind. And then the next thing to do is to scroll down. You can see that it changes the information below as well and see what the DPI number is. We’re going to get to what DPI is, don’t you worry. And to make sure that you are following all of this information as well. It’s important because if you make sure, let me make sure that you’re seeing me for this. If you can make sure that you are following every single point in those guidelines, that is going to give you the best possible result, you are completely unlikely to have some kind of misprint or a bad result or maybe a print that flakes or anything. If you can follow everything as much as you possibly can, you are going to make sure that you and the customers that you are going to have in the future are going to get everything as well as possible, reducing your returns, improving your reputation, and giving you much fewer headaches in the future. So, this is my big red shiny disclaimer. Read things before you design. Now, let’s take a look at this whole page and let’s go into designing. The way that I would do that normally is I would pick whatever technique. So in this case it’s DTG and the front area uh and I would download the print file template for it. What that creates is essentially this uh file uh within your downloads that is a zip file. Once you unzip it, there’s going to be images in there or different files like a a Photoshop file or a PNG image of the guidelines. I have downloaded the guidelines for this before and I’m going to open them in KD and just make sure that you see what those look like. So, let me make sure that you can see me well. I have them right here. So, what I’ve done for this is I have downloaded that print file template. I have unzipped the file and I have dragged the PNG image into KD. Uh I hope you can follow along that and what you are going to have is this beautiful image that you can use for a bunch of uh different stuff like figuring out the size of your area, seeing the DPI number right up front, uh having a note that it should be the final export should be in PNG or JPEG. So this is a very useful image that’s going to also show you the approximate placement on the shirt. Now, uh, I’m seeing, uh, some questions right here. So, let me take a quick look. Um, I’ve got a good question that might be outside of Printful. How does SEO and keywords work? This is actually a great great question, especially if you’re just starting uh, to sell and you want to have social media and stuff. Uh so what you are going to do is you’re going to take a look at either the other stream uh later in the day where we have a specific session about SEO or you’re going to stick around and we’re going to talk a little bit uh about that in a couple sessions once we are actually building out our store. I also saw a question uh what is KD? Uh, KD is one of our fantastic sponsors and also I think the best way to design stuff for POD. I am not just saying that because they’re sponsoring the event. We asked them to because we really like them. It is a great way to design stuff because the options that you have with KD are very tailored to POD. So, what you would have is, for example, templates that are pre-made that are going to match a bunch of different POD needs. You can create uh mockup videos or you will see that a lot of stuff is specifically tended as designs for merchandise. And what is my personal favorite little thing is you can click export and select the actual DPI number. When it comes to webbased tools, that is an absolute gamecher for POD. That basically never comes with anything. And KD has so many things specifically made to make your life easier. So if you have never heard of KD, look up Kit TL and you’re going to be amazed. But let’s get back to our design. And the first thing that we’re going to do is talk a little bit about math because I am a nerd and I am boring. Don’t run away yet. It’s going to be very quick and painless. Uh what we’re going to do is figure out a number that your uh canvas size should be. So DPI is let me actually take a look at you. DPI is dots per inch. It is the number of literal ink dots that you can fit within one inch of your print when it comes out and it’s ready and it’s an actual shirt. Uh, and the number really tells you how many of those dots we can fit into an inch with a specific technique. Meaning that your design should have at least that many pixels in that inch to be full quality. So that’s not blurry or anything. To be sharp, it needs to be at least a specific DPI number. The way that you would use it is you would take that DPI number and you would multiply it by inches of or or centimeters or whatever, but for DPI specifically, it’s inches of the placement. So to figure out how wide the top of your uh design should be, you should take the width in inches and multiply it by DPI. Now, in our specific case, as you can see, we have 12 inches as the width and we have 150 dpi. I am terrible at math, so I did this in advance. It should be, and this is also listed here, but even if it isn’t, you should still be checking. 1,800 pixels wide and 2400 pixels tall. What you’re going to do then is you’re going to create your artboard in KD and make sure that this artboard size right here is set to the number of pixels in width and height. And once you’re exporting your design right here, you’re going to make sure that this DPI number matches at least that number in pixels. As you can see, when I had 300 right here, the export size was 6 in by 8 in. So quite small, but high quality. But these pixel numbers, if you set the DPI to exactly 150, it’s going to match exactly the size that we have here, 12 in x 16 in. Uh, somebody is asking, uh, is KD free or subscription? There’s a bunch of free features, but I do really recommend the subscription personally. That’s what I use for literally everything that I design. Uh, but there are a bunch of free features that you could use. And you can also just keep it free for a while and see if you like it. See if it matches the way that you like to design things. Uh, we’re going to have a whole session specifically on design. This is just me, you know, showing you some setup steps. Now, what we’re going to do just for the sake of time and so that I can show you our design maker, we’re going to get in here, open up templates, and just pick something that looks like something we like. Let’s actually pick this one. I quite like it. I know it’s meant for mugs, but it says witches brew tea, and I’m just drinking tea here on the side. What you will see is there’s going to be a a little window that’s going to appear usually outside of your artboard. You can close your templates. You can pick that and you can uh enlarge it however much you want. Usually everything’s a vector. So yes, so it stays high quality and you can move it out of the way a little bit. You can pick out whatever design elements you’d like or you just can select the whole thing and move it over into your artboard. Like for example, I will select like witches and this little witch and the brute. Do we like the stars? I don’t know. Vote in the chat. Do we do we want the stars in here or no? There’s somebody asking oh about Procreate. Procreate is another really good one. Uh it depends on what you need. Uh KD for example has a really nice vectorzing feature which if you already have some kind of um design that you want to turn into a vector and scale it up or make sure that you can change the colors of it. That’s a really neat feature. It’s great for mockups. So, I would say Procreate is a nice tool, but KD just has more options for POD specifically. Uh, someone’s saying no stars. Yes, for stars. Someone say, oh, oh, you guys are ah, you guys are disagreeing with each other. Oh, no. No stars. Stars. Yes to the stars. One, two, three, four. Okay. Okay. Okay. Okay. No stars. We’re going no stars. Uh, I’m going to grab just this section. Leave the stars behind. And this is going to be our design that we’re going to be using. Uh, because this is a vector, meaning that it’s uh an essentially infinitely scalable image, we can change the colors right here. I’m not going to go too much into it, but maybe I want the the the pinks to be a bit, you know, different colored. Uh, I can also choose this dark and make it darker and make the image a bit more contrasty. I’m going to click on the artboard. Uh if you want to keep things more organized, you can rename it to sweatshirt.

    Click on it. Click export. Make sure that the DPI is at least 150 like we talked about. Uh make sure that you remove the background and the additional settings and keep it RGB. I know the traditional wisdom is to print everything in CMYK. Printful’s printers work in sRGB. It is listed in our guidelines. Keep everything that you export either sRGB or RGB. Now, we click export and it’s going to be in our saves. So, what we’re going to do next is go right back into our product page. I’m going to show you that in a second. But before we do that, I want to make sure that I have answered all of the things that are appearing in the chat. Francis is saying, “Please explain what vectorizing is.” We are going to have a specific session on design in I think like three hours approximately. It’s going to be KDP specific, meaning that you’re going to get the answers to those questions, but JB Zion is already doing a great job of explaining what vectorizing lets you do. It essentially turns the limited sized image into essentially an unlimited scaling opportunity. And you can then take specific parts of that image and change their colors with Enkd, which is also very helpful. So, we’re going to cover that and we’re going to also demo it. So, stick around. But, and Mila is also asking a great question. Are those images on KD free to use? Yes. Yes, they are. Uh, which is another fantastic thing about KD. massive library of uh different uh templates made by the actual users of KD or uh the illustrations that are on there are free to use for you once once you have a KD subscription. So, it is super useful. There are also people asking about a bunch of different tools. Any tool that you use is fine. If you want to illustrate something on paper and scan it and then like put it in a tool and stuff, that is also completely fine as long as you are not going to get stuck on the design part and just keep designing and never actually selling. So, let’s get into our sweatshirt. If you guys remember, uh I think with that kind of purpley uh witchy shirt, I’m going to go with this lavender sweatshirt right here. Uh, if I was actually selling it, I would probably pick a bunch more colors, but I’m just demonstrating. And we’re going to click on start designing right here. That is going to take us to the design maker. Right, this is your spot within Printull where you can do everything you need to do to turn just a product into the product that you are going to be selling. At the top, you can see a bunch of different tabs for the different placements. So, this is the front, back, outside label, inside label, left sleeve. A lot of different placements where you could put different designs. We’re just going to stick with the front for simplicity. And you can either upload your own design, you can create some text elements, you can use our free clip art. Uh there’s a bunch of stuff in here as well that is very cool. You can use quick designs, which is something our designers have put together to make your life a bit easier. There are some premium images that you can use uh that like will cost money but are perfect if you just need that something that’s going to be extra premium. So, a bunch of different options for you. We’re going to upload uh an element right in here. Uh but you can also go at the very top and do everything that you need to do to the product to make it ready for designing. You can pick your technique like uh we did before. So if you click in here and then you realize, oh no, I actually wanted like DG flex and not the DG, you can show change that here. You can select colors like if you are selling, you can select multiple and those are going to be the colors that this product is available in. I’m just going to stick with one and you can select the specific size if you’re ordering for yourself or select all sizes if you’re going to be selling. Whatever is going to be uh your situation. So, we’re going to click we understand the conditions uh for file usage and we’re going to click upload and upload our little download that we have here from KD. Let’s click open. It’s going to upload it to Principles Design Maker. And once it’s going to be all loaded in, we’re going to click apply. And that is going to add it to our sweatshirt right here. Now because we uh created it uh in the actual uh size of placement, you can see that this fits perfectly in here. And also once I start resizing it a little bit, it tells us that it is good quality, meaning that our uh system Yeah, it’s it’s telling me that I’ve moved it a little out of the design area. Our system is essentially saying you’ve done a good job calculating your DPI and your pixels. It is large enough. it is going to come out well. You can also click on this little uh popup right here and put this design on multiple products at once without having to go in and out of the design maker, which is super helpful if you want to create a whole collection of something. And uh if uh you think you’re done and it’s perfect, you can also take a look at the mockup to see what the actual design is going to turn out like and how it’s going to look in your store. I’m quite happy with this. Uh, and what you will do is you will either go back to design and adjust something or just save it as is as a template. Once you have a store connected, you can publish it directly from here. But we’ll just save it as a template for now so that I can show you exactly where it lives within your brand new store. You go into the section called my products. So, let’s just click into here. And what you will be seeing is what’s called product templates and publish product. If something is a created product, no matter what you’ve done to it, if it’s not being sold on a store, it is going to be under product templates. If you have published it to a store, it is going to be in here. Now, for this reason, I have set up a brand new store just to show you what it looks like, but I also have a store ready to show you guys that has literally, you know, everything that I have done so far and that we’re going to be using. So, this is it also says Liz. It’s also my store, but it is a store that I’ve been using for quite a while at this point. And if I click on my products in this case, it will show you a bunch of different products in here. just pages and pages. A really nice feature that I like to use quite a bit with uh the my product section is the product collections. So let’s say I have a couple of stores and so for example on like page three everything is a completely different theme that I have used before that is you know more of a a neutral minimalist thing but I want all of the products in one collection or for one store to be in one place. What I would do is I would for example I don’t know let’s say I want uh this this and this to be part of a collection. I will select these products. I will click on these three dots and I would add them to a collection and create a brand new one. And the uh example of a collection is right here at the top. You can see it’s called Imperfect Duckling. It’s a store that I’ll be using throughout this whole whole six hours. Uh, and it just has a whole bunch of products that are themed around one particular store so that I can have them all in one place. I can bulk select them, not worry about anything, and then just publish them in bulk. Uh, I’m seeing some chatter uh in here. Uh, Nishe, I think that’s how you pronounce your name. Can the design be sold directly from Printful? Does it have to be connected to a storefr website or platform like Shopify? It does uh normally need to be uh connected to different uh platforms and we’re going to get into those platforms in just a second. So, what you have here is a whole host of different products and you can get in here. You can edit them through the design maker and you know change some stuff about the design or uh you can also click into here, find a bunch of different settings and download mockups. This is something that people don’t really know how to do very often once they’ve already created a product. You can click there, click on basic mockups and download whatever you would like. pick out the products that the the colors that you want and the exact, you know, types of mockups and pick whether you want them to be JPEG so your uh website runs smoother or you want them to be PNG and you want a transparent background. Generate them and then download them. So that is something that I find is a question very often. This is the best and easiest way to do it in my opinion. But once you have all these products, what are you going to do with them? you are going to sell them in a store and for that you’re going to click on this next section called stores. It is going to have the stores that you have connected right here. And uh let me actually click into the brand new one that we just started so you can see what it’s going to look like for you. Bring you back. We have a store section that is brand new. We just created this account. There’s no uh stores anywhere in site. You can scroll down and you will have a really really helpful very short little quiz that is designed to help you figure out which platform you need to be on. You can uh click through here. Let’s do this very quickly. Uh your web development skills are complete beginner maybe. Uh and then you want to sell in your own online store, not a marketplace like an Etsy for example. And then uh you want pretty simple customization options then what we’re going to give you as the best options are you know Shopify and Wix etc. This will give you a bunch of useful information about each of these uh different platforms but you can also click on learn more and it’s going to take you to the connection page where it’s going to give you a bunch more information and some tutorials and everything. Uh if you want to see literally all of the different integrations, you would go to this page right here. Uh and I’m sure I can ask maybe some of our moderators to drop the link in the chat sometime. Uh but what it essentially is is just printful.com/integrations right here. You can scroll through this. You can use all the filters, whatever you’d like, and you can compare the options that you have. So either it’s going to be a platform, something like Shopify, something like Squarespace, or it’s going to be a marketplace, something like Etsy or Amazon. The difference between the two is essentially if you want to have more control over how your products are displayed and where they live, that is going to be your platform. There’s no built-in traffic in there, but you get a lot more branding control and you get a lot more ability to essentially just funnel people to that one link. So, for example, the link that you would have in your Instagram bio is just going to be your Shopify store and that’s where you’re going to be sending people and there’s no kind of interaction. But if you want built-in traffic that is still it’s going to be a little bit hard to get it, but if you want like a built-in audience, that is going to be your marketplace. There’s a lot of different sellers selling on there that you have to compete with, but you can use free stuff like SEO and and keywords to get the traffic to your Etsy store. For example, for our example, uh we’re going to use Shopify because uh from conversations with you guys, I know that it’s the most common and most desired platform, but whatever we’re going to be talking about throughout the day can be applied to anything. So, let’s say you already have um a Squarespace store or a big cartel store or something. you can take the tips that we’re going to have throughout the day and just you know put those into the filter of whatever sales channel you have. So what we are going to do next and let me actually take a look if I’m not missing any of the communication that we’re having. Someone’s saying I was using Wix but I moved to Squarespace. Can I link my Printful store to Squarespace? Yes, you can. Uh, and can you delete a platform you no longer use? So, let me try and show you. I’m not sure if I have something like this just, you know, on hand, but what you would do is you would go into the store section again right here. You would click on this. You would click on store settings and you would go a little bit down and you will have the remove button right here. So you can just completely remove this uh specific store that you have this specific platform. Right? So if uh you have an old store that you no longer use, I’ve had uh a little bit Okay, I see some people saying that that we’re frozen. Are we frozen still? Can you guys see and hear me?

    I’m looking for a sign that I can still be heard and seen.

    Can you do both Etsy and Shopify? Yes, you can. Can you still see and hear me? Yes. Yes, you can. Okay, beautiful. Wonderful. I’m not scared anymore. Uh, can you do both Etsy and Shopify? Yes, you can do literally every single integration that we have. An integration is just the communication that Printull would have with your, you know, sales channel provider. That is the easiest way for you to be able to sell anywhere because when someone places an order at a store that is integrated with Printull, we are going to receive that order directly. We are going to take care of it and fulfill it and send it out. And as long as everything is set up on your end, you don’t even have to do anything about it. And as soon as you start growing, that is going to be a gamecher because you can’t just be sitting there approving orders and designing stuff for people and stuff like that. So an integration, which is essentially any connection that you would have with something like a Shopify, an Etsy, Squarespace, Amazon, whatever, is going to be the way that you will be able to do POD and scale. And yes, you can use every single platform that we have in the menu at the same time. No issue with that whatsoever. Now, we are coming up on just a couple minutes left within this session. So, let me make sure that I am covering some of the questions that we have in here. Uh a reminder that we have a uh Q&A section within the platform. If you are watching on YouTube, you should be on uh the community that we have and you can also upvote some of the questions. Uh and let me see what are the most upvoted questions. I’ll have time to answer a couple whilst I’m answering questions. Uh there is also a giveaway going on in the chat. So, this is a reminder for all of the people over on YouTube to go into the community and participate in the chat there. That is the only chat that I’m seeing and that is where the giveaways are happening. The most popular question is uh many of us have been asking for onscreen left chest guidance and hopefully movable rulers with precise measurements which could be variable by shirt, brand, and size, but nothing in return other than empty grade suggestion. And we’re looking into that. I’m so sorry to hear that. Uh a big uh reason why all of this takes quite a long time is because making sure that something like that is applicable to every single product with a left chest placement requires a lot of compute power and setup. So it’s not just like a tool or a toggle that we can provide. It’s a lot of manpower to develop and create that. I will pass this on and I’m sure a lot of my co-workers are watching right now who are able to maybe help with that. This is clearly a very popular thing that people are asking for. Let’s do that. And there’s an other question. Uh where was it? Oh, why are chat comments overlaid on the presentation where they’re also showing uh the chat window? Great point. We’re going to try and turn off the chat a bit more often, especially when I’m showing you what’s happening. But if you really uh want me to do something about it, let me know and we can maybe try and like make the chat smaller for follow-up sessions. Before we end, there’s only a few seconds left in this. I’m going to shout out our giveaway winners. We have five winners who are going to be winning $20 of store credit within your Printful account that you could use however you’d like. The winners are Katie Nichols, Linda Clark Taylor, Boang Ma, Raquel Marshall, and Chris Jamsky. All of you guys are getting $20 coupons in your email that you can use for whatever you’d like within Printull. I am going to take a break and be back here in 10 minutes with Crystal to talk all about Shopify. And I will see you guys later with some more stuff. Okay, so you’ve got a design. Nice. That’s a great start. But now it actually has to look like a product. And that’s usually where things get tricky. Most brand owners out there don’t have time for a photo shoot. And don’t even get me started on stock models that look nothing like your customers. And that’s why we’ve come up with AI mockups, which will change how you launch products with Printull. You can get there through your my product section. If you’ve been with Printull for a while, you’ll just need to switch on the my products toggle first where you’d normally pick your mockups on Printull. There is a new tab now. You’ve got basic mockups, the ones you already know and love. And then there’s AI mockups for when you want mock-ups that actually look custom, like they belong to your brand. Just click generate with AI to get started. And you’re already in creative mode. This is where it gets good. You pick your product color. You pick your print area. front, back, whichever side you actually want to show off in your mockup. This is the key step of the process. You get to write a whole description of who’s wearing it. Age, gender, features, skin tone, hair, body type, even their expression or how they’re standing. You’re basically building your mockup down to the smallest detail. There’s the background, too. You can go with a preset or just write your own prompt and get something fully custom. It can be a studio location, a city background, a forest, whatever fits your brand. You click generate and that’s it. Printull just takes it from here with the help of AI. And there it is, a fully custom realistic mockup and it’s already saved to your library. If this is not quite what you were looking for, rewrite the description and regenerate until it is. Love it. Click select mockup and it slides right into your listing with all your other mockups. If you need more mock-ups for the same product, just keep generating. They all land in the same spot, just sitting there, ready for you to pick and add to your shop. This whole set looks good to go, ready for your store, ads, and socials. That’s how you get a store ready product photo that looks exactly like it belongs to your brand. Head to Printull and try AI mockups for yourself. Most Printful sellers never get to see their product get made, but today one of them is coming behind the scenes and onto the production line. Hi, my name is Elizabeth and today I’ve invited JM from Polone Goods to come join me here in Ria in our fulfillment facility and try to fulfill his products himself. And in addition to that, I’m going to pick his brain about what it takes to become a successful seller. Let’s go. So, I had been working full-time in New York City for about 15 years and was laid off from my full-time job. Rated a sweatshirt uh with my favorite food, a pano choka, put it online, and I didn’t know what the reception would be. I thought it was kind of cute, really ky. I put one ad on Meta. Sales shot through the roof. But it turned out people really loved that sweatshirt and it really connected with a lot of people. I literally went above my bed and took some photos of the life of Panosa sweatshirt. Thought they looked terrible. I tried editing them and I was like, you know what? I’ll put them up online and just see what happens. And this one image over my bed. Um that ad sold thousands of sweatshirts. One of my favorite kind of stories uh with these products and especially with the life of Pan Shakawat sweatshirt is that it ended up in Lebon Mar. Tell us a little bit about that. Leon Mar is the top first department store in the world. It’s in Paris. They were like we want your products for the exhibition that’s coming up. It’s called Paris Paris. It’s everything celebrating Paris and we love your French food items. I had never done a big deal like the wholesale deal with anyone, let alone the biggest and like most prominent retailer in the world. They were just like, “We want it.” Um, and then it was a lot of more take it till you make it. I had to chat with my vendor printful to see if we could do a large order, have it shipped to the store. I got to go see it in person, see all the products, got to see people wearing, like checking them out, like just really smiling. And that was the coolest thing that’s ever happened to me and I think that will ever happen to me. There’s a probably a bunch of people who are just starting out like maybe they’re just working on their like very first product but they haven’t launched it yet looking at you in the past in that very beginning. What would you give that person as advice? But finding like a good niche that you know resonates with like-minded people is probably the best place to start. But really a lot of like you can start small, test some ideas, get some feedback, not just from friends but like from people you don’t even know. That’s like probably the best way to get started. And then you’re not overextending yourself. you’re not spending all this money. Like I really didn’t start with any money invested in this other than I need some money saved to live off of um and some money to run the ads. Um and then from there it’s just about expanding and iterating. Uh a lot of things that I create I like personally and then they don’t sell and that’s fine because I don’t have any inventory for them. But if something does work out really well I can expand on that, create an ad for it, push it out further, create content. You actually have a very fun current collaboration going on. Can you tell us about how that came to be and what it Yeah, I do. So, Magnolia Bakery emailed me saying, “Hey, we really like your stuff. We saw you on Instagram. We’re going to bring the desserts. You bring the funny puns, you do the designs, and let’s do a collaboration together.” They really like working with small brands in the community. I actually live 5 minutes from the main bakery in New York City. Very popular from Sex in the City. Uh so, did a few designs for them. We have Kake It Make It uh pudding as in banana pudding, My Self-Care First. And then we did a little video photo shoot uh before we launched that at the bakery with actual people that worked at the store. They sported the apparel. We walked around the West Village, got some content. It was really fun with working with them and doing that. The banana pudding hats the best seller so far along with kick it till you make it, which are my two favorite things. So with so many really cool products already launched, what is something that you’re most kind of excited about? be that product design area like I don’t know a technique maybe something in particular but most recently I’ve just been thinking a lot about the success of my butter line really have focused mostly on apparel and hats but recently expanded to wrapping paper and I have a tote bag and I put the butter on both of them and honestly I went a little viral with the wrapping paper so I’m really excited about that I agree I love the the butter designs it’s like so fun to me and it’s So, in a way, nostalgic a little bit, just something you never think about as something you could relate so well to until you realize other people also love that. And it’s just like a fun, kissy thing that kind of brings everyone together. Yeah. Wrapping paper is kind of like this hallmark of holiday sales. Your product actually is featured by the New York Times for the holiday gift guide, right? Yes. So lucky enough, uh, the New York Times reached out about carrying one of my products, a hat that says your yu apostrophe re asterisk. Oh, I see. You’ve mentioned that you actually really enjoy embroidery, and your first product, I think, was hats, right? What makes it a thing that you like? What I love about Printull is they have unlimited embroidery. So that means I can use any amount of colors. So, I can really take something like whether it’s a croissant or like my dirty martini, um, really make it come to life in a way that you really couldn’t unless you were handstitching. What is something that you would give as advice to sellers who want to keep their lineup fresh and who want to like maybe experiment and stuff? They’ve had a store for a while, so they’re kind of feel like kind of trickling away. I think um, just giving it a try and seeing if it works and not like having the expectation that it might, you know, take off. I’ve always believed that if you’re passionate about what you’re doing and you love it, that’s honestly enough. But then also thinking about from the customer side like what they might want. Um, and if you’re making them happy, then that ultimately translates into what I think is successful and that’s just making people smile. And we are all done. JM, I hope you enjoyed your time here. Where can they find you? polychromegoods.com and also on Instagram and Tik Tok. Okay. And for all of you guys in the meantime, happy selling. Okay, I’ll be seeing you around. Just uh don’t forget your bag. Oh, right there.

    Heat. Heat.

    Hey,

    hey, hey.

    Hello and welcome back everybody. Uh I saw a bunch of activity in the chat even during the break. I am here with Crystal. Hey guys. She is the CEO of Girl Plus God and building a massive merch empire while still working full-time in radio, which is crazy. Good job. And for those of you uh who don’t know me, there’s a little like name tag flashing on the screen. My name is Liz. I make educational content for Printull’s YouTube channel, but I’ve got nothing on Crystal who has been on YouTube for 10 years sharing all of the knowhow and everything that you have to build all of the great things that you have built throughout the years. Please, you be killing it. I I I try I try my best. Uh but I was seeing some questions in here from you guys. Hey you guys. Yeah, the uh store that you guys just saw was actually called Polychrome Goods. Uh also, yeah, a customer of ours. I love the Butterline still to this day. Uh but like a great example of something that you can also create just, you know, from your own bedroom. Absolutely. Uh and speaking of create, Polycom Goods also uses Shopify. So, what we’re going to talk about today is all about Shopify. Now, uh, can you tell us a little bit about kind of your journey and and, uh, why you think Shopify should be the choice? I’ve been on Shopify for a long time, and the people that know me know I don’t play about my Shopify because if the billiondollar businesses are on Shopify, I need to be there, right? Like to me, getting on Shopify meant I’m serious about my business. It means that I am coming to make as much as I can and I’m not going to be afraid about it. Shopify has so many things to help you build and grow. Even if you’re starting from nothing that you can really build up to a million dollars on Shopify, right? You guys are hearing that a million dollars on Shopify. You better get excited. Uh I see uh a bunch of people also like welcoming you and being excited to see you. And Gabrielle and Colin and Erica and Raquel. Oh my god. Leah is also saying that you inspire them so much. All right, don’t do this today cuz I’ll cry. Oh, is that a challenge? Okay, that’s actually a terrible thing for me to be like, “Oh, I I can I can totally make people cry on command.” That’s fine. This sounds a little morbid. But yes, uh before we get into uh the meat and potatoes, I think we can do a little tiny giveaway. Let’s do it as well. Let’s do it. uh because we have uh created a bunch of cool merch for Amplified merch and we want people to have it. Uh so this is going to be a little fun merch giveaway. Okay. Uh if you keep typing in the chat, we are going to pick one lucky winner who’s going to get a $50 coupon code for the Amplified merch store, which uh you can find very easily in the platform. Uh but keep typing and telling us why you are excited to be in the session and we’re going to uh get a winner in just a little bit. I love it. And in the meantime, okay, uh you mentioned that uh for Shopify, it’s kind of important to be ready to start building and it’s not just like a little let me dip my toes into it. Uh a lot of people are kind of, you know, worried about the fact that it’s a paid platform, right? You have to pay. Um, do you think that that is like a a legitimate worry that people could really put themselves in hole with this or maybe with POD it’s not so much of an issue? I would say, and I’m not trying to just be super inspirational cuz I want people to walk away with actual tangible advice, but this is a mindset thing. So before you get on Shopify, I really want for people you to think about like I really want to do this. I can do this because you can. and you’re watching me, somebody who started from zero, right? So, I understand that tension of like, but do I want to pay? First of all, you get a free trial, right? So, let’s maximize the free trial. Like, really go in there and set a goal. If you have a 3mon free trial, what are you going to accomplish in that 3 months? Right? Let’s let’s just be real with ourselves. I really want to do this. I can do this. And so in that free trial period, I’m really going to test out everything that I can. And then after that, when it’s $39 a month, challenge yourself. How do I make $40 minimum per month? Right? And I’m talking to those of you who are like, I know that I can do this. I know that I have what it takes. I know I have a really good product. And I know that like I deserve this. I’m not talking to the ones that aren’t ready for that. I’m talking to the people who are like, you know what, I can do this. Yeah. And I feel like if you are in that mindset, you would really be best served by something like Shopify because it has so much to offer you, right? Like it’s I find it to be especially great for the people who want to do maybe like I don’t know for Black Friday, Cyber Monday, you want to do a sale. There’s so many tools available to you. Yes. That you know if you are actually committed and ready to try it, that is that is the best spot to be in. Yeah. Now, let’s do our little giveaway announcement because there’s a lot of please pick me, pick me, both of us. And I want you all to focus on the discussion and not just the giveaway. So, all right, drum roll, please. It’s going to be Rhina Ruth. Congratulations. You get $50 to spend on Amplified merch. I promise it’s really pretty. Our designers work very hard on this. It feels good. Like the shirt feel like Right. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So, we’ve got good products in here. We’re not a t-shirt company for nothing. Uh so, uh let’s get back into the the conversation that we’re all here for. Okay. Uh when you are looking to start selling on Shopify, uh is there I know that for a lot of especially beginners, there’s a a big worry of like it’s going to take me ages to figure out. Yeah. Uh, so why would I start spending money immediately and and then just, you know, burn a bunch of money in the months that it’s going to take me, right? I think again, like we said, you have a free trial, right? Go in knowing exactly what you’re about to do. I would say even before you get on Shopify, know who you’re about to talk to. Okay? If you don’t know what a niche is, I need you to figure that out. All right? Niche. Sometimes people call it niche. Whatever you want to call it, where you’re from, find out who your people are. find out like how you’re going to show up for them. That is going to really help you maximize on a platform like Shopify because it’s not Etsy, it’s not Tik Tok shop. You got to bring people there. So that means you really need to be connecting to people. So go into Shopify with that mindset and then go in and just say, “I don’t have to have the perfect store, right? Don’t compare yourself to other people and say, I have to have it perfect. I have to do it like everybody else.” Just get started. Done is better than perfect. And listen, I am the queen of perfectionism and overthinking everything. I want everything to be so pretty and this and that. Oh yeah, you got to get started, right? Because we got to start making some money and then you can build and make it better and make it even greater. But there are free themes on Shopify. I know we’re going to go through some of them. Um, so you have free options. Don’t go in trying to spend a bunch of money. Go in with your goal to say, “I’m going to launch by this date.” Give yourself a date. I would love all of you to give yourself a date and say I’m going to start by this date. Yeah. And also what’s helpful I find cuz I’m also the exact kind of person that like nobody can see what I’m working on until you’re ready. You can like password protect your store until you’re ready to go. Like while you’re still building it out, you can uh give it the link to a few people to give you some feedback on it. Uh and while still keeping it very protected and and not accessible to the people’s judging eyes. So don’t you worry about that. Yes. Uh and when it comes to uh Shopify, I know that another worry that people have and we touched on this already is design, right? Especially all the themes, everything like that. That sounds confusing to people because it involves some code behind the scenes. Oh no. Oh no. It’s more than just adding an image. Uh so let’s maybe take a look at an example. I have built a store just for this. Uh I referenced in the in the previous session a little bit. I’ve called it uh imperfect duckling and I have uh built it out fully. Uh and I’m going to show you kind of what it looks like. Uh and uh you can judge me all you want. I am not the Shopify expert here. This is what I love though because I think that this really shows that you don’t have to be an expert. Right. It’s okay for you to try. And already I love this. Welcome to our silly little store. I love that. Uh you guys, I know you can do better than what I just did. So, if you uh are are seeing this and you’re like, “Okay, this is not too bad.” It means that you’re literally like a day away from building a store. So, this is great. Uh we can scroll down a little bit, but you can kind of see what it looks like. It’s all pretty seamless looking and very simple, but we can take a look at the actual catalog and some products. And first, can you go back to the homepage? I want to talk about just that line. embrace your perfections and how powerful that is cuz that shows that you know who you’re talking to, right? That you’re looking for somebody who is maybe struggling with that. So, that is that’s a great first line, right? And I also saw uh somebody saying Crystal is going to make me cry. Uh if you know if you’re sitting there at work and secretly watching this, maybe don’t. But if you’re in the privacy of your own home, embrace your imperfections, you know, cry, feel free. Uh, and there was also uh somebody saying, “I got my page ready.” I know that’s right. Good, good, good, good. I know that’s right. Uh, so let’s maybe take a quick look at just some of the options I just put together. Okay. Uh, you did this. Yes. This is great. Thank you. This is great. I tried my best. I know you were going to be here uh with me and I was worried that it was not going to be good enough, so I just This is like not lying at all. I would purchase these products. First of all, I love pink. That’s my favorite color. Number two, I love that the niche is clear, so it’s for a particular person. And then number three, I just love how unique it is. Like ugly and perfect duckling with that crossed off like so emotional cuz you know, we always talk about not just creating a product, but actually creating that feeling and emotion behind the product. And this whole store has that. Yeah. And I feel like what’s useful to maybe show people is that I used a completely free theme. We are going to like go through everything in the back end a little bit. But uh for reference, uh the theme that I use, let me actually find it. It’s going to be one of the frees for sure cuz I am not spending hundreds. We’re not doing that. Please don’t do that. Yeah. I mean, I know uh a couple of our like Printful customers have used like transitioned into the paid themes eventually for some features, but just to start off, you don’t have to go in and spend a 400. Yeah, absolutely. Not at all. Make 400 first. Yeah. Well, ideally make more than 400. Yeah. But just make Yeah. Make make that and then, you know, invest it back into the company. Yeah. And you can see so there’s a bunch of different free themes. I use this one. Okay. And you can instantly tell that this looks kind of nothing like my story. Nothing at all. Yeah, he got a sweater on. Yeah, he’s cute. The sweater’s cute. Everything’s cute. But you can see that the the theme like it has some of the building blocks in here, especially the homepage look is quite similar. But you could really customize it to be whatever you want. What made you choose this one? Uh, I’ve liked the high contrast and the very opaque elements. I like when nothing is transparent just because uh it it’s gotten very popular with like Apple’s uh kind of liquid glass look and everything. I wanted the opposite. I wanted it to be as cartoonish as possible just to match everything. But you can really tell that it looks nothing like my store, meaning that if you and and I didn’t spend that long on uh the actual build. So uh what Let me actually switch over to my store and show you. It looks very different, meaning that in just a day that I spent on this, you could really customize it to your own liking as much as you’d like, you know. So, uh once we’ve kind of taken a look at the different uh uh themes, can you tell me a bit more about uh any tips for design and navigation? And if someone just started out and was like, “Okay, I like this theme. Where do I go from there?” So, let’s scroll down a little bit. Mhm. Okay. So, I probably would have you have discover new arrivals right there. I might have like a larger way that said like shop now, right? You want for people to be able to buy immediately. I may have also had scroll down a little bit. Mhm. I would have a collection. Yeah. Immediately. So that people can see collections immediately. So that would be like t-shirts, hats, maybe mugs, accessories. Um, so you want the quickest way that people can check out for sure. Whether it’s cute or whether it’s just bare bones, make sure that people can check out very fast. Also remember in 2026, mobile is king. So you want to see what this looks like on mobile and how easy it is for somebody to buy from their phones cuz everybody’s looking on social media. So that is important. I always basically design for mobile. That’s my primary focus. Um, but there are still some people who are like, uh, I got to buy it from the last and that’s fine, too. But focus on mobile for sure. And then I would have feature products down here. So, everything looks great. Again, as somebody who loves pink, this will absolutely get me. Um, but I do just want to see some things like, you know, the banner with shop now. I want to see some collections. And I didn’t even make these clickable, which is a massive Yeah, but you know what? It’s okay because this is a learning experience. So, for somebody who’s just like, “What what do I need?” The fastest way for somebody to shop. So, even if you had it like this, yes, we would want it to be clickable. I love hearts. Like, well, I can’t I can’t buy that right now. You’re making it hard for me. Uh I might have some gifts for you after this. We can we can talk about it during the break, you know? You know, I love a gift. Uh but yeah, I have collections just in here, but I’ve just realized when you were saying uh it’s best to have like hats and shirts and everything. I’ve like put it in themes, but now that I’m thinking about it, that’s not how I shop, right? And that’s not how most people shop. Like, if you’re looking for a t-shirt, you’re not going to go through everything. And I do actually like the themes that you have cuz I my brain works like that. So, Hearts Club and Ducklings, but like you said, everybody is not going to be like, “Oh, what’s Hearts Club? Should I click that?” So, you want to get people from your store straight to checkout as fast as possible, right? So, usually I even say I want to see a buy it now button. I want to see a add a cart button. Something like that. It’s only really uh in here available once you go into the thing. Um, but we can actually maybe talk a little bit more about this listing situation right here because I maybe because I uh went through it like as a demo for myself and everything, but for many products, I just added the one image, added whatever description Printull provides and like moved on with it. Yeah. What are some things about a listing that are going to make it more successful? Well, first I do want to point out too um AI is built into Shopify. So utilize that how you can on your homepage you can tell AI like build me a a button here. Trina is is actually just asking does Shopify offer. They do have an AI builder and so I would really really really maximize using the AI especially if you’re not great with design. So you could have taken this theme and just told it how you want it to be built out. So that’s first and foremost for the product page. I would definitely say focus on SEO. Um, so hearts knitted sweater, we might need to add a little something to that, right? Just to make sure that people can find it. If they’re just searching looking for a heart sweater. So, even if this let let’s pretend that it’s almost Valentine’s Day, right? Then I would probably add like Valentine’s Day sweater for woman, you know, and add a little bit more inside of your listing. Um, I think of course I love the fact that everything is pre-populated for you for this type of brand and for all of you who have a very special brand like this, make sure you add some of that into your language, right? So that could be for anybody who feels like they uh are on a journey to love themselves, this sweater is for you. You want to add as much emotion as possible. Nobody really cares that the sweater is like lightweight. Now, some people do. So, I’m I’m going to say that some people care about how it feels, but what makes somebody purchase is the emotion, right? So, sell the emotion of what people are getting from this brand and then have all the little other stuff that is going to already be on there. They give this to you already, right? Just add your personality into it. Um, be you. Like I would say that truly as you’re building your store, don’t try to tone yourself down. Be your amazing authentic self because that’s what people want, right? You’re so right. Cuz like a big part of um me just putting these kind of designs and things together. Uh I don’t know if you can tell, I am not wearing pink. I don’t normally wear pink. Uh but inside that is kind of what my personality is like. inside. It’s like little small ball of awkwardness. I tried to like convey that a little bit and stuff. Can maybe even like try and show you uh one of the designs in here. Um I love that mug. I love the hat. I love that you got the I love so many of these products. That shirt is cute. Don’t give up tea. Yeah, it’s so it’s like trying to be the most like I did my best. I tried this. But this is maybe the most accurate one that I have. Just nervous energy radiating everywhere in every single spot. This is so good. I’m so proud of you. I tried my best. This is so validating. Honestly, so proud of you. Uh and then uh once I’ve kind of like covered design, right? Then we’ve talked about okay what your listing needs to look like, what your like store theme needs to have in it. Uh there are then a bunch of questions that still appear for people about uh like oh no taxes, oh no payments, oh no how do I set all of that up and h how does that work? I saw uh even like a couple of uh questions from people of uh okay I understand that there’s like a free trial and everything and I don’t have to spend a bunch of money. Uh but do I need to like how much does it does go to taxes in there and and it’s scary? Uh, and what would you say to people who are scared? I know the fear is going to be there, but that’s why we talked about mindset, right? And it’s okay to be fearful. It’s okay to mess up. I want you to mess up to be honest. You’re going to do it. So, let that go. Okay. And then I would say the first thing that I recommend is to open up a separate bank account. Even if you don’t have a business banking account, just have a separate bank account for your expenses. I want you to feel as much like a business owner as possible. So, for me, Shopify feels like I’m serious about my business. And then that separate checking account makes you feel like I’m serious about preparing for taxes. Now, hear me cuz I don’t know where you guys are located at, but if you’re in the States like me, I know you don’t want to deal with the taxes, but I try to think about it like if I’m paying taxes, that means I’m making money, right? True. Hello. That means I made some money. And so I try to say that it is a privilege for me to be able to pay some taxes because I have created something from my mind to people’s wearing it and that’s the best feeling ever. And Shopify will help you with that. So Shopify will help you set up your taxes, your tax collection and you having that separate bank account and knowing what you’ve received so that you can pay your taxes is great. Um I would not let that scare you though early on. just focus on again being organized. Don’t be mixing your bank account money and really think about the long-term strategy, right? I also saw a couple people uh saying uh that this really resonates with them like brave is being afraid and doing it anyway. I think is kind of the most accurate way to portray anything like starting to build a business. Yeah. Yeah, no matter what system people use, no matter if it’s peyote or something completely different, I don’t know, maybe you want to try to start teaching guitar to people. I don’t know why that came into my mind, but whatever is the business that you’re trying to build, it’s going to be scary. It’s going to really feel like you’re doing something that could fail. And that thought that that could fail is heartbreaking. And you don’t want the thing that you worked so hard on to fail. Uh but if you don’t try, you’ve already failed, right? Yeah. You didn’t really do anything to were in success in the first place. Yeah. And on your deathbed, you’re going to regret not trying whatever you wanted to try. And listen, I made a lot of money, okay? And I failed a lot. It’s going to happen. I still get scared. So what? I’ve I’ve had my own warehouse and I always stick beside my print on demand. All right? So, I always say, I’m not going to tell you to do something I wouldn’t be willing to do. It’s scary all the time. It’s scary to pivot. Shoot is scary and I have the money you need. Okay? So, it’s like, why not try this? It’s risk-free. Why not try it? I did see somebody else say PayPal, too. You can set your PayPal up right inside of Shopify. So, that is possible. And set that pay that PayPal up with your new bank account. All right. Keep everything separate for your new business. Yeah. And something that also is helpful, I guess, for people to consider, yeah, is every single kind of partner that you’re working with, that could be Shopify, that could be whatever uh sales channel that you’re using. Some people are asking about Wix also, like Wix totally works. Yeah. Uh, and that applies to Printull as well. We want you to succeed. Our like we don’t make money unless you make money. Meaning that literally everything in the setup is going to be made to make your life as easy as possible. We know all of the struggles that people tend to go through. We talk to the people who have made it. We talk to the people who have not and are struggling with something. And our job is to make it as accessible to people as possible. Meaning that you just need to use the resources at your disposal. Shopify does a lot to help and their like AI thing, the sidekick AI builder and real people. Well, yeah, they’ll talk to you, too. Yes, they’re very nice. They are nice. Yeah, they are going to give you all the opportunities to be in the chat with the little sidekick thing and ask them questions and it’s honestly shockingly accurate. I did use it a couple times on like building out this stuff and adding a custom domain, which we will talk about as well. Uh, and uh, there like I to up to this point had never known what a DNS like server thing is and how to set anything up for a custom domain. And yet you ask the that little chatbot one thing and that’s easy. Yeah, I’m I’m a little hesitant to say this, but I’m going to say it anyway. Um, Shopify also has like capital. So once you start making money, they will offer to give you money to help you with marketing, to help you with getting products. So there is an incentive for you to like keep going. So I also see somebody uh asking I saw a couple of questions about returns throughout this. We can just kind of like slightly touch on it. Uh someone saying like it’s not risk-f free if you have a return though, right? Oh, it’s not completely risk- free if you have to handle returns and stuff like that. What would you say to that question? Well, first I mean it’s still risk- free because again I had a warehouse. If you want to talk about risk, okay, we’re talking about you got to go import products and you got to pay all the tariffs and that’s risk, okay? When you’re using print on demand, like you have the opportunity to test things out, see what works, see what doesn’t. You have to be upfront with your customer and say, “Hey, this product is made just for you, so it’s going to be final sale.” Right? If something happens, the company will cover it for you. Let’s say it’s like printed wrong or something goes wrong in that way, then you’re covered. But you don’t have to take returns if you don’t want to. You have the opportunity to say, “Hey, I’m making custom products. Nervous duck hoodie is just for you. I made it just for you, so you can’t return it.” And some people may say, “Well, that may not work.” Well, if you create a product that people really want, they will buy it. I promise you that they’ll buy it. Yeah. And it is accurate to say that that product is made just for whoever is buying it. It is also uh I find it helpful to communicate that with the customers. It’s completely up to you if you want to say that you work with Printull or you don’t want to work with Printull. We’re not going to put our name anywhere in your store or on the packaging or on I don’t know the care labels anywhere. Meaning that you get to completely decide if you want to disclose that. But I find it useful to at least say that the product is made on demand. Yeah. Because it also helps uh some people to understand that it’s a bit more eco-friendly than just a bunch of products being produced and and living in a landfill if nobody buys. Right. Right. And that it depends on who your customer is. Right. So I think for this type of brand, it could be like, “Hey, all my nervous baddies, this was just made for you.” Like especially made for you. So, think about language that you can use to make people feel more comfortable. I love using things like custom, like I it’s just it’s one of a kind, right? Nobody else has this specific one but you. And then just say this item is final sale, right? Let people know that. There are places inside of Shopify where you can just put a returns and exchange page. Okay? You can put that up front and let people know. And again, the risk is then just on people. say like, “All right, I’m willing to to do it. I love this brand.” And trust me, people do buy final sale. I’ll buy something final sale if I really want it. Mhm. And it’s not like a crazy crazy investment piece. Then yeah, for sure. Yeah. Like I am willing to buy a $10 mug pretty pretty easily. I would buy this stuff. And I’m not just saying this cuz I don’t I I don’t just be lying, but like I would buy this stuff right now. I’m I’m gonna steal some of this stuff. I steal might not be the right word. I’m going to take some of this stuff because it is so freaking cute. Like I would love to get this and knowing it’s just made for me would just make me be like, “All right, cool.” Right. And I feel like that’s also how you set up the communication with your customers and with your community or whoever it is you’re selling to. Uh the reason why people buy things is not just because they need a t-shirt to wear tomorrow, right? That is pretty much never the reason why somebody is going to buy something that you’ve made. They buy it because they like it and it says something about them and it really touches on something that that is very true to themselves inside. Yeah. And that is going to be uh I guess like a lot more valuable to the person that you might imagine. Yes. They’re when for example I’m making something like this. I I did not consider that anyone else relates to this but me and yet. Right. Uh do you want to maybe take a look at uh the back end of Shopify? and try and try and cover things. So, this is like your I immediately like hiding a shame. I’m scared. No, this is this is your this is your back end. So, when you sign up for Shopify, this is what you will see. And once you start making sales, you’ll be able to see that right here on this this homepage. Um, so if you go to orders to the left, then your first order will show up there, right? You go to products, you’ll be able to see all of your products. Look at all of that inventory that you have available. I tried to categorize things. This is actually a great opportunity to maybe like show that little like AI thing in action. I I just took a bunch of the things that it recommended based on the photos of the product in the description. The only things I added myself were just essentially this. and it immediately recognized, oh, this looks like it’s t-shirts in uh the category of clothing tops. And I just click accept and it’s there. I don’t have to scroll through this endless menu of everything. And back in the day, you used to have to do that. Yeah. So, this is good. Yeah, that and also it really uh helped with all of these like metap fields, which correct me if I’m wrong, this is my assumption. Uh, metap fields is going to be uh your way of of um getting information out of the website for filtering and also for SEO. Now, see, I don’t do that.

    So, I did the extra the extra step. You can you can really tell I was nervous to show you cuz I was just like, did I do all that? No, you didn’t. And I’m like, girl, I don’t I don’t be doing all that. But no, this is good because now that the AI is built in, it really helps you to like maximize everything. And then I typically based on the conversation we just had, I I put this item is custom for you in that description. I let that be known to people because you do want to communicate that. Yeah. I also get rid of stuff like um where it’s sourced from. That’s just me personally. I just, you know, I’m like, would people care about this? Yep. So come in here and play around. Like come make it yours. Make it very specific to your brand. And it can be, I know, overwhelming when people first see this and they’re like, I have no idea what I’m doing. But that’s okay. It’s okay. You’ll learn it like you learn everything else. So yeah. And being able to poke around in there and really figure just play around and take the pressure off. Have fun. Yeah, I I mean it’s such a blessing, if I could use that word, to be able to start a brand for free, you know? I know that there is like, okay, we have to pay Shopify, but like for you to be able to ship some stuff to people for no cost and it look good to have your logo on it, right? Nobody knows where it’s coming from and all you have to do is focus on like your marketing. That’s so great. Yeah. And I’ve seen it work as well for so many people and you being a great example, but also like we have a couple of um people within the entire amplified event that are successful uh brand owners who have built this kind of stuff with POD. So it’s not like we’re really just kind of being like, “Oh, no. I promise it works. I am in no way affiliated with anything here and I promise it works.” No, we’re we’re just being real about it. And I’m inspired. I’ve met people here that I’m like, you know what? Yes, I’m doing that, too. People that have like moved out of their country. They’re vacationing for months at a time, right? So, and they started from zero. We all started from zero. So, it’s like you can do this. Yeah. People are still sharing their stuff that that works for them. Like someone’s saying what their disclaimer is. This product is made especially for you as soon as you place an order, which is why it takes us a bit longer to deliver it to you. making products on demand instead of in ball caps or juice over production. So, thank you for making thoughtful purchasing decisions. Will, this is beautiful. Good job on that. That is great. And we also had another one uh lowered down from Stacy. Uh, this product is made especially for you as soon as you place an order. Uh, which is why it takes us a bit longer to deliver to you. Making products on demand instead of in bulk. It’s so gorgeous. It’s like the fact that you can uh take the information and share it with the customer and make sure that they are aware that you are doing all of this work to uh not over pollute the planet and also to deliver stuff to them uh in a timely manner and just like taking a second because it’s being made literally. Yeah. Somebody say people do care where things are made. That’s why we’re all different. Like if it is important to you, put it in there. Yeah. I take it out, right? Like it’s up to you. Yeah, it it is. And also you can get all of that like information for for each product. You can decide what is going to be helpful to uh the customers who you are talking to. For some it matters more, for some it matters less. Uh and we can also like uh jump back into uh the back end here a little bit uh and take a look at you know a couple of sections that I find really useful. Okay. Um, I was uh genuinely wondering uh if you have ever tried and used like all of these discount sections now you know I have. Yeah, because I uh was going to and and then I did the thing that I tell people not to do. I got scared. I was like, “Oh, this is going to be a lot. I have no idea how to do it.” Okay. So, what would you advise about this? I would say that first you got to know how much you’re willing to give up before you go adding a discount. We are in Q4. I just did another panel about that, like winning the holiday season. So, know how much you’re actually willing to give up on your sales, but know that a lot of other people are going to do sales. So, you can come in here to create discount and then you can Yep. And so, you can either do buy X, get Y, you can do an amount off orders, you can do free shipping. Um, so you have options. I would say let’s start with amount off products. All right? And then you can create your discount code. You can also do this for brand new customers or for those of you who are brand new and you’re like for my first 50 people I want to offer you 20% off. You’re my founding members, right? Then you can create the discount code founder or you can do uh a welcome code. You can say welcome 10. A lot of big brands have that also. Here’s my little tip. Don’t tell nobody I told y’all this, but if I were you, I would go subscribe to your favorite brands, right? Go subscribe to their email list and just watch how they sell to you. Watch how they sell a discount to you and then figure out how you can replicate that with your own brand. Now, you don’t have to copy, but I do want people to know success leaves clues. You don’t have to go make anything up. People have been doing e-commerce for years. So go and see like and think about what makes you hit purchase. What makes you say it’s time for me to buy this? And then implement that into your brand, right? I love free shipping. I don’t want to ship. I don’t want to pay to ship anything. So if you if you send me a free shipping code, I’m like, it’s time. So think about that. Mhm. And to me as well, free shipping is something that helps uh with like getting people to actually buy. It doesn’t necessarily mean that you have to give up a bunch of profit. You can just price your products accordingly. For sure. And even Printull is allowing you to do that inside of Printull now, which I love. So, that option is available. And you can absolutely put the shipping cost into your product. But somebody just seeing free shipping could be the difference between them saying, “I’m okay, and I need this.” Yeah, I can actually like show people. Yeah, let’s see. Exactly. Maybe this is not the right view. There we go. That was better. Uh the uh best way to do it within uh Printful is just you find whatever product you’re selling. You just go into the published products, the stuff that is already in a store. Uh and pick out whichever one you want. They look kind of like this. Uh and let’s say I want to uh give free shipping on this hearts knitted sweater. Uh that is a pricier shipping price because they all I was just about to say you make it. You I could move. Yeah. Okay. Let’s Let’s to not scare anybody cuz this is the the one product that is like coming uh exclusively from our partner in China. Let’s do a t-shirt or something. Let’s do a t-shirt. Yeah. Yeah. To be less scary. Yeah. Let’s do this. You went way too hard. I just like picked whatever. Yeah. And so this definitely like the shipping price depends on where the person is and everything. And you can enable free shipping right here. So, if you click that, that is going to like immediately set the shipping to be free. Uh, but then what I would do immediately is I would go into edit prices and make sure that you edit your price accordingly. Yeah. Yeah. So, if we saw that the absolute maximum for shipping was $12. I usually don’t even necessarily advise just cover the whole thing cuz it’s like a a range. So maybe you can do like a $10 extra and this is going to be $42 instead of 324 in this case. Uh and it’s going to cover your shipping in the vast majority of cases completely uh in this case entirely and you are going to have that little nudge for the people who are in there and are going to help them to get to the checkout even faster. And I know sometimes people are like, “But I don’t want to do that to people.” Well, listen, they’re doing it to you if you’re shopping. This is what’s happening. So, it’s kind of like you have to cover yourself while still figuring out how to like get the customer to to purchase. It’s psychology, right? Know that there are psychology to this. Yes. And also to understand uh about like how to think about selling not as a scammy thing but as a you have a product. People have a choice whether they want to buy your product or not. If you actually believe in what you’re selling, you’re not going to feel weird about like uh going on your own Instagram and being like, “Hey guys, I made a brand.” If you actually like what you’re doing, you’re going to be happy with that. And there uh was a a question about where was it? Uh that if you are not active on social media, how how would we or in this case maybe you cuz I uh don’t have experience with this uh how would you advise uh marketing your brand new uh Shopify store? Well, first I would say you should probably get on social media, right? It’s free and uh even if you don’t want to be on camera, you can even for something like this, if you created a brand that is going to inspire people to believe in themselves and to feel seen, you can create like different graphics for that, right? Sharable content that people still say like, I really like that. If you have a friend that loves to be on camera and you don’t, make them the face of your brand. Um, I don’t particularly agree with building AI people, but if that’s your thing, build yourself an AI person. Um, there are so many different ways. You can go out in the community. I think social media has us forgetting that we’re real people. So, you can go to live events, right, and sell your your products. you if you’re already in a community or you go to a church or your co-workers, I think you spoke to it like if you really believe in what you have to offer people, that’s a mindset shift also because now it’s just an exchange. I have something for you that’s going to help you believe in yourself and then you have something for me, the money, right? So, think about it that way. We’re just exchanging. And I believe in my product so much that I never feel bad about selling it because I know that people say, “I feel so good in this.” I always get compliments. People love compliments, y’all. If you can get people to get a compliment, they will buy it all day. So, think about it like that and figure out what works for you. Everybody doesn’t want to be on TikTok. Maybe you want to get on YouTube. Yeah. Right. Or maybe you want to get on Pinterest, right? A lot of uh people kind of overlook Pinterest when it comes to marketing their stuff, but I remember uh talking to Mac actually. She got me about to get on Pinterest today. Yes. There there’s a lot of opportunity to market your stuff on something like Pinterest. Uh there’s a lot of SEO based opportunity there where you don’t necessarily have to put your face on Tik Tok. you can just use great, I know, product photography if that’s something that you’re really into and you want to try. So, make sure to look into a bunch of different avenues and not just be like, I don’t want to be on Instagram, therefore, so I’m not going to do anything. Like, try different things and do what feels comfortable to you, right? Be authentic to yourself because if you’re trying to do it like somebody else, you’re going to give up. So, do it like only you can do it. And now we got Substack. You can write, okay? Yeah. You can tweet that whatever we call it now X. You can find a way Reddit. That’s another one people sleep on, right? You can start a topic. If I were doing something like this, it would be like, “Does anybody else feel unseen in 2026?” You start a whole long Reddit and then you’re like, “Here’s some stuff for you. There’s always a way. Yeah, way. I I always immediately think of all of the different platforms that I have spent an unhealthy amount of time on. I used to be a Tumblr girl back in the day. I would spend hours and hours on there and if somebody who I whose like Tumblr blog I followed a bunch would start a brand that aligned with what they were about, I’d be like, “Yes, absolutely. Thank you so much. There’s something for everybody. Don’t think you have to you have to put your face out there. You don’t. I know some people who they all you can see is the the hands and then there are like really big brands on YouTube and it’s only hands. They’re like opening stuff with their hands. So go crazy. People can tell them it’s a person. Yeah. Why do they need to see your face? I mean, in this day and age, we don’t know whether it’s people or I mean, is this AI? I mean, we’re not fairly uh there uh are like more and more questions coming in. I I will address one of them in a second, but just as a reminder for everybody, uh there is a dedicated Q&A section. It also has some questions, but your question is much more likely to be seen and and to be answered if you are going to get into the Q&A section and and answer that. So, let us uh do one more thing before we get into a full Q&A and that is talking about custom domains. Okay. Uh big reason why I want to talk to you guys about it today is because this is the first time where I was able to create a custom domain for myself. of this. Uh so we are very kindly sponsored by dots store domains which I find to be one of the best domain uh services out there just because for print on demand specifically and also for online businesses in general that are stores of products having dots store at the end of the name is going to be much much better for your SEO and is also going to communicate exactly what you have if you just see the link of whatever it is. So, you’ll be able to see that this uh store right here is just imperfect duckling.store, which is wild to me that that’s a thing that I was able to do. And dosstore actually. Yeah, let me let me actually show you what I’m talking about. This is just imperfect duckling.store is the store. And it’s crazy to me that it just works. Uh I will try and like show you briefly on the back end where you can access it. You can just we’ll discard this like discount. Uh, but you can search up domains in here and it’s going to open the uh settings area uh where you’re going to be able to find it. But if you go to uh the storere website and just look up whatever uh your brand name is and dotstore, you will see if it’s available or not and be able to purchase it. Uh, dots also has a uh coupon code amplified all caps for you guys, meaning that you can get your first year for 99. Wow, that is that is massive. That is uh so if you were just sitting there on some products and waiting for people to be able to, you know, like, uh, I need a sign. I need some kind of thing. I need more time in my life. next uh Friday, I’m going to have some time. I’m going to sit there and work on my store. You have a coupon code right now that is going to allow you to have a custom domain store very quickly and for basically for free. Yeah. So, go do that right now. Uh look up whatever your brand name is, see if it’s available, get it, and then add it to your Shopify store. Now, we have a few minutes left. There were a couple of questions that we wanted to talk about, right? Uh but let me see what people are saying. uh about yeah what’s the name of the partner for the custom domain that’s uh storere domains uh and the actual website is is get.store store. And yes, I also uh have our lovely moderators sharing the links in the chat. You can go right there, find uh your domain, add the code amplify to the checkout, and you have it for literally less than a dollar for a whole year. And let’s be clear, if you don’t know how to do any of this, you can outsource it. Yeah. You can just get somebody do your Shopify, your dots store, your designs, right? Yes. So, let’s see some of the questions that we have that are uh let’s let me filter by unanswered. Okay. Uh I have built a Shopify store and I’m super happy about it, but how do you get people to go to it? You market it. Yeah, we just talked about that a little bit. Like find a social network that works for you. If you’re good with on camera, Tik Tok, YouTube, Instagram, right? If you feel like you’re more of a writer, you can even create your Shopify with a blog, right? I know that people are like, “Our blogs dead?” Well, there are still some people reading them, so you can just do a full blog on your Shopify. Um, so there are ways, but because Shopify, you’re you’re pushing the traffic there. You do have to start getting the word out. So, you are going to have to not be afraid to tell people that you have a brand and talk about it often and say like, “Hey, this is new to me.” Um, I was just talking about that too. Like, for some of us, it feels like I’m ashamed to talk about what I’ve created. I don’t want anybody to know. And we live in a world right now in a time where people want authenticity. So tell people, I don’t know what I’m doing, but I created this brand for the people who feel unheard, for the people who don’t feel loved, and I want you to go buy. Like, I just I need you to go support me. People love that kind of stuff. Show them what it looks like for you to just get started. Show people what it looks like for you to have no idea what you’re doing. People will relate to you. I know it seems scary because you’re like, I don’t want anybody to see me not knowing what I’m doing. None of us know what we’re doing, right? So, just allow people to see you trying and be okay with like, I’m going to mess up. So, and I know that’s easier said than done, right? I know that it’s like, oh, well, I you’ve done it already. I still feel like that sometimes where I’m like, oh gosh, now I got to go tell people that I’m starting something new. But people want to see that. They want to see authentic people um behind these brands. And I think for a brand like the one you created, sharing your story is important. What made you what made you create this? Somebody would sit and watch that. Like I created this because this is how I feel. Or when I was in high school, nobody talked to me and I would have wanted to wear this brand or I made this for real. Like I made this cuz my daughter says she feels this way. Right. I have coached so many people with some brands that have changed the world because they were willing to share their story. And I feel like that is if you take away one thing from here is if you can find that one little nugget of truth and and and authenticity inside you that you feel like you would be able to find people that relate to you. Yeah. Build on top of that and find a way to create with that. Yeah. Now we are running out of time. quite quickly. We’re we’re going to take a break. Uh and the next hour is all about products and techniques. I saw a bunch of questions within like Q&A about uh about where products are made, how are they made, what is the different techniques that we were covering. So, I’ll leave you with a video that I recorded earlier kind of running you through some of the techniques available on Printull and then I’m going to be back live with some products. Working hard today. Oh, I am. I am trying. Thank you. Thank you so much for being here. It It feels so nice to have someone so knowledgeable next to me. You’re the best. I love this brand. I’m about to take some stuff while we go on break. See y’all. Byebye. Choosing the right customization technique can be the difference between a high-end brand and a total waste of money. Pick the wrong one and you’re looking at a magnet for zero sales or worse, a wave of unhappy customers demanding refunds. But looking at that list of techniques and all the technical names, let’s be real, it kind of feels like you need an engineering degree just to pick a t-shirt. Let’s dive into the big four techniques. Sounds serious, right? These are the techniques you’re going to see most often for apparel. First up, DTG printing. DTG stands for direct to garment. Think of it as a giant inkjet printer, but for your clothes. The ink actually sinks into the shirt’s fibers. Because the ink lives inside the fabric, it feels super soft and breathable. If you’ve got a design with tons of colors, tiny details, or a vintage faded look, DTG is your go-to. Now, if you want something sharp and detailed, you want DT Flex. It’s the gold standard for vibrancy and durability. This is Printull’s exclusive directto film technique. See, unlike DTG, the ink isn’t sprayed directly onto the fabric. It’s a super thin film that we print on and then heat press directly onto the fabric. It’s like a flexible sticker that’s built to hold on tight to the garment. And the best part, unlike a lot of other directtoil services where you get these messy white glue marks around the edges, this process is completely clean. You get a crisp finish every time without any annoying white residue. See that? It’s crisp, it’s durable, and the colors are incredibly vibrant. Since the print sits on top of the fabric, the ink doesn’t get soaked up, so even a bright and detailed logo on a pitch black hoodie is going to look sharp. If you’re doing polyester blends, DT Flex is the winner. And finally, drum roll please, the one you can’t help but touch, the 3D masterpiece, embroidery. No ink, no film, just thread. This is easily the best way to make your brand feel boutique or expensive without actually spending that much more. Now, you’ve actually got two ways to go with thread. The first is standard embroidery. This is your classic look where you choose from 15 vibrant thread colors and can combine up to six of them in a single design. It’s the perfect choice for logos with clear details and bold solid colors. The second option is unlimited color embroidery. Yep, unlimited. It’s an innovative technique where the machine uses color reel technology. It works by using a single recycled white thread that is actually dyed instantly while it’s being stitched. Because of that, the thread can transform into nearly any color you can imagine, giving you unique design options like gradients and highdetail shadows without the machine ever having to stop or switch needles. You don’t have to compromise on your palette to get that premium look. You can do multicolored designs, solid colors, and even smooth gradients. But a quick heads up for beginners. You got to keep it simple here. A needle and thread just can’t do those tiny details as well as a printer can. You want to think big, bold, and clean designs here. There are some specific rules of thumb you’ll want to follow, like keeping your text at least 25 in tall and about 0.05 in thick. Even for a basic line, you want to stay at 0.05 in to keep the satin stitch looking solid. And when it comes to unlimited color embroidery, you’ll want to keep your design elements at least 79 in wide. Small elements aren’t just harder to stitch. They can actually prevent the color transition from happening at all. Find the full list of these and other little nuances in the embroidery guidelines in the description below. Definitely check those out after the video and before you start designing so your first embroidered products come out exactly the way you envisioned. Oh, and if you can’t decide between thread and ink, you don’t actually have to. For some apparel items, you can use embroidery, then level it up by adding a DTG printed design to the back of a t-shirt or hoodie, or even to an outside or inside label. This is a winning combo if you want your brand to look like it belongs in a premium retail display. You can have a clean embroidered logo on the chest for that professional branding and then a massive detailed DTG print on the back. It’s truly the best of both worlds. Lastly, let’s talk about knitting. This one is a bit of an outlier because it isn’t actually being added to fabric at all. Unlike other techniques where we apply ink or thread to a finished product, we use jakard knitting technique to weave your design directly into the product using different colored yarns. It’s an intricate process that knits the pattern into the structure of the garment. So essentially, your design is the fabric. This makes the final piece feel incredibly premium and durable. It’s never going to fade or peel because the colors are built into the garment structure. It’s the go-to choice for retro style patterns or your own take on ugly Christmas sweaters. Something to keep in mind, since you’re working with physical yarn, you have a specific 36 color palette to play with, and you can pick up to four colors at a time for your design. You can also choose between the solid mode for clean logos or the pixelated mode for experimenting with gradients or more detailed art. It’s a unique way to add something extra special to your store’s lineup. Next up, let’s talk about the techniques that let you cover every inch or in some cases almost every inch of a product with your design. At Printull, we group these into two categories: all over print or AOP and sublimation product. Now, they both actually use the same tech, which is basically like transferring a tattoo onto your product. And unlike temporary tattoos you got in gum wrappers as a kid, this one actually looks good and stays sharp forever. In most printing, the ink just sits on top of the surface. But in this process, we print your design onto special transfer paper, then use a heat press to bond the dye directly to the material. Because the color is absorbed instead of just sitting on top, the print feels totally smooth and won’t peel or crack. When we talk about all over printing, we’re referring to a wide variety of items where the design is pressed onto fabric like leggings, sweatshirts, hoodies, and dresses, but also things like flags, backpacks, tote bags, and pillows. These are printed on big sheets of fabric first, then precision cut and sewn together. This is why your design flows so perfectly across the seams without any awkward gaps. Now, when you’re choosing your Oliver print products, you’ll notice two main fabric options. Synthetic and cotton. If you want those bold, high contrast graphics that practically jump off the fabric. All over synthetic, which prints on polyester, is your winner. It has a polished finish and produces incredibly sharp details and vibrant colors, which is why it’s the go-to for activewear and performance gear. On the other hand, if your priority is natural and soft fabric, you’ll want all over cotton. Printull is actually the only one in the game offering this right now. While most allover printing is strictly polyester, this gives you that breathable soft matte finish and a more natural, subtle color expression. It’s perfect for comfort focused lines that still want total coverage across every seam, but with a more muted look. Because it’s cotton, it’ll have that slightly livedin feel right out of the box. When we talk about sublimation, we’re using that same transfer paper and heat press, but for ready-made items like mugs, which is a huge print on demand bestseller, as well as laptop sleeves, throw blankets, and even shower curtains. So, if you’ve ever wanted to cover your entire bathroom in your cat’s cute face, this is how you do it. But what about the rest of the printing techniques? Yes, we’re not done yet. First up, UV printing. While researching for this video, I actually learned this is also called UV curing, which sounds very high-tech, right? We use this for most of the hard surfaces like water bottles, tumblers, phone cases, and even glass. Unlike other methods that rely on heat, this one uses highintensity ultraviolet lamps to instantly dry or cure the ink the second it hits the surface. The secret sauce here is that because the ink solidifies so fast, the finish is incredibly durable and scratch resistant. So, if you want your design to survive being tossed in a gym bag or rattling around in a car cup holder, UV is the way to go. Then, we have digital printing. This is the method most of us are familiar with, printing directly on paper. But at Printull, you’re getting access to these massive industrial-grade printers. This is how you get those rich gallery quality colors that I’m sorry, you’re just not going to get with that old printer sitting in your home office. We’re talking posters, stickers, wall art, canvas, journals, notebooks. Digital printing also lets you get a little out of the ordinary with your catalog. You can do wall calendars, jigsaw puzzles, or even wrapping paper sheets. Wrapping paper has actually become a huge favorite for sellers. is the perfect way to tap into that holiday rush at the end of the year. So, that’s the lineup. I know it can feel like a lot at first, but definitely take your time exploring these techniques. The best part is that you don’t have to choose just one. The beauty of print on demand is that you can experiment with all these without ever having to buy a single piece of inventory up front. Let me know in the comments which technique are you going to try first.

    Hey y’all. I hope you enjoyed that little breakdown that we pre-recorded for you guys. Uh, but we are going to get even more indepth in the session. For those of you just joining right now, hi, my name is Liz. Uh, and you are in the most useful spot for your own print on demand journey amplified. So, what we’re going to be doing in this specific session is answering some of the most commonly asked questions that I get from sellers. It’s all about uh what are the limitations of this specific technique. How is this made? What should I choose in terms of printing versus embroidery versus all over printing and stuff like that? Make sure to get in here and write down all of the questions that you have in the Q&A section all about products. And not only am I going to explain to you the different uh techniques, I’m also going to show you products up close. But before we get into all the samples that I have for you guys, I’m going to do a little bit of a visual breakdown. Whenever somebody asks me about all the techniques that we have and what are the options, I like to kind of break them down into categories so that it’s easier to understand. And I’ve even made a little bit of a slide for you to explain what it looks like. So, let me show you. These are all the customization techniques that we have. Let’s maybe try and get the chat off of the screen so that you can see the entire presentation. There we go. And uh the very first category that I think is helpful to think about is uh let me see if it’s going to work. Yeah, there we go. uh print placements is what I consider it. So there are different ways to print on products. There’s like sixish depending on how you count, but some of them cover the entire area of the product and some of them only cover a specific placement. So if you consider a t-shirt, there is an area that is called the print placement that you’re going to be able to print with a bunch of techniques. And the two that we have in terms of print placements on apparel is DTG or direct to garment and DT flex which is our more premium version of a direct to film technique. Now let me see in the chat here if you guys have ever used either one of these. I’m assuming if you’ve tried print on demand before, you must have tried, excuse me, DTG before because it is the most common, the most well-known, and often the most well-liked printing technique. And then for some more specialized uses, the direct to film approach or the DT flex approach is very often more helpful. Let me switch over uh to a bit of a different view uh to show you guys some examples of what I’m talking about. So, what I have with me right here is a couple of products. There’s actually a whole bunch that you just can’t see. It’s right out of frame. So, the very first one is this uh direct to garment product. This t-shirt is a little bit wrinkled, but besides that was printed with a direct to garment or DTG printing. This other t-shirt that I’m going to hold up in a second is printed with DT flex or direct to film printing. Right? You can see, you can see, you might not be able to see the difference from afar quite as much, but maybe you can see this is a little bit more vibrant looking. We’ll take a look at these close up in just a second. So, you can see that this t-shirt was printed with very opaque printing, right? But it is a little bit more textured and it is also very flexible. You can see that I can crumple it very easily. that the t-shirt is fairly thin. If you can take a look at this fabric and it is very breathable and this print doesn’t really like stiffen up at all. And you can also if I can try and maybe show you super super up close if this is going to focus. Yes. You can see that ever so slightly there is a little bit of bleed when it comes to high contrast colors. You see that slight bleed around imperfect duckling. It really isn’t visible unless you are looking at it this up close. But like from afar it’s perfectly contrasty on its own. But if you are considering different printing techniques, you really want to know just how good certain techniques are at certain things. Now contrast that with DT Flex or direct to film. Let me lay this down in front of y’all. and try and show you. We have a piece of fluff over here, but besides that, we have a very large and very vibrant and very high contrast print. Now, if you were to hold this in your hands, you would be able to tell that each one of these things is quite stiff. So, I don’t know if you can see far, it is very, very smooth and it is quite stiff when compared to the previous print. This t-shirt is much thicker, which is why it doesn’t really feel super stiff as a print, but you can really tell the difference if you’re just holding these in your hands and up close. But even though it is quite stiff, you can still see that it has a massive benefit to it of zero bleed. It is perfectly crisp and perfectly clean and there is absolutely nothing going on around it in terms of color bleeding. It is basically like a sticker on a t-shirt. So what is the difference between the two and why do we care, right? mind will even care. Is this printing? Why? So, the approach to both of these techniques is completely different. They’re uh one of them is essentially printing kind of like what your printer at home would do. Uh you know, spitting ink onto a t-shirt in a very controlled manner. That is more direct to garment printing. Essentially, if you were to use a garment as a piece of paper, that is how that would work. And then DT Flex is your approach to uh creating the most crisp and most vibrant print possible. And the way that you would do that is you would put all the ink on a piece of film and then you would put that film onto the garment and you would heat press that uh that ink onto the t-shirt. Meaning that there’s no spray ink happening and there’s no distribution of ink. It is exactly where you want it to go. But as a result of that, there is a slightly thicker layer of that ink. And that ink is a little bit different. It doesn’t get absorbed into the fibers as much because it is just heat pressed on like a layer. Meaning that the result is slightly stiffer but a lot crisper. Depending on what you are looking to create, that is going to be a big deal for you, right? Either you want it to be the most precise lines and the brightest colors, or you like a bit of a vintage feel. you want your, I don’t know, shirt, whatever you’re designing on to feel as lightweight as possible, then DTG is your friend. So, these are the two uh techniques that have print placements as their like the way that I would think about them. But there are also a bunch of other ways to print on products and a lot of them have full coverage. So, there is all over printing, different kinds of all over printing and there is sublimation. Uh the main difference uh between the two is in the um approach to creating the actual product. Sublimation prints on readymade products. So think you will take a sock and you will print all around it. That is going to be sublimation. Or you’re going to take a mug and print all around it. Those products need to exist in their final form. versus for all over printing. It is also, if you guys know, often called cut and sew, meaning that we print on a bunch of fabric and then cut out the pieces of fabric and then sew it together after it has been printed. So, all over printing almost always refers to fabric based products. It’s usually going to be apparel. Sometimes it’s going to be bags or uh laptop sleeves, something like that. uh whatever is uh fabric based it is likely not always but likely to be all over printing. Now all over printing also splits down into the different fabric types. There could be cotton and there can be synthetic allover printing. I’m going to show you these examples right here in a sec. So first next to me I have an example of an all over synthetic print. It’s this jersey right here. It is probably one of my favorite products that we have in our catalog. just because it has so many different placements where you could put your design on. It’s just it’s very fun to wear. It’s very lightweight and it is very much like sports wear, right? It’s I’m going to show you up close actually. Looks like this. And the fabric itself, you can see it’s the opposite of transparent. It’s, you know, quite quite opaque and yet it is very lightweight due to its structure. With uh synthetic fabrics like this, what we are able to do is we are able to uh print all of the ink onto a piece of paper and then use that piece of paper with heat and pressure to put that ink into all of this synthetic fabric. Now, that is uh not something that is really all that possible with cotton, which is why a massive and fairly new innovation is all over cotton printing. And let me show you an example of that in a second. So this shirt right here is fully cotton, mostly cotton. There’s a little bit of elastin in there to to make it stretchy, but this is a cotton t-shirt. And yet it has all of these very unusual print placements that you would normally never get. You would never ever with regular DZG printing get this large of a print on the back. And yet it is cotton which is something that a lot of people request and ask for. So let me show you up close the main difference between these two. When we have something like uh you know a polyester fabric we are able to get very crisp and perfectly vibrant prints. Right? This is very very contrasty. Um but at the same time it’s not you know it’s not a natural fiber. A lot of people are quite against that. Let me know actually in the chat if you are an enjoyer of natural fibers. I know we have a lot of those as a customer. Uh and when we are talking uh about uh the fabric composition, it often is also a massive selling point to your customers when you’re considering uh whether to go for a cotton piece or a polyester piece. But do be aware that when you print on cotton, there are things about cotton as a fabric, there are going to potentially be limitations for you. So if you look very up close, let me see right here. You can maybe sort of see that the fabric, it’s very, very hard to tell on camera, but the fabric is a little bit fluffier than all of the synthetic fabric that we were looking at previously. There is a little bit of fluff going on here. Very, very, very minimal and fine. But these fibers are naturally going to stick up a little bit. Meaning that whatever you print on them is not going to be as perfectly crisp and vibrant as you would have on uh a polyester fabric. In addition to that, let me actually try and show you here. because it is a little bit fluffy and the fibers stand up. Whatever ink we put on top is not sinking into the very depth. So when you stretch it, let me try and show you up close. When you stretch it, you can see some of the white parts poking out in between the dye and the color. Uh it is barely noticeable. I will say that this is something that we really only bring up just because if you get really really nitpicky it might become a thing. But uh it is useful to note because if your designs are full coverage like dark and red and you need everything to be super vibrant. All of the massive dark or black prints that you are going to put uh all over a cotton shirt are not going to be a true black. It’s going to be a bit more on the, you know, dark dark gray side. It’s not going to be quite as opaque as something like an Oliver synthetic print would be. Now, we talked about, and let me remind you what we were looking at. We talked about uh the two different kinds of full print coverage, right? There’s all over printing, which is printing on fabric, cutting it out, sewing it together like the product products I just showed you. There’s also sublimation that goes on uh already made products, and I’ll show you a couple of examples with that as well. One uh very popular example of suppleation is mugs. Very often when you have a mug, you’re going to have a ready-made mug that you’re going to put a printed design onto and sublimate it. And I saw a couple of questions in in a couple of previous sessions about if supplimation is available. Yes, it absolutely is. Depending on, you know, the product, if the best technique for the product is going to be sublimation, like the mug or a bunch of other things, that is going to be the technique that we use. Let me actually show you up close what this looks like in a sec. But another product that uses sublimation that is also, you know, maybe counterintuitive a little bit. Hold on. It is the laptop sleeve. So this section right here looks like it has been kind of printed and sewn together after. So, you would think that this is maybe all over printing, but realistically, and let me show you up close. If we pull it away as much as physically possible, you can see a little bit of white right behind that seam. I’m putting a lot of pressure into this, but you can tell that this was a readymade product where a print was applied on top and then pressed onto it with heat and pressure, meaning that it was sublimated onto this product. The same thing goes for this mug right here. It was already a ready-made mug with some color here and some color here. This is my favorite like drink product that we make in my opinion, which is the mug with color inside because you can really match the design and all the colors to whatever the product color is and make it really, really cute. And all of this, the way the mugs are made is it’s printed on this kind of long rectangle piece of paper, stuck to the side of it, like so, put into a oven and baked onto it essentially. So, obviously a very special oven. Uh, I’m sure you can attempt this at home, but I don’t know, you know, your mileage may vary, but these kinds of products use the the sublimation technique. I’m gonna have a lot of products next to me in just a second once we’re done with all of this. But let us move on to the third category of uh product and that is non-printing is how I would refer to it. Uh the main kind of thing that people think of when they think of print on demand is obviously printing but there is a lot more to it than that and knitting and embroidery are I think the perfect examples of it. Now knitting is a completely customdesigned knitted product. The actual pattern like the sizing and everything of the product is the same from model to model but uh you can design the entire product in whatever colors and whatever patterns you would like and I will show you an example of it in a second. But then we also have embroidery and embroidery at Printull splits into two. standard embroidery which has a limitation of specific thread colors and unlimited color embroidery which uses this very fancy way uh of dying the thread as it is coming out to be used. So you can create a bunch of cool stuff with unlimited color embroidery. You can create gradients. You can really uh create very tonal slight shifts and differences in your monochrome uh designs. So, uh, there is a lot that you can do with techniques like this, and I’ll show you a couple examples in a second. So, one of them is this knitted sweater that you probably saw uh in in the shop before that we had. This is uh one of my favorite pieces that I’ve ever held in my hands. I love how vibrant it is. Uh, and also, and you can really see it more up close in here, the design is very, very beautiful when it comes out like this. And yet, there’s nothing weird on the inside of it. So, the way that this is knit, it’s called jakard knitting. Uh, and if you take a a look up close, you can see that the base of it is the same, but these outside sections that create the design are the things that are different. So, it’s not like there’s a bunch of loose yarn kind of hanging out the way it would have to be if you knitted a sweater at home. Obviously, a homemade sweater is a lot more filled in with love than this little heart sweater that I have here. Let me know if you are a knitter in the chat. Uh but when you design something and you want it to be created on a knitted product, be that a sweater, a beanie, a vest, whatever you’d like. We have a lot of products in the catalog, then this is essentially how it would be created. There are color limitations. Obviously, it’s not yarn that is dyed afterwards. So you’re using a specific color that is available and at a time you can only use four colors but you can clearly create really cool stuff with just the four colors. Right? So this is a big favorite of mine in terms of techniques. It’s also I think very innovative. But then embroidery is something that I feel a printful is essentially perfected at least in my very very humble opinion. So this is an embroidered sweatshirt. It’s a very large uh embroidery placement and you can see that obviously the colors of the thread are very vibrant but I have used two very distinct colors. This is the flamingo color that we have in the design maker and then this is the golden color that we have in the design maker. There are I don’t want to lie to you guys. I think there’s like 16 different thread colors available with standard embroidery and normally for the vast majority of designs it is enough. You can also see that it feels great to the touch to be able to like have a sweatshirt on and just know that this is not going anywhere. You can wash it as many times as you would like and nothing’s really going to happen to it. Uh, but there’s also unlimited color embroidery available if you would like to embroider your logo or if you are really set on a very specific color and tone for your artwork or if you want to create some shading within an object, which is something that I’ve seen people do quite a bit with unlimited core embroidery. You can create basically whatever you’d like. This is my very simplistic example of it, but this is a gradient hat. And you can see how it comes from this like orangey sunsety color to this nice yellow with a pink border around it. The fact that I’m able to pick literally whatever colors I would like except for maybe like unrealistically neon is very fun. The only thing that I will say as a disclaimer for gradients like this is that with this technique, you’re able to create gradients that go linear. So from top to bottom or from side to side. Never from the center out or from the outside in. Just because remember you are still designing with thread. You are going side to side to side or side to side to side like this. Whenever a machine is embroidering something. Meaning that even if you create a gradient that’s going to start in the center and go outwards, it’s still uh going to keep moving like this and having to try and adapt your gradient to whatever it is. It isn’t just going to be a subpar outcome. It’s going to be a terrible outcome. Trust me, I’ve made this mistake before. Don’t do it. I’ve tried. It does not work. Now these are that kind of third category of of different products. We have let me remind you what we’ve already covered just now. We have print placements. We have full print coverage. We have non-printing which was you know knitting and embroidery. And then the last category that I really you know think of and yet a lot of people really overlook as a category and as an option is what happens with hard products. So what very often uh people think about is okay so there’s regular printing like what happens to posters and then there’s everything else versus if you really consider it the poster printing is just one aspect of different kinds of printing uh and I will show you an example of digital printing in a second that is not a poster you can try and guess in the comments what it is going to be uh And in my personal opinion, another very very overlooked uh technique is UV printing. So, let’s start with UV printing. While you put your guesses in the comments of what I’m going to show you that is digitally printed, kind of the same printing as posters, but isn’t a poster. Let me know in the chat. Now, this is a great example of UV printing. So each one of these things is very quickly sprayed onto the glass and then immediately cured with UV, meaning that uh these Let me try and show you up close. Each of these sections is ever so slightly textured. It’s ever so slightly raised. You can only really tell when you’re touching it, but it’s perfectly crisp because of that instant curing. It’s very very vibrant. And you can also tell.

    Can you see? Can you see that the underside of each one of these is white? Meaning that the color is first sprayed on. Let me try and show you like this. First, there is an underbase that comes onto it. Then there is a a color that goes onto it. Me making sure that it’s very opaque and very bright. And then everything gets flashcured with UV that creates beautiful um prints on glass and on a bunch of different hard materials. But then also you guess in the chat someone’s saying stationary cards, canvas, book cover journals, greeting cards. No one has guessed it yet, you guys. I expected better from you. Let’s see. A backdrop journals, notebooks. No, what I’m going to show you is stickers. Uh, these are created using digital printing as well, and it allows us to essentially take whatever artwork you’ve created. I know my favorite use of stickers is uh when artists take their uh artwork, like physical artists, people who paint and stuff like that. They take their artwork and not only do they create prints uh for for people who, you know, don’t want to spend hundreds and hundreds of dollars on a piece of artwork, but but still would like to support the artists. but also they make little stickers like this that people can really take and uh carry the artwork that they really enjoy everywhere and not just placing it in their homes. So, it’s also a very inexpensive product. So, the use of stickers in a store even if it’s like quite large like this, this could go on either uh like a laptop or I don’t know a table. I have put really large stickers like these on different stationary pieces and stuff. These kinds of things really allow you, and let me try and show you them up close. They really allow you to uh sell the more affordable options with your designs. It’s quite glossy, but it’s not super super shiny. And you can either create sheets with just the one sticker, or you can create sticker sheets with multiple different stickers that people can buy. You can sell them as bundles. It’s a really, really useful thing. I really like creating this paper effect. This is not an actual wrinkle. This is just a design and it looks great and very very very crisp like this. Now we have covered the the big four categories that I like to think of when I think of designs. There’s a whole pile of products right next to me. So let us talk a little bit about how to decide which one to use and how to find which technique is actually available to you for the different products. So the very first question that I often find is oh how to uh how to uh figure out uh that oh should I use DTG or should I use DD flex? Should I use embroidery or is this better as a print? should I maybe uh try avoiding this kind of technique because it’s like pricier and I have no idea if it’s going to work out when it’s finalized etc. So when you are looking at um a design that you have created and you want to put on products you have to think about how detailed it is you have to think about how large you want it on a piece. Like for example, if your design is very minimal and it’s just like this little leaf, you can totally put it on a hat and get it embroidered and that is going to elevate that design even further, providing detail through texture versus, you know, a great example of this actually is this hat that I made right here. This heart is super simple. If I just put this like gradient heart on a print on a t-shirt, it I think wouldn’t quite work as well as it works in embroidery. But then if I try to think of a design like for example the sticker embroidering all of the detail within it and trying to create this texture that is trying to, you know, mimic a little old lottery ticket or a train ticket. uh I wouldn’t be able to embroider this because all of this detail and everything that makes it good would be lost in something that can’t create this kind of effect like embroidery. So whenever you think about your designs, you need to consider what you want it to carry. Do you want to create a feeling of something very, you know, premium and and clean and sharp? something like embroidery is the best way to go. If you want to pack as much detail as possible into it, you can think about printing uh like digital printing or direct to film or direct to garment, right? And then when you go into the catalog, let me open things back up so I can show you.

    I have a bunch of different products made specifically so that we can take a look at all of the different techniques, right? So remember all the products that I showed you guys in previous sessions. All of this, you know, has different techniques that were used for it. Like for example, this is all over printing but on synthetic. This is direct to film. This is digital printing. This is direct to garment, etc., etc. So, uh, when you are looking at a product catalog and you know that you definitely want a mug for example, like I think I saved a mug at some point in my favorites or if we go into the search bar, you can just type in mug and see what comes up. We have several. If you want to create a mug, the only option really is going to be sublimation. you won’t even have that drop down and stuff like that because for certain products like mugs or like phone cases or something that you know doesn’t have that vast array of options you’re going to be more limited so remember the very first consideration what kind of design do I have the second consideration is what kind of product do I want to design for depending on that your decision on technique becomes pretty clear now I started seeing quite A few questions in here. Uh, I saw a question from Francis. There we go. Uh, for an already published product, can I change the type of printing? For example, can I edit the design? So, rather than DTF, it’s embroidered. I would say yes and no. There are certain ways that you can uh go about uh adapting your design, but very often uh it’s not going to go great if you’re just going to go from printing to embroidery right away. When uh we think about techniques, each technique has a completely different set of guidelines attached to it that is on our website. Like for example, embroidery has uh minimum uh sizes of lines and different elements. If for uh DT DTF or DT flex, you would be able to create whatever size line you want essentially and you would get that crisp and tiny detail. But if you just take that design that you had with rec film, it would pretty immediately just move to uh being like details too small, can’t embroider, this is going to look terrible as embroidery. So on one hand, yes, you can go in into the design maker for an already published product and adjust it, but I don’t know that you would want to do that in the vast majority of the situations. I also saw another very very good question. Ah, let me find this.

    Oh, there was there we go. There was a question about durability and fading. In general, for pretty much every single item that exists on Earth, there is uh a point at which it’s going to start to wear down, right? Like any shirt that you have ever owned is going to start falling apart eventually. Everything that you have ever touched cannot last forever. So, the best way that we can take care of our stuff is if we follow the care instructions. And the best way to go about communicating with customers about durability is to take a look at each technique individually and consider, okay, embroidery is probably going to last on a shirt a little bit longer than printing. They both last a long time and we have worked super super hard and tested out all of our products for a very long time. Uh, but there is going to be a point at which the the item starts falling apart. Now, we uh have worked very hard specifically with printing to make sure that all of the printing isn’t color fast that you can really wash it quite a few times and it’s not really going to fade over time. We’ve done so many wash tests. So, I would say everything that we have is durable. It’s just that you really have to follow care guidelines. A great example of making sure that you follow the guidelines is something like this glass. uh this specific glass when it’s printed with UV printing cannot go in the dishwasher and you need to be very upfront about that with your customers saying hey this is not dishwasher safe use your hands for something like this and uh at that point if you have somebody who uh has uh put that glass through the dishwasher several several times and the design starts peeling that isn’t a question about durability it is a question about guidelines, right? Uh and I know that I sometimes come across as a nerd about these things. There are a lot of uh things about these techniques that I really really care about just because there’s so much work that goes into making sure that these products are as good and as beautiful as possible. uh so that whenever you are creating your own products, you can take a look at everything that we have written down and available to use as information and make sure that you’re creating the best possible thing. Now, I have had all of the u um admins and moderators in the chat sending you a bunch of different links for embroidery um guideline videos and for different comparison videos. We’ve done a lot of content about this. So, if you have a very specific thing that you’re looking for, I’m sure you could find it. But we have a couple of really helpful questions in here. Wait, I just saw a really really good one.

    Let me see. If you also have questions, you can feel free to use the Q&A section on uh the same live stream, but I can Yeah, there there it is. There is the question. Where is it from? From from Bobby. How would you do a distressed ball cap? I’m assuming like a baseball cap. So, one of my absolute favorite products in the catalog, and I know I keep saying that, but that’s just because we are talking about all my favorite stuff. Let me open this. One of my favorite products is our distressed dad hat right here. Whenever I create a new product, chances are it’s going to be this, just because I feel like virtually everything looks immediately cooler when it’s distressed like this. But yeah, it comes in in several uh colors. And the way that I would go about a distressed cap is similar to the way that I would go about literally every uh other cap. Like I would go into the file guidelines, I would take a look at either embroidery or DT flex. I feel like for uh something like a distressed cap, it is better to use embroidery just because it matches the level of texture that the product has and then the the design is already going to have. And then I would download the file guidelines. So I click on embroidery, click whatever download button I need either for the front placement or side and back logo. I would download it and then I would start designing from there. Now we can actually do a very very quick moment and demo of how that works just so you can apply it to a bunch of different products. Can click on this. It’s going to go into my downloads folder and it’s going to be uh archived initially and you can unarchive it. And once you open it, let me actually try and pull this out so I can try and show you. There are several uh different types of the template. There is a PDF, there is an Adobe Illustrator, and then there is a PSD as which is a Photoshop uh file. You can pick whichever one you would like, and then you can just move it into a design program. uh like KD or uh you know whatever you would use depending on uh which file type is better for you. Uh another way to go about this and this is actually something that I do more often now because I’ve designed so many products over time is if you don’t want to go through the hassle of downloading something you can also take a look at the size right here. So for example, this is a 13 uh.97 cm placement by 5.08 cm placement. I would go and I would open a new tab and I would go into KD

    and I would see virtually any option to design something. You would just open this. you would pick out uh the exact size either in pixels or in inches or in millimeters. Uh and you would pick uh the exact size that you would need. So for example, in inches, uh let’s just say this is going to be a seven, not 720. That’s a little much. No, you would go for 7 in by maybe, I don’t know, 2 in. This is not the exact size, but you put in whatever uh size you have. You pick that it’s horizontal. You do not select margins and you click create. At this point, you would be able to do all of your design steps. So maybe I want two stars on the sides. Uh I think stars when they’re embroidered are very beautiful. Can line them up very well. Close this. Select these two. Place it in the middle. write some text. Maybe we want

    I don’t know. You can you can uh vote for something that you would like in there. Maybe we can do cringe. I feel like this is very youthful and it matches a distressed cap, I think, in its energy. Uh and then we can pick a style, whatever style we would like. The only thing that I will say for embroidery specifically is you should not really be looking for product or sorry for fonts that have these little seraps on there. So if you’ve ever seen a font that has tiny little legs attached to the ends of the letters, those are called serifs. So there are two quote unquote types of fonts, serif and sand serif. Sand serif will not have those little, you know, legs, I guess, attached to the letters and then serif fonts will. If you’re doing embroidery, it’s better to go with with sand serif or no serif fonts. So, if we go back in here, you can see that I have clicked into a sand serif menu, and I can pick whatever I’d like. This a lot is fun, but I want something maybe a little bit more, you know, edgy when it comes to this cringe uh thing. I think this might be a very good match. And then we’re going to, you know, pick some type of color. I’m not super fussed about what color we use. Let’s just go for, I don’t know, a bright red. Just the brightest possible red that we can get. We are going to make sure that it applies to every single element in here. And just for simplicity sake, we’re going to call it a day. This isn’t the like exact right size of the artboard, but you can edit it at any point. You can click on it. I actually uh saw someone Cedra. Yeah, I think Cedra is the way that you pronounce your name. I hope. Uh someone asking a question of can you customize KD artboard sizes that you know you use a lot. Uh you can definitely go into let me try and find it. Whenever uh you are creating a new project, there uh are like favorites that you might have saved or you can work in the same project. Like you can just call this project hat or distressed hat specifically to match this product type and you can create new artboards for every single hat that you can create. You can export artboards individually, meaning that a single project can be very very large and the system can still handle it. So that’s usually how I would go about it, but I know there are ways to save this kind of stuff as well. So in this case, I would click on this artboard. I would click on export. The DPI matters a lot less when we’re talking about embroidery. In the very first session, I talked about how it matters a lot when we’re talking about printing, but let’s say at this point, we want it to be at least a little bit crisp. So I don’t know, let’s let’s just call it like 300 for safety. it’s going to be much larger now because there’s a lot more pixels within those inches. We remove the background. We export and it is saved. And at that point, we go back to our distressed hat. We click start designing. We pick whatever store we’re generally designing for. It’s not really going to match the aesthetic, but it doesn’t matter at this point. We pick whatever file that we need. It’s going to get uploaded and we apply it. My advice with hats specifically, and this is this is maybe a little bit too too niche and too inside baseball, but whenever you are designing a hat, my advice is to always take whatever design you have and lower it ever so slightly just because most people’s heads I can maybe try and put it on and show you. Most people’s heads are not as deep uh to go up. And this is not going to be um quite as perpendicular to the ground as you would like it to be. The more the the higher the design is, the more slanted it’s going to be. And so you’re essentially trying to move it down so it’s more visible to whoever is looking at you straight on. I hope that made sense and I hope that I didn’t mess up my hair too much, but I think you get the idea. So in this case, when I’m designing something, you can see that it feels like it sits very, very high. I would literally just move it down like as low as possible to make it look right. The next and most important thing is you can see that the system automatically assigned a color to my thread. It’s not going to be exactly the right shade of red that I selected, but it’s pretty close. And if I at this point decide that, oh, red doesn’t look right on this product, I’m going to maybe go for a navy and it’s going to be a better fit. Or maybe I just want to, you know, keep it as high contrast as possible and I’m going to go for black thread instead. You can do whatever you’d like. I quite like this red on here. And if we take a look at mockups, I think you can also tell that the placement when we went down on this area is, you know, really nice. you’re uh immediately able to read it. Now, let’s see um if someone was asking something very similar to this. Yes, I saw Maria asking, can we only do this on a computer browser? There uh is uh like for for many many things an opportunity to do it in an app like a desktop app. Uh, but generally I find myself designing in KD’s browser the most. Just because it is, you know, super easy and accessible to just type in KD into your browser and not even wait for for any kind of app to open up. Uh, it doesn’t mean that you have to be limited to it, but it is just something that I find myself doing all the time. Now, um, another uh, question that I saw, especially where was it? uh especially for those typing in the Q&A.

    Um was a question there we go about DPI. It was an anonymous question. Is there a place to see how DPI and the other sizing points you made are related to vectors? Interesting question. But most important thing that you need to know and I think if you’re asking about how DPI relates to vectors, you’re probably thinking about uploading a vector design to Printull. That is not something that is going to be achievable because we need to take the file and transfer into it into a physical state. We don’t take on files like SVG, so vector files at the moment just because uh there is no way to see how large it actually is and it’s a lot of information to be inputting into a printer. So the reason why we really care about DPI for printing is we want files that are going to be you know uh a very specific size that is also going to give us enough detail to uh create a good print. So this is generally a great question but you can’t really upload vector files directly. So feel free to design in vector and export in PNG and upon export make sure that your DPI is set correctly. I hope that was somewhat helpful and we are kind of running out of time with this session. So, what I’m going to do is uh wait, let me actually open this up. I’m going to announce some giveaway winners because once again in this stream there are five lucky winners who are going to get a $20 coupon to use at Printull until the end of the year. Those five lucky winners are Ruth Lions, Francis or Riley perhaps, uh Sarah Priest, Bobby Kerr, and Emily Sishers, I think that is how you pronounce your name. I am going to be butchering names left and right. I hope you can forgive me for that. it uh is uh a little bit tough to see your beautiful names and be able to know exactly how to pronounce them right away, but uh congratulations to those who won. And if you didn’t or if you are watching on YouTube, make sure to click the very first link in the description or the link that is hopefully being provided by our uh moderators right now in the chat to be able to join our community. Once you join the community, which is free by the way, you’ll be able to a interact in the chat and have all your questions or hopefully at least some of your questions answered. Number two, you’re going to be able to see all of the sponsor offers. Three, you’re going to be able to participate in the giveaways on this stream. And lastly, you’re going to be able to watch the replay of this whole thing even if you do not have the patience to sit around for six hours and listen to me talk. I know I wouldn’t. Uh so thank you so much for those of you who are sticking around. I saw a couple people be in here uh for the entirety of what we’ve had like 3 hours at this point. Uh but just know that you are able to catch this later as well. Now uh keep asking your questions. I am keeping the Q&A section open, but I am going to take a 10-minute break after this. And now that you know everything about products and everything uh about how the techniques work on the different products, you will be able to start thinking about your brand. In this next session, I’m going to be joined by Dominic who is the co-founder of Docor, which is a fantastic brand that was built in part like I was going to say in partnership with Prull but really using Prull’s product. Uh, and uh, we are going to talk all about branding, how to build the brand, how to build a community. And I’m going to go and drunk some water and I’ll see you back here in about 10 minutes. A lot of people say, “Oh, we’re selling memes on t-shirts.” Sorry, what was the question? How do you trans how do you transition from a meme page to call them round? I think it was the moment where you were able to quit your job. Yeah. And that was like 4 years into business. It was my full-time thing. Like 2 years before it was a euro full-time thing. And when you were able to quit your job, I was like, “Yeah, this is this is it. This is what I’m going to do.” Hi, I’m Dominic. Alex. Yeah, we run uh doge couture.com. Uh you can find us at dogecore.net. dogcore.com online. There’s an e in there somewhere. Um I don’t know what to say. I just we started as a meme page back in 2012. It was 2009 actually. 2009. I wasn’t alive by then. We started as a doc meme page and just started building that as a sort of community just posting there and at some point just grew into place where we had enough audience to actually express ourselves both artistically and like a in a funny way. A lot of people make the mistake of trying to find a niche that they think is what will essentially something they can capitalize on. And the thing that they miss is that whatever they do in life, unless they’re really boring people, that is their niche. And they’re the people that you know, you know it better than anyone else. Like I really like gardening personally. If I wanted to get into making a business that was separate from dog cor that route because what I know rather than trying to copy things that you think will work because it will most likely come across as ungenuine. For us it was like this way where we went running this page and a community around it uh for like 10 11 years. Thousand years. Okay. Maybe not a thousand. Yeah. Before we actually made a store out of it. We were doing it for fun cuz we enjoy doing it. Yes. It’s definitely not United States and after that it’s like Australia, Canada, in Europe it’s mostly Germany and of course United Kingdom. Sadly as as the business grew we had already had contact with with all these different countries and then just as you as you sell more your things get seen and they get spoken about and then things sort of snowball in the right direction which is what’s sort of happening with us now. What do people usually do when you do these tours? I mean what what have people done in the past? We’ve seen some of your other videos that you made. Uh, ask Andre. Just be yourself. Be happy. Be yourself. I don’t think anyone wants to see that. I’m not exactly famous for being cheerful. 99% of all our reviews on Trust Pilot are positive. And same with our product um product reviews through Shopify. But the best ones are the negative ones cuz if we get a negative review, which is super rare. I mean, we’re talking like what we get one bad review a year. Basically, every single year during Christmas, we get one really bad review about someone who orders something too late. Like someone who orders a week before Christmas and he’s angry that it’s not there before Christmas Day. Um, and then asking for a refund and you know that you can’t fix it because you know essentially it’s something they’ve done. It’s it’s myself that usually replies to all the reviews. So, usually I use that as a creative writing exercise to just write some hilarious well I like to think it’s funny anyway. Um, angry reply from myself explaining what’s happened, why I think they’re wrong. But most of the time, like if there’s an issue, someone can email us and we’ll we’ll fix it. We’ll go out of our way to fix it, even if it means losing money because we’d rather have happy customers than than the additional profits. And I think that that’s worked out really well for us. We earn very good money making this just like you. Are you happy? I every day I wake up screwing and a nightmare begins. Every single product page is basically like a related story about it. I try and write a story for every single uh design cuz I just really like creative writing. Yeah. And we hate printful stock descriptions. It kind of gives lore to the brand and gives it a bit of world building and depth that a lot of most stores just don’t really have. I can’t remember the question anymore. I do. Don’t worry. Basically, it was how to be funny. Oh yeah. on the internet. I think it goes back to sort of authenticity. People know when you’re using stock information to uh sell a product. If you’re not taking the time to sort of at least rewrite a stock description of a product, it looked I would say it was lazy, but it’s there’s just so many t-shirt shops out there that put in like the minimum effort and it it doesn’t build trust with the brand. I think it is lazy. Like there’s so many stores right now with, you know, stock mockups, with the stock descriptions, wholeselling our stuff. creative writing is something I’ve always been interested from when I was a kid and I started picking it back up again when we when I started writing the marketing emails and then I was you know started getting enjoying it again and then suddenly it’s like I want to write a story for every single product and the gratification you get from knowing that people is reading that is um actually engage with it engage with and reply to it and and like it personal touch is it allows people to know we’re not just a faceless corporation I like it when I go on a website and you go to the about page and there’s just you know a couple images of the people that run it um and a little a bit about them. It gives it like a human touch that is quite void in in a lot of uh online marketplaces. I guess there’s somewhere in this rant there is some kind of advice about staying true to yourself. Yeah. Believe in yourself and laugh love. You can do, you know, you can do everything you want. We want to be able to be like this is our brand. This is what you’re purchasing and you’re dealing with us two. We do everything apart from obviously print and ship the t-shirts themselves. It’s thrilling. I’m so excited right now, please. This is boring. Can I go game? Can I go home? We chose print on demand because we were absolutely broke at the time and we had no money to actually invest in products. No room for storage. No room for storage. No understanding of international. We also didn’t know if anyone was going to buy anything. Yes. So just starting without any risks to demand was the best option. Do you know that this is actually the first time I’m going to see the village idiot hat in real life? I would I would love to sound like a clown music playing in the background. I I’ll do it. Yes. Thank you. Like a circus beat.

    We ignored all of our tax things for the first year until we had to and then when we got an accountant he was like you need to fix all of this. Yes. And that was it was scary. Um cuz you know we were just like I don’t know what how taxes so taxes you know I mean obviously personal taxes I’m talking about business stuff. Yes. So I would recommend anyone talk to an accountant seek help. because of the the way the the business is structured that it’s English company run by a European and an English guy that has Brexit that after well it was before Brexit yeah it was before we’re selling internationally um and it was just most accountants would not touch us or they expected to pay a fortune but luckily I found a very good team in in Manchester that were able to sit down with us well with myself um and learn about what we were doing and and managed to help us considerably in So, yes, would be cash screwed with those guys. Yes. But after that first year when we got the accountant and we had to fix a lot of things, we went like 6 months without paychecks to just cover for everything. Oh, forgot about that. Yeah, I did not. And I would wait some couple years seeing how your business runs before quitting your job. No, quit your job, sell your car, remortgage your house. Death is coming. So, yeah. Yeah. You don’t have a brand yet, but you have a vision, one that Printull makes possible. You bring the creativity, and Printull turns it into real products on demand. Over 500 premium quality items, carefully sewn, beautifully embroidered, and precisely printed, then shipped directly to your customer’s door. Starting your dream business has never been easier. Unleash the brand within with Printful.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Hey, hey, hey.

    Hello. everybody and welcome back. Uh thank you for those of you who have stuck around. I saw a couple people saying they’ve been here since the beginning. We are three hours in. There’s still three more hours to go of fantastic information and content. And now I am here with Dominic, right? Uh who is the co-founder of Docor, which is a fantastic brand that you just over the break saw a little bit of a story of. But I want to hear more and especially I want to hear more about the very very beginnings. Our audience today is a lot of beginners. This is specifically tended for the the beginners in the space. So can you tell us a little bit more about what it was like when you first started your business? I think it’s more important to talk about what it was like prior to that. Oh, me and Alex who I work with, we spent a long time uh building communities online. uh at the time, this was around 2010, was uh posting in Facebook groups and generating and creating content for those groups, memes, pictures of our pets, other people’s pictures at the time, and putting them in one place. And we just enjoyed sort of growing those pages. And after they got to a certain point, we were able to say to ourselves, I wonder if people would buy anything from us. And at the time, you know, we had no money. Um, like Alex worked in a phone kiosk in Poland. I was working in retail in uh in Canada and we wanted to see if we could build something from from essentially nothing. So it was uh what we did is using Printull and Shopify, we were able to quickly set up a business with like zero risk. Um and even a very simple design uh which one of our first designs was just an MS paint drawing. It was so basic. It was to test the waters to see if it would actually work. And we were sort of blown away by the fact it did sell. And it made us realize that at the time that even if you’re not necessarily very good at art, as we weren’t, um you can still sort of create something that would something simple that can resonate with people. Um like even today, like a we’ve evolved a lot over the last eight years. um got heavily into graphic design and other forms of media. But even to this day, our bestselling designs are some of our simplest. Um so one thing I would say is if you’re struggling to understand if this will work for you, the best way of looking at it is there’s no risk. You’ve got the opportunity to sort of test products without having say 500 of them in your home. And it could be something as simple as words on a hat. Mhm. Printull has some opt some great options for embroidery for your caps. Um, and they were big sellers for us a couple years back. So, it’s sort of like the way I always look at it is it is something that anyone can do. Whether or not you’re good at it is uh down to you, but um there’s no harm in trying to do it cuz you can do it at the same time as running, you know, your your day job. It’s a great side hustle and if you’re lucky or if you’re really talented um then it might become your day job and that once you cross over that that part when you realize that your sort of your hobby and the thing you enjoy doing is now like your everyday task it’s fantastic for the first three years. Mhm. And I actually wonder and I’m sure that some of the people you know behind the screen are also quite curious what was it like in that in between stage when you had started the business but you were still working your day job compared to when was the moment when you felt like you you made it and you were able to quit your day job? when the amount of money I was earning through running the company outpaced my salary at my uh pretty white collar job and I’m sure people here would also think so was it scary in that moment or was it was like no this is real absolutely liberating like uh can I vape in here I was going to say it’s like vaping it’s just just makes it just feels really good. Yes. Uh Juliano saying, “Oh, it’s it’s really a great feeling for only for the first 3 years and then what what happens?” Oh, that’s mostly just a joke about how uh if you stick around any job for long enough, it goes from being a hobby into work. And even if you do really enjoy work, it’s uh it can change. But to this day, I mean, I’m here. I’m I feel blessed to be here. And I hate saying this because it sounds like you’re paying me to say it, but I couldn’t have done it without Printull who have been there for my company with me and Alex who I run it with for so long and looked after us not just in, you know, offering very competitive prices, but a huge range of products, worldwide shipping, delivery, uh, excellent like warehousing options and customization. And the fact that we have went from just one item, a t-shirt on a very simple Shopify website to having now hundreds of products and a lot of range. We couldn’t have done that with without Printull’s help. And there was no way that I was going to so, you know, invest in hundreds of a design if I didn’t know it could sell. So being able to test products on Printull and if they don’t work, they don’t work. You’ve not lost anything. Mhm. Um, so it’s it’s it’s freeing. I’m able to run the business from home. There’s just two people that run it, apart from obviously all the help that you guys do. And uh that’s it’s cool. Yeah, I like it. Uh I’m glad you do. And also as a kind of aside to what you said about any job becomes a job, right, eventually. If that’s if that’s true, then it’s just better to do whatever you love and whatever makes you happy because if you got to work, you should probably work at something that you really enjoy. One thing it did teach me is that I could never go back to my previous job. So no matter what happens, it’s sort of like good knowing that you’ve you’ve I feel very accomplished in where I’ve been able to get to mostly lucky. But it’s allowed me also to develop skills like real skills, business skills, design skills, uh writing skills. And what what I like about this is I went from somebody who had no idea how to really run a business to now like being a business boy 8 years in knowing how to handle taxes running just running an e-commerce business. And I could use those skills if my business fails to maybe open another store, maybe work for somebody else. So I was able to learn in a kind of non-committal way and pick up all these life skills at the same time. Wow. That’s very good for you. And also uh I want to really quickly show the people uh the store that you have just for some context when we talk about these kinds of uh designs. So let me open this up. I’m going to read all these cool comments. Yes, there there is actually a great uh question from Carlos right there that I really want to uh address at some point. Thank you, Raquel. It’s beautiful. And I I find all of these designs to be really funny, but also just I think there is more to it than just humor in my opinion. If you go through some of these designs, there is a bit of a feeling of identity and community in them to me at least. Uh and you mentioned that you started with this Facebook group uh with just people who really like these images. Uh what was it about that I guess community that made you feel like okay maybe this could also be a business? It was just knowing that we sort of had an audience. Once you’ve got an audience it makes it so much more easier to then sell to those people if you wish. And uh that’s sort of the hard part though is creating the audience. It took us a very long time to do it over a certain amount but there’s also now more options to create those audiences because there’s more platforms. Mhm. So, I mean over time we’ve grown our um Instagram, we’ve grown our mailing list, which is another way of having a way of communicating with people. And yeah, so what happened is after we had like a certain amount of people that were following us, we really just was able to we sort of were able to read the zeitgeist of what is funny on the internet and then change sorry like harness that into sort of a funny design that resonates with people that I would say are very similar to myself. Mh. um which is sort of uh introvert weird kids or extrovert weird kids uh like I was when I was younger but we sell we sell to all age ranges and demographics but I think you know we enjoy not only you know selling t-shirts to our audience but we also love like communicating with them and I like to harness not harness but I like to nurture that which is why I want because we work with Shopify and there’s there’s other people in a room that work with Etsy and they work with uh Tik Tok. The good thing that we have with having a Shopify domain is we have complete creative control over how our store looks. So for us, it’s a full package. It’s, you know, it’s a funny video website on YouTube. It’s an Instagram for funny pictures and art. It’s a web store where you can buy, you know, um merchandise from us. And we can talk about our dogs and I can say whatever I want cuz it’s uh you know, it’s my baby. the the dogs are are yeah it’s IKEA on the left which is Alex’s dog and that’s Reuben on the right who’s having a phase at that point that I mean I’m sure that the answer would be it’s not it’s not just a phase you know this is truly the identity of the time. Uh I actually uh wonder uh if you guys in the chat can tell us if you if you have a dog and what your dog’s name is cuz got we got dog people all around here uh and we all of us want to know. But while you guys do that, I actually want to see if we can address this. Uh where was it? Oh, I was going to say I want to look at that one at one point, but we can do the other one you were looking at. Yeah. Yeah. So, there was a great question from uh Carlos on like biggest lessons when it comes to simple designs versus like elaborate and complicated designs in sales. Because for many people, yes, it is like an artistic outlet and you kind of want to design whatever you would like to design and yet uh a big uh part of it all is still how do you make money? Which things make more money? So, what would you answer? I would say that um it’s funny because some of the most complex designs that take us that took us the longest amount of time to make and some of the ones that were maybe we were stretching ourselves as to try and create something that was like high concept have often been the ones that don’t sell that well compared to our simplest designs which convey a message in a lot clearer way and they are able to communicate with somebody really quick. Mhm. For example, one of our bestselling hats just says, “Oh no, it’s me again.” Really plain. And one just says, “Village idiot.” They’re all really simple ideas that resonates with whoever might buy them. And there’s other ideas that I was unable to bring to the table that probably wouldn’t sell well at all. I wanted to make a I wanted to make a design that looked like um a plate, like a memorial plate for Princess Diana, and it says um Princess Diana loves goblins. Um, but I couldn’t work out how to make that look cool on a t-shirt at all. And in the end, it sort of I put a lot of weight into trying to make that happen. Failed. And then, you know, a few weeks later, I can just come up with some catchy saying, put on a hat, and bam, you’re you’ve uh you’ve got a new bestselling product. Yeah. And I kind of want to show people also. I feel like I uh love you guys’ hats so much. I have uh too many, many, many, many hats from Dokor. Uh my one of my absolute favorites is this one, the tummy ache survivor. Uh very real, very very uh also like a simple idea and yet you got a gold star for surviving the tummy ache. Good job. Uh and then uh the other one that I find uh truly very very relatable more often than not is just I’m just a little guy. You know this we all feel that way sometimes. I also find it funny that you never really like call yourself an entrepreneur. No. Um no. I I call myself a a business boy because I feel like that word you just used that I always struggle to pronounce um is just a bit too it doesn’t really work for me. I see myself more as an artist which you know I know you’re all thinking like this guy considers himself an artist. Have you seen the crap he sells on his website? But to me that’s like what I enjoy doing. I enjoy writing. Um and I work with um my my business partner Alex. is more into the graphic side of things. So, one thing I want to sort of say is if you’re looking at this thinking, how am I going to make graphics for something? Do you know anybody that can help you? Because, right, the way that me and Alex work is um and we fell into this over time. So, this is not how we initially started, but the way we work now is we collaborate on ideas. uh and he will focus more on the graphic side of things and I will focus more on the on the like the words on on the the items themselves and we’ve sort of over time picked up different aspects of the business. Mhm. Um for example, he is mostly in charge of running the images on the Instagram pages cuz he’s very good at photography as well. Whereas I handle all the copy and advertising text as well as I still handle all customer service emails because I like that I like that connection that I have with the the customers. Mhm. The slight slightly parasocial but um but they’re all lovely. So I have no complaints. I think Well, first of all, I I want to highlight a couple uh of fantastic dogs of dog names. Yes. I can just like show a picture this up on screen. Yes. So So this right here is Brunello. Uh and I uh could not be happier to have a session on here where we get to like look at dog pictures. That is the the best. Uh and uh also another kind of uh uh thing and yeah, you you just highlighted a great question. What did you do from Jeremy? Actually, let me highlight it. One sec. So this one from Jeremy. What did you do to start building your audience on social media? Did folks just find you? Did you pay to boost posts? X. Uh, now we do use meta advertising to uh, scale the business, but initially we didn’t do that cuz we had no money. We didn’t want to dip our toes into it. We didn’t know how it worked. So, you’re so relatable. Initially, we’re just sort of posting things that that people like and then they would share it and then you could then sell it to people maybe in the comments below. Mhm. If you ever go to say on X, you’ll find there’s a lot of um there’s a lot of there’s a few big accounts on there that they’ll post a funny picture of a t-shirt. It will go viral because the image itself has value and is funny and then through that you can sell the product in the comments. That’s a way of basically getting free advertisement. But that I would say works best for things that are kind of viral meme-based content. Something that is funny. Uh, it can be even a cute image of a cat if you’re selling images of cats on a shirt. Like, is this something that people will want to repost? Is it something that people would want to wear? And if you are like making something that people want to wear in a way that I think expresses themselves, then they will help you advertise it through sharing it with their audience. And if their audience is only a couple hundred people or some friends, it doesn’t matter because they will then share it with their friends. or you know suddenly you’ve got if it’s only if they’ve got 20 friends and 200 people are sharing it you’re looking at you know a considerable amount of people that have eyeballs on the product and then you can generate your first sales that way. It’s what we did and it worked really well. And I honestly find it like helpful to think about this feeling of sharing what you really like and identity because when I think about all of the stuff that I own, that is the best stuff that I have, my absolute favorite things, the the t-shirt that I like wear nearly, you know, at least once a week for years now. I’ve washed it to death. It’s falling apart. is a Green Day graphic tea with like the album art of the Dookie album. If you know that album, you probably really like it as well. Uh, and I am not wearing it just for the, you know, reasons of it is a cool looking t-shirt. It doesn’t look that cool anymore. It’s literally falling apart. That’s cool in itself though. Well, you know, but the main reason is because it says something about me. I want to project that identity. I really like you can wait you can see maybe even right here I have like tattoos of Green Day because I really like them. And that same feeling applies to every single thing that people create and the products that you create because when I wear a a doore t-shirt I want to I want people to see it. I really like it. It says something about me and it’s just I really enjoy it that way. Yeah, that’s true. I mean, um, for those of us old enough to remember this, which is me, uh, back in the day, if you had, if you were a fan of Green Day and you wanted to meet other people that like Green Day, you might not have had room online to go to say Facebook Green Day, the only way to really communicate with what you’re into to then also find other people that have simil similarly minded to you was you wore a hoodie of your favorite band and then someone be, “Oh, I really like that band, too.” And that still happens to this day. Yeah. And with Dora, it’s sort of similar. If you’re wearing a Doora t-shirt, someone might come up to you and say, “I really like that brand.” Because what you’re doing is you’re saying something about yourself and also inviting other people that res, you know, the message resonates with, you could be friends with that you, you know, you’re similarly minded. So, I think that’s one of the reasons why my brand works is because I like to think that each hat in a sardonic way is sort of saying something about the person wearing it because they’re all sort of based on stupid thoughts I’ve had. And luckily those thoughts people like them. So yeah. Yeah. I really love the energy that’s happening in the chat. There are so many adorable pictures. Daphne and and the the the purple ears and the purple tail. I need to spotlight that just because that is beautiful and and and Daphne is more fashionable than any of us could ever aspire to be. Uh but there was also um a question that you kind of wanted to return to in the chat. Let me actually find it. I think it’s this one. Oh, yeah, it was that one. Yeah. Um, let me spotlight it from Angela. So, with this one, um, one of the things that we do at the moment is we’ll often post a rough idea. Mhm. Um, kind of like a draft of what designs that we’re thinking about making. So instead of putting all like a lot more time and effort into refining the idea only to find out it doesn’t sell, you can sort of create a draft image, post that and then see if people are sharing it. That way we’ve been able to look at our Instagram stats and think to yourself, well, you know, a considerable more sorry, considerably more people liked this one image than that image. So if I had to choose between these two to which one to funnel into a design, then I know which one to run with. Mhm. That also means that once I do post on my store, I’m not posting something that will devalue my store because I know that it’s not I’m posting something that some people might be like, “This is this is not really working for me and kind of switching off.” So, we’re able to sort of kind of test how good products are going to sell by just seeing how how well they do on social media. you’re you’re essentially crowdsourcing uh input and and crowdsourcing feedback from the community that you have built that you know already is interested in stuff and I feel like uh for for everyone watching this should be another reason to have something like a social media list of accounts for for your brand just not just to to market your stuff and to advertise it but also to have that community that you can then tap into whenever you need uh to figure out, okay, is this design going to work? Is this something that they’re going to like? What are they really looking for? And that allows that community to then become even more of a fan of the brand because that brand is interested in their thoughts and is communicating with them and is building a relationship with them. Exactly. I mean, the way that me and Alex have always seen it is we’re trying to give free content in the way of that there’s a lot of short stories on our website. There’s the the Instagram pages, us posting sort of things that we find funny as well as posting the art and then the merchandise aspect is sort of secondary to that. So, what we want is to create something that’s essentially for free. It’s free content, but there’s on the back of that, there’s uh things that you can buy that that lets people say, “Oh, I actually like the things that these guys produce.” Yeah. So, yeah, that’s how I see that. Yeah. I also want to kind of highlight an example of uh those short stories. Uh there was I think maybe this is a good example. Yeah. Uh so this is a shirt that I really like both in because of its design style and its like identity based messaging and everything but also if you look at this you want to tell us a bit more about the stories. Yeah I guess I would say a few things. Um one thing if you notice that there’s eight reviews there those are super handy. So, if you are running a store, make sure you’re asking people to review the products or the page. Something as simple as, “Thank you for purchasing. Do you mind leaving the review?” Um, and you can even if you’re using Shopify, delay those emails to be after the products arrive. So, it’s like, “Hey, the products must have arrived by now. If you liked it, why don’t you leave a review?” It’s a good way of getting free reviews that create credibility for your brand. Um, but anyway, short stories. So, originally the the short stories were quite long. So, we’ve had to um give a little brief outline of what the story is about, a hook, so to speak. And then if you want to, I’ve written a short story that you can read here. And um I was doing that for all the products for quite a while cuz I just enjoyed writing writing short fiction. And in the end, I ended up compiling them into a book. So, that was just something that happened naturally over time. But what you’ve got here is I’m I’m merging two things. I’m merging what I’m passionate about, which is writing, along with being able to um have a website that isn’t just me trying to sell clothes, even though that it’s that’s its main pose, but it’s also a place where I can do I can essentially have creative freedom to do whatever I want. So in here I could if I wanted to to have um maybe a blog post that’s just pictures of my dog or just maybe some hobby that I have like maybe you make music. You can incorporate the fact that you make music into the store and thereby you’re not just a a website that has nothing exciting to look at or read. It’s a generic looking website. It’s something that says more about yourself as a person, right? And I feel like a big uh part of this also answers a question that just uh Rebecca uh had just now also like sharing an experience and and I guess a question tied into it. The uh Rebecca says that her social media was getting lots of visibility when when when she was posting photos, but the moment she started posting products, the visibility went down to almost zero. And then shops are automatically suppressed unless you pay high monthly fee for advertising. And I feel like your store is a great example of the opposite. This um this is this is relatively new actually. So we were quite lucky that when we started that that wasn’t necessarily as bad as it is now. The trick is to sort of try and work out how do I get around this. So the algorithm on social media websites looks at what you post and says that’s a t-shirt. Tank it. Right? You’re not posting that here for free advertisement. However, if you look at one of the designs that we just had on the screen, instead of posting the whole t-shirt, just post the art on it and then link to the t-shirt in the comments. What that will do is the image itself, the art you’re trying to sell is the main attraction. It’s not a product. And then you can put the product maybe into the comments or elsewhere. But, um, yeah, it’s true though. If you do just post a product, a hat, a t-shirt on social media, it will you will have issues trying to get that out there. However, if you’re posting in say groups and things like that, you can get around that. So, yeah, just keep in mind that like uh it’s better to post the art and talk about the product than it is to post the product and then try and link from there. That’s true. And I feel like uh a good uh kind of response to every single I guess question related to social media visibility is uh you uh need to find where your people are. And where your people are is going to be the best place to put yourself out there. Whether I don’t know you have um a horsebased brand and uh you are really into horseback riding and that is the thing that you are most passionate about in life. You start uh a brand that is uh all about uh horses. I know nothing about horses. I’m trying to come up with an example and I’m struggling. But uh you are probably then in Facebook groups and in subreddits all related to that and those people care about the same thing that you care about. that’s where your audience is. That’s maybe not like Instagram’s discovery algorithm is going to be the thing, but the the more organic interaction with the community is going to be your way to get into that. Yeah. U for example, you could join a group of about horses and integrate yourself into that and then just grow with them with them. Um coming back to that, there there is an interesting thing here that I think relates to what you were just talking about. This one. So, yeah, this one here. So, um, if I this I believe it’s pronounced Cedra Cedra Hill. Uh, reviews are scary to me in this day and age. It’s part of the my fear of fully putting myself and my creative brand out there. Now, this is what holds most people back from from being creative in the first place. It’s a fear that by being creative, you’re exposing a part of yourself that might come under ridicule from uh I nearly swore again uh from bad people. And um what you really need to realize is that if people are come like this, my t-shirts are really stupid, right? You are underelling yourself. But what I’m trying to say is the reviews are good because the people buying the product want the product. Mhm. They’re not they can’t review the product if they can’t if they haven’t bought it. And they’re not going to buy it just to complain about it. Um and if you get bad reviews, work out why you’re getting bad reviews. I’ve had three bad reviews on my trust my trust uh trust pilot and all three of those people were wrong and I replied to them with an extensive reason as to why they were incorrect which was things like if you buy a t-shirt from me and then ship it to a different country that’s not the country you live in I don’t really think that’s on me unfortunately yeah that sounds like a you problem. Yeah, but at the same time I also was like, “You’re wrong.” Something funny. And then I was like, “I’ll still fix it.” Because what you’re doing there is you’re you’re shutting people down when they’re incorrect. But you’re also saying, “Even though I don’t agree with you, I will help fix this because that builds trust in your store from other people that are reading this bad review and they’re realizing that you, you know, you’re going to step in and be sort of the better business person than it is to be sort of petty.” M and I feel like uh the you kind of glossed over that, but the fact that you’ve had three negative reviews on Trust Ple pilot this entire time. Yes. Is a testament to Yeah. congratulations. Good job. But for real, I wouldn’t let other people’s comments stop you from being yourself. It’s really important that if you are true to yourself and you’re putting yourself out there and you’re not letting other people who aren’t even like you tell you that it’s bad or anything, real people, real like people that you would want to spend time with and listen to, even if they don’t like what you are doing, should be respectful and appreciative that you have, you know, the the the the balls, so to speak, to put yourself out there. It’s It’s a really something that people should be proud of and yeah, I’m very passionate about that. Yeah, as you should be because that that goes for any art, including whatever art you would be putting on a product. Uh there are um certain things that I want to highlight that are art related, that aren’t just the art that you put on products. Uh and let me actually open one of these as an example and show you some more. What would you do if I spilled this all over your laptop? I’d cry probably. I think so. I’m not going to do it. I just had a little No, thank you. Um I I I appreciate your kindness and holding the water back. Yeah, I was just like, “Oh, I shouldn’t put it over there.” Yeah. But uh when it uh comes to the way that you display products uh on the website, I personally am really into the way that you guys do uh the the mockup images. Yes. like this is a great example of of the way that you know it’s it’s a little bit more than just that white background behind a mockup. And they’re different for for different uh you know uh shirts and different designs, right? And while we do always talk about how, you know, product photography is a really good thing to do, like if we were to just I don’t know uh open this, this is already great. Like we’ve been in business eight years now and most of our products don’t have fully modeled shots. Um it’s expensive to get it done right and we are slowly getting around to it. But one thing that you can do that is for free is essentially make sure that the mockups you’re using are not just standard white backgrounds. Try and put a little bit of a creative edge to it. like this one’s this one is quite um I’d say this one’s a bad example because there’s a level of sort of filters that have gone onto there that we’ve used in Photoshop to create that background. But if you go back to the golf shirt, right? Right. Something as simple as just having see photography in the background of a golf course. So simple. Anyone can do that. And that’s what you got to think about is how do I differentiate my product from all the other stores that just have the same mockups that are the, you know, the normal ones. You can also use Etsy to get a lot of good mockups nowadays. There’s people that sell packs for those. And um yeah. Yeah. And you can also if you are struggling with a particular side of your business, be that you know graphic design or or whatever, there are ways to find help. I think a great thing that you brought up was see if you have someone in your circle and your community that can help, but also if you need uh some help with like I don’t know, you don’t you have no idea how to do like the background form mockups that you could apply to all of the products in your store, look at something like Fiverr, maybe hire somebody to do it for you specifically because you ordered it to be that way. There’s one thing to keep in mind is just because it would take you an hour to do something, someone who knows what they’re doing, it could take them two minutes and they will happily do it for for cheap if they, you know, if they want to and they might even do it for free. But I mean that that would I wouldn’t expect anyone to work for free. I’m just saying that you can find help out there, people that want to help you succeed and not to be afraid to ask for some help if you need it. Yes. And it also is important to consider uh I think the fact that you and Alex work together so well is a great example uh of if you find somebody who is like-minded in your circle and in your community uh and you can start building a business together and harnessing each other’s strengths and putting them together for uh like a joint purpose. It is going to very uh quickly make it easier for you to both reach your dream together. You know, build community for your brand as a community of fans, but also, you know, work with your community to create stuff. Exactly. Yeah. I mean, the whole point of this is like me and Alex wanted to just make art. The fact that we managed to turn that into a business is like we feel really blessed to be able to do that. And I think that by being involved in online communities prior to this, we’re able to like like we know what sort of works because we’re posting like we’re posting art that we would like to see on the places where we used to post on the internet like forums and places like social media sites and stuff like that. So the way that we see it is we’re sort of a part of a community prior to this and we still a part of that community, but now we have a business that sort of I don’t want to say caters to them because this caters to ourselves. Me and Alex like to make art that we like for each other, but at the same time it’s sort of we’re having fun with it. And that’s kind of that’s really important is having fun with it cuz if you’re selling something that you mentioned horses. Yeah. If you’re like a horse girl and you’re trying to sell t-shirts to dog boys um and you don’t care about dogs, you’re not going to know what resonates with those people and you’re going to fail. So yeah, I also saw uh a question that I feel like is important to talk about specifically because you guys have a like a standalone store and you sell on Shopify. So it’s not like traffic is coming from a platform like Etsy. Uh where do you get most of your traffic? Uh originally it was Facebook because that’s where the the Facebook page started. Um and then over time that’s dropped off and most of the traffic now comes from Instagram. However, our meta advertisements do pull traffic from both uh Facebook and Insta. Um and we get a lot of um just general sort of traffic from being a recognized brand, but that takes a long time to build including like you know through search engines. And one of the ways that we do generate a lot of traffic for next nothing is because we’ve been around for eight years. We have slowly built up um quite a large uh following in our newsletter. Mhm. So, every week I’m able to email 100,000 people and at least 47% of those people are going to open emails and then some of those might buy one of my products and if they don’t, I make sure the email is good enough that they’ll open up the next one and then maybe the next one I’m selling something new and then those will definitely convert into paying customers. Right. And I feel like this is like a great question, but it is kind of uh like broad depending on where you started, where the people who you’re trying to advertise to is. And uh if you’re curious about like meta ads specifically, we are going to have a session about meta advertising in about an hour and a half. So stay tuned for that. Uh and uh I saw uh a question uh what would you say? So this is a a question uh from uh uh Yasin I think is the way that I would pronounce that but I’m sorry if that is not the correct way. Um what would be kind of your advice on on pricing and on profit margins and how do you you know price something in a way that is competitive enough and yet doesn’t devalue your product uh and people would still buy but you’re not you know uh getting a very very tiny profit margin. Um, we intentionally priced our products as cheap as we could really manage it initially. Um, but we were able to raise that over time as we got more comfortable with what we were selling. And to what you really need to do is work out like let’s just say your most of your t-shirts are being sold in America or Australia, then your profit your profit margins can be quite higher there because there’s more spending power. M but if you’re if you’re some somewhere else that has a lower GDP, you might have to lower the prices to match your audience. It’s finding that balance there. Mhm. Um but really what it is is you if you run Shopify, you can you can really amend the prices on the fly. If it’s not working, lower it. If it’s working, you can raise it. Just try to find a nice balance. And you don’t have to do that straight away. Mhm. And is there some kind of like I guess specific profit margin that you guys kind of shoot for normally or is it really just you adjust depending on what product it is if it’s selling? It really is just adjusting. We don’t really think of like profit margins in terms of um like trying to nail down a perfect profit margin per item. It’s more of what makes sense for this item based on sort of the competition. Um similar brands to our owners. What are they selling the t-shirts for? and maybe we can’t sell it for as cheap as them, but one thing to keep in mind as well is if you’re selling a hoodie and a t-shirt, you can have the t-shirt prices be low and the hoodie prices be high and you know, you can have an item there that has a much higher profit margin. Mhm. And then you have some core products that have a lower profit margin. It’s kind of getting people in the store and trying to convert them on multiple different things, which you know, luckily we sell all kinds of stuff. We got hoodies, hats, and I will say we don’t try and get a profit margin the same for all the items because it wouldn’t really work based on what people are wanting to purchase. It’s a matter of tailoring it on an item per item basis and working out what are people willing to spend more money on. So for example, uh embroidered products tend to be easy to sell at a higher profit margin than a printed screen shirt simply because people see embroidery as a higher value product. even if it might not be at the, you know, from the front side. Yeah, it honestly I’ve been saying this for years and I’m so glad that someone that isn’t just working on this is saying that as well. Uh embroidery is perceived as premium because to an extent it is. Uh there is just more durability related to uh embroidery. You know, it’s going to last longer than a print would very often. Uh, but I really wanna uh put a big pin in what you said about um having items that you intentionally uh price as low as you can and have a smaller profit margin with those because those are going to be your like audience movers. That is going to be the anchor that is going to get people into the door. And then having higher ticket items that even though they’re going to sell less often, the profit margin maybe more than makes up for that. It balances out. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. And uh a great example, I was just talking about this in a previous session, great example of something that is a small ticket item that could get people in to at least get something once they’re in the store is like stickers and phone cases. Uh and I genuinely feel like uh stickers are a really good one as well because they can very quickly be added to a cart. I always the way I’ve always said is I want items. You know when you go into a store and you’re about to purchase something like three bottles of wine or maybe five bottles of cider and then you get to the the checkout and there’s like gum there and it cost next to nothing and or or a chocolate bar. You just like I’ll just throw that in there cuz it’s there. So having those items like stickers be um you know at checkout just there. So a really tiny little thing that only cost a couple of dollars. they have, you know, that will quickly add up over time the more that people are just willing to spend a little bit more money with a higher profit margin. I am that’s very it’s cheap at the end of the day. Yeah. And honestly, I find myself uh doing this all the time uh when I uh my Instagram algorithm knows me a little bit too well and advertises brands to me that it knows that I’m going to find really cool and really fun uh and really special. and I will go in and onto their website and I’m like ready to buy something and then I realize that it is quite premium pricing and so I naturally am already in there. I really like it. I am now invested and I start looking around. I’m like, “Ooh, that puffer jacket is really cool.” But that is like $600. I can’t sling that right now. But oh, but they have a beanie. They have a beanie that I could buy that is also cool. and I’ve already, you know, invested myself in the idea of getting it and and that beanie ends up in my cart very quickly, even though that wasn’t my original intention when I was entering the store. That’s a very good point cuz what you’ve got there is you’ve gone in there, you’ve seen a brand that you like, and you’re thinking, “Okay, I can’t afford this, but I like the brand so much, what can I afford?” Yes, exactly. We even have items on our website that are completely for free. We have some uh wallpaper packs for your phone. We have an EP of music that Alex makes. And the idea behind those or and some uh zenes as well. The idea behind those is a customer comes into the store and they might not want to buy anything or cannot afford anything right now. If they purchase something for free, they’ve given you sort of they might offer to subscribe to your newsletter and then they’ll come back maybe when they can afford it. So sometimes we have customers that take two years to convert. They’ll buy something, they’ll forget about it, they’ll get an email and then bam, they’re back in the store and they’re buying it. already sort of got them locked in in a way that is is just there effortless for you. Yeah. And when it comes to I think the mailing list is a great example of something that essentially allows you to take advantage of not take advantage sounds bad to tap into the people who have already bought into the idea of the brand and uh get repeat purchases from people. Uh because if you think about the cost of acquiring a brand new customer, it’s a lot. so much to just like get a brand new person who has no idea about who you are to find you, to become interested, to trust you enough to buy from you uh and to like actually convert and go from that website to the card to the purchase to actually getting the product. The cost of that is so much. And uh when you already have gone through that whole process, nurturing that already existing customer who has already bought from you is actually a lot easier and a lot cheaper. That’s true. I mean, that’s why um that’s why I have such a high open rate on the newsletter because I like to go in there and think, well, I’m if I open this newsletter and it’s just someone selling me something every time, you’re instantly going to just never open it. So, I write a little bit on there and maybe I share a video of my dog or a picture of my dog and try and make it sort of I music recommendations or movie recommendations I’ve watched recently. So, you know, think about it this way. If you have like a letter box where you review movies, why don’t you include that little review in your newsletter, something to read, something that people might want to like know? And like you said, once you’ve got the amount of money it cost me to acquire a customer through me advertising compared to how much money it cost me to then send them an email, it’s it’s like a thousand times more expensive. So, yeah, nurturing the customer and not not treating them like they’re just um like a cash cow where you can just go in and just throw stuff at them and hope that they’re going to keep coming back because, you know, anyone can sell uh anything, but trying to like build that community is a slightly separate thing that will is kept people coming back to our store over and over again. Yeah. And uh I want to just like really quickly uh point this little uh question out just because uh Cedra you’re in luck. Um you’re saying you’ve struggled to design embroidery files and you need to lock in. Don’t you worry. Literally the next session that we have is all about design and we’re definitely going to cover certain things about it. There’s some great tools on Printull uh with Printull to do that for you. We try our best. We really do. Um but uh one thing that I also uh wanted to mention in this theme of embroidery is uh Victoria is asking uh in your experience with embroidery uh have you ever had complaints about the embroidery backing or or anything like that? Um a couple uh but they were problems with just missing quality control. It’s rare. It does happen. If you have that issue, just bring it up with Printull and hopefully they can resolve it in your customer’s favor. I mean, that’s what they do for me, so hope I don’t know if they’ll do it for you, too, but uh I assume they will. Basically, one of the good things about Printull is uh if there is a problem, they will fix it. And that’s the main reason we’ve stuck with you for ages because you make sure that you look after us as business people so we don’t run off to your competitors and uh it works. Yeah, I mentioned this uh a couple of sessions ago in talking to Crystal, but this is a great point about any kind of uh partner that you have in this whole uh process is uh whether it’s us, whether it’s Shopify, whether it’s um you know uh a like domain directory like storetore uh whether it’s a design partner like KD, whatever platform you’re using to sell your stuff, uh we are very interested in you succeeding and you being able to do it well. Uh which is why we have this whole event in the first place, right? This whole conference that we’re putting together for free for people is not because we really like talking on camera. I mean, there’s two reasons I’m here. One, they’re not paying me, but I’m happy to be here because I am very happy with the relationship that we have, the business relationship that we have, and also you paying for my hotel and free food. So, I I’ll I’ll come just for that. We we we better do that, you know. Uh and uh there was a fun question, I think. Uh and uh having mentioned before that you wrote a book, maybe you have some insight on this. Uh Bobby here is an author and wants to sell swag uh the works of their book. I mean, that’s a very vague question. It’s like uh I don’t know what your book’s about, so it’s kind of difficult. Mhm. um trends like yeah but I guess it really depend like a lot of photography works really well to sell uh for books um but yeah that’s a tough I’m sorry Bobby it’s a tough one to answer because it really does depend on like what your book’s about. No, just keep that in mind when you’re trying to create something that the imagery on the shirt that you’re trying to sell matches the vibes and emotions or feelings or just like visual things that are in the in the book itself. Yeah. My favorite kind of stuff that goes with books, and I don’t know if this is going to necessarily apply to your book, but I think it applies to most books, is if you uh combine it with a tote bag. If we’re talking about trends, uh there was this like Oh, tote bag in a book. Yeah, that’s a good idea. Yeah. Yeah. Like if you maybe put uh the cover of your book, but in just like line work on the tote bag. Uh I have one too many tote bags that are just based on like books or maybe bookstores where I bought them from. Another thing that works uh great with books is also all kinds of stationery. Uh if uh you want to have a bundle in your store where you’re selling a book and you want to put little gift card in there or you want to combine it with a notebook that has the same cover or you want to um have a bundle with some stickers that also have some like quotes from the book. That’s very true cuz they’re both flat packed as well so they they mail really easy. Yes. So I feel like uh there it definitely depends on your like book niche. Let’s put it that way. Bobby goblins. Use goblins. Uh, I’m trying. Oh, yeah. Bobb’s a fantasy author. Oh, yeah. You you you use put goblins on everything and just sell goblin stickers in addition. That’ll work. Trust me. Yeah. Um, and uh uh and uh an all caps question from professor but spelled I quite like that. Professor Prof. Yeah, I’m not trying to do that. How did you guys market organic and paid ads? Um, a bit of both to be honest with you. So, paid ads is like a good bread and butter once you’re an established um established as a brand. However, if you really do want to get your foot in the door, um one of the things to do is just try and get your merchandise into people’s hands that are similar to you. So, one thing that we found works really well for ourselves is if I’m on uh Instagram or Tik Tok and I see somebody, I’m like, I really like this person’s vibe. Like, they are the sort of people that I imagine I enjoy watching them. So, if I enjoy watching them, then my fans must enjoy watching them. And I will say to them, hey, I would you like a free t-shirt? I’ll send you it. And I don’t ask for anything in return. I just hope that maybe they’ll wear it or maybe they will uh advertise it for me for free. Uh, and what you’re doing there is saying, “Look, I don’t want anything from you.” Mhm. But if you like this t-shirt, would you like one? And that’s like a really free way to generate organic sort of uh organic advertising essentially. Um, but it depends if you’re willing to take the risk of giving someone a free item. Doesn’t work all the time. When it does work though, it’s really big. Yeah. I feel like I also uh I did that without you even sending me an item in the beginning. I just really like the products and I would just wear them uh in in everything that I would put online. But we are pretty much out of time at this point. We have another session coming up about all about design. But before we wrap, just one more tiny little thing. We have some giveaway winners to announce and the five lucky people to get a $20 coupon to spend on Printull and uh if you’d like to spend that on like a test order uh to see if your brand new idea is going to work out. The the five winners are Carlos Martinez, Stephanie Marshall, Chameleia Wolfingberger. I tried my best. Uh Arvis Greer and Pana Crook. So, you guys are going to get a little email with a coupon code that you can use until the end of the year. And now you guys have product, you have a store, you have a brand identity, a community, and it’s going to be time to turn all that into design soon. In my next session, I’m going to be joined by Drew from KD where we’re going to uh show you exactly what design uh what your design workflow could look like. But thank you so much. That’s been fun as hell. Thank you. Thank you. Also, thank you for tuning in. I know. I imagine this is really boring, but I hope you enjoyed it. Well, hopefully it’s not boring. You guys can let us know uh in the chat. Please do. Uh and we’re going to go take a break and we’ll be back in 10 minutes. See you guys. Adios. You don’t have a brand yet, but you have a vision. One that Printull makes possible. You bring the creativity and Printull turns it into real products on demand. Over 500 premium quality items carefully sewn, beautifully embroidered and precisely printed, then shipped directly to your customer’s door. Starting your dream business has never been easier. Unleash the brand within with Printful. If you’re struggling to make print on demand sales, then I want to show you a workflow that will save you a ton of time, which is important, especially if you’re doing this as a side hustle right now. With AI workflows in KD, you can easily create merch designs, mockups, and even social videos for your products, all pre-built to speed you up. Find the perfect style for your merch design and select a preset or upload your own. You’ll get a feel for how your merch is going to look even before you hit generate. Then make your mock-ups and even make social videos to advertise your merch on Pinterest or Tik Tok. And new workflows land all the time. Whatever’s trending, it’s probably already in there. This isn’t just a feature. It’s a library that’s going to help you grow your shop. So try AI workflows in KD. Now, if your current print ondemand workflow consists of hours searching for and creating mockups for your listings, the bad news is you’re wasting your time. The good news is we have a solution for that and this is the perfect video for you. Let’s check it out. In the KD dashboard in the AI hub tab, we have these new things called workflows. And there’s a lot of different things that you can do here. You can create designs. You can create videos for social media. You can create mockups, product visuals, even branding and designs. But specifically for this video, we’re talking about mock-ups. So, this is really simple. Check this out. All I have to do is click on one of the mockups. There’s this nice flatlay one. And it’s going to give me a couple of different parameters here. So, I’m going to fill this out by putting my design in here. And then we’ve got a couple of different product selections, which is super nice. We’re going to be adding more to this. And you can add a custom product here if you don’t see yours. But the comfort colors shirt is pretty popular and a lot of people use that. So, I’m just going to go with that. But this makes it really easy to match exactly whatever shirt you’re using for your print on demand product with the mockup right here. So everything is accurate. And then we get to place this design here. And this is going to be a front center. So I’m going to click this and we’re going to hit generate. And in just a few moments, I’ve got a beautiful, beautiful mockup of my t-shirt ready to go. Now, if I hover over this, I’m going to be presented with a couple options. I can just go ahead and download this right here from the dashboard. Or I can click edit. And there’s a couple things I can do. I can remove the background from this. I can upscale it if I need to. or I can open this in the editor to change the background if I wanted to. So, I’m going to click edit in a new project and see what we can do. So, once we’re in the editor, I’ve got my generation right here. It is on an artboard. You don’t have to keep it on an artboard. I can just drag this off and we can work in the endless canvas here, but I want to change the background of this to something a little bit more fitting to the t-shirt. So, I’m going to select my image, go down to the prompt box, and I’m actually going to use KD’s new agentic AI feature to change the background. And what I want to do is change the background to a lavender color comforter because it’s about rest and so I want it to kind of look like bed sheets in the background. And we’ll hit generate and it’s going to start thinking about my request and then give me my generation. So I I love this generation and it fits the vibe of the product perfectly. I want to take another second to explain just how powerful the Aentic feature is in letting you customize things after you’ve created something with one of the workflows. So, I’ve got this selected. I’m going to come down here and delete this prompt. And I’ll type something like I’ve got create four images of this t-shirt on a model. And then you can describe what you want your model to look like. I just said female with dark hair cuz that’s what’s on the shirt, mid20s. And use the same model for every image. And as you can see, it’s starting to think. And now it’s generating my mockups. And in just a few moments, I’ve got all four of my images. And all of these look fantastic. These are ready to go. These are ready to put right on the Etsy listing. No question. The design is perfect. It matches what I put in there perfectly. They’re all crisp, high-res, and it just followed the prompt to a tea. So, I’m going to go ahead and download this one right here. So, I can actually show you how to take this further by creating a video. So, I’m back on the AI workflows page. You can see your recent generations right here, which is super nice. You don’t have to go crawling through stuff to find it. And I’m going to do this little mirror selfie one. And I’m going to upload my image here. So, I’ve got my image. And then you can describe your model, which is also super helpful. I’m going to say something similar. Woman, mid20s, dark hair. And since this is about rest, I’ll just do bedroom for this. And if you want to put something in here that’s not listed, you can just type it in this prompt box right here. This specifically is for a Tik Tok or an Instagram reels post. So, this is going to be 916, but I’m going to show you exactly how to make it square if you want to use it for an Etsy listing. So, we’re going to go ahead and click generate. And when I hit generate, you probably saw that little notice come up that says that you can leave to go do other stuff and it’s going to continue on your generation. So you don’t have to stay on this page the whole time. If you want to go start another generation or go work on a template or some designs or something and come back to it, you can totally do that. And I’ve got my generation back right here. This looks awesome. It’s directly in the setting that I described, the person that I described. The design is actually backwards how it would be on a mirror. So that’s accurate as well. And you can actually generate multiple at a time. So I went back here and I click generate to showcase that you can do multiple. And so this one’s loading. But I can go ahead and download this one right here from the dashboard or I can click edit it in my existing project that we generated the t-shirt in. And I’ve already got a nice artboard right here ready to go. And I can size this up. I can play this video to make sure that the confines of the video looks good within the square. And since this is on an artboard that is a square, I can just click the artboard itself, click export, and it’s in the video format, and it’ll download as a square, perfect for your listing. Well, that’s pretty much KD workflow in a nutshell. I promise this is going to save you a ton of time. It’s super fast, super accurate. So, go try it out in KD today for free. And if you want to upgrade to a paid plan to get some more of those premium features and more monthly credits, we have a promo code for you. So check that out as well. Thank you guys so much for watching and we’ll see you in the next video.

    Heat. Heat.

    Hey,

    hey, hey.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Hello everybody and welcome right back. Uh I am joined today uh by Drew from KD. Uh, and not only uh is uh this a perfect opportunity to cover all of the questions uh that you guys might have uh about design and everything, but also uh you’re going to uh get a full workflow all about uh every single step from uh the creation of the design to the uh actual steps that you should be able to take to to export it, to create mockups, everything. So, uh, I hope you guys are excited. I know I am. Uh, and let me do a little bit of a test and see if everything is working. I think it should be. Hold on. All right. And in the meantime, you guys in the chat need to uh sound off and tell me exactly what part of the process uh uh you guys are excited about. I also see a question from Francis uh about uh since KD is mentioned so often today I have been mentioning KD a lot uh are we going to get a special offer from them? Yes, over on uh the the platform our community you can go into the sponsor pavilion and uh you can take a look. Uh so let me see. Okay, I should be able to pull us up on here. this working. Uh, the only thing I see is that Drew, you are muted. Yes, there go. Excuse me, I am muted. Was waiting for your waiting for your go. Yes, sorry. Okay. Uh, welcome. I could not be more excited to talk to you today. I cannot think of a single person in the world of design that could be more knowledgeable about this than you are. Uh so uh first of all to answer uh questions that I’ve been getting all day today because I keep talking about KD. Uh what is KD and what is it used for? Uh yeah, so yeah, happy to be back. Thank you so much. Um yeah, so KD is a design tool that’s meant for a couple of different things. uh not just print on demand but you know if we have people that are trying to grow their business or build a brand which I think a many uh printful users are u but you can do so many different things with KD from getting started with some templates or graphics or fonts to make basic text designs you can even be making advertisements you could go so far as to use AI tools I commonly refer to KD as the tool that grows with you so if you want to do something quite simple you can do that if you want to do something quite robust uh you can also do that if you want go crazy and use the pen tool or draw something, you can do that or you can just use templates and graphics. So, uh yeah, anything under the sun really design-wise, you can do it in KD. And I find it super uh helpful whenever we are uh thinking about pod specifically because very often to take your idea and to transfer it onto a product, you need a wider toolkit than you might otherwise uh have used for maybe like a digital design or something. Uh so before we get into the nitty-gritty and the whole process, I want to do a quick little giveaway uh just because we have made uh really well in my personal opinion really cool merch for Amplified this year and we want people to have it. So type in in the chat what exact feature you would like talked about. And uh in the meantime, we are going to uh pick out uh a couple or actually one winner who is going to uh get a $50 coupon to spend on Amplified merch. Uh so let me see who is going to be chosen. Okay. Okay. I have a winner. Drum roll. Three, two, one. The the winner is Angela Growl. Congratulations. Uh, and uh, you uh, are going to be able to use this $50 coupon until October 1st. So, get in there and do it soon. Now, let’s get to a bit of a demo. Uh, I’m going to, uh, open up a view where we can see your screen. You want to walk us through, uh, KD a little bit and maybe, uh, we can talk about what we’re going to do today. Sure. Absolutely. Yeah. And I’m I’m probably going to throw a whole lot at you all. So, if there are questions, uh, drop them in the chat. Just interrupt me at any point. This is probably going to be a lot, but I’m going to do my best to not be overwhelming. I basically want to get you all from zero to something, right? Go from zero to 100 quite fast. And in KD, when you get signed in, you’re going to arrive at what I just call your dashboard or your design hub to do different things. We have like an AI studio over here. We have the templates page, which I’m currently on here. We have a bulk mockups feature, but I want to hang out on this templates page right here that I think is going to be really relevant for many of you because you can just search for either a trending niche or a style that you know best or want to design for. We can actually just search for it. Now, you could just scroll through all of the many amazing templates that we have. It’s even going to learn you as you are searching for different things. As you can see, I’ve been searching for a lot of more bright designs lately, I would say. So, it’s giving me a lot of what it suggests for me. Yours is probably just kind of randomized for the first time. You could also just be searching through different graphics. So, maybe you’re in exploration mode, which is kind of what we’re in right now. Maybe we just want to be going through looking at either photos or backgrounds, textures, illustrations. Maybe we want to pick out some different fonts. You see, I’ve saved a couple here with the little heart feature. Let me go back to templates for a second. And I think one of the styles and niches that we were talking about a little while ago that I think is always popular is uh mental health, but mental health kind of mixed with a little whimsy. You know, not to make light of it, but you know, just to get us feeling a little better. So, I’m going to actually search, and you can do this for any kind of style or niche. You don’t have to follow me exactly. I’m just going to type in mental health t-shirt. And this is kind of a start for me when I’m going to try to decide what I want to design. You can see I’ve already harded a couple of these. And you’re going to see kind of every style, right? You’re seeing a whole bunch of stuff. You’re seeing like very intense kind of flyer stuff. You’re seeing like more like health related stuff. You’re seeing more retro mascot stuff. I really like this one. I hearted this one earlier. Uh this one is really nice as well. Oo, I like this text over here. I’m going to heart that. So, this is really where I might start to get some inspiration. You can click on any of these templates and underneath you’re going to see a lot of things that are similar, which is very, very cool. Or we could just go ahead and uh use the template itself. If you ever want to just get into KD uh without having to go through all of that stuff, you’ve arrived in KD and you’re like, you know what, I just I just want to start playing around with all this stuff. I want to play around with fonts and everything like that. you can just go up here to the create button uh and explore or excuse me, create a new project. Now, you actually sent me some stuff that we’re going to utilize together. So, I’m going to switch over to being already in the editor. So, I’ve already created this project and I dropped in some stuff that matches the the kind of style, right? Maybe a little bit more chaotic, I would say. Uh but before I go further, do you want to maybe explain like how we got to this point where we’re going to start creating stuff with this? Right. So uh I’ve been showing off uh these uh products for like several sessions today. So if you guys were here uh you definitely know what we’re talking about, but uh what I have uh created for today’s event is a whole brand called uh like Imperfect Duckling. and we’re all talking about how life is hard. Uh, and it’s all based on like ducks that are experiencing the exact emotions that we’re all experiencing. Uh, like, uh, an example of the way that I used the crying duck in the book is I’m going to quickly like switch to my uh, top down camera and show people. Uh, is just this little duck right here. Nice. Yeah. Saying uh, shut up. I need to be productive. Uh ah that’s good. Uh but uh let me open this back up into a screen share. Hold on. There we go. That’s better. Uh and so what I’ve done is I’m not really all that good at design. I’ve sent a bunch of ducks to you and uh and I also sent you the font that I used for the brand. I was like, “What would you do with this? Show me your magic.” Okay. Great. I love the style. I love the direction, the niche, the colors, all of it. I think it’s super super cool. So, if you remember a second ago when we were looking in the templates, which by the way, if you’re in the editor, you can also do the same thing I was just showing you with all the templates. We saved a couple, or rather, I saved a couple that I think could be cool. And maybe I want to use those layouts, those text formats, uh, to inspire. So, if I go down here to my likes tab, which everything under the sun that you like is going to be in here, whether it’s graphics or templates or whatever, you can see a couple of these here that I have hearted. And when you click them, they are added to your project, which is what we’re we’re on right here. It’s just kind of a big canvas. You have an artboard here. And I’ve already added two of these here to my canvas. They actually are pretty close already to the colors uh that are in these these ducks already. So, let’s say that we want to maybe edit this one. And this is how any of the templates are going to work that you start using or editing or playing with. Every piece of these or every piece of this is going to be editable. So, let’s say um I really liked that one. What did you say the text was for that that mug? Let’s maybe make something similar. You said I need to that was shut up. I need to be productive and duck is like capitalized. Okay. So maybe I do it like this. And this would be I need to be. And then the text is very much like very similar to probably other tools people are familiar with or really any anywhere you edit text. Uh and then I’m going to take this text right here and we’ll say I probably won’t capitalize it in script because it’ll look a little weird, but I will keep the uh I will keep the pun there. Mhm. Uh, so I’m going to take all these and we have these alignment tools. Uh, so cuz this is kind of like more of an aligned center design here. And then, okay, maybe maybe we want to change that at some point. But now I’ve got all these little these little ducks here. Um, I don’t really need this heart element, although it’s actually kind of cool. I can uh drag one of my little ducks up here. And so now I’ve kind of done something a little bit more custom. I mean, maybe you found these in uh our our elements panel, like maybe you found a set or a series that you liked a lot, or maybe you got them from somewhere else, or maybe you drew them in another tool like Procreate, and then you uploaded them to KD, what whatever the the case may be. Now, you’ve done some really cool stuff by editing a template to be more close to you and then using the elements that you have here. Similarly, you could you could do the same thing with this design here if we wanted to. Um, I want to show you a really really neat like this kind of blows my mind. It’s a very simple feature, but it kind of blows my mind. Let’s say that this layout, okay, we haven’t changed the text yet. Let’s just imagine that you’ve changed the text to something witty that you’ve already done. Uh, but now we’ve got this element that doesn’t really make sense for like my brand, right? My print on demand brand. I can just grab this and because I’ve uploaded all of these here in the uploads, I could just hover over and click this little replace button right here and it replaces it at the actual size in my design. And now I can go on and edit all of my different stuff. And you know, maybe I can take the the background, which looks to be a like a purple, and then maybe I can take this little eyropper tool and I’ll grab the little pink from this towel. And so now I’m starting to get more designs that match just from using templates along with elements that are maybe more custom to me, you know, and just that little like hack of replacing it seems so simple, but the way that made my heart sing because it so meaning that you don’t have to figure out which layer the previous thing was on and if you should put it under the left sparkles or over the right sparkles, right? And like sizing it and everything. I immediately was like, “Yes, that’s one click. It’s so easy. It’s one click. Yeah, because otherwise, yes, you’d have to have deleted that and then maybe it’s in top on top of the stars and then you got to go in here and figure out which, you know, if any of you ever are really wondering and want to get into the nitty-gritty, we have a layers panel. It’s a little I would say maybe advanced, but you can always see what’s on a particular artboard and you can even like hide things if you want to, you know, make variations of stuff. maybe a little bit more than what we need to go into today, but it is there if you’re ever like, why can’t I figure out how to get this on top of this or this behind this or whatever, we have a little bit more robust features for that. Um, but yeah, where should we go from here now that we’ve got a couple of designs? Uh, so I did uh I kept like watching uh the the chat to see what people uh are looking at and I also know a few of my favorite features. So, I’m going to be throwing stuff at you from both my brain and the people’s brain. Okay. Uh there are uh a couple of uh questions in the chat that I see about mock-ups, which we are going to get to, I promise. Uh but one of the things that I want to like emphasize uh because let’s go a little bit chronologically, is like artboard size uh and uh u making sure that your images because I sent you PGs are vectors and can be scaled to different design sizes. So, can you show us where all of those settings and especially the vectorizing feature would be? Yes. Okay. Great questions. Especially for making sure you have the highest quality upload for your for your garment, your or your product, whether it’s a mug, it doesn’t have to be a garment. Okay, let’s start with um size. Let’s start with the easiest one, which is size. So right now whenever you add a template or if you create an artboard which there’s an artboard tool here you could you could just draw you know whatever kind of size you want with the artboard tool. Um whenever you click on an artboard you’re going to see the size over here on the right. Now mine is in pixels. It’s just how I like to work. You don’t have to do that way. We can actually change that in this little hamburger menu. We could go and change it to inches. Now we know. I mean this is a massive artboard. 30 by 30. It sure is. I don’t think we’re going to have any issues if we export it from from here. So, if you ever need to know or excuse me, if you ever want to adjust it and say, “Okay, typical t-shirt size 16 by 20,” you could just pop that in. Or you could come up to the custom artboard size setting and I believe we already have a Printful t-shirt size right here. So, if you’re ever worried or concerned, uh you can al also always find that over in Printull. I believe it’ll tell you the exact size or there are also guidelines you can download. Pop those in KD if you really are worried about it. But I would say the most important thing would be the I don’t want to go too technical, but the DPI of this you can control. So if we were to click this little button called export, you see right here we’ve got control over the DPI. And that’s just I don’t know how how much technical we want to go into that. Basically, you need a lot. You need 300. And as you can see right here, the export size is going to be 8600 pixels by 10,800. Uh way more. You could probably leave this at 72. It’ be fine. But needless to say, you’re going to have a massive image ready for print uh for Printull. And you can also remove the background. Another very key important part of this is because if you’re not doing something with a pattern, like I think your mug had a pattern on it, for example. If I wanted to do it on the sweater or the shirt you’re wearing, for example, I don’t want that gray box or that pink box. I want it to be transparent. And so I can remove the background right here from the export settings. Now, if everything I just said was a lot, I got an extra hack for you, which is just going to the quick export feature and then just selecting three times, which is going to take this, it’s going to make it a PNG, and it’s going to do 300. You can think of three as 300. So, it’s going to multiply it by three times. So, you’ve got options here for being speedy. Now, before I go to the vectorz, did I miss anything here? Uh, you didn’t miss anything. And I also just imagine the size of this design. If you were to take this uh 36 inch long uh design and export it at three times the length, the the the the 12t long is or 9 ft long, I guess, is maybe a little bit too much. But uh a quick question uh that I saw um a in in the chat right here that I think uh kind of touches on the templates that we have right in front of us. Uh where was it? Where was it? Where was it? I think it was very uh helpful and it comes up a lot. Uh essentially asking like once you uh use some of the stuff like templates, can you just use that for free to sell? Um right. Okay. I maybe I’m interpreting that as like the template itself. Do you think that’s what they mean? Or like on a garment? Uh no no no no. on on a garment like for POD once you have a KD account can you use that? Of course. Of course. That that’s the whole purpose of this. Yeah, absolutely. And there are no IP issues, no nothing. No, we try to keep it very very very very simple. We have a whole page to this. I’ve got a whole video on this as well. There are no certain assets that can only be used for shirts and then certain assets that can only be used for bookmarks. It’s just it just you you have at your disposal the fonts, the graphics, the templates, the images to use for all of your physical and digital in products. It’s that’s how we just have made it solid. Yeah. And I did find the exact question from Francis, which was essentially uh do you have a paid subscription? Uh uh first, can you use these things? And then the additional question to it is, do you have to have a paid subscription to use the templates and not be at risk of IP or copyright issues? Great question. The answer is no. Although I will say it’s a little bit of a moot point because you’re only going to be able to export them at a specific size anyway. So, you know, I just I always talk about the free plan is really a a a start to try to see if KD’s right for you. You can do a lot of things. You can use all almost all the tools, edit it all, but there are some things that are capped to the to the paid ones and size being one. So, I really try to say this is a non-issue. The answer is you can still use it. It’s just, you know, you’re kind of limited to stickers kind of because you won’t be you won’t be getting that 10,000 uh pixel export if if you know what I mean. Yeah, I do. And I feel like that is like uh a great way to do a free plan because uh there uh I think it’s a very clear way to say like hey this is a great tool uh and there’s so much that you will get once you have it. Uh but you can’t just guarantee that uh for like you can’t just tell people that it’s going to be great for them and expect them to agree to pay money for it. uh letting them just try it out is is a fantastic way to uh show off the capabilities of the tool which I feel like are great. Absolutely. Um then uh I guess the kind of next question and the next thing to uh check out in my opinion is okay so if you’ve you’ve created these designs uh how would you then turn them into mock-ups? Yes. Okay. Great question. So, there’s a couple of different ways we can do mockups. Um, also I I realized I forgot the the vectorz question. I’ll I’ll briefly show that. Uh, anytime you’re anytime you’re looking at or excuse me, editing text or like little elements where you can already change the color, you can see here when I’m selecting text, I can change the color. When I’m selecting these little elements, they’re already vector. Vector meaning uh endlessly scalable. um they are mathematical paths that can continue on forever. They will always be the highest resolution that you are seeing. Uh but sometimes you’re going to encounter an image like this, a graphic that is uh flat. So it is not vector meaning it is not endlessly scalable. At some point it will become grainy. At some point it will become uh you know illeible a little bit. Uh so we have some options for this. We have a lot of image tools over here that you can use. One of them being an upscaler which can just if you’re really worried about it, you can upscale it and it will increase the pixel size. I don’t remember. I think up to about 4,000 pixels, which is probably going to be enough for you. But yeah, it’s pretty big. But you could also just vectorize this. Uh I like to set mine at the max depending on what I’m doing just because I want to make sure that it doesn’t leave any colors out. And after it thinks about it for See, this one’s a little bit of a tough one because these ducks have a little a lot of little detail in them. Yeah. So, I might use uh a tool like AI to change the colors a little bit. Uh let’s try this guy cuz this guy only has a couple of colors. So, let’s go to vectorize. I really like that guy. That’s that’s one that I haven’t used anything before. Yeah. It’s so cool. Yeah. Okay. So, now this guy is fully vector uh because he had a little more simplistic colors. And so, now if I really wanted to change uh I don’t know why I would want to change his feet, but I could. Maybe I want them to be a little bit more red or something like that, you know. Okay, so now you can do it. But now he’s endlessly scalable. So big, small, you know, whatever. I It’s not going to be an issue for um uh legibility. There’s not going to be any graininess. So anyway, there’s your vectorzer. Uh we’re working on getting an even better one cuz we’re maxed out around 15 or 16 uh colors. If you all want a better one, please come over to the channel and keep saying that you want it because that’s the way to get our team to do things. Uh, but let’s talk about mock-ups. So, I’ve already done a couple of mockups for one of these shirts that I made right here. And don’t don’t be alarmed. I’m going to show you exactly how I did this with the other ones up above, but we have what are called live preview mockups here in KD. So, if what I mean by live is if I were to change the color, it’s going to change the color on all the mockups immediately. If I were to change the size of the design, it’s going to change it on here. I can also change it individually on the mockup itself. Now, you may be asking, how did you get there? Well, let’s do it with this one. I actually really like this t-shirt that we have come up with. Um, you have three ways. When you click on an artboard here, you can click mockup here at the top. You can click mockup over here on the right or you can click this little arrow and then click mockup. And then when you do that, it is going to open up our mockups catalog where we can do things like type comfort colors and let’s go for the 1717. Hell yeah. This is this is my favorite blank in the entire catalog. I nearly at this point after years of being in the POD space, I want to say that more than 50% of my entire t-shirt collection is this exact blank cuz I love it so much. It is the best. Especially like yeah, all the different color options that it has, the softness of it. Oh, it’s just it’s it’s really really good. So, let’s say that you’re happy with with the you know this comfort color 1717. We can keep adding more mockups to this. So, we don’t have to just do it on a on a shirt, for example. So, this little arrow here is dragable. So, let’s say I come up here and I just let it go. I can do another mockup up here and you can move these all around. So, let’s say also I think this would work really nice on a tote bag, I think. Yeah. Um, so let’s go ahead and click one of those. A tote bag filled with like school books or something or a laptop for the for the message. Yeah, exactly. Exactly. So, let’s go with um let’s just go with a basic one for now. Okay. Yeah, that that work that works pretty well. And you could keep on building this out um on different mockups. Now, as I mentioned before, because they’re live, anything I change on here is going to change over on the mockup as well as including the color. So, if I want to see what this I I believe I don’t I think it’s called butter or something. It’s one of my favorite uh colors. I think it’s probably I we’re going to talk about a very light yellow. I think it’s called ivory on the cover. Oh, it’s called ivory, not butter. That’s the butter one is darker. The ivory. ivory is what I’m talking about. I don’t remember the hex code exactly, but I know that one sells a lot. And I actually own a lot of those because I like them a lot. And that looks pretty nice. I think it looks it looks pretty nice on this color. So anyway, the point being is you could be changing uh these at any point. Now, what I also like to do, and this is maybe a little advanced, is I like to select all of these. I do that holding the shift key, by the way, and clicking. Then I like to um duplicate these uh which you can do with command C and command V just or control C and I forget some people don’t have Macs. Um and then I could like basically continue to parse out um I think there’s also a lilac colorish and now I’m starting to see all of my different uh products on different excuse me my designs on different colors on the products that I want to sell. And at any point you can download these um right from here to use however you want. Yeah, this is actually a great uh point to to bring up because just now Cidra in the chat asks so you can choose the specific comfort color, shirt color. Uh and this is a great moment to talk about the exact hex codes I think because you just showed that you can like you can change the color of the product but what is the specific type exactly? So maybe if you want to go uh tell me one that would be awesome. Yes. Uh so I can go right into uh Prulo’s product catalog uh and type in let me just uh share my screen is I don’t know I wonder it’s the best way to I’m just going to full screen it for now. Uh so I will just look for comfort colors 1717 and we’re going to find that exact shirt. Uh it is uh this garment dyed chart and on the Printful product page you can hover over each individual color and you will see a hashtag and then six either numbers or letters and all of that is the exact color codes. Which one do you want? Do you want the ivory or do you want the ivory? Okay. ivory is FFF. Okay. 4 D9. 4 D9. Yes. Okay. Nice. And then what is the the purple lilacish color one? Uh it’s called orchid and it is orchid. Uh E A D. Okay. 3F2. 3 F2. Mhm. Nice. Okay, I’ve got those in. Yes. And I really like the fact that you are able to input them um you know manually. I I think there’s probably going to be someone immediately thinking of like, oh, uh, so why don’t I just have a drop down for every single shirt and stuff, but if there’s ever a new shirt color available, it is not going to be just immediately available everywhere. So, being able to just switch it out for yourself and see what it looks like uh on every single color that you can think of, I think that totally works. Exactly. Yeah. Yeah. And I think this is is really helpful for those of you who are going to be selling on maybe Etsy for example where you you do want to go ahead and offer a couple of different shirts. Sometimes I like to to take the mockup here in uh KD and we have this remove background feature which will uh for lack of a better phrase remove the background from the image. Uh, and sometimes what I might do, um, my Etsy listings in Square now because I think it’s just the best for, um, you know, like, uh, all of the the apps or, excuse me, all the views, mobile, desktop, iPad, whatever. Mhm. Sometimes what I’ll do is I’ll have, this is maybe a little poor example, but I’ll have a cutout of one and then because we just saw we could take all those hex codes, I’ll have like a bunch of circles up here above uh amongst the top and uh if I want them to be really nice and tidy, I’ll use the tidy tool. And then I’ll have I’ll have the other colors here for example. So maybe we have that ivory one, maybe we have one that’s black, which probably doesn’t work for this design, but maybe we have a pink one. And maybe we have whatever. You get the idea. So, I’ll create kind of like a listing uh a a listing image with the same sort of text that says like color options or something like that. And this is a really good way that you don’t have to keep on making tons and tons and tons of shirts. I guess you could also just copy and paste over the Printful mockups as well and you could just put them on here. This is probably a bad representation, but you get the idea of basically insinuating, I have this shirt in a whole bunch of other colors because you’re limited in the amount of images that Etsy lets you upload. Anyway, if it’s your own Shopify or something like that, you can go nuts with the amount of photos, I think. But, um, I think Yeah, for social media as well. Yeah. Uh but uh there are uh certain things about mockups that I want to remind people about uh such as uh they do need to represent the product accurately. So I think the hex codes specifically is a fantastic way to do that. And I also uh I believe the for example the comfort color shirt picture that is just a picture that you guys took of the shirt. Correct. Yes. So, anytime that you see um let’s see, let’s go back to the mockups panel just quickly. Anytime you see a product like that, I believe we also took a bunch of the Gilden ones. Anything that has a code. Yeah, these are all uh all images that we we ordered all the products and took photos ourselves. So, they are the actual and we get a lot of questions as to why they’re in white. They’re in white so that you can go put the the color of the product in. I I don’t know any other way to explain that, but they’re white here so that you can add it and then you can use your artboard color to change it to the actual hex code that you need. Anyway, uh a lot of these are going to have a code. So, for example, you see 64200. I guess it’s that’s what it is. Gilden, whatever. Uh you can always click on the three dots to see the actual code of it. And now, I know some people are going to say, “How do I know the sizing is right?” Excellent question. I would always always always just go check your your Printful mockup. Now, if you’ve added a template such as this one that um some of these are going to be 16 by 20 anyway, and then you add the mockup of the shirt, it should immediately put it in that box. Um but again, always check the I believe Printull has um the templates. I’ve used them before where you can just I I keep one in my u I keep one in my project and I just add it and make sure my design is okay. Uh and then I can just replicate. Boom, boom, boom. get them all out, you know. Yeah. Uh something that uh I mentioned uh in like an earlier session in the way that I like to use KD project is I have a project for each product type. So that way I don’t need to copy over uh all of the guidelines, all the artboard sizes are correct. Uh and I can see exactly uh all of the like compositions that I created of a design previously. Uh, meaning that at some point I can just like look through everything and can be like, okay, I remember that this composition with the two little elements on the sides of the text looked good on this hat. Therefore, I can like replicate that but with slightly different designs and slightly like different colors, approaches, etc. And honestly, uh there are so many ways to utilize all of the tools. I also saw a couple of people uh I’m trying to make sure that we have enough time for everything, but I saw a couple people uh asking uh if uh uh you could expand a little bit also on the video mockups that we could generate. I just want to make make sure that people can see uh the the little like improved color options photo. Can you like go back to that? Oh, I’m sorry. Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Sorry. I just I basically I grabbed the other one. I added a little drop shadow here. Maybe it’s a little too much drop shadow. Uh, and then that this is how I like to make mine. I like to give you like some proof of like multiple kinds. And then I would like I’d probably have one listing for this and then I have another listing of the dark. So I I I’m always going to have two another good option about or tip about colors. I’m probably going to do this same design flipped so that it works on dark colors because it’s not going to work, right? The black text is going to go away. So I would just duplicate this and then change all the colors around. Yeah. Um, but you were asking about video, right? Yes. Okay. Yes. So, um, here we’re in currently the editor here, but I’m going to flip us back over to, uh, what is called the AI studio here. And underneath here, we have a ton of different things from just general uh, workflows for mockup. So, more of what I was just doing, but they’re a little bit easier to use, I would say. So, if you’re really really concerned over all the editing I just did, you could pop open one of these, upload your product, and then basically select a style or or um describe it yourself, and then it’s going to give you uh the output, the mockup of your of your design. But we have a couple of different styles for videos. So, we have these product listing videos, and then we have the UGC style videos. These are going to be great. the the product listing videos are going to be really really good for something like Etsy because Etsy is really pushing video. You can stop the scroll by having something something of your product like a tote bag moving around or uh picking up the mug that you might you made with the duck on it. Maybe you could just have a simple uh one of the ducks. So, for example, let’s go here. Actually, let’s do one that is a uh let’s see. Yeah, let’s do this one because this is a shirt. I don’t have a mug. Uh, let’s go and let’s pick this one. And let’s go use image. These are really, really easy. We can pick which animal we want to put in here. Let’s go with a black cat cuz um I love cats. Oh, I wish there was a duck there. Honestly, if there was a duck in those options that we duck. Yeah, I’m a little worried about trying to Maybe I’ll prompt that one later and send it to you. Uh, but let’s just go like this. Aspect ratio. We’re going to do one by one and we’re going to hit generate. Now, while this is generating, we can leave this and keep making more. So, without having you sit there and wait for me to watch this happen, uh in our previous session, I actually already generated a couple with a different niche, a different design style. So, I did one for uh this tote bag, which is kind of just a POV uh video of the the product. So, I would do this once I have validated that that design is actually going to be that size. I may I I’ve already checked in Printful that that’s legit. I’ll bring it over here. I’ll pop it in here. And then I could either describe a surface or choose one. And then you’re going to have really really great uh stuff for socials, right? You could put a little trending sound behind this, maybe some captions. Uh I tried a couple of other ones with this little uh showcase of this water bottle with a little snail on it. So, you have a bunch of of different options. Uh I and if you’re worried about using a particular uh AI avatar model, you can always uh upload your own. So if you’ve created a character or something, you could upload your own and use it amongst all of the workflows if that’s how you want to do it. What’s another one that I did that I thought was pretty decent. There is actually a great question in in the chat about this uh from from Erica uh saying yes I assume there’s a way to use the Printful Basic like mockups to import them into KD and then make a video that way. Yeah, absolutely. So in any of these like if we were to uh basically the same way I just did it. So you can up uh you can open up a workflow and click on you can actually just drag an image in here from like your download. So, if you had already copied it or downloaded it from Printull, you could just drag it in or you can click and then drag it in or upload it from here. If it’s already in KD, you’ll see here, here’s all our little designs and stuff and our mockups that we made. Um, but you can just drag it into here right from Printull. Go through the steps, you know, click who you want, click the background or describe it, select the motion that you want to have, so maybe it’s a turn or whatever, and select your aspect ratio. Uh, yeah, and then you can go from there. But it doesn’t have to be it doesn’t have to be a mockup from INKD. It can be a mockup from Prull. And uh the additional question that we kind of uh I saw it a little bit uh earlier uh I don’t quite remember who who asked this specifically but uh people were concerned that when uh AI starts working on the mockups, it’s not going to keep uh the actual design the way that it was initially created. So, the AI would change certain things about the design on the product. Uh, but as as much as I’ve used uh KD’s features, you guys, I can tell you that I’ve never seen that happen ever. Uh, and it looks pretty good. Yeah. Uh, yeah. I mean, that was happening like months ago, I would think. Yeah, we had some video would be doing some weird stuff, but as the models have gotten better, for example, this one is Seed Dance 2.5. Wait, hold on. I need to share your screen again. There we go. Yeah. Oh, sorry. Yeah. Uh like I I agree in you know months ago that that was an issue where you might generate an image or you might generate a video and the the the design would be a little weird but even with this one from an interesting angle like it’s really keeping everything intact especially with more powerful um models like as Cance 2.5 came out and then I think another one just came out cleaning we have clean 3 4K which is also really really good. Um, I have not witnessed any issues with it as of late. Uh, let’s check out our animal interaction one here. Yeah, that looks great. Uh, I don’t Yeah, that’s very, very nice. So, Oh, I mean, yeah. So, you have this. Okay, so I will say for Etsy, this is probably a little too zoomed out. Um, but, you know, it’s still cool. Maybe is as the second or third thing in your Etsy listing or or this is a great social post, though, um, as an example. So yeah, I I haven’t had any issues since the new models have come out, but it is noted if you are experiencing issues, definitely reach out to support. We’ll give you your tokens back 100%. That and also uh I feel like for something like this, I just want to uh hearken back to something that we had last session. People were sharing pictures of their dogs and their cats and their dogs names and their cats names in the chat. So, do uh mention once again you guys if if you guys have a cat, especially if it’s a black cat, let me know in the chat. Uh and maybe share a photo if you’re able. Uh I really want to know. Uh and uh we uh have maybe only like 10ish minutes left. So, the two things that I still want to definitely cover uh as like features that I really love is first uh branding uh and and like the the uh way that you can kind of put your brand into KD and and use it uh very comfortably. And um next to talk a little bit about uh I excuse me I saw some questions that were not necessarily about like product designs and product mock-ups but something that you can use within your store within your socials uh that is like maybe a social media banner or something cuz um I don’t want people to come away from this thinking that KD is only really useful for like product designs you know. Yeah, 100%. All right, let’s cover the the brand first. So, there’s two ways that you can uh create and access this. When you’re here on your dashboard, and you’re probably going to get a notice for it anyway when you when you sign up. You may see something up here that just says brand. We have already started one, but if you were to add one, you have options here for just importing a URL. So, let’s say you do have a Shopify site or you do have an Etsy store, you can actually just import your URL. I have tons of videos on this on YouTube. I think I have like six videos you can go watch exactly step by step how to do that. Or you can create one from scratch which is going to prompt you to either use a template or create one new. Now I’m going to take you to one uh that we have already been working on uh which what did you say it was called? I’m going to change the name here. What did you say it was? Uh oh. Uh imperfect duckling. Imperfect duckling. Uh, okay. So, this is what you’re going to see after you import your URL. Or if you don’t have one, it’s okay. You don’t have to have one. You can add each of these individually. So, what you’re going to see here is logos. You’re going to see colors, color palettes that you can build. You can edit different color palettes so that I can access them in the editor. You can have your fonts defined, um, like uh, the script that we liked, the the headline that we liked. You can upload all of the graphics. So, let’s say that or you can add them from from if you’ve already been making them in KD, you can add them from ink. I uploaded the ducks that you sent me. Um, and then you can even have a visual style and this is what’s going to be added to some of those workflows I was just using. You can actually click on brand on some of the workflows and it’s going to use your uh colors. It’s going to use your colors. You’re going to use your logo, things like that so that you stay on brand. Now, you can edit anything from here. Again, I got videos. I don’t want to waste your time there. You can check out the channel. But if we’re here in the editor, let’s say, uh, this one is not quite on brand yet. Uh, if you see over here in the left side, this little brand thing, you can see I’ve got the imperfect duckling, and it’s got my logo, it’s got my colors, it’s got my fonts, and it’s got my graphics. So, if I wanted to take this text and I wanted it to be that body text, I could simply just click it, and now it’s going to change it to my uh to my text. Maybe it’s a little too big, but we can change that. Um, or we could actually, and this is a this is a pretty new feature that I’m stoked about. We can click an entire template. It doesn’t even have to be one we’ve edited yet. And then under this little more tab, we can just click apply brand. And then we can apply like the settings and it’s going to it changed it all to script, but it it it adapted all of our colors here. We would want to turn that to not be this. And yeah, anyway, not not a great example because of the headline font that I did, but you can still add your brand colors. So, for example, if I wanted to apply my colors. So, boom. Now, I’ve got my color palette uh applied, or if I wanted to change the sparkles to something else, or if I wanted to change the heart or the text, you get the idea. You can also edit or add things from in your brand so that you can keep it on brand. If you want your store to be like niche, you want it to be using the same colors, you want to be using the same Yeah. all that stuff. Uh which really leads into your next point about social media. Yes. If you go back to the the the templates panel over here, uh either on the dashboard or in the editor, you’re going to see things like marketing that you can use for banners, posters, you can ads, uh signage. Here’s some social media ones here that are pretty cool. Uh, so we could add like, you know, if you just want to do some inspirational quotes, we can just do the same thing here. We’ll go to apply brand and then now we’ve got yeah our our post here. We can also find our brand colors over here in brand underneath the color panel. So if I wanted that background to be a lighter pink or black or what have you, um, I could do it this way as well. So we have a lot of different things for social media as as you were saying. We also have um let’s see, let me go back over to the workflows because this is relevant for this conversation. Uh let me go back to the AI studio really quick. And then if we go to marketing, you can do the same thing outside of I showed you the UGC ones, but let’s say you wanted to uh do this really cool one with the crane. Or if you wanted to do this, we have some features like um this is pretty trendy, right? You see this like what is this? the cutout of like Instagram with like a hand coming in or like text bubbles or something like that, you know? These are really cool. So, you could do the same thing. Uh oh, you can see right there, apply your brand and then it’s going to apply your your duckling and then pick a background. It’s really really cool. So, we do have more than just uh graphic design in KD. We do have the whole marketing suite if that’s where you want to go. Yes. And uh I first of all just want to let you know that uh I have now seen I think like with five or or six total black cats in the chat which is beautiful. Uh and then and then second of all uh I uh can tell from the chat and also from what’s going on inside my little heart is that people are very uh excited to start playing around with this stuff and being like okay and I can do this and I can create this and I can do that which I think is the perfect like mood to give people whenever you’re talking about design you know uh absolutely uh my like one kind of final question uh because we are coming up on like the last I don’t know 3 minutes left in the session is if uh somebody knows kind of nothing about graphic design and has never really uh tried to design anything on their own and they’ve previously like if they ever done anything they’ve maybe got someone off of Fiverr or or a friend did it for them where would they start because I want people to even the people who are like very scared by all of the uh features and all of the uh AI studio options. What would be their starting point? Where would you point them? Yeah, I would say I would probably do the same thing that I was showing you in the beginning. I would come to uh maybe maybe the templates feed and I would check out a lot of these different styles, a lot of these different niches. Maybe I would start uh typing in because these are made by like a team of worldclass designers that we hire here at KD. So, these are made from people that have gone out and search the internet to see what’s trending and what’s great. And what I would do is open up some of these designs and see how they’re made and and not be afraid of destroying it. We get a lot of comments like, “These templates are so beautiful. I don’t want to edit them because I’m going to destroy it.” Well, the good news is you can just go back and open it again. You don’t have to be afraid to do that. In fact, the only way you’re going to learn is to be able to go in and change it and and search through the 800,000 fonts we have or whatever. I don’t know what the number is, but like yeah, I just go through and and and start messing with stuff. Uh our social I’m sorry, I’m distracted here. Oh, that’s that’s really cool. Our thing is our Sorry, I knew that was going to happen. I was like, this is gonna happen. Oh, look how it did my uh my brand. It did the little like cry, plan, snack, panic, repeat. That’s hilarious. Okay, that’s amazing. Anyway, that wasn’t the question. I would definitely look at some of the templates. Um, yeah, I don’t want to try to, you know, plug, but we have tons of tutorials on on YouTube to help you get started from square one. If you really want to go uh from scratch, I can show you how to do that. If you want to use AI, I’ll show you how to do that. Um, if you want to start with Pinterest and then kind of build it out using hodgepodge templates, I show you how to do that. I mean, there’s so many different ways. I just don’t want you to be scared. I think that’s what I see most people doing is they just don’t do anything. And I think you should start. Yes. And uh just to like on a very personal note, uh if you are on YouTube guys, go over there and look at KD’s YouTube channel. Drew is who I aspire to be uh professional life. So, thank you. You’re too kind. And I am being very very very genuine and honest. But we are kind of out of time at this point. So, if you’ve been following along all day, massive hugs to you guys from me. Uh, and you should be pretty close to Yes. Yeah. Yeah. We’ve been kind of like plugging it in the chat as well. Uh, but do make sure uh to go over into the uh community and into the sponsor pavilion and you’ll see it in the chat again as well. Uh, and take advantage of everything that we have to offer. And thank you so much, Drew, for joining. Uh, and absolutely I’ll go take a quick break and be back with um Levi to tell you guys all about ads because you’re pretty much one step away from launching your store. Okay, so you’ve got a design. Nice. That’s a great start. But now it actually has to look like a product. And that’s usually where things get tricky. Most brand owners out there don’t have time for a photo shoot. And don’t even get me started on stock models that look nothing like your customers. And that’s why we’ve come up with AI mockups, which will change how you launch products with Printull. You can get there through your my product section. If you’ve been with Printull for a while, you’ll just need to switch on the my products toggle first. Where you’d normally pick your mockups on Printull, there is a new tab. Now, you’ve got basic mockups, the ones you already know and love. And then there’s AI mockups for when you want mock-ups that actually look custom, like they belong to your brand. Just click generate with AI to get started and you’re already in creative mode. This is where it gets good. You pick your product color. You pick your print area, front, back, whichever side you actually want to show off in your mockup. This is the key step of the process. You get to write a whole description of who’s wearing it. Age, gender, features, skin tone, hair, body type, even their expression or how they’re standing. You’re basically building your mockup down to the smallest detail. There’s the background, too. You can go with a preset or just write your own prompt and get something fully custom. It can be a studio location, a city background, a forest, whatever fits your brand. You click generate and that’s it. Printull just takes it from here with the help of AI. And there it is, a fully custom realistic mockup and it’s already saved to your library. If this is not quite what you were looking for, rewrite the description and regenerate until it is. Love it. Click select mockup and it slides right into your listing with all your other mock-ups. If you need more mockups for the same product, just keep generating. They all land in the same spot, just sitting there ready for you to pick and add to your shop. This whole set looks good to go, ready for your store, ads, and socials. That’s how you get a store ready product photo that looks exactly like it belongs to your brand. Head to Printull and try AI mockups for yourself. I remember when it first happened August of 2022 when things really took off. I was seeing more money from my side hustle than I was seeing from my actual job in like the span of a month. And to this point, it still feels incredibly surreal, but it’s obviously very exciting as well.

    My name is Bryson Oppman and I am the founder and owner of Got Funny. Gotfunny is a comedic based clothing brand kind of focusing on humor, memes, not taking life too seriously. The goal Got Funny is how can I create something that people can have fun with and enjoy. I think there’s a lot of value in that. I launched Got Funny in April of 2022 and I’ve been working with Printull the entire time. Print on demand was huge for me because there was no way I was going to have the space, time or money to afford like my own printing machine. It also gave me a lot of room to kind of like experiment with different products and different designs. A big part of this business is kind of being experimental and trying different things and print on demand allows me to do that without a lot of the risks that maybe buying upfront would. I think the biggest thing is like scale. being able to go from like 17 orders one month to almost 800 the following month because I wasn’t taking care of any of that in house. Having Printull and that growth, they were able to just take care of it. It’s now like, oh my gosh, all of a sudden we have 800 orders. How the heck are we going to do all this? Even if I were to do, let’s get crazy and say like 500 orders in a day, I feel super confident that those orders are going to be fulfilled and sent out on time. And so being able to free up a lot of my time and energy and money um in order to focus on the things that I like doing like the designing, like the marketing, I have found my true calling in life and it’s making really silly bumper stickers. Please don’t tailgate me. I get very anxious. My best year in revenue was definitely last year 2023. I did approximately like $1.1 million in sales, which is obviously huge for me. 99% of that came from selling t-shirts, sweatshirts, hats, stickers, etc. through Printull. And I was seeing more money from my side hustle than I was seeing from my actual job. The bestselling product, it was like a little silly drawn frog said, “Outside I’m croaking, inside I’m broken.” Um, which was kind of the first design that kind of went viral that took off and inspired like a whole collection of designs that were in that same style. I focus mainly on like social media, video marketing. I want to obviously advertise or promote the product through the video in order to generate sales, but I try to approach it in a way where it doesn’t feel like, you know, I’m just coming on camera being like, “Hey, here’s my new design. Please go buy it.” It’s more so, you know, the video works on its own, but then people be like, “Oh, I really like the shirt. That’s a really funny shirt you’re wearing for this video.” Finding a way to, I guess, advertise without advertising really works well. I’d say print on demand helps make this all possible because without it, I probably wouldn’t be taking as many like risks or being as experimental with the stuff that I’m doing. Give it a shot because it’s at the end of the day, it’s not going to really cost you. And I think it’s one of those that once you kind of get into it, get it figured out, then you’ll be very happy that you did decide to start working with Printull. You don’t have a brand yet, but you have a vision, one that Printull makes possible. You bring the creativity and Printull turns it into real products on demand. Over 500 premium quality items, carefully sewn, beautifully embroidered, and precisely printed, then shipped directly to your customer’s door. Starting your dream business has never been easier. Unleash the brand within with Printful.

    Heat.

    Heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Hey,

    hey, hey.

    Heat. Heat.

    Oh,

    heat, heat.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Heat. Heat. N.

    Hey,

    hey, hey.

    Hello and welcome everybody to our last session of the day. I know quite a few of you have been here literally all day from the very beginning. You are troopers. Thank you so much. And uh for this last uh but definitely not least session, we have a conversation about ads. So, uh, throughout this whole day, I know you weren’t you weren’t here, you were in in other sessions, but what we did is we started with just kind of like, uh, an idea and an account on Prull and like, okay, what can we do? Then we built a Shopify store. Okay. Uh, then, uh, we talked about all the products and techniques and everything through that. Then, so this is a full buildout all day. Yes. Last thing to do. Most important though, you got to market the products that you built. Exactly. Yeah. So, I’m I’m here with Levi, you guys. And Levi is the pro at this cuz he built uh over a million dollar business from his dorm room at the time as well. Uh and he’s an expert in all things POD and advertising. So, we’re going to talk all about ads. Yeah. Um yeah, my name is Levi. If you’ve seen me before, you’ve probably know that I predominantly do Tik Tok shop. Um, and being on a social media platform, I would say attention is currency and advertisement is the number one way to sell a product. If you have a amazing product, you have maybe the best product anyone’s ever made, but nobody sees it. It’s impossible for anyone to buy it. So, getting eyeballs on good products is the game. Yes. and uh to kind of like tell everybody especially the people who have been around uh the entire day like Raquel literally I’ve seen you in the chat all day today uh this is kind of the point uh that we’ve been talking about throughout every session and thinking okay you have had an idea for so long you have had this kind of like maybe design in your back pocket for so long and the big question is always how do you get people to see it this is one fantastic way to utilize advertisement. So the the first overall question especially for for the people who have never ever tried anything related to advertising. What are the types of ads that are available to people and what is the difference between them? Okay, so I’m going to run through each platform one at a time. And I want to preface with when you’re first starting out, I think running ads is important, but you need a base of knowledge knowing that a product is going to be successful before you pour money into it. And every single marketplace is much different. Lastly, I would say far beyond anything else, you need to master one marketplace before moving on to the next. So like if you are looking at my products, you can find them on Etsy, you can find them on Shopify. Well, my website which is based on Shopify or you can find them on Tik Tok shop. But I started on Shopify actually moved into Tik Tok shop, mastered Tik Tok shop and then now have been expanding and eventually I want to cover every sales channel but just just get your fingers into everything. Exactly. And when people are looking for my products, the main goal is I want them to be able to find them. Right. And so that is very important in terms of reach. But you want to master one platform before going all in on everything at once. So that’s just a great way to probably lose some money and burn out and burn out Yeah. and maybe not see results right away and in turn um probably not meet your goals that that you’re trying to meet. Um but yeah. Okay. So let’s go through each one. First, the one I know best, the one I’m most confident in, Tik Tok shop. Tik Tok shop is the fastest growing marketplace in the world. So I always recommend everyone to get on Tik Tok shop. how Tik Tok shop ads work. It’s different than all the other platforms, which is why I like to start with it because you’re actually not marketing your products on your own. Tik Tok has these cool things called affiliates. These are people that are master salesmen. So, you can hire them for free. All you have to do is get them to promote your products. Now, getting a really good affiliate to promote a product that has zero sales isn’t easy at the beginning, but no matter what, you’re going to be needing content. Okay? Mhm. So with Tik Tok app, you can post content and you can have affiliates posting content for you. This is the only platform where the actual content production piece is not all really on you. Um, but once you have a good content base for a single product, which means an affiliate or yourself posted a video with that product linked to the video, you can now run ads on that product. And when you run ads on that product, it will GMV Max, which is I’m gonna take a step back. GMBB Max is the name for Tik Tok ads inside the platform. So there’s two types of ads on Tik Tok on every platform on every social media. There’s internal ads and external. For Tik Tok, internal ads means you’re driving people to your Tik Tok shop, which means they never have to leave the platform. They just go from Tik Tok to Tik Tok, right? External ads is like what you’d run on Meta where you’re trying to drive people from Tik Tok to your website. Okay, we’re not going to focus on those because when you’re starting out, all you need to know about is GMV Max. Now, GMV Max is the name for internal Tik Tok ads. And what that means is you’re hire you’re basically hiring someone to run your ads for you. Okay, GMV Max is an algorithm. It’s not a person, but it’s really good at running ads to the right people. So once you have that base of content built up for a single product, you can put it in a campaign and then you set a budget and an ROI and you just click go. And what that does is it trains through all the videos that are connected to that product and it figures out which ones are converting the best and then it uses your budget, your money to spend on those high converting videos and in turn drive sales preferably. So that is essentially to me the best way to ensure that you get the best possible result because no matter how smart you are, no matter how well you know the audience that you’re trying to target, you will not be able to be more accurate than a trial and error process. And if this uh algorithm is working for you and taking uh the different uh audiences and giving your content to them and being like okay this one really really works with this specific content piece that is going to be always and forever more accurate than than what you thought might work. Yeah. Exactly. And you’re having a larger bank to train on. Right. So let’s say you are looking for a certain type of person. Let’s just say like not ads wise like you’re literally just searching for a certain type of person. Well, would you rather try to pick one person out of a hat at a time or would you rather look at a giant list of people and then have an algorithm that just narrows it down for you? I think that’s a easy way of kind of learning what GMV Next does. Mhm. Okay, so that’s Tik Tok shop ads. It seems complicated, but Tik Tok has made it really simple because it’s basically like hiring an algorithmic ads manager. Okay, algorithm is a big word. All it means is finding out what’s converting the best and using that to your advantage. Okay. Second, the also the I would say this is the most difficult ads to run and these are meta ads, but they’re the most closely related to Tik Tok. So that’s why I’m going to go into those second. Okay. Meta ads used to be very difficult because you had to choose the type of audience that you wanted to target. I remember those days having to sit there and being like, okay, so I need to know geographically which people I’m thinking about and they live in this specific state or in this specific region of the country and stuff. And then I also need to think about how old they might be and what their interests might be that they have added to Facebook and maybe even and so you have to like does this person have a dog? like, do I want to target people with a dog in like a Midwestern state who live in this area and have this type of income and work this type? That’s like the old metag game. But I think meta ads, I don’t know if they took a job or a like a piece of advice from GM Max. What I really think is this is kind of just where everyone was going. They realized that instead of people choosing, why don’t we let data choose? Mhm. So they introduced something called Andromeda in 2026, which is the year we’re currently in. So there’s all new things. Andromeda is basically the ads manager for Meta. And when I say ads manager, I’m not talking about the platform where you manage your ads. I’m talking about h it’s like hiring a person. It’s an algorithmic ads manager. Okay? And how this works is instead of choosing all those things, you simply choose the product that you’re trying to sell. And there’s a few other levers you can pull. But then Meta goes out and trains on all its consumers. Instead of training on just like different videos targeting people like Tik Tok, it takes the videos you gave it, so the ads you want to run and tries it on all different audiences. Then it chooses the audience that it best represents and optimizes your spend for that audience. So for example, I think a good way to think about it, my brand sells predominantly to males. That’s who it’s targeted at. Um, between the ages of 16 and 30. Okay. Well, what I would what I probably wouldn’t realize if I if I just set it to target males age 16 to 30, one, I wouldn’t capture like in Christmas time, it’s actually not those people often buying things. It’s maybe their grandmas, their mothers, their dads, their sisters. Mhm. So, all those people would be missing out on seeing any of my ads. and that’s an audience I want to capture. So that’s why it’s it’s better for Meta to choose and optimize for you. Okay, so that’s the basics on Meta. So we have Tik Tok and Meta. We have GMV Max and then we have Andromeda. Okay, you don’t need to remember the name Andromeda. Just remember Meta ads. And just know that that’s kind of how they work. Then we have the easiest ads of them all. It’s called Etsy. Etsy ads are one button. You post a listing and you click advertise or not. And there’s like three levels of spending, like how aggressive do you want to be on it? Like minimal spending, enhanced spending, which is just kind of like it optimizes for the most convenient for your budget, or like advanced where I don’t know, it’s like or it’s efficient spending and then just like a lot of spending. So essentially the button is throw money at listing and then the slider is throw a little bit, throw a lot, throw a ton. Exly. Yeah. And the the weird part about that though to not get confused is it’s actually a slider that chooses either throw money or not and then there’s like a drop down list to choose which level of spending you want to do. But in order to conceptualize kind of like is is is Etsy like creating videos and no what an Etsy ad does is it tries to enhance viewership of your product within the app. So Etsy is different because instead of advertising on a social media platform where people are there mostly for entertainment, people go to Etsy to actually buy things. Mhm. So that those are encouraged buyers, right? Those are like consumers that are going somewhere to buy something. So all it’s doing is ranking it higher on that specific search that you set up. So in Etsy, when you’re publishing a listing, you can you can set like the keywords that someone would probably search up in order to find the product that you’re trying to sell. Okay? And let’s say if someone without running any Etsy ads, if someone searches up those product listings, there’s probably people that already have some products with those same keywords. So your your product is going to be on page seven or four. But if you start running Etsy ads, your product then moves up to one or two. And that just makes it easier for people to make it to your product. It ranks higher. It’s like searching on Google. Usually you’re clicking on the first like five links, right? So you’re just competing for those. The decision-m in Etsy is essentially you have to figure out which product to essentially throw money. Exactly. All that matters is choosing a winner and then running ads on it. If you run ads on a loser, you’re just going to be losing money. But you can test it by turning the ads on and just looking at how efficient your spending is. So if your rorowaz, which is return on ad spend, which means for every dollar you spend, how much return in revenue are you making? For example, if I spent if I got a two rorowaz and I was selling a $10 item, every $5 I spent, I would be getting one sale, right? Because for every $5, I’d be making 10. 5 * 2 is 10. That would be a rorowaz of two. That’s a really good rorowaz question mark. No, I would say two is like the worst where I would maybe keep ads running. It depends on your cost of good total. If you’re selling a product that cost you $1 to make and you’re selling it for 10, two is great. Mhm. Right. But if you’re selling a product that cost you four and you’re selling it for $5, two is bad. This is actually going to be a great thing to touch on cuz what I think is uh maybe confusing when you start, even if you can figure out the way that the platform works in terms of ads. Uh the big question very often from people is well, what’s a good metric? Well, how do I know if I’m doing things well? How do I know if my thing is performing? So, uh, you, uh, touched on this a little bit, but we can talk. Yeah, let’s let’s go over let’s go over. Okay, so we let me real quick put a put a wrapper on those three types of ads. Okay, we learned about G&V Max through Tik Tok, Andromeda, which is meta ads, and then we have Etsy ads, which is just the lever on a product that hopefully works. Okay. Now, on all of those, what you’re technically purchasing is the ability to show more people your product and in turn, you’re collecting a bunch of data. So, you’re in a in the long run, you’re just collect you’re buying data, right? And hopefully, you’re making sales, too. But this data shows you how much you have to spend to make a sale on average, who is making your sales, and what products are getting the most activity. Okay. Now, when it comes to metrics, you’re like, “Okay, well, I’m seeing all these numbers. I’m spending all this money. I’m making some sales, but like, is it good? Is it bad?” That’s I think where a lot of people probably here are at in terms of running ads, especially with Etsy when it’s just so easy to turn them on and off, but I don’t know if I’m just wasting money or spending it or whatever. Mhm. My favorite thing to look at is something called cost per order. Okay. Now, all that means is how many dollars it this is different than ROI because it’s based on your order value. So, it’s how many dollars of ads am I spending to make one sale. Okay. Mhm. Now, this is where it gets a little bit confusing because a different number can mean different things to different people based on your cost of goods sold and the price of your product. Okay. So, I’m going to go through this super simply. Now, if you took if you went to business school, words like cost of goods sold are going to be like, I remember that from economics. I remember that from accounting, but I don’t I I don’t know how that applies here. Mhm. We’ll talk through it super simply. So, I’m going to I’m going to lay out a a little story, okay? I’m a little Let’s just Let’s just I’m going to make the numbers easy. I’m selling a product for $10. No, no, no. I’m selling a product for $20. Okay. Okay. It’s It’s $20 price when But whenever someone buys it, I’m using Printull to sell it. Okay. And the shirt costs 10 and then it costs me two more to ship it. Cheap shipping. Cheap shipping. Really cheap. Yeah. So, which is I I find it funny. People very often see like $4 or like $6 in shipping. They’re like, “That is so expensive. That is crazy.” But not you don’t know anything. If you go to your post office, you try to ship one thing, it’s going to cost you like $20. Now, at scale, it should be a little cheaper, but that’s besides the point. Let’s just say it was $2. Okay. $20 to buy a product, $10 to print, package it, $2 to ship. Mhm. So, we’ve spent a total of $12 if my math is correct, and we’ve received a total of 20. Now, this isn’t considering things like fees on platforms and all that. Those have to be added to the $12. Okay? So, let’s say let’s just add that in. So you so you can really build a list. If I was taking notes here, I would be making a list. I have my cost of item. Mhm. 10. I have my shipping two and I have my fees one. Okay. So now $13 I have spent just to get the get somebody my product that ordered it. But they paid me 20, which means I made $7. Now if we want to run ads, that is just another expense that we’re adding in, but hopefully at scale. So we’re selling more products to make up for that, right? Mhm. So, if we spend more than that $7 profit, we’re actually losing money. We’re paying Meta, we’re paying Tik Tok or we’re paying Etsy to give people shirts at that point. We do not want to do that. We want to make money because we are the one selling a product. Okay? So, you need to your cost per order in this scenario needs to be less than $7 just to break even. Now they’re they’re paying us $20, right? So I’m going to now I’m going to move from cost per order back to ROI. Okay, cost per order rorowaz or ROI is the every dollar you spend for dollars you receive. Cost per order is every dollar you spend to get one order. Okay, if you’re looking at it in an ROI perspective, and I know this seems complicated, but I promise you this is as simple as you can understand it. And once you understand these two things, you can run ads and you can collect the data. If you’re selling a product for $20 and it’s going to cost you 13 to actually print, package, and ship it with fees and everything, that means that if you have a two ROI, you’re spending $10 per sale because $10 time 2 is 20. And that’s your return, right? That’s your return on ad spend or your return on investment. So that would would mean you lost money because you spent 10 but you were only making seven. Yes. Now if your ROI was five, that means you only spent $4 on advertising per per sale. And that would mean that you are still profiting $3. Okay? Right? Because out of that seven of profit, we lost four of it for ads. Now, you’re probably thinking to yourself, I only had $7 of profit and now I only have three. Like, why would I even want to run ads? Well, here’s why. Number one, if you sell one shirt and you profit $7, that’s great. Mhm. But if you sell 5,000 shirts and you profit $3, you profit 15,000. Okay. Ads are fuel. Fuel costs money. It’s not free, but it makes a car go, right? It also can make a flame. You probably heard this analogy a lot today. I don’t know. It’s been being said in some of the other things, but if your product already has momentum, right? We don’t want to run ads on products that aren’t going to sell. Mhm. That’s like pouring gas on the ground with no spark. That makes things wet. Okay. If your product does have momentum, it has a spark. If you pour gas on even a spark, it will create something hot and big and that can spread like wildfire. Mhm. Right? And that’s the difference is you’re hoping to scale a product that you know can be successful from even though you’re going to make less per product, you’re going to make way more if you can scale this product to a lot of sales. So that’s that’s that’s the idea behind running ads. Mhm. It’s getting your products in front of more people. That’s a really long way of explaining it, but I hope that was good. That that was quite good at least uh to me because I uh very often when I think of ads my immediate fear is oh no I’ll choose wrong it’s going to be a waste of money or I will think that this was the good choice and then it turns out that that I was reading the metrics wrong and actually with my um you know cost of uh product yeah compared to the profit that I’m gaining this is actually not great and I’m losing money. That that has always been like a worry in my head. And it’s hard because you’re like, especially when you are a little bit unknown. You don’t want to start spending money and not know if you’re profiting or not. But I will reassure you with this. Let’s say, okay, I found out that it costs me $5 to sell one of these shirts on average after I’ve spent maybe $100 on ads. I’ve made 20 sales. So, it’s costing me $5 per sale, right? Yeah. Well, not only just because you you sold it for five, which means you’re only profiting $2. Well, maybe you think to yourself, okay, what if I sold my product for $25? Mhm. Okay, so now I just went from profiting two to profiting seven again, but I’m probably going to cost a little bit more per sale because not everybody willing to pay 20 is willing to pay 25. So, just because a product, even if it’s working, but not to the degree where you think it’s worth it to run ads, there are other things you can change like raising your prices or offering a different offer. Maybe you’re offering like um a bundle type offer where when you buy one, you get one for 25% off. Well, now it cost you maybe still that $5 to get one order, but half your orders, people are actually buying two shirts. And that second shirt basically cost zero for you to sell in terms of ad spend because people were already buying that other one. Does that make sense? Yeah. Um, so anyways, I would say like yes, it’s scary to start, but you can start with a low budget and there are ways to control your spending in a way to limit losses while still giving yourself a chance to maximize sales. Yeah. And uh what I want to kind of remind everyone of is in these types of things there’s when I I was a like finance and econ major and I have a lot of um disdain and annoyance for for a lot of my peers back in the day because it seemed like the only way to really get into anything business related was to be in the IN club and know what every acronym means. and stuff. So, if you’re that when you get into business, you start hearing every threeletter acronym in the book. Yes. And pretty soon you’re just like, is this just business jargon that people are just saying to make me feel dumb? Sometimes it truly is. It literally is sometimes. And I promise it’s really not that complicated. Uh if you start hearing things like cogs and evida and whatever, ju literally open up Google, type it in, it’s going to tell you that it’s actually a very simple concept and you’re going to be fine. just as as a genuine promise. It’s people over complicate it. It actually isn’t really that hard. But while we still have the time, another thing that I really want to pick your brain about is add visuals. Because yes, you got to pick a winner, but you also got to make sure that that winner isn’t just a good product with a terrible image that you’re just trying to push and for some reason it’s not working. What are some ways that we can make sure that the visuals of the ads that we are pushing are actually helping us and not hindering us? So on Etsy, the only ad you have is your mockup, right? So having a really strong mockup for your target audience is really important. For me, if I’m trying to sell products to my target demographic of males age 16 to 30, I probably don’t want my product on a woman age 45, right? because not a lot of people my age want to wear the same thing as their mom or that’s sometimes I mean I do personally I do personally but I think that might be not the best way to optimize your listing. Okay. So all that matters on Etsy is your like keywords and your mockups. Mhm. Easy enough I think as long as you have a clearly visible product. If you have words like you need to be able to read the word when the product is tiny because when you’re scrolling on your phone and there’s four products on your phone that’s like a one by one in square. So you need a very clear high contrast image. Okay, that’s the easiest one. My favorite one is Tik Tok shop and that’s because you’re not the only one creating your ads. Your ads are simply just content from affiliates. You can be your own own affiliate or you can have affiliates making content for you. And the great, sorry I got the hiccups. The great part is that if you have a ton of affiliates making content for you, you will start seeing what works. And when you have something that works, you can message these affiliates and say, “Hey, look at this one that is working. Why don’t we all start making this exact type of ad?” And I think that’s how you scale on Tik Tok shop, right? It’s making content as a ad. Yes. I just wanted to highlight a small question that we had right here which I think is super helpful cuz I’m not someone who’s ever sold on Tik Tok shop. Uh the question uh from Breida I Grace I I guess or Brada uh how do you contact the affiliates to promote for you? I’m actually gonna pull out my phone and contact an affiliate right now if that’s okay. Is that okay? I don’t It is okay. I can actually if you want to like hold it up down here, I will have a top down camera. You know, I think it’s easier if I just hold it towards the camera like this. Okay. Yeah. All right. Like literally, I do this on like calls all the time. Like if I’m doing a call with someone and I’m teaching them exactly. Okay. I want everyone in the chat to comment a niche of like a t-shirt that they want to sell. So like maybe you’re selling political t-shirts or you’re selling beach t-shirts or you’re selling holiday t-shirts. Get in the comments. Comment comment one. The first one I see, I’m going to be finding an affiliate for that niche. Tick tock. Tick tock. If not, I’m going to give it 5 seconds and I’m just going to Oh, someone surfing. Someone surfing. Yeah. Yeah. Camping. Okay. Very good niche. Camping. So, I think for camping, you’d want to find anyone in like someone that promotes like wildlife, nature. I would say that’s all in the same genre. Mhm. So, what I’m going to do is the first thing I’m going to do is I’m going to go to Okay, look at this. There’s literally affiliates just popping up on my thing right away. But I’m going to go to just regular Tik Tok and then I’m going to click Oh, they don’t have shop in Lvia. So, this actually isn’t really going to work. Yeah. But let’s say that like up top there’s usually shop, right? So, then I’m going to in the shop search camping shirts, which I’m going to do right now. And the videos will still pop up for me just a bit. You can hold it maybe up right here. The first very th Okay. Yeah. Oh, that was perfect. That’s so cool. Holy cow. We got to utilize this, I guess. Yeah. So, look it. The first thing that came up is a camping shirt. It’s kind of hard to see. I’m g turn down my brightness so you can see it better. Do you see this shirt right here? It’s a camping shirt. If I click on it, I’m like, “Oh, okay. Poppy Design posts camping shirts.” Now, if you’re in the US, you can there’s going to be a see how it says p promotional content. That means that in the US it is a shoppable video. Okay. So, what you do is you click on that little orange cart and it will take you to the product listing page. Okay. So, now you want to start a brand in camping niche. You found a competitor’s camping shirt and it’s being promoted on Tik Tok shop. If you scroll down, there will be content spotlight. It’ll say something like that. Content spotlight or um creator videos, something like that. And there will be all the top videos promoting that exact shirt. Now, you’re probably thinking to yourself, “This is people promoting other people’s shirt that’s actually a competitor to me. How does that help me?” Well, you can click on that content just like it’s a normal video, and you can then click on that creator. Now, when you have clicked on that creator, you have found an affiliate that already promotes similar products to yours and is clearly a successful affiliate because it’s one of the top five or 10 videos promoting this product. It’s a perfect discovery engine. Yeah, literally this is like how I started out finding affiliates. Then it’s all up to you to convince them that your shirt can sell just as much as these other ones that they’ve already had success with. So I would say something like this. Hi blank whatever their name is. I really like your video about said camping shirt. Okay. I noticed that your video got a ton of likes and views. you must have made a bunch of money off that video because that’s what affiliates do. When they get a lot of likes and views, that means they’re also getting a lot of sales. If there’s a product connected to it, then I would say, I am blank. Who was that? Ariel. My name’s Ariel and I’m starting my own clothing business around camping. I have a similar product that I think people will actually even like better. And I am offering the exact same, if not better, commission than the one you were promoting. Mhm. I would love for you to request a free sample so that I can send you a free shirt. All you did was show them that how they made money. You can help them make money again and then offer them something for free. I don’t think that’s that hard to acquire an affiliate that way. Especially because that was your first try. You could do that 25 times a day for a whole week. You have two 175. My math is right. You would have 175 affiliates reach out to you. And if you could get five, well, that’s enough to start your sales team and launch your product. And this is a fair like a fair question if you never encounter the concept, but they essentially get a commission off of whatever sales that they do. And you don’t have to do anything. Tik Tok does all of this for you. So, if an affiliate sells one of your products and you have a 15% commission, whatever the customer paid, 15% of that will just be sent to whoever posted that video for you right away from Tik Tok and you will receive the rest. But that money that they received is actually profit for that affiliate and it encourages them to make more videos promoting your content. And when they sold a video or sold a product, they sold your product, which means you sold a product, which means you made money and you didn’t pay them until you made money. So that’s why affiliate marketing is so great. There’s no risk. The only risk is the cost of sending them a free shirt, which is probably around $12. Yeah. And at that point, because you’re not really sending them the item at the price, like the retail price that you would be using on your store, it is just the cost of that that what we talked about good sold. Exactly. Not COGS. That’s for business jargon people. Cost of goods sold. Yeah. It’s just whatever it cost you to make the product is the only thing it costs you to acquire a new salesman. Imagine if in like some other business like an insurance company where they only had to acquire a new salesman for $12. Mhm. Where in insurance they have so many salesmen and they have to train them and keep them in their office and feed them dinner when they stay late. That costs hundreds of dollars every day, right? Oh god, how dare they have employees? That’s so so so expensive. What I genuinely think is so much because this is a great uh point as well from Justin here. You’re paying for their popularity. Exactly. And you also don’t have to acquire that popularity yourself. So the two other options would be just what you said right now to have employees who are doing this thing for you and being salesmen for you or you have to then build popularity on your own and get all of those likes and and follows yourself. And I I I want to add something too. Mhm. The cool thing about Tik Tok is it’s actually not social media. Okay. I don’t know if you’ve heard someone say this before, but this is something that I think a lot of people get wrong. A lot of people look at Instagram reels and Tik Tok and say, “Oh, that’s social media.” Yeah. It’s not. It’s called interest media. Social media is Instagram and Facebook where when you post something, all your followers see it, which means your mom’s commenting on it, maybe your friends are liking it, and all your followers saw it, and you get to see everyone you follow, and you like and comment on their stuff. That’s being social within media. Okay? That’s how social media was made. Interest media means when you post something, whether you have zero followers or 100,000 followers, it goes to two to 300 people. This is how the algorithm works within Instagram, reels, and Tik Tok. And based on how those first two to 300 people see and react to your video, it can be sent to 200 to 300 more. Okay? So, take advantage of that algorithm. So, yes. And what what I’m saying is even if you have an affiliate that doesn’t have 100,000 followers, they’re just a a lower tier affiliate that has a lot less followers, they have the same chance at going viral. I have a ton of affiliates. I used to only have like 1,000 followers, but I have a ton of affiliates that are don’t have 100,000 followers. They have less followers than me, but they make a ton of sales because they’re good at selling a product. That’s their job, right? And so, it’s not always about buying their popularity. It’s just recruiting a new salesman. And uh to kind of like cap off this discussion about visuals, we did talk about uh Etsy listing tips, we did talk about Tik Tok and then dived into affiliates. But for meta specifically, what would be your tips on making sure that the visual is as good as it could get? Okay, meta ads actually work with a stagnant visual just like Etsy if you want. So, you can run something called a catalog ad, which basically is just all the pictures of your mockups, and it’s it’s showing them as an ad. When you’re scrolling on Instagram, you probably have seen those ads before where it’s just like the literal product that they want you to buy. Yeah. Then there’s others types of ads where it’s much like Tik Tok where you it’s someone like promoting a product and it’s up to you to like see how much they like it and then you go to the website and buy it. Um, and if you have like Tik Tok affiliates making you content, you can actually use that content or use that content for your meta ads as well. Like you can take that content over from Tik Tok and run it as a meta ad if it’s really good. Um, that one is a little bit more discretionoriented. I think it’s not as straightforward because it’s up to you to choose what you think your audience would like. But I think starting with a catalog ad is honestly great. Yeah. Uh, and I kind of want to pull up something to take a look at just so we can um maybe point people in a direction of how to figure out what types of visuals they should be looking at. Uh, you you brought this to my attention previously. I hadn’t seen this page in in I want to say years. Could you actually show them how to just like how easy it is to look it up on Google first? Yes. Like I think that is something that’s really really strong. But what she’s going to bring up, which I’m going to talk about here for a second, is I said it’s up to your discretion based on like who you’re trying to sell to, right? On like what type of content you should use in your meta ads in order to make sales. Well, luckily for you, there are giant companies out there already that are using meta ads and you can just steal exactly what’s working for them. So, if you just search up meta ads library, there it is. Boom. This is a public and you click ad library. It shows under Facebook and this is a public display of every ad running on Facebook which is meta, right? Mhm. You So if we change it to the US, I guess probably much better. Does anyone in the chat have any like clothing brand that they like or maybe have taken inspiration from in the past or one that they know they have really good marketing that maybe they’d want to use. Um if not I can go through some of the ones that I like which I think might be easier. But we at first we’ll just look at one that I like and if you have one that you are like I love Patagonia cuz it’s like camping. Let’s look up Patagonia. Okay. Cuz we’re going to stay on this this camping theme. Now, Patagonia is a huge clothing brand. Okay. Well, the problem with Patagonia is it’s all I don’t know. I know. I know. I know what’s going to happen this way. Okay. Show us. Um, if you look up, if you see how it’s like all these different countries. Yeah. Um, this is like Patagonia’s like uh it’s a little too big at this point. Yeah, it’s so they have so these are all their ad accounts. So, they have so many. Is there Can we find the US one? It might be because we’re in lobby. I don’t know if we can. France, Italy, Ireland, then other locations. Uh if not, yeah, let’s go for a slightly smaller brand because we’re not in the US right now. Yeah, let’s look look up Scuffers. Okay, this is one where I really like how Scuffers uses influencers and markets their products and I try to kind of mirror some of these strategies. Now, Scuffers is huge. They I don’t they do tens of millions of dollars every single year when it comes to making sales on their exact website. Okay, if you scroll on here, every single one of these is an ad. So like this is literally a catalog ad for Can I click accept? Yes. This is a catalog ad for this hoodie, right? So if I go like this and I go back, that’s literally what this is. Okay. If I keep scrolling, you’re going to see both photos and videos. Okay? Like some of these are just literally full catalog images of what their new drops are. They have things on the ground. But if we look here, this bag that they’re selling, it’s literally just on concrete, which I feel like is kind of aesthetic, like when it has like that like clean concrete look like in a garage that has good lighting. It sells the idea of street style. Exactly. It sells the streetear style and it shows kind of the ruggedness and like like because the the the concrete too is so like you’re not used to seeing products on concrete. I think it has like a extra visual hook and appeal to it. But think about how simple this is. All it says is Scuffers and the name of their product and that’s their like font that they like to use, right? And it’s just literally a a slow zoom in of their bag. Okay. Now, is how you’re probably thinking to yourself, why is he showing us pictures of bags on the ground? Because clearly, if it’s this far up on their meta ads library, I mean, they have thousands of ads, right? Mhm. It’s working. Okay. They’re putting ad spend behind it. And if they’re putting ad spend behind it, that means it’s making sales. So, you could copy this exact same strategy. You could find a piece of concrete just like this and you could put your product, whether it’s a t-shirt, a hoodie, a hat, sunglasses, whatever you’re selling. Mhm. And use the same strategy with a sound and a zoom in of just a lay flat image and it would probably work. It’s a great idea at least to start for making ads. Or maybe you wanted like just wear your product like this. Well, this this video shows exactly how I would hold the camera. maybe the type of lighting I would stand in, how I would make cuts on the video to keep the viewer engaged. All these are just free sauce on what type of ads to make for clothing brands. And you’re trying to start a clothing brand most likely if you’re on Printful or at least some sort of consumer packaged item, whether it’s bags or mugs or whatever. But and if you’re selling mugs, maybe you look up like a mug brand you like or something. I don’t know. But if you’re if you’re confused, I think what this boils down to, if you’re confused on what type of content do I want to promote using meta, the first place I would start is the meta ads library. That is a fantastic tip in my opinion. And also uh what we saw there is a great display. I’m actually going to share this one more time just to show you guys. Uh a great display of everything coming together. You see the specific identity within the types of products that they’re selling. uh you see the types of videos and photos that you could create with KD after you’ve designed something, you could create those mockups. You see the as always with love at the uh end of every single thing as a clearly uh idea behind the brand and the way that they’re trying to promote it. And then towards the very end, they’re taking all of that, putting that together and putting that into advertising. And clearly because they’ve gone through the entire process and they’ve done every single step of this, they have a brand, they have an idea, they have designs, they have mockups. All of that comes together and through advertising, they’re able to promote it to exactly the right people who they know are going to enjoy it. Exactly. We are kind of running out of time, so the very very last thing we’re going to do is a little giveaway uh and and then say a massive thank you to people. So, as the very last possible giveaway time, one of you that is going to type into the chat in the next moments uh is uh going to receive people commenting is just down below, I think. Oh, no, no, no. Uh the uh the people in the chat throughout today’s session are all eligible to get a $50 coupon that you can spend on Amplified merch. We’ve made so much cool merch and we really want people to have it. Our designers work very hard on the designs. Uh so uh you will be able to use uh that 50 dark coupon and walk. All these great comments. Love the train. Loving. Wow. Yes. Uh I’m so glad that you guys enjoyed your time today and uh in general. This has been so packed with info. I know that uh some people joined only during this session. So, you’ll be able to see the entire replay both on the community and on YouTube. If you’re still on YouTube, even after all this is done, you can go and you can join the community and you’ll learn a bunch of great stuff from there as well. Thank you, Levi, so much for teaching us so much. I most of this stuff about ads I didn’t know myself at all. So, this has been an absolute blessing. Thank you guys for spending so much time with us today. Whether you joined 5 minutes ago or 6 hours ago, that is amazing. Wow. This feels like it’s been days. Yes, it’s it’s been a while. So, what we’re going to do is we’re going to go uh and uh take a a big sip of water. Uh and you know, if you are spending time in here, it means you guys are ready. Mhm. So, what we’ve been saying all day, take that next step into your POD journey into your journey with Fredful. And I wish you guys the best of luck. And who knows, maybe you’ll change your life exactly like I did. Yeah, maybe maybe next year it’s going to be you sitting next to me and talking to everyone. Probably. So, thank you guys. Bye-bye.

  • 09/27/2026 – The newest Hermes agent update is unbelievable

    Hermes Agent has released some monster updates lately that have completely changed how you use the AI agent. If you use these new, sometimes hidden features the right way, you’re going to be a productivity machine. In this video, I cover all the new features and show you my brand new Hermes agent setup. I also show you what I’m using. I using Grockbot, Hermes, Chad GBT, and which tasks I use them for. If you stick with me until the end of the video, you’ll be a master of the best open-source AI agent out there. Now, let’s lock in and get into it. So, one of the biggest updates from Hermes lately is the bot mode. Here is how you need to be using the bot mode. For those who don’t know, Grockbot comes out a couple months ago, takes the world by storm. Hermes quickly comes out with their bot mode. What is the bot mode? Bot mode allows you to create multiple Hermes bots very very easily and manage them and talk to them all at the same time here. Sort of like iMessage. Previously, Hermes was very much a single agent setup where you just talk to one agent. It’s just kind of the god mode agent that does everything for you. Now with Hermes bot mode, you have multiple bots, different profiles, different memories, personalities, tools, all of that. But here’s the mistake I see a lot of people use with this new feature. They treat it like Grock where they make a whole bunch of bots that all are like different human roles, the developer role, the marketer role. I don’t think that’s the right way to do this. I think that’s fine for Grockbot. For for Hermes, you want to make profiles and agents that kind of match the strength of what Hermes is. And the strength of what Hermes is is you can use any model, any provider you want with each one of these agents. So, I’m not making agents that have different roles. I’m making agents with Hermes, which is GPT6 Ash, Claudy, which is Opus 5. I’m making agents for all the different models so I can take advantage of the strengths of each one of those models. If I need to build something, I go to Hermes, my GPT6 Astra model. If I need some front-end work done, I go to Claud. If I have simple tasks I want done, I go to Quen, which is actually powered by a local model running on my DJX Spark. So, it gets it done completely for free. So, my recommendation to use this, go to your Hermes agent, say, “Hey, set me up a new bot powered by Claude or whatever other models you want to use.” Hit enter. It will set up the new bots for you in the bot mode. By the way, this is only in Hermes Desktop. And all you have to do is click the bot mode here, and it will create the new bots for you. Do that, then you can use the strengths of each model for whatever task you’re doing. If you want to do cheap coding, make sure you make a Grock bot in there. If you want to do super fast coding, I actually make a Meta bot in there. Meta’s coding models are actually good now, so make sure you set those up. We’re actually going to be covering 10 awesome new features here. So, let’s get to the second feature, which is their advanced local model support. Now, stay with me here. It doesn’t matter which computer you have. This local model support is going to be relevant for you. So, I really, really like this. If you go to settings and then you go to providers and then you click on run models locally, click that. What’s going to happen is it’s actually going to look at your hardware and then determine the best local model you should be running on. It doesn’t matter what you have. You have a Mac Mini 16 GB, you have a super powerful Mac Studio like me, does not matter. It will figure out the best model for your device and then basically manage it for you. All you need to do is click set up for me. It’ll almost be like LM Studio where it’ll download it for you, load it, test it, run it, and it’ll put it into a Hermes bot for you. So, you will have your own Hermes bot powered by a local model with unlimited intelligence. Now, I’m going to be honest, if you have a bad computer, if you have a smaller computer like a Mac Mini, will it be the best intelligence in the world? No. But you’ll still get free intelligence. So, even if you have a smaller computer, you can use it for really simple tasks to let it run and do it for free. So, everyone should be doing this now. Go to providers, local models, and see which local model it wants to load for you and then load up. Just click set up for me. You have nothing to lose by doing this. Hermes agent is insanely powerful, but it’s just one piece of the agent puzzle. Luckily, my friends over at HubSpot put together a free AI agent cheat sheet that helps you figure out which AI agents should be used for which jobs without having you need to test a bunch of tools yourself. Inside the guide, it covers seven of the biggest AI agents right now. Chad GBT agent mode, Manis, Claude, Co-work, OpenClaw, Zapier, NAND, Claude Code. For each one, it breaks down what it’s best at, how hard it is to set up, what it costs, and when you should actually use it. You also get copy paste starter prompts. These prompts cover workflows like competitor research, lead routing, and daily briefings. So, you can go from comparing tools to actually using them right away. My favorite is the skip if you need section, which basically tells you, hey, these agents, you don’t need to use them if you do these. There’s so many agents out there. It’s good that they tell you which ones you don’t need to use. If you enjoy Hermes, you want to know what other agents you should be using, too. This is the resource for you. Grab the free cheat sheet in the link down below. And thanks to HubSpot for sponsoring the video. The next big update I’ve been using on is Hermes HUD. This is a great new feature, especially if you play video games. This is like a gamer’s dream. I recently built like an open source version of this for all my other agents. But it’s great that Hermes built this in. So basically, it allows you to make this like kind of mini version of Hermes. This little HUD, you can move it anywhere on your computer you want. It always sits on top of whatever’s on your screen. So if you open up a game, you open up War Dogs or World of Warcraft, whatever you’re playing, this will sit on top of it. So anytime you can go in and you can talk to it. You could say, “Hey, what’s the stock price of MU Micron?” But here’s the cool part. It has access to whatever’s on your screen. So, if you’re playing a game, you’re playing World of Warcraft and you’re on a quest, you and you’re stuck, you don’t know where to go, maybe it has you killing like a specific like highlevel elite boar, you can go in on Hermes Hut and say, “Hey, where is this boar located?” And it’ll show you. It’ll tell you exactly where to go cuz it can see your screen. So, it’s like the best like cheat code for video games ever. If you had a Game Shark when you were a kid like me, I know my millennial is showing right now. This is basically like that or just an easy way to access your agent no matter what’s going on your screen. You don’t have to keep minimizing and opening and minimizing. It’s just always a HUD that’s there working for you. So, I love it. If you’re on Mac, all you need to do is do commandsh. If you’re on Windows, it’s control shift H. Puts it in HUD mode and you’re good to go. You can move this around anywhere on your screen you want and you always have Hermes Agent ready to go. It’s amazing. Which brings us to feature four, which is it now has chat GBT voice mode. If you’ve watched my previous videos, you know I am absolutely in love with chat GBT voice mode. I think I think it’s such a powerful tool. Well, guess what? You now can hit this button right here, open it. Hey, can you tell me what the status of my other agents are? So it has the strengths of Chad GBT voice which is it’s real time interacts with you very very quickly but it also has access to all its tools. So it can look what your other agents are doing. It can orchestrate your other agents. It can delegate tasks to different agents. It’s basically chat GBT voice but in this nice multi- aent setup. All you need to do is put in your OpenAI API key and it’s good to go. I think the costs are like really small. It’s like 5 cents a minute or something like that. So it is really really cheap and it’s really awesome. If you haven’t used Chad GPT voice yet, it is such a sick way to use AI. It is clearly the the way of the future, the way we’ll be interacting computers in the future, which is through our voice. I recommend when you’re doing work next time and you’re thinking about typing your Hermes agent, just use voice instead. Sit there, talk to your microphone, and just delegate tasks out. Just stream a conscious as you come with tasks. give it to your Hermes agent and now it’ll be amazing at delegating it to your different bots you set up which is much related to the next feature I really love that they just released which is the ability to use the hey Hermes keyword to talk to your agent. So as you can see here I just said it out loud hey Hermes can you tell Claudia to build a 3D firstperson shooter using 3JS and as you can see it gave the command to the other agent to build the 3D firsterson shooter. So now basically anytime you’re sitting at your computer and you think, “Oh, I wish I could do this. I wish I could do that.” You just say the Hermes keyword and it starts listening to whatever you have to say. This is awesome. You’re multitasking. You’re sitt your computer. You think of things. You say the keyword and you just start shouting out tasks to do. It’s been really helpful for me. I’ve been able to get way more done. I’m telling you, voice makes you so much more productive. The next feature I’m really enjoying is its sub agent functionality. It now has really nice user interfaces for sub aents. So you can track what each sub agent is doing. A lot of the AI agents out there and the tools, they don’t give you visibility into all the agents. I really like this. So check this use case out. Please use sub agents to design three concept poster images for a dystopian shooting video game called Null District. It’s a stylistic cyberpunk dystopian looter shooter. What’s going to happen when you give a task that has multiple threads and strands to do? It’s going to spin up a bunch of sub aents. But now it’s going to give you a really nice interface for them. As you can see here, here are the three different sub aents. You can see which models they’re using. You can click in and you get an entire window with every single thing the agent is doing, which is really cool. If you want to change each sub agent, which model they’re running. So maybe you want to do like Claude for one sub sub agent to see what kind of design you get. Muse for another, you can go in here and do that. You can change which skills each sub aent uses, things like that. That’s like the strength of Hermes, right? Is it’s so configurable. You can do anything you want, any model you want, any provider you want. So I highly recommend doing that when he uses sub agents. Have it use different sub aents. Have it use Opus. Have it use Chad GBT. Have it use Grock and see how the different sub aents perform. Really good if you want to do something like design related where you can see different options after it’s done. The next feature that’s great is the cron jobs are greatly improved. They now have memory of past cron jobs. So, if you’re anything like me and you have your agents do regular research, daily research, weekly research, whatever, it will now remember its past research and not repeat its research again. So, so as an example, I have it research AI stocks every day. I like to invest I like to invest in AI companies. Before it would go and it basically research a lot of the same companies over and over and over again because it had no memory of its past cron jobs and what it did during those crown jobs. Now the memories of those cron jobs have improved. So now you can see here here’s one of the research reports it did recently where it went through found a bunch of stocks Micron Micron AVGO. But if we look at the next report, it researches an entirely different set of companies. As you can see, it even says previously researched. It shows it right there, which is amazing. So now your cron jobs are a lot higher quality. I’d recommend doing all your research crown jobs inside Hermes because now it has that memory which is really really nice. So I think the number one question I get on all my videos now is like Hermes, you’re not talking about Hermes. I still use Hermes a ton. Hermes is still a fantastic tool. It is the only usable open- source AI agent I think right now. It is excellent. So, you want to use it for the strengths that you get out of an open-source AI agent, which is one, you can use any number of models, and two, you can customize it any way you want. So, if I’m doing network administrator stuff, which is loading local models, my different computers, managing my tech, managing all my different computers, I like to use Hermes for that because Hermes is a lot more willing to jump between my computers. There’s a lot of guard rails on the other AI agents when it comes to that. Also for personal work, for the cron jobs, for doing things that might require or be better with multiple models, I like Hermes. For the deep technical work, I like Chad GBT work only because that harness, that desktop harness is excellent. The computer use in that is just the best, bar none, the absolute best. So, I like Chad GBT work for that. In more general knowledge work, I like Grockbot because I think the Grockbot interface is excellent. I think it’s super easy to use and also it has the mobile app. Hermes still doesn’t have a mobile app, which is that’s a big weakness. Grockbot has the mobile app. So, for quick general knowledge work, I like to go to my Grobot app on my phone, shoot off some commands real quick, and I get a lot of work done. That’s my stack. I’m still using Hermes. It still manages all my computers for me. I also love the iMessage uh integration, so I can go to iMessage and quickly shoot off prompts as well. That’s what it’s great for, too. But, you want to mix and match. You want to use the different agents and use it for each of their strengths. I hope this was helpful. If it was, leave a like down below. Let me know in the comments which AI agent you use the most. Hermes, Grockbot, Work, Open Claw, whatever you’re using the most. Let me know down below. I’m curious. I’ll start making more videos about whichever agents you guys like. Subscribe and turn on notifications. All I do is cover all the AI agents, how to use them, how to get the most out of them. I hope this is helpful. I’m so appreciative if you’d watch this video and I’ll see you in the next one.

  • 09/27/2026 – Opus 5.5 Just Dropped

    What is happening everyone? It is Luke here. Let me change the screen over for you guys. Let me pull this over here and let me go ahead and pull up our slides for today. Yes, we have got slides. Um,

    cool.

    Awesome. Um, I’ll turn my camera on, too. Why not?

    Hopefully, it’ll pop up here. There we go. What is up, guys? Good to see you all. I’ll take this down a bit. There we go. All right. Cool. What’s up, guys? Good to see you all here today. Let me go ahead and say hi in the chat. If you guys are here, let me know. Give me a thumbs up. Uh before we get started, we want to do something a little bit different today. Um with our weekly session, uh today I’m going to do a session. It’s not going to be as long uh as our normal ones. We’re going to just try to make this one uh 60 minutes, maybe even under an hour, 45 minutes to an hour. um and just go through essentially just the key things um for this week that I want you guys to focus on cuz we haven’t really done a bit of a recap. Um while while you you’re going to learn some brand new things today that again is pretty pretty insane because again that’s that’s the AI world right now. Every week there is such insanely new things happening. Uh, I want to make sure, you know, we’re all on the same page and have a plan uh of and make sure that everyone’s do using these AI tools the way they’re meant to be used. Um, and it can be hard when when when new models come out, you have no idea. You you’re told how much more powerful they are, but you have no idea really what settings to put them on and are you getting getting the actual peak performance for best value um at the settings you have your AI tools set to. So, that’s kind of like the core thing today that I want to go over as well. Uh, as well, the core thing I want to go over is Opus 5.5. This literally released maybe 6 hours ago. And it’s also why I was saying in previous weeks it’s it’s frustrating um if I have a topic set for a webinar and then something like this will happen where where a brand new model comes out um that um [clears throat] it’s hard to know what like to do sometimes if I should push what what we’ve got planned aside. Should I should I teach everything? Um, but I think uh what I’m I’m going to try to do on our weekly um just completely free value sessions is have a basic topic and then uh just just be I’ll just be mindful that most likely there’s going to be something brand new that comes out every week. And that’s what it’s that’s what’s happening right now, which is crazy, but it’s also it also gives everyone it’s like a double-edged sword. The positive side is every time a new model comes out, everyone has the same chance again to get to the very front of this industry and space and use AI in the most effective uh automated way. You know, anyone that picked up that picks up AI this week for the very first time and learns an hour of training is going to be still 100 times more uh efficient, effective, um, and capable than someone that has an AI model from 6 months ago and it has been an expert at AI for 20 years, All right. Like that’s how crazy these models are now that every time a new one comes out, it’s a substantial leap forward. Uh and if you are on my um if you’re in my top 1% audience, I was going over this in our training the other day when I was talking about how all of the AI companies, they’re on a race to what is known as AGI. Now, let me go ahead. I’ll just pull up a a just a Google document just in case we write a bunch of notes today. There’s not going to be too many notes that I can think of, but I want to just do it anyway just so we have it here in case. So, all AI companies are on the the race to AGI. This again is artificial um general intelligence and actually a really good documentary. You can I watched it last night. Uh, and it’s it’s already kind of dated in the sense that like this was filmed maybe I don’t know when when when they would have finished filming, but they even say in the in the documentary that by the time this gets released, uh, it’ll already be will already be substantially closer to AGI. Um, but let me just see what it was called. Netflix documentary

    Yeah, the AGI doc. How I became an AI apocal apocalopimist.

    Apocaloptimist. So, watch the AI doc. How I became an AI apocus.

    I think that’s how it was spelled, right? a uh timist lot apocist

    I don’t know we’ll just leave it at that for now you get the idea um and actually just that’s going to annoy me that that that there so I’m just going to copy this here there we go that was a word um so yeah go ahead and watch that it’s on Netflix um and it’ll give you a really good idea. He gets a bunch of the CEOs of these different AI companies because again, whoever gets to a artificial general the intelligence first, whatever AI company, whether it’s in America or anywhere else in the world, is going to be the most powerful company in the world and the most powerful people in the world, the ones that run it and have control of what it does. Uh, essentially a AGI again is when um AI works at a level of intelligence um that is equal to or greater than that of humans. So I was um long long story short when this happens this is essentially the point when it makes more sense to use AI AIS for work than humans. uh when we’re at this stage, you can put AI models into robots, into uh machines, into different uh different use cases. Uh and it’s, you know, you don’t ever have to pay them uh anything like you can pay them 100 times less than minimum wage. They work 24/7. They don’t have sick leave. They don’t get um mental health days. They don’t need anything like that. and they are just working better and they never get things wrong uh or very very rarely. So that’s uh what we were talking about the other day. Now um in terms Well, give me one second here.

    Um, I’ve got got someone that’s asked for the link to the webinar today cuz I know there was a error it seemed for some people.

    Um, but yeah, I don’t know. I don’t know. Did you Did you guys have have an issue with getting on today’s session at all? I know it was um frustrating. For some reason when I started it, there was not a bunch of people in the room. So I had to send an email out with the webinar for today. Let me see if there was anyone on my Gmail asking for it, too, cuz I just want to make sure everyone’s got the chance to get in here. Um,

    it’s all good. It seems like everyone’s all right now.

    Um, cool. So, I’ll turn that off. It’s not going to get annoying. So, for today though, the cork thing that I want to cover today is uh our Opus 5.5 and just make sure you guys understand how to use it. This is obviously with Claude. This came out last night uh literally only hours ago and I wanted to do a session on that today. So, if that sounds good to you guys, give me a thumbs up in the chat. Let me know uh you see this. Again, this model, guys, if you if you guys remember, the last new new model we got was Fable 5.1, which was almost double as powerful as Fable was. Opus Fable was the biggest advancement in AI since the launch of AI. FA Fable 5.1 came out maybe less than a month later, twice as powerful as Fable. Now, the biggest issue with using these models is that they use a lot of tokens. If you have used them before and you’re on a lower or the basic level subscription of Claude, you’ll find that you will end up using them quite quickly. Now, when Fable 5.1 came out, not long after um Chat GPT released their chat GPT 6 model, which is literally like using Fable 5.1, even better in some areas, and um is much cheaper, right? It still is expensive. It’s like it’s still um you might even need not even the basic level subscription. I think it was the level up you needed to even access it. um at the time it came out, it might have come out to everyone now. That’s usually what happens. Um but what um Opus has done now is or what Claude I should say has done now or I really should say what Anthropic the company that owns Claude has done now is they’ve now just released Opus 5.5. And I’ve been waiting to see what they do because it had to be big. It had to be a big move this time again so that Claude also sorry that Chat GPT doesn’t get too far ahead uh in the power of what they’re releasing because it’s the first time in probably 2 or 3 years that chat JPT had a substantial or even was in front of Claude in terms of the capabilities of what the AI tools could do. Um, so Opus 5.5 has come out, which is literally the same as Fable Level Bra in terms of brainwise, and it’s 40% cheaper to run. This is going to be your brand new default go-to model for 90% of the work that you do. And I recommend changing to it now by updating your Claude. All right. And here in the bottom right, see it says opus 5.5. Have it set to this for 90% of your work. And here you can see the speed medium. I’ve got it set to start with it at medium. And I’m going to we’re going to cover what it what it means at these different levels. Right. So we’ll set it over 5.5 at medium for now. And then um Oh, you can’t see. You can’t see right now. Let me go ahead actually and change the screen over. share something else. Okay, own claw here down the bottom right here. Opus 5.5 and I got set to medium here right now. Again, if you’re in normal chat, by the way, guys, up here in the top left, this is how you change between normal um normal normal chat with Claude and then um Claude code is the top right one. Remember, use Claude code for anything we’re building. It is so much more powerful than trying to build it in chat over here. Again, for complete beginners here, when you use chat, uh you’re literally going back and forward with the Claude one-on-one. This your one agent is doing tasks for you. You’re then responding back to what it says, going back and forth and back and forward, and it tries to then get things done as quickly as possible. Um, as well as understand some things take a bit of time. So, but it you know it’s not the most efficient way to build things in claude code. This is where each chat that you have it each chat man uh each answer that you get uh the actual AI in claude code has the ability to launch uh different agents in the background side AI tools to launch and create and get access to third parties and and um bring in more resources to your builds. It could launch up to a thousand uh side agents to do work in different areas if it feels in your project’s big enough and that’s what’s needed and that gets things done so much quicker. Um but again here bottom right open 5.5 set. Boom. And we are good to go. Now let’s jump back over. Let’s go through the slides first. Let me go ahead pull this up.

    Cool. Um, and now I’ll turn my camera off real quick just so you can see this a bit bigger. So, let’s go through these. Now, again, this has only come out literally hours ago. I had I got these done literally before today’s webinar um after playing around with it a little bit and doing a bit more research into it. Um, it’s still going to come down to you using it and triing it with me to uh get a bit more use cases and whatnot, but uh this is what I found so far. So essentially, you’re getting more brains for less money and delivered faster. Fable level performance on most work. And this is what Anthropic says. It even tops Fable 5.1 on every benchmark they published at launch. This means it actually works better than Fable 5.1 when it first came out. Fable 5.1 has improved since. However, at launch, uh, this Opus 5.5 now works better than that. It’s 40% cheaper to run than Opus 5 on a typical workload. So, again, this is huge. Not I think I said before, it’s cheaper to run than Fable. It’s 40% cheaper to run than Opus 5. And this is where where the last model was at, Opus 5. Opus 5 um literally was so much cheaper than using Fable 5.1 or even Fable. So now to use 5.5 Opus 40% cheaper than Opus 5 was uh is insanely cheaper than than Fable 5.1 which is one of the key reasons why this will be your new workhorse. Um, so yeah, so that’s that’s how much cheaper it is on typical workloads, lower token prices, plus it finishes tasks with fewer tokens as well. So you get more work done quicker but less token spend, which is you can’t ask for anything more more than that. Um, and it’s 30% faster than Opus 5 as well. So less waiting time on long builds, less rambling in the answers. Um, Opus 5 had an issue sometimes where it would just write you these giantly big responses and you it’s like I’m not asking for you to talk. I want you to just get the job done. Give me a thumbs up if you’ve experienced that at all. And you’re like, okay, stop talking. Just deliver me the link that I need. Um, if you’ve used it at all, you would have you would know what I’m talking about there. So, this is what’s changed since the last Opus. Uh, price per tokens. it’s gotten cheaper. So, instead of $5 um to $25, um it’s now we’re now at um the cash rates per 1 million tokens, it’s about 20. Uh default effort is on high versus medium. So, you can use a lower level model and get even cheaper uh usage than Opus 5 was giving. Now thinking uh which you know is it’s what would happen in OBS 5 you have the option to choose our deeper deeper thinking on uh now with Opus 515 it’s always on and you just use the effort dial um to to basically say how much thinking you want it to do. um 30% faster as we mentioned. Writing style over 5 was chatty and it had a lot of loose ends. Over 5.5 is plain English key info first. Reading charts and screenshots, it was all right with Opus 5. It’s now much sharper even at low effort. Um and Opus 5 was okay at staying inside boundaries. Wasn’t the best. But um sometimes for some reason it’s one of the key problems that AI AI tools have always had. um especially the cheaper models and whatnot, they always try to escape to doing other work that you haven’t asked it to do, right? It’s like you’ll start with with with concept A in your head and now all of a sudden you’re building some side thing for your tool that you never even wanted 10 minutes ago, but you still haven’t got the first thing that you wanted completed, right? Um this is going to happen a lot less um as they’re getting better at ironing out how to stop this happening. where you’ll feel the upgrades, long hands-off builds, multi-hour audits and migration runs, end to end with sub agents and little babysitting. Better re code review. Actually, what I should say with with long hands-off builds, this is when when you’re building things. Um, completely hands off. Um, and I recommend doing these overnight and then just letting the permission let letting have permissions to everything or setting it to bypass permissions. So we can literally just build overnight and not stop. You’ll literally wake up every day with every project that you’re going to build completely done. It’ll be finished. Um if you go start before you go to bed, you’ll wake up with it ready to go in the morning and it’s a really fresh place to then start your new day. Better code review uh catches more real bugs and fewer alarms and explains it in plain English. Few wrong numbers, much less likely to state a wrong figure or site the wrong source. Um, decks and sheets need less editing and straight talking updates. It’ll tell you what it did, what it found, and where it needs what it needs from you. No trailing loose ends. Now, this is going to compare it to Fable 5.1, the top highest model of Anthropic and Claude. So obus 5.5. So you can see here it’s called it calls it the daily driver versus the specialist. And that’s a really good way to think of it. Obus 5.5 will be your daily driver for everything. And Fable 5.1 is your specialist when you’re really demanding some high-end uh work that involves a lot of reasoning um and maybe a lot of research and um and things where things could get a bit fuzzy or confusing in how to perfectly piece things together. Use Fable 5.1 for that. The major literally the majority of things you can just use Opus 5.5. now. Um, and that’s what I would be doing anyway. And, uh, then having Fable 5.1 go over your Opus 5.5 work to see if it’s up to scratch with everything that it would do itself. That’s something you you see me consistently doing and teaching is whenever these expensive new models come out, I’ll use one of the lower models to build out a complete project. And from there, I’ll then have FA the highest model go over and double check the work. Sometimes I even have Chat GPT come in or Codeex come in and look at Claude’s build work to make sure it’s done everything right and it hasn’t missed anything. And it’s often good to do that because it’s the second set of eyes essentially and it’ll often find things. So Opus 5.5 costs about 60% less per token than Fable 5.1. That’s a huge huge saving. means you literally can do over double the amount of work. This is what I suggest as well. Before you switch models to say from Opus 5.5 up to Fable 5.1 or even Fable 5, start off at Opus 5.5 on medium. If something misses something in what it builds for you or if it’s not at the level you want it, uh,

    uh raise it to the higher level and then to the extra high level.

    Then um after that it’ll say yeah after that um if it’s still missing at extra high you call in fable 5.1. So yeah, start low then then move the model up and then from there we’ll see how uh close it can get to what you’re wanting. And if it’s not there, go to Fable 5.1. Skip straight to Fable 5.1 though when the job is broad fuzzy or across um or across lots of domains. hard reasoning where one miss is expensive, a document conflict or a bug opus keeps missing. Now again, say you’ve got like a live project and there’s paying customers, you might want to just use Fable 5.1 invest a bit more of your tokens or money into that so you don’t then have uh an issue. Although in saying that um 5.5 will be able to do the job in 90% of cases. Uh I’d say uh low to max how hard Clawude thinks. So low there’s a quick reflex sub aents rewrites formatting fast answers medium which is the default uh everyday pro most chats copy and research and routine cla code include code work now that’s where I I’ve always set my uh open I sometimes move it to high though if I need a careful expert if I’m doing something like a sales page strategy tricky bugs or multi-step builds extra high is going to be the deep work mode agent builds over 30 minutes big refractors audits and max uh which is the no limits which is going to be frontier problems that beat extra high can overthink simple jobs that’s really important to know can can overthink simple jobs if you set your claude to max and um and you’ve got it there and what happens is um you then ask it a really simple question it’ll it’ll it it can get confused. You can actually think it’s you’re asking it a lot more than what you are. You you might be asking it. It’s just plain old basic uh response of what does it want? Um like [snorts] what’s its goal? And like yeah, just you you just want the simple answer. But because you put it to max, it will think that you that you’ve got a trick question hidden in it. and it will ask itself the same question a 100 different ways to try to make sure that it doesn’t have uh a trick answer and it might even come up with like a trick meaning that that you were trying to say uh or that it thinks you’re trying to say even though you’re not and and then all of a sudden you’re getting all these token spend and this really weird answer. So just be aware of that. Uh this is a good way to think of it. Medium on Opus 5.5 matches or beats high on Opus 5. So, if you’ve used Opus 5 in the past and you’ve had it set on a high, medium on 5.5 beats it on there. So, effort names don’t mean the same thing across models. Don’t copy your old settings across. Start at medium and then test up. And flip side, at the same level, 5.5 thinks more per turn. So, the old extra higher max settings run longer and they burn more tokens. So, just be aware of that. Um, pick the model and effort by the job. So, subject lines, quick replies, rewrites, opus 5.5 or low or medium. Sales pages, webinar decks, launch models, opus 5.5 or medium or high. Claude code feature builds and fixes, opus 5.5 on high. Overnight away from keyboard builds, big migrations, opus 5.5 on high. Market research across messy sources. Fable 5.1 on high. the bug that beat Opus at extra high. Uh, which means that you’ve tried to fix it on extra high and doesn’t work. Use Fable 5.1 on high and then on max if it still can’t fix whatever it is then. So, keep it simple. The three rules to run with default 5.5 on medium for almost everything. Turn everything up before you switch models. Fable 5.1 is a specialist, not the daily driver. Right? So, does that make sense with you guys? Give me a thumbs up if that all makes sense. If you got any questions on any of that so far, let me know.

    Now, let me I’ll give you guys a second here. Awesome. Good. Appreciate you, mate. Now, since since I had to send this link out last minute, um, and I’ll share this with you guys in just a second here. Give me one second.

    Um, what I’m going to do is, uh, if you guys haven’t seen the webinar that I did for my top 1% audience the other day, which which some of you wouldn’t, uh, if you’re not in that exact audience, but I did send an email out in the and the replay out the past couple of days to my top 1% audience that Oh, yeah. I just read your question, Adam. Um, give me one second. Um, what I’m going to do is I’m going to give you access to the webinar replay from the other day in just a moment here. It says, “So, replace um, but before I do that, Adam says, “So, do I replace Sonnet with Opus even on the $20 a month plan?” Yeah, I would. I would do that at first and just see how you go um, token wise because um, it’s that much cheaper now. It’s not going to be as cheap as Sonnet. And until Sonnet does another update, you know, the work you’re getting, you get you a little bit literally getting fable level building for less than Opus was 40% less than Opus. I’m not sure. Let me even just ask here. Let’s find out. I’ll find out here real quick. How does Opus 5.5 compare to Sonet? Let’s find out real answers right now.

    It’s just loading up.

    So on an artificial analyst index, Opus 5.5 scores 58 against Sonnet 5, which is at 38. 12 benchmarks. Uh it’s reported for both models. Obus 5.5 wins all 12 uh which also include the SWE Pro and the Terminal Bench, which are the coding ones that matter for Claude Code. Uh, Opus 5.5 is $4 in for $20 out per million tokens, which is exactly 2x Sonet 5 is $2 in, $10 out. So, it’s it is more expensive. It’s at double the amount of of double the cost. Um

    and Sonnet um right now has it’s made its cost permanent. So the costs won’t be changing for Sonnet at that price. But I would just test I would test and see for your use cases how uh how much you how much more better is it using set uh using sorry opus and the results you get compared to just using sonnet and if I put it in the context of sonet of opus 5.5 [snorts] is performs better than fable 5 yet is 40% cheaper than the last opus 60% cheaper than Fable 5.1 and I’m not sure how much cheaper than Fable 5 it is but be more than that I can I know the actual work the actual um it’s the actual what do I say the work results that I get from Opus 5 is um sorry from Fable 5 is so much bigger than like than what you get from Sonnet that I think you’ll you you’ll be able to justify the cost um in terms of the quality of work you get and how fast you get it um than just using Sonnet. But again, it could be your use case. You might not need to at all. Any other questions on this one? Let me know cuz I’d love to be able to answer them for you before I I run you through what I shared on the last session um yesterday, the day before, whenever it was. Let me know.

    [snorts] Let me see that. Okay, cool. All right. So, what I’m going to do here, let’s jump back over here. What I shared the other day was my brand new tool and I’m let’s let’s even use it right now. my brand new tool here called um Billboard Mate. Now, what this is, I’ll show you here. This is a tool that I essentially had been wanting to build for a long time and I tried to build it with op um Opus in the past and and even some of the earlier models and it just wasn’t getting to where I wanted it. But basically, I wanted a tool where I could create a banner or a billboard of any sort. Now, these are the ones that just get made inside of my tool tool billboard made itself. But if I wanted to use this uh if I wanted to get create a banner inside of say chat GBT um and bring it in here, I could do that. Uh any AI tool, any AI image or non any image at all I can put in here really. And I then want to put this billboard here directly into an email, right? or a sales page or an app or anywhere that you can possibly imagine in the email footer. This is a really good place. And then I wanted to change what’s on the billboard a week later. Uh even if even if I’ve already sent the email, well, I can do that. So, say I’ve sent you an email today saying, “Hey, you got a webinar tomorrow at 600 p.m. Eastern.” Well, the webinar started. I then want to change the billboard to say webinars doors are open now. And then say you click on yesterday’s email, it won’t just say register here. It’ll say webinar doors are open. But then say if tomorrow, the day after you then um open the email for the first time, then the and the webinar is already done. Well, if it’s if it’s if it says um join here or the doors are open now and that’s it, you’re like, what the hell? What a waste of me even opening this. I’ve missed this email. But if the billboards changed to saying something like, “Hey, you missed the webinar, but here’s your replay,” you still get value out of it. And then that’s an extra viewer on my replay. That’s one way of using it. And I actually what I’ll do is I’ll show you here. Here’s an example on the screen here. Say right now that I got the webinar tonight, but then tomorrow I’ve I’ve got a launch week that that I want to change it to. Boom. It’ll just change to my launch week one. And then after Friday ends, after the Friday midnight ends, I’ll go boom to my evergreen offer. And wherever this billboard’s been pasted is what will show. So, let me go actually go ahead here and even share this with you. Um,

    let me open this. I’m going to mute my microphone so I can open it. One second.

    every blog post you ever wrote, every page, every link in every bio, they’re all still out there, still being [music] seen. Most are advertising something that ended years ago. What if every one of them was a billboard you still controlled? [music] That’s billboard, mate. Paste one snippet once, then change what it shows [music] and where it sends people from. One dashboard forever. Wherever you can put a banner, it works. Your email footer, your homepage, inside a blog post, your social bio, any clickable [music] link. Launch week. One switch puts your launch on every board you own. Cart closes, they flip back by themselves. 40 old reviews pointing at a dead product. Change one link, every post now sells what you sell today. Put it in your emails. When someone opens one a year from now, they don’t see the old offer. They see what you’re selling today. One QR code on every slide. Registration, [music] then the replay, then your offer. Your work stops expiring. Every page, every email, every link you make keeps working for what you’re selling right now. And it grows every time you hit publish. Paste it once, [music] change it forever. Billboard made. All

    right. Hopefully you heard that. Okay. Can can I get a thumbs up if you heard that? Okay. Um and actually it made that video yesterday for me or like right before the webinar two days ago plus this cool sales page as well all in one hit. Uh, it did both for me in one hit inside of Claude, which was pretty cool. [snorts] Now, why I’m sharing this? Well, um, I’ve just extended it just for you guys here or if anyone that watches watches watches this replay. Um, I needed I need five people for this and I got those five. I decided I’d release another five spots for people that watched the replay. Um, but only for 24 hours. Now, three of those spots got taken. There’s two spots left to grab this. But the main reason I think a lot of people are grabbing it is because of the wild bonus pack that I’ve done with it. So, let me run that through that with you really, really quickly. Um, let me go ahead actually and go resume here. Cool. So, basically the first thing I’m giving you guys is access to my um almost like my new AI AI workforce masterass which is going to be next month. Um, I wanted to create a master class, a single master class that went through every key area as uh that I run in my AI business um to get everyone up to speed and up to scratch on where things are at. Um, and how to do it all in literally one week. Um, and [clears throat] by one week I mean doing one one to two hour session a day or I might do it over two weeks and do three sessions a week. I’m still working it out how I’ll break this down, but um I it things have changed since we’ve first launched AI um master classes, right? And that you don’t need to do a lot of the things that you used to have to do, but there’s some new things you have to do as well. You’ll see underneath here it says the old manual way which would be you would do a prompt to AI, you get an answer, you copy and paste that answer and then you would have to do some of the work uh and type things together and copy and paste things into different tools to get things to work. Now you can literally it’s the new AI agentic way is you then tell AI what you want. It’ll ask you questions. AI will then plan out how to do it. It will then use um use the tools and then it will execute um on the actual jobs and then it will check the work that it’s done and then it will give it to you for your final approval. Uh which is so much easier but it’s gone further than that. Now let me even just share this with you guys. Let me go ahead and share my full screen. So day one’s going to be going over Chat GB6 Ultra and um sorry Astra and Claude Fable 5.1 and Opus 5.5 now since that’s come out. If these models update at all we’ll be covering the latest updates. Now we’re going to build the AI brain again. Now we don’t need to do things as how we used to, right? And essentially, um, I’m going to show you how to update your AI brain or what your AI tools know about you. So, you can essentially have one master brain and then have all your AI tools um, work on on the same brain. So all no matter what AI tool you use whether it’s chat claude gromini any of the free models they all know where things are at at the same exact time and let me even share with you see here this is my AI brain that I’ve got set up I’m going to make this look prettier but chat GBT claude codeex and manis which is meta tool these all are working on my same AI brain these are the different jobs it’s been doing on different brains right now um or on different tools, but it all runs off the same master brain. So, we’re going to cover how to set that up. Then, from prompting to delegating. So, how to actually get AI agents and and um tools to do the work for you. And again, as we said here, AI does the work from idea to done. How to be completely handsoff. how to have Claude and Chat GBT use computer use, which means they can now take over your computer, literally launch browsers in front of your eyes and and use your mouse and go click on different links and sites and actually do any tasks that in the past uh it wouldn’t be able to do. So, you don’t even need to have direct access to certain tools. You could have Photoshop and you might not have zero idea how to use Photoshop or say Final Cut Pro, a video editing tool, and your Claude or your Chat GPT can become an instant expert at video editing. Uh, and it can edit a full video for you. Uh, or um fix or color grade a video or optimize an image or make additions or whatever it is you need done. And it can do it without having a direct connection uh to um those tools. It can literally just open them up and use them by studying the manuals online of these tools and becoming an instant expert. It’s pretty crazy. Then we’re going to build our own AI workforce at the end. Uh which is again down the bottom here. That’s when we’re going to go over Hermes and custom agents, Grock agents, multi- aent orchestration, triggers, and verification. Now I’ll share with you my um cuz I restarted my computer. They’re not open. But it’s good that I open them now. Um

    here is my Grock agent right now. Oh, here’s my design agent at the top here that I’ve been using. I said, “Hey, can you go ahead and actually um Whoops. can you go ahead and and make a variation of this? And it went ahead and created a couple of variations here

    [snorts] um that I could use. I think they even look a lot better. Then here’s my CEO. My CEO I’ll ask at different jobs and then this agent will then will then create sub aents. Like these are all sub agents for my business. So you can see here CEO is the is the head of things. Then I’ve got um my traffic agent here. this this agent’s ready to go out for me and start to post my my different software solutions on pages pages like future tools, SASHub, alternative to SAS city. It will go in, it’ll make it’ll make listings and it’ll add in screenshots of my software and add in reviews and launch announcements about them. So, it’ll get traffic coming in that way. Then product scout. This looks this is a radar agent that goes out and finds tools and idea suggestions that it thinks uh I might want to do. Side quest. This is a side agent that I have um which I’ve got running right now to like look at working on creating me an iPhone app. I’ve always wanted to create a video game. So it’s actually looking at different video game ideas right now. Competitive research bot automation. Anthony B. So, this is this is going to automate things in my business that it sees it can automate. Then I’ve got my marketing and my launch uh bot for when I do a a software launch. And then I’ve got a a product pass. This is this is a subscription I got down here that I wanted AI I wanted an agent to see how it could best use the tools in that product pass uh and and set them up together. The cool thing with all of these is in the top right corner, you see this little computer screen? Each one of these agents has access to their own computer. So, if I click on this, it’ll pull up their actual uh computer that when they’re doing work, you’ll be able to see them doing it live literally as if they’re an they’re an a an actual um agent or like like an employee, I should say. See, look down the bottom here. I’ve got it’s Oh, whoopsies. We’ve got Chrome, we got their file manager, and the terminal. They can do everything they need through those three areas. If I minimize that, let’s have a look at the CEO’s one. Let’s see what their background looks like.

    Same thing. And you I can even teach it tasks up here if there individually specific ones. Let’s have a look at the head developers one. Again, probably the same thing as well, but they all will have their own uh VPS or virtual servers. Right. So, when they’re doing work, it’ll work uh completely seamlessly. And then I’ve got my Hermes agent that I’ve got set up currently through my Telegram. So, I just I literally just text on [clears throat] on my app um what I want it to do. And yeah, so that’s this whole thing is going to be it’s it’s going to be like a couple of grand to be a part of. I’m letting everyone be a part of it. uh when they get Billboard made if you get one of those final two spots. Uh on top of that, you also get well here’s what you get. You get access to yeah that course my AI sales video training which is again how I created sales videos just like that one or if you’ve seen my perfection tool. This is look if you haven’t seen this video yet um you can watch this later on. Um but I’ll show it say claimation.

    Anyway, you get the idea, right? So, how I built uh these, plus you’ll get free credit to actually build these on the actual software that I do, and I actually build it inside of Claude. Um, which is pretty cool. I can actually even show you a quick example of one that I’ve been doing recently. Um, where are we here? See here, here’s for um my overlay, mate. I had it storyboard some different ideas and it’s been building this out directly for me. A world where a billion videos get watched every single day. So these are just examples that I have been building. But again, we’re going to go through how you can do that. So by the end of the webinar, you’ll be building your own sales videos for your tools. Uh you’ll also be getting where are we? Where are we here? Yeah, the AI agent setup which is going to be building our own agent team. So we’re going to be doing that. these these two this adds to this actual webinar for the sales video training the AI agent and then the AI pass toolkit which again um I’ll share with you where I’ve got it here somewhere the example so I shared this other day tools anymore you don’t need them right so normally like Apollo is a big research tool for contacts and work emails you don’t need this anymore um you can actually um just use the the API for this tool which again is a simple connection from Claude that will then you’ll get just charged per what you use inside of this tool. So you might only need it for one search or you say you need need to do something but Claude can’t do it or Chad GBT can’t do it directly but there’s a third party tool that can instead of needing to actually buy that third party tool, you can just pay and and um get access to using the full features of that tool without needing a monthly subscription. Uh, now this will be for over 3,000 different tools and you just pay per lookup, not per month and you never need to sign up with any of them. It’s kind it’s it’s it’s like the same thing as open router is for AI models. Open router. We’ve talked about this before. This allows you to use any any AI model from Claude, Chacht, Grock, any of them, even all the free ones, all the value ones, like they’re all in here. You can use any of these without needing a subscription to any of them and you just pay for what you use. Now, there obviously becomes a time where having a subscription is better value than paying for what you use. Um, that’s why for me with like cuz with Claude, you get like like I showed you before, I think it was like for every $4 spent, you get $20 worth of tokens. If you if you didn’t have the subscription, you’d be paying $20 for $20 worth of tokens. So, it’s four times better value getting the actual subscription with Claude. And if you’re using those tokens, then yes, but if it’s only the odd thing you need it for, then having a full subscription is not worth it. Perfect example is um the video [snorts] uh sales video training. I paid $1,300 for the year for the for the actual um software. um access to do that. Uh and then I still have to use tokens inside of it. Now you don’t even need the subscription. You can just pay for what you use, which is much better than having to commit to a whole year um subscription. Um now the best part about it too is if you ask AI something like, oh, what is it? um what’s um I want to do this. And even if you don’t know what what the tool is um that that can do that thing that you’re asking it to do, uh AI will go through those 3,000 tools and make and if when it finds the one that it can that can do it, it’ll tell you, hey, we want to use this tool that can do this task because we can’t do it directly. It’ll cost this many cents. Are you okay with it? And then if you say yes, we go ahead and do it. Simple as that. So, those three are going to be on tomorrow’s bonus webinar, right? Tomorrow’s bonus webinar. Now, the biggest uh bonus on this, right, is what what I’m doing on on Billboard, mate. Um, if you came to the website, [snorts] which I I don’t suggest doing just yet, but if you come down, it takes you through everything, how to use it and whatnot. Um, if you get Billboard Mate today, it’s normally 1,500 bucks using the coupon code billboard five for the five people. But the biggest value on is that I’m giving you guys a $997 coupon, which which basically investment then becomes $997. Um, there’s a PayPal option to pay in four as well. Um, and I also created a split pay option um, for those on the replay, too. But, um, 997 and then you get a $997 coupon to use on any of my other tools. Here’s some of ones that I said you can use it on like perfection, stepmate, overlay, mate, advert mate, talk mate, URL, fam, the agent suite, uh, suit, agent 72, and there’s many more which I’m going to be sharing as well. But, uh, or you can keep it for for the future. But basically this the 997 you invest you instantly get it back in a coupon that you can then apply to any of these uh you can even use multiple you can use this coupon on multiple tools if it adds up to that value right so um that comes with this too but I want to give you guys the replay page for that um because I did I was going to close that offer today um but I’m just going to leave it open for those that want to check it out further and then what we’ll do here in a second, we’ll build a billboard in Billboard mate. One second here. Cool. Now, let me go ahead and I’ll share this over here in the chat. Um,

    also that’s that’s um good. If you can go ahead um can you message me on WhatsApp right now? I’ve um cuz two cuz some of those bonuses I also gave away in Neil’s promo from last week. I’ve asked everyone to message me on WhatsApp um for those and I’ve sent you guys through the links for the webinars which are tomorrow as well. Um I’ll send the replay out to everyone as well. Um but uh if you message me on WhatsApp right now again for Neil’s promo work 61

    that will then uh add me WhatsApp for Neil’s

    bonuses. I’ll also go ahead and send everyone that was a buyer of that um an email today. Uh I got the list off Neil last night. So, I’ll get you added into those uh if you have not got access already

    and awesome Joel. I appreciate you my friend. Um

    Um, awesome Joe. I love that. Joe goes, “I’ve been pitching a physical billboard accident attorney. I think this would um be a big help.” Yeah. And you can use this on clients as well. The cool thing is when you build your billboards, you literally can then just go over here on the right where see where it says partner or affiliate version. You can then make access for your partner. So, they get access to this one board. Let’s even make one right now. Let’s make a new board. Going to call this one webinar replay. Um, and where should we send people? I’m going to just send people right now to We’ll send people to Where’s this replay link? I sent it in the chat, didn’t I? Did I? Yeah. We’ll send people to this link here to the replay for now.

    example. We’ll create the board. So, there’s no banner in here yet. We’re going to make a banner. We’ll call this one um Whoops.

    Um,

    and even change where I want it to look like, but let’s say I’ll leave it at that email or blog banner email footer. Let’s just go here. We’ll leave we’ll leave all the colors. Let’s see. Oh, let’s change the color. Let’s go to a green maybe. Or let’s do a

    Cool.

    Let’s go save and make it live. So, this is up and running. And now all I need to do is take this and over here on the right where it says for emails, I just need to copy and paste that into the email section or onto my website or onto a blog post or onto um anywhere really at all that you can post or share something. The cool thing is as well is you can share a QR code, but the cool thing is that QR code you can then change forever. So this specific QR code, I can download the images wherever I paste this or post this in future. uh it will always share whatever link I’ve got over here. So say um it’s on a physical business card and I print this out a thousand times. I’m not then stuck to what to one link with most QR codes. Uh you’re stuck with whatever you’ve made that to. Now you can change that link here uh to be for something else. Now that’s the replay being uh live. Now, what I might want to do is a um let’s make another banner saying register [clears throat] for

    Wednesday’s webinar

    free. No catch pure value training [snorts]

    or even I can just go webinar

    words

    webinar. Um, click here to register now. 100% free

    for my students only. Oh, wait. What? I just clicked out of it again. I’m so silly.

    I need to figure out how I can stop that happening. Um webinar Wednesday

    register here

    for for your pure value training.

    sun up here. Make that color a bit more yellow again.

    And what I’m going to do, I’m going to go save and make it live or just save to the library. So now I’ve got this one and what I’ll do is I’ll paste these

    in. So what you’ll see in the in the next in the next um email that I send out, what I’ll do is I’ll put one of these in at the bottom or somewhere in the actual session. And then um what I’ll do is I’ll show I’ll show you an example of if you open it tomorrow and it’s uh it’ll be set as the webinar for Wednesday for next week. Then if you don’t open it though until after next week um it’ll change to this session. It’ll say your replay is live, right? Or what I might even do with today’s replay, I’ll have it go out and I’ll put this banner here. It’ll say your replay is live. But if you for whatever reason then didn’t open the the actual email till next week, it’ll then change to the other other one here for the webinar Wednesday when it’s closer to Wednesday next week. Basically, it means you can still use the power of your emails, but not just your emails, literally anywhere. It can be your bio link in your social media. It means you can actually manage and track and um and use all all the links you’ve ever posted. If you’ve got at least one Billboard made link on there, it means you can use those pages as an asset to your business forever ongoing. Right now, the cool thing is there’s a few other ways banners we can make here. You can make a countdown banner which again gives you an actual count um actual countdown date and time and everything. So say if I went from let’s say

    here um right let me go sorry 9 to the 10th

    And then I can change the words. But then what it’ll do when I hit live, it’ll have a countdown. See at the top here, see it says clos in 36 days. All right. And then after that countdown has come down. Uh I can then have it. It’ll say you’ve missed this. So up here closes in X amount of time. So today’s uh Billboard mate that’s going to actually close in a couple of days from now. Let’s say where are we today? Um October 24th, September. Where are we? September. So let’s say in how many days? 3 days. Um

    and

    price will go up when the price hits zero is what I got set to. Um [clears throat]

    spot access only

    closes. Never get one time access again.

    All is removed.

    Now I need to figure I need to make this a bit smaller here, which I’ll get sorted um after this. You can see there’s a little bug happening there. So I’m just going to screenshot that, but I’ll get that fixed. um I’ll say get and so I’ll do that afterwards. Now over here on the left you can see there’s also the ability to have uh a carousel. So I can actually create a carousel with my pre-existing banners and then I can embed this in individual carousel that which shares multiple links to different actual locations. So now my footer can now take one link and now turn it into three different things and that means I can increase the number of potential clicks that that email gets if they are not interested what’s in the core email itself. Now, I always say don’t overpop populate. Like I always have every email about one specific topic, one clear goal, but um there will be times where it’s just a pure value email, but and then having something in your footer of free value. Um that’s where something like this would be great or in a clickable link in your bio on social media or or anything like that or in a URL fam site. I know many of you have my tool URLFam. Um, you can embed these instantly again for emails. Um, and and you can see there’s a moving carousel and there’s also side by side that you can choose. So, it’s carousel and columns. Uh, I need to get a column visual um, set up a bit better here. But yeah, and then one of the coolest one is is the new takeover feature that I’ve added, which means every prior board that no matter where you place it, say I have a big launch or something coming up, I want to do a takeover. That means under going clicking on takeover, it’ll change every board that I’ve got anywhere. And I can actually select the boards that I want if I don’t want to do every single one. Say I want to do all of them besides one or two. Boom. Select where they go. And then um and then I’ve got full access to that um here. And wherever that is, it will then actively allow me to release that. Right? So, um, for a big launch, I can use every link that I’ve ever posted ever in the past, every email that I’ve sent that, uh, because emails still get open weeks to even months after someone sent them. Um, and usually they’re obsolete and useless after after a certain date or period, right? Because a sale’s finished or a promotion’s done or whatever it is. This is a way you can keep people up to date so they don’t miss out on going. Now, you get the entire funnel. You get no restrictions, full access um in this and you then get all of the bonuses and you then also get uh so including the so the entire investment of it after you use the code billboard 5 at JA which I think I’ve auto applied it now it’ll take it from 1,500 bucks down to 997. You then, as soon as you pick it up, you then message me on WhatsApp via this number here. You can then get access to any of the other tools that I have or you can keep the coupon in for in future. But it’s 97 coupon. So, what you’ve just invested, you get back instantly as a coupon, get access to my multi,000 AI workforce masterass coming up next month. uh you get access to the sales video training uh AI agent setup and AI day pass toolkit which are all this week on tomorrow’s webinar and I’ll send the replay out as well. Um and all you need to do is either go to billboard.com and enter that uh coupon there at the buy button. But if you want the split pay option, there’s two ways you can do it. If you come here, not here, sorry, let me just find the link here. You can come down and then there’s the 997 option or the split into three. What you’ll find though for many of you if you go 997 if you go here it’ll come up. So see it hasn’t auto applied it yet. So you’ll need to type in billboard five. Hit apply takes the $500 off. But see over here it says pay in four with PayPal. For many of you you’ll have this option. So that’ll bring it down to 250 bucks and you can just pay the rest on ongoing through PayPal’s paying forward. There’s no interest or anything with it. It’s just done. Alternatively, if that’s not there for you, you can come back and you can actually then use the three pay option here, which again is 397 today, 397 a month from now, and then a month after that. There’s only three two spots left actually. Wait, no, three or five spots left. So there’s three or five left. Um, I was only only going to do five spots for it because the whole thing with this guys that I want as well is I want to get access um to I want you guys to be cool with sharing your results with me. You don’t need to share the sites. I just want to share share the actual increase in traffic that you get as sales proof and I want to know what your actual um use is like and and any features you might want included. I want to see and understand uh what things you want added and I want to add them before I then launch this as a launch. I was mentioning on the webinar the other day for everyone else when I launches this has to be a recurring product because every single time a billboard is shown to a customer that’s a request from my servers and it costs me money. So, say someone has an email list. Say they’re like me. If I send an email out, if I send send it to 50,000 people, if 10,000 people open it, that email, that’s 10,000 requests to my servers that that my servers have to deliver that billboard. If they send an email a day over a week, that could be if they if there’s 10,000 people a day on average that open that one person’s email, that’s like 70,000 calls that I’m paying for for that one person. Now, if you have a hundred of those people and a thousand customers, it starts to cost money. Um, so I have to do recurring for everyone else. Uh, anyone that gets this here though is not going to get recurring. It’s a single single um like one-time deal. You’re not restricted in any way. Uh, unlimited boards, unlimited everything. And I’ll cover the cost through the recurring once this gets launched and my other tools can too. So, um, yeah, really cool opportunity. Up to you. I’ll put the link in the chat one more time. And what I’ll even do is I’ll make the link in a minute. Um, this is what the actual link is if you want to copy that, but I’ll make it lukeworld.com/buildboard

    which will then access this above link. It’s not that it’s not live just yet. Um, I’ll make that live here in a minute for you guy guys and girls. But yeah, all right guys, in saying that, I hope you guys enjoyed today’s training. Let me know is there any questions you’ve got so far um that you have from today that you might want to know. What I’ll do is I’ll share this document here as well. Um if you guys wanted it at all, please let me know if you got any questions.

    [snorts]

    Okay, cool. Joel Joel, I’ll do that right now. offer bump for one for 120. Can you shoot me your email if you got it here, Joel? And I’ll get I’ll get you the um I’ll get the link for you for that. Um otherwise, I’ll find it in WhatsApp, but if you can shoot me your email here where you emailed him from. Awesome. I’ll do it right now. Oh, cool. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Sorry, Joel. Um I didn’t realize it was you some sometimes I know your emails better than you than your names in here or I know a lot of Joles, but then um that’s the only one that I know.

    Um, also if you picked up Neil’s offer, please reach out to me too, guys. I want to make sure you guys get set up and get in. Let me just go ahead and make this second link live. Plugins. We’re here. Pretty links.

    Uh type URL. Oh, not that one. Where are we?

    Okay, now hopefully

    Hopefully. Hopefully. Oh, wait. Bam. Mate VIP.

    All right, lux.com VIP. Let’s see if that how you call it. That works now. In saying that, guys, appreciate you all. Any more questions, let me know. Otherwise, I’ll finish it for today. And look, still been over an hour, but still less than an hour, 2 hours. So, what it’s been maybe an hour and a half. And yeah, Joel, I I’ll probably I will do a webinar with um with with um them. I’ll get that sorted. I’ll definitely get that sorted. Appreciate you, mate. Ken, you’re an absolute legend, too, my friend. Appreciate you as well. Hope you enjoyed this Opus training. Anything else you guys need again, just WhatsApp me. I’m here for you all as always. Um please, if I haven’t responded within a day or so, if that ever happens, just reping me it. I apologize. Sometimes my messages get full. I’m also a dad to a young boy on school holidays, which you can if anyone has kids knows what that can be like. Um, but yeah, you guys all rock. I really appreciate your time. Oh my gosh, I’ve got all of I’ve got all my toothpaste in my beard. How weird. [laughter] All right, guys. You’re the best. I’ll speak to you soon and I’ll get this replay out play out ASAP. And I’m looking forward to everyone on the bonuses tomorrow. Um, bonus trainings tomorrow for these. Um, that’ll be a lot of fun. Cool. Thanks, guys. See you soon. Thank.

  • 09/27/2026 – Blog2Vid Webinar

    Good morning everyone. Welcome to the blog to vid webinar. This is Siril and uh I hope you’re all having a great day, great morning and I decided to do this one this webinar with onscreen presence and just talk to you guys face to face. This is the first webinar on which I’m going to be face to face. It’s going to be a new experience and uh if I do any goof ups you will have to excuse me but hopefully this is going to be a smooth webinar. Good to see everyone. A lot of familiar names here. Thanks for coming in. Hey Lindsay, how are you? I see other familiar people. People who have attended my earlier webinars. Thanks for coming in everyone. It’s it’s exactly 10 a.m. EST 10:00 a.m. Eastern, right? Good to see everyone. I just relocated to to Thailand this month and uh it’s been quite an adventure actually and uh last month end. Yeah. So, it’s been quite an adventure setting up things and in a new location. Let’s get started. I’m excited about this product. I’m excited about talking to you and showing you what we’ve created. This is I think one of the best products we’ve created when it comes to ranking and traffic. We do have a lot of software. So I think this uh really really matters when I tell you that it’s one of the best. It’s coming from a place uh you know of a lot of learning that we had. So let’s get started with the webinar. Do a quick round of introductions. Let’s get to know you guys where you’re from. So quick quickly in the chat let me know where you’re from, what time it is for you or what’s the time zone and we will get to the topic very soon. I’m reading the chats. This is a live webinar. This is not pre-recorded, right? I never do pre-recorded webinars because the idea is to talk to you. Idea is to learn from you, understand your concerns, understand your questions, and give you real value, right? You can’t do that when it’s pre-recorded. So, that’s why it’s this is live. We have Larry from Houston. 900 a.m. for Larry. Hey, Larry. We have George Cornelius from Alicante, Spain. Hola. Hola, Jorge. We got Paul Keenan, Ireland. The time is 3 p.m. Good afternoon, Paul. We’ve got John from LA. Horst is in Cologne, Germany. Wow. I think there was also a Cologne in France. Am I wrong? We have Mikuel from Orlando. We have Charles from St. Louis. Lot of different places in here. I see people from Europe. I know Lindsay is from Australia, Brisbane today. Hey, Lindsay from Canada. Nat from Vancouver. Lindsay, you are here twice. I think you may have two browser windows open. That’s my clue. If you if you’re having an hearing an echo, there’s a chance that you got two browser windows open. [snorts] So, maybe try closing one. We’ve got Alan from UK. Hey, Alan. So, lots of different places, guys. And I’m joining you from uh B from uh Thailand today. [snorts] So, yep. All over the world. I’m in Asia. Perfect. Thanks. Thanks for uh letting giving me this context and thanks for introducing yourself. Today we are going to talk about one of the most important topics that we have in online business and that is traffic. Right? Traffic is important. You can’t really do much without traffic. So when you get started, when you are trying to run an online business, the first thing you need even before you have an offer is a plan to get traffic, right? And it could be from ads, it could be from uh social media and it could be organic traffic. So you can choose what you want to pursue. Uh in my business, technique force, we try to get every kind of traffic. We call it only uh channel marketing. It works. Some things are expensive, some things are uh affordable and fun. But my favorite kind of traffic is organic traffic because of some reasons. I’m going to tell you about it. And that’s what this webinar is based on. I’m going to show you one of the ultimate hacks when it comes to getting organic traffic. And it just works. I’m going to show it to you. I’m going to prove it to you that this is one of the most, you know, I would say uh easiest techniques to get organic traffic with the least amount of effort and uh to turn something that’s already there into something that is much more valuable. That’s what we’re going to be talking about. So again, let’s just get a reading of the room first. How many of you don’t know what is organ organic traffic? I’m not expecting many hands, but if you don’t know what is organic traffic, I will quickly explain it. [laughter] Let me know in chat if you want me to explain organic traffic. Right. So very quick introduction. My name is Siril. I’m the founder of Technic Force and I’ve been making software for uh internet marketers for small businesses to help them get found online for more than a decade now. I guess most of you are my customers. If you’re on this webinar, you probably discovered me uh this webinar from a mail that I sent you or one of my associates sent you. So, welcome to the webinar. If you have a product from me earlier, if you’ve used one of my products, drop me a yes in the chat. And if you never used my products, your first time on a webinar with me and you are new to my business, new to my company, drop me a no in the chat. Let me see how many of you are actually there with me for a while and how many of you are the new guests, new clients, new prospects and I could probably uh try to tailor my webinar based on how the room looks like. So we have Mikuel the early trends have come in. Mikuel, yes. Charles says yes. George Cordelius. George is new. Welcome to the welcome to uh the webinar George and I’m sure you will find value in this. Alan says yes. Lindsay, yes, yes, your products are the best out there. Sirill, thank you, Lindsay. You’re very kind. Paul Keenan, yes, I have many of your products. Richard Scogland is also new. Welcome to the webinar, Richard. And I hope you find value. Penchen, yes. A is that AI or is that all? I can’t be sure, but all I’m assuming all yes. So, a lot of a lot of you, I would say majority of you are already my customers, my buyers. And uh that’s great because you already know uh the kind of products I produce like Linda said uh they’re the best products. I’m proud of the work that we do and we do it with with intent. We do it with care. So to make sure that whatever product we bring to the market is the best, right? That’s what we do [snorts] again. So this is going to be an interactive webinar. I’m sure you’ve attended other webinars before. Not all of them are live or interactive. I make an effort to be here with you and for the next couple of hours you have my full focus, full intent. I’m going to be absolutely focused on giving you the maximum value and all I want from you is your attention. So, it’s time to focus. This is going to be a high value webinar and if you want to get the max out of it, I want you to put away the other stuff that could distract you from the important points because this is live. You might miss something and uh that could be a loss to you, right? So, don’t miss an opportunity to ask a question. Don’t miss an opportunity to uh you know ask me to repeat a point if you need me to and make sure that the intent of the webinar the the the desire the the mission that you had when you you when you attended when you decided to attend this webinar it is absolutely absolutely ex you know accepted right you get it there so on that note it’s time to focus I see one person who is uh And in the lobby, I thought we had set the lobby of the webinar to let everybody in automatically, but I see there was one person, so we just let them in. So, time to focus, guys. Get your get your drink, coffee, tea, orange juice, whatever you select, and we’ll talk about business. So, first thing, why should you even care about organic traffic, right? Organic traffic very, very quickly. If you run ads, you’re spending money to get traffic per click. And that traffic can be either high intent or low intent depending on the ads you uh run and depending on the audience that you target. Right? So high intent traffic is the traffic where people actually are looking to be buyers or looking to be uh you know users. Right? That’s the point. So high intent traffic is the best kind of traffic because those guys people who are looking to use something or solve a problem they turn into buyers the fastest. Right? So when people actually search for outcomes like somebody searches for Adidas shoe or Yeezys or some particular product that will immediately solve a problem that they have, it is very likely that they will make that purchase right then or very very shortly. So that is high intent traffic, right? So when you run an ad, you could get high intent or low intent again based on the audience. But you’re paying for every single click, right? You’re paying for every person who comes to your page, you have already paid maybe a dollar, maybe $10 based on the niche that you are targeting for that person. So, it’s expensive. It’s expensive to have ads and that’s why so many small businesses, people who create products that are not exactly exorbitant or were not funded. I’m a bootstrap company. I love bootstrappers. I love solarreneurs. I began as a soloreneur. I do have a team now, but I understand the concerns. I understand the pains. So the point is this may often be not reachable for you especially at volume. The second kind of traffic that you could get is social media traffic and that is often very low intent because what you’re doing is you’re putting out content and it is shown to a number of people not all of them might be in the market right then right so even if you’re showing to the perfect demography right like for example I want to show my products to small businesses to business owners to people who want to be working online right now when I put out a social media post even if I have 12,000 subscribers followers on my Facebook or maybe 6,000 followers on my LinkedIn or you know 8,000 followers on my X not all of them would be in the market right then not all of them might want to uh you know might even have the problem that that particular product is solving right then so that again is a low intent kind of a traffic because once you develop an audience you can keep pumping out posts and as long as your posts are engaging as long as the information that you’re putting in is good it helps you right? It helps you uh to reach people but they may not be in the market and that is again low intent traffic. So we need to be actually able to sell the most we need to have a combination of both if you’re lucky enough to have a combination of high intent low cost traffic that’s what we’re talking about. So organic traffic, traffic that you did not drive to your page either through ads or through your social media post, that is organic traffic. People who look for you or look for something that a value that you provide or something that is in your niche. They’re searching for you using keywords, right? On one of the different places where people search. Now earlier I used to clearly say search engines, but it’s not the same anymore because you also got AI. So wherever people are searching now, they should find you. They should come to you. And that kind of traffic. It’s the best traffic because it is high intent. Those guys are looking to solve a problem. They already have a problem. That’s why they’re searching for the keyword. So they will come to your page and hopefully you will provide them the solution. And you did not pay for the click. You did not pay for the prospect. So that’s the best kind of traffic, right? Why? [snorts] High intent. Is that clear? What is high intent? What is low intent? Why do we want to target high intent? Absolutely. Right. High intent means higher action, higher conversions. Then low cost. If you’re not paying a lot of money per click, right, that makes that puts more money in your pocket. And it could be something that really uh is the difference between having success or facing just rising costs and not being ever profitable. So that is exactly something that every business should be targeting. high intent low cost traffic that is also now if you add the third element to it if that’s possible long-term now again let me justose it compares you know compare it to ads and compare it to other forms of traffic like like you know of social like social media it’s really good to drive traffic from ads in social media but it is not long-term and when I say not long-term I mean if you put out a post if you make a new creative you will get those clicks but as soon as the impact is gone and it sometimes it’s very fast. If you put up a social media post, it could be 3 days, maybe 2 days, sometimes even hours. Uh you might get all the clicks that you could get in that much time and later just doesn’t work. Now, if you’re running ads, as long as you’re putting money out there, it will work and then it there is a diminishing return on that too because as your creative gets old, as the angle gets old, the same ad will produce lesser and lesser returns and you will make lesser and lesser money, right? So you got to do better than that. You got to get traffic which is long-term. So every time, think about this. Every time somebody looks for something that is a problem that you solve or your business solves, they should find you. That is long-term, right? Today, day after, tomorrow, the month after, and maybe even 6 months after or a year after, you want to be found whenever somebody looks for a keyword, searches a keyword that you are trying to solve. So that is the best kind of traffic, right? Everybody who agrees with me that that’s the best kind of traffic, give me a resounding yes in the chat. I hope I’ve been very clear with why this traffic makes sense and why you should target it. And if you agree with me, if you’re with me on this that this is the kind of traffic you all want to unlock for your business, drop me a yes in the chat or I do in the chat. And I’m going to talk more about how you can do this today and of course show you a way to do that. Charles says yes. George, yes. Swati, yes. Lindsay, resoundingly. Dave Grindon, yes sir. Hey Dave, how are you? Good to see you on the webinar. Of course, you are one of the best product creators too, I think. Alongside me, just giving a compliment to myself. We got Richard. Yes. H of course. And Clint says, “Yes.” So that’s the point, guys. We all want to unlock the best kind of traffic, which is organic traffic. Uh so let’s talk about some various sources of organic traffic. Right now I told you that earlier when I said organic I would talk about search engines and that would mean Google mostly Google like 90% of the search market at some point was Google. Then we had YouTube come in and YouTube took a huge chunk of the market. So people now look for solutions for products for ideas for reviews not just on Google but also on YouTube and now even more so on AI. So you got three different branches of the same thing. The first thing SEO search engine optimization you want to optimize your content whatever you’re producing uh if you’re producing content okay let me do another quick survey and I know I already asked you a question so you know maybe it’s too soon but I want to know how many of you are producing content right how many of you are producing some kind of content and that can include everything it can be your blog it can be your social media content I’m okay with that and it can also be YouTube content so if you’re producing some sort of organic content Drop me a drop me a one in the chat because I want to distinguish, right? So Nat already said blog. Perfect. So if you are producing some kind of content, drop me a one in the chat or the or name the platform like all and uh all says YT blog social George articles and books. That’s great. Uh if you are not producing any content, give me a two because I want to see uh how many of you are producing content and how many of you are not producing content. So all those who are producing content one all those who are not producing any content nothing for the market two in the chat. All right Paul is uh not producing anything right now. John Larry so I’m going to help you both you know both of you guys people producing content and people are not producing content. I’m going to show you how to get organic traffic no matter what position you are in right now. But most of you are producing content which is very very nice. Lindsay is 1.5. So I I need to figure that out later with you Lindsay. what is how does that work? So, we’ll do that. So, again, very quickly back to the topic. SEO is search engine optimization. You’re optimizing for Google. Why SEO is YouTube search optimization. You’re optimizing to your videos to be found on YouTube and that leads to a lot of uh you know uh success. I would say YouTube all of you guys who are doing YouTube already, you got something there. Now, uh we could just we just need to do it better and in a fashion where you don’t need to work that much. That’s the target. And the third is GEO. It’s relatively new. Generative engine optimization. So, generative engine optimization is AI. When people ask AI question like you know where can I solve my problem or how do I do this or uh they ask a question about a kind of a product category or a review or a software problem that they’re having whatever that they need to get done. If the AI recommends you that’s going to make a lot of difference, right? So, that’s the third kind of optimization. And ideally you want to be everywhere. You want to be in all these three places. If you can be in all these three places, you’ve got epic success because you will get a lot of referrals, lot of people coming into your website, coming into your offers and then you know you can convert them so much better. So that’s what we want to target. We want to target all three. So very quickly, our mission is to get ranked on any at least one of them and never worry about traffic. That’s already great, which is better than that. We already talked about it because if we get ranked in any of these, right? Any of these is going to be successful. So if you’re if you’re ranking with SEO or with YEO or with JO in any of these platforms, you already made it to quite an extent because you’re getting traffic without paying per click and it’s high intent, which is great because you can scale up, right? Anytime you want to scale up ads traffic, you’re going to put in more money. So $100 a day, $200 a day will just get you less than double, right? That’s how ads work. If you put in $10, you will get 10 clicks, for example. But if you put in $20, you might only get 15. But here, the traffic can double faster or pretty much very fast, especially if you gain authority, especially if you gain an audience. You can just keep pumping out products or ideas or offers or content and have people coming to you over and over faster and faster. So that’s great. So it’s better than social because one piece of content can work long term, right? That’s ranking. But there’s a problem, right? we everything is uh I would say never without problem. So all the good things of the world they always have some issue that you need to unlock or a problem that you need to solve to make it count to make it happen. Right? So the problem with content is it requires a lot of consistency. So here’s the thing guys I’m going to tell you this very very frankly and this is from all the experience that I’ve had creating content for different markets. I run a YouTube channel which has got about 60,000 people over 60,000 subscribers slightly over 60,000. We’ve been producing content on it since the last 10 years, right? I’ve had uh a team a team of, you know, content creators making content on it for the last 5 years and we’ve been pumping out a video nearly every day. So, four videos a week and we have 60,000 subscribers. that that helps because we are able to uh showcase our products, our ideas, our we’re able to promote our products and get organic traffic from YouTube coming to our offers and we do make significant amount of sales that way. But the amount of consistency that we put in to get here now if you are not a cracker communicator, you know, like we all try to do our best, but some people just have the knack or they have the relativity or they are lucky and they get viral, they grow faster. Not everybody gets there just like that. You got to make the effort. You got to be consistent. But if you are consistent, you will build the audience. The most important factor, it requires a lot of consistency and it requires a lot of patience. Not everybody might have the patience to make that happen because again it’s just for one platform. So we talked about three different platforms which we want to target. getting ranked in one is enough but even with one it requires a lot of consistency. So if you can unlock consistency if you can create uh content without giving up for a while you will certainly 100% get an audience and that leads to good things but again if you are somebody who’s looking for better ideas now that’s what all of us marketers do. I am always looking for a better way to do things. I’m always looking for a shorter uh system an easier way to execute uh to automate and uh AI in the last few years last couple of years has helped me do a lot of that I do a lot of things that I did manually earlier using AI and I’m always thinking about how to put AI at work trying to get it try to get more and more done right to get to get more automation and solve more problems so we all want to get results not more work so if I ask you hey you know in this webinar I’m going to show you a system where you can win but you got to work for 4 hours every day and that’s for the next 6 months. you do that you will get to a certain place it works it will work but you if you if you actually need to make that effort I’m sure a lot of you would feel uh that is too much right so we have actually found a system that gets you there faster without s that much work right so there is some work involved it’s not like you know you will have to do no work at all you will have to work for few minutes but if you put in that work it will be easier for you to get there and I’m going to show you a system where you can actually benefit from the work done by the winners. So I I was talking about the people who get good success earlier because they unlock something in the market or something about themselves and we’ll talk about how to use their skills to benefit and grow yourself. So that is also something we’re going to cover, right? So what if you found a system? What if you found a way to rank in all the three places, right? You rank on SEO, rank on uh uh YouTube of course and rank also in the AI uh answer AI uh AI content too. It would it change your business? Would it change your uh uh world? Right. It it would change your world. What do you think about that? So if you found a way like that, would you take it? Would you execute that program? Would you execute that system? If you would do that, just write the word execute in chat. If you had a way to get ranked in all three and uh make it happen where you get organic by organic prospects, organic traffic from all three, would you execute it? If you would execute it, write in the chat. Execute. Paul says yes. Larry, execute. Nat, execute. I need to see more names, guys. Richard, execute. That’s great. So, at least four people, five people are ready to execute. John, execute. So, I guess everybody, of course, wants to do that. It’s kind of obvious how to get there. I’m going to not hold on to that secret. It’s not a mystery. It’s always videos that gets you in all those places, right? And it’s obvious. It’s very simple. Everybody has seen it happen. Now when you look on Google for something you get search results invariably invariably no matter what you’re looking for nowadays absolutely like every single time the top few results or maybe in the top five or top 10 it’s always some videos present sometimes even three videos four videos at least one or two videos are always there in the top results on Google right and people automatically gravitate towards them because guess what there’s a beautiful thumbnail in the search results, right? So you can actually see visually what’s going on and you can gravitate to it. So you rank on both Google and YouTube just by targeting YouTube, right? So for example, this is one of the videos that I produced recently for as a because as an affiliate for one of the offers that I promoted and I and I did make a lot of sales on it uh ended up on the leaderboard which is great. Uh so the so the targeting was done only on YouTube. I made a YouTube video. I optimized it well. It’s a it’s a well-made video and for the exact keyword that when when people target and it’s it’s a money keyword. It’s a high value keyword. Create local area newsletter. People who want to create local area newsletter, they see my video on top as the first result and it gets you traffic. It gets you organic traffic and add result into sales. But that’s not just on YouTube. for the same keyword for the same keyword if you look on Google you will see my video on top there too. So create local area newsletter my video is ranking on Google too. So you get traffic from YouTube and Google if you target YouTube. So that’s something that people have known for a long time and uh people have unlocked it a long uh you know a a lot especially if you are a producer. So I’ve unlocked this so many times and I’ve got so much uh you know sales that I drive through this system but now adding go you know uh it’s something new something next and that is also emerged in the recent times where I have seen in my business and in my practice that when you make a video it is recommended now more and more using AI too because all the AIs have realized you know all the companies that do the AIS and the AI content that people watch look at and act People want to see a video. They don’t want to read a huge article. They want to be led to a video where something is happening where something that is visual is being shown where they can read, they can hear, and they can see. So it appeals to all of their senses and they can consume the information better. So now AI is recommending videos more and more in chat, right? So you will see that more and more. I’ve seen that more and more. And that’s the third way. That’s why you get a lot of traffic from AI also if you make videos consistently. So that’s the point guys. You got to make videos even if you’re running a blog like NAT, you got to make videos absolutely without fail for your blog for any kind of content you’re producing. So all you guys who are already on YT who are producing YT videos, you have the right track, right? So you need to scale that up. And all of you guys who are not there yet, who are not producing videos yet, who are producing only content, text content, articles, you need to change that. And all you guys who are not producing any sort of content, we need to get into the YT bandwagon. We need to get into the video bandwagon where we start producing content that ranks in all three places. Everybody wants that, right? So again, videos just rank higher for the same keywords. So we did I did a study before you know I brought this product to the market and before I actually you know I always think of different ideas uh of things that can be done the products that I can create and then I do market research. Okay what can what can the product really deliver to my customers what kind of value it can provide. So when I did that I found that for the same keywords uh that that are money keywords video is ranking higher than search right uh higher than text consistently. For example, this is one of the products that are that was put out put out by one of our friends Sam Becker uh just last month I think or maybe earlier this month. And uh you see that you got a bunch of uh you know great blogs targeting that keyword right the same keyword but videos are on top and not just mine. There are more videos behind mine but my video is on is near the top two but there are more videos on top for the same keyword compared to text especially when it comes to products especially when it comes to uh tutorials learning. So all of the places where you make money videos are appearing higher and higher in search rankings and that is really really important right we we he we did so many uh case studies of that like cinema studio videos were on top like literally the entire feed was videos and this is all right so you can see it’s not just videos this is Google and we’ve put the mode is all so on that you see that the top results are all videos right and that happens all over again for every kind of niche not just for product reviews like SEO For beginners, video is on top. The in fact, this is uh you know, AHFS is one of the top AI top SEO companies in the world. So for the same keyword that they’re producing a video for and blog for. So AHFs is targeting the same keyword using a blog and a video, the video outranks the blog. So you can see right, you know, in front of you that video appears higher up, their article appears next, right? So uh it’s kind of crazy the impact that video has not just on YouTube but outside of YouTube too on Google and on AI. So it’s an experiment that I’ve done over and over over and over and every single time videos are always coming up before really good blogs really really successful bloggers and many of those videos were not produced by the best channels. So this is the interesting phenomenon. A video even if it is from a channel which is smaller, not so well known, not having that many subscribers will very often outrank a blog that is from a winning you know a blogger or a highly successful blogger. So you just have a low failure rate with videos e whether you’re on YouTube of course YouTube gets you traffic or even on Google. So, I would say the smartest strategy right now to get traffic, to get organic traffic, is just produce videos all day, right? Whether you make a blog or not, that’s a special add-on. You can add it to your portfolio. It’s great if you’re able to do that, but if you’re not doing videos, well, that is that’s really really sad and you need to change that because that kind of content will just outrank everything else you know uh that people put out even for the same keywords even produced by the same people right so that’s the point and it’s not just my uh research right so I did this research but also the studies you know there were formal studies on this there were actually a lot of you know organizations marketing companies that are trying to find out what works and what doesn’t work. And there were studies. So there was one by uh uh I in I think it’s cited on my sales page. I don’t remember the site, you know, the place now, but look at this. YouTube dominates AI search results with 200x, right? 200x. That’s not 200%. It’s 200 times. So that’s like a crazy crazy number. So this study which was conducted in October 7, it said that YouTube videos are cited more often again for the same content, the same keyword, same targeting by AI compared to all other sorts of content, right? So it’s just crazy uh the kind of you know the impact that videos can have, right? So that’s really really amazing what this revealed and I’m not surprised by this study at all. I wasn’t surprised uh but I was surprised by the number. I expected 5x 10x but when I saw 200x 200 times it was a really a surprise but this is how the business is right. There was another one which specifically focused on health right on health and health

    which is which has got the highest amount of scrutiny right highest amount of scrutiny by Google. They only site very very very proven sources like when you search for a health related topic you would get something like Mayo Clinic or a proven doctors proven websites. It’s really hard to uh get into a situation where you’re ranking for health keywords but even in that very tough niche where only uh I would say top content producers are able to rank videos are cited a lot more than a lot more than other type of content. So it’s just it’s just crazy. outranking hospital and government agencies. They’re outranking academic journals. Uh so just it’s just a no-brainer to produce videos, right? Do you agree with me? If you believe that it’s a no-brainer to produce videos, give me a no-brainer in the chat. If you are convinced by my experiments, by the data that I showed you, and by the studies, let me let me see a no-brainer in the chat. And I’m going to look at your comments by then. By the time you type, type it out. All right. So, yeah. Nat says, “For local community sites, volume of traffic will be hard.” Nat, I’m going to surprise you. Local communities are actually great for videos, too. Everything works here. So, Rebecca actually just cited her own experience with that. So, yeah, that that’s how it is. So, a lot of no-brainers. We’ve got Larry, no-brainer. Brian, no. Dave, no-brainer for sure. We got Al, yes. Sam, yes. So, a lot of you agree with me. Uh, are these are these the only hands on the computer, guys? Where are the rest of you? Are you paying attention? Are you with me here? Uh, you got your hands on the PC? Uh, Rebecca says, “Yes, Derek, no-brainer.” Lindsay, for sure. Fascinating indeed. Thank you, Lindsay. We got Diane, I agree with you. So, yep, it’s it’s kind of, you know, hard to disagree with with real data and uh that’s why we I do target a lot of videos. It’s not, you know, it’s just a sense you get, but now with data, it just becomes so much better. So the big problem again you know the videos are great they work they really get the traffic you produce it consistently it gets you a following and then you know you get to unlock social media kind of impact too so it’s great to produce videos but there is a problem and everybody uh knows that problem because I’m sure a lot of you have considered all of you guys even if you’re not producing videos today a lot of you have considered producing videos you know that it matters you know that it has an impact so if you’re not producing it it’s usually because of this reason because they’re expensive and hard, right? Expensive and hard. So, that’s kind of crazy and it happens to everyone. And I can tell you from my my own uh experience too, I was spending more money on producing videos than the rest of my marketing system. So I had an organic marketing team, multiple people in there, but the amount of money that I was spending on producing videos, just one channel was more than what I was spending on everything else. So that’s the kind of crazy uh craziness that it has, right? We want to solve that. We want to solve that today. So what are smart marketers doing that is different? What are uh what can we do that will change the paradigm for us? uh what can we do that will change this you know I would say situation where you need to spend a lot more time a lot more money a lot more effort to produce videos how can you do that so that’s what being a smart marketer is that’s what I want all of us to do be smart marketers and scale up differently right so you don’t need to create you need to multiply right you need to take one piece of content which is a video put it up everywhere and it it will benefit you on YouTube on search right we talked about search we talked talked about AI SEO. We talked about YouTube SEO. So that’s YouTube all the way. YouTube, you put it on YouTube, but you can also put it on Instagram on uh on Tik Tok, on LinkedIn and you know all the other places. So they help and that’s why smart marketers have been talking about this a lot. Right? So it’s not just me. I didn’t invent this. I didn’t come up across this idea. I just put it in form. So you got people like Neil Patel who specifically said wrote a blog post that’s performing well. Now this this this is for all the bloggers, right? Turn it into a video. It’s about getting more mileage from what you’ve already built to unlock more search traffic, right? So Neil Patel recommends that you convert your blog articles into videos. Now there’s another marketer Sara Travel. To max audience for any content, start turning text into video. Right. Then we got Jason Barard from Kali Cube. Combining a step-by-step article with a video tutorial is the most effective way to fulfill Google’s user intent and hold top rankings. Right? Mark Schaefer from Schaefer Marketing, another winning marketing agency. If you take a text heavy blog post and don’t re-engineer it into video format, you are ignoring over 80% of the audience that consumes search content on YouTube. I mean, I nobody could have put it as beautifully as Mark did because that’s what matters. Now, uh you if you don’t have videos that go with your blogs, you are losing 80% of the audience, right? People who don’t want to read. And I’m I’m sorry to say there’s so many of us who don’t want to read any longer. Even I I used to read a lot more than I do now, but now I just want to watch videos for everything. So Mark says that you could lose 80% of the audience. So, if you flip it around, if you make videos, you’re going to create 80% more opportunities for you uh or you’re you’re actually doing ax amount of traffic, right? Because you’re only being able to target 20% of your potential market. And when you couple a blog with a video or just produce a video, you get access to a bigger market, right? Amy Porterfield, everybody knows her, ace marketing expert. Turning a high value blog post into a quick video allows you to rank across multiple search engines like YouTube and Google simultaneously without starting from scratch. And I like one thing about what Amy Ptofield said and which is different from Neil Patel and everybody else. They all talked about your your your blog, the blog that you have, the blog that you wrote. But Amy says a high value blog post. She she does not say yours. Now, that is what I want you to remember to focus on all you guys. Even if you have a blog of your own, right? Even if you’re writing content, I want you to understand that what I’m going to show you today is not just something that will work on your blog, but it works across the board. You can get content online. You can actually take other people’s blog and viably, legitimately, legally turn it into a video that benefits you. So, we’re going to talk about that, too. So turn one asset into five traffic streams, right? Five traffic streams. YouTube, Google, and you got to go go for AI. Then you got social media, right? Social media, Instagram, Tik Tok, all the other places. One content, five streams. You could never get there with text, right? So that’s what we want to target, but without the effort of producing everything manually by making engaging videos out of ranking blogs. Now that is a very small statement but it really just is the entire strategy and let’s focus on that. The videos need to be engaging. You can’t make boring content. If you make boring content, you can’t find an audience and if you can’t find an audience, well, you’re not going to rank much uh rank for a long time or you’re going to be struggling with lower amount of traffic that you could otherwise unlock. So the first thing you need to make engaging videos. Now the second aspect of it and it’s even more important ranking blogs, right? So this is kind of an easy easy shortcut. So if you see content that is already ranking on Google with a blog with a blog article you know that is a proven angle that’s a proven that’s proven content that’s proven concepts the style of whatever is being said how it is said the amount of information that it has the user intent that it has all of that is spot on that’s why it’s ranking the best way to quickly use that and be able to transform that into your success is to create a video out of that. Now again remember I’m not just talking about your content. I’m talking about any content, any blog article, any article in fact that could actually, you know, that could be ranking and you want to benefit from it. You can be the person who makes an engaging video out of that, right? So again, adapt your articles. So people like Nat, people like all the other bloggers who are creating those uh you know uh blog articles or working hard on creating content you need to adapt your articles uh from uh uh from your blogs into videos put it on YouTube and all the other places and even if you don’t have a blog the second part ranking articles from others for assured rankings either yours or yours and others or just others. So no matter where you exist on the on the line, whether you just want to do it for yourself, you’re you know perfectly aligned with your content and you decided that this is what I’m going to do. I’m not going to use other people’s content. You can do it with all of your content. Now, if you’re somebody who wants to benefit from your and other people’s content, you can target your best blogs or your worst blogs. Doesn’t matter. It will get you more traffic than what the blog got you. And also the blogs from other people, transform that into video and publish it. Benefit from that. and all you guys who don’t have a video uh or have a blog like Paul, right? Paul Kenan, I remember. So, you can just use other people’s content and still uh get there. And Sam, you got a very good question. Is there no copyright issues? I’m going to show you how there will be no copyright issues, right? So, if you take content as is and use it, it is going to be a problem obviously, right? But we’re going to find a way to uh make it 100% legitimate, right? So the problem is creating from videos from blogs takes time and skill. Now I don’t think there were going to be many hands for this question but I got to ask this question. If there is anyone in this room who’s created or who’s tried to create a video from a blog give me a yes in the chat. If you’ve ever created or tried to create a video from your blog or anyone’s blog, give me a or let’s say just any content, right? Not I’m I’m not talking about just video specific content, but something that you have already written down in different format and you wanted to make a video out of that. So Sam has done that many times and Nat has done that many times. So for you both you guys Sam and Natt, how much time did it usually take you to create a video right to for content like that and how much effort. So if it took you a on a scale of 1 to five, give me a rating about how much time or effort it took you. So one is the easiest, super easy, you got it done without pain, it was fun and fast, give me a one for that. And if it was hard and painful and took time and effort and you don’t want to do that over and over, give me a five. Right? So Sam and Nad, I think those are the only people who said yes. Uh Rob says, “I was going to, but someone said never do that.” U Rob, we just told you all the about all the guys who said always do that and I think you should always do that. Lindsay says, “Not yet.” All right, I get you Lindsay. Soon you will. Dian says, “I would like to learn.” Nat says three. So that is already hard on the scale. And Derek says four. So Derek, you it is difficult, right? So Sam says I used a tool. So it was several clicks. It was still time taking. So Sam, it depends on what the tool does and how much of AI it uses and in what way it uses AI. So it’s a lot of combinations. Paul says I use Google notebook LM couple of hours, right? So all of that is timeconuming. All of that is an effort and uh I’m not surprised that it’s hard to scale, right? So we want to change that too. So imagine this. If it takes couple of hours like Paul says for one video, if you had 50 blocks to 50 videos to create, let’s say you want to do it even over a month, how much time would it take? It’s going to take you well over 100 hours. That is actually three solid I would say three solid weeks of work, right? If you work non-stop for 2 to 3 weeks, minimum two. If you’re working 10 hours a day, you’re going to get there in two weeks. If you work with breaks like a soloreneur taking it easy, you want to enjoy your life. You want to take it easy and have good time doing your work and not really hate your life. You’re going to take few weeks plus or even more than that. And I think most of us will actually give up that project long before it get you know it gets to the end. So yeah, I totally totally know how hard this work is and that’s why I do not I was not able to produce a lot of videos myself. So I I love producing videos when I can but I got other work and I don’t produce a lot of videos for the same reason. It takes a lot of effort to produce videos manually. Right now, if you could automate this, so instead of having a blog, then like Paul, putting into notebook LM, then recording, then editing, then converting, then putting, you know, different tracks together in an editing software, trying to do a B-roll, trying to, you know, put in some clips and put in then outro and uh, you know, intro and then putting your call to actions or whatever you want to do that all of that work that you did. If you could do that a lot faster, you basically could just give a blog URL to a product and get a finished video le in less than 10 minutes, maybe even five minutes. Wouldn’t that change your life? Right? So that’s what’s going to happen with a new content workflow that I’m going to show you next. So again, the idea is proven, the concept is proven, but the workflow to make it easier is what I’m going to show you today. The life changing thing. So you got to find a trending article, you got to deploy your AI agent team and the AI creates the final video. That’s the workflow we want to do. We want to do a lot of work using AI and not manually. Of course, we want to target the blocks that we want to target, but all the other work hopefully is done by AI. So we want to target that, right? No camera, no recording, no editing team. So you don’t need to be on camera. You don’t need to record. You don’t need to become a graphic designer. You don’t need to be a compositor. You don’t need to write captions. You don’t need to edit anything. Basically, everything should happen on itself by itself, right? So if you can make that happen, that is going to be something that will actually change your life. So, if you’re ready for this, if you’re ready to change your life, uh, by the promise of, you know, like I showed you, uh, by the promise of automation, give me a yes in the chat and I will show you the product that actually does this. It’s called Blog to It. It’s a product that I just created, my latest release, something that we invented just now. And we very proud of this product because it really helps us, you know, all of the products that I create is something that I could use in my business today. and uh if I can solve the problem for myself, how can I solve it for others? That’s what I kind of think of. That’s extensible thinking. So that’s what we did in here. It’s a product that will that you that will take a trending blog article, use an AI agent team and create the final video just as we talked about and I’m going to show you some videos now. So these are actually video clips. I’m going to play these videos and show you the kind of videos it produces and also talk about the different kinds of videos. So the first thing you can make both vertical and landscape videos. So that is important because you want vertical videos for YouTube, Instagram, Tik Tok, all the places where you can get short video traffic reals, right? That’s great. So let’s take a look at the first reel that we created using blog to AI content generation uses machine learning and language processing to draft text, visuals, or audio. It lets marketers automate work while maintaining their brand voice. Content volume [music] has quadrupled as platforms multiply and audiences expect relevance. AI narrows the capacity gap with faster drafts, repurposing, and data optimization for marketers. Key uses include blogs, social posts, emails, video scripts, SEO pages, and product descriptions. AI speeds production while adapting content. So, so notice this. We’ve got animations on the screen. It’s attractive animation with text with with characters everything. You got effects. You got greatl looking captions. You got emojis and captions, graphics and captions. You got word highlight. A lot of AI technology has gone into producing a very high engaging video and it was just done by basically putting in a blog article. Now here is another one. This is more like a slideshow but look at the kind of impact especially due to the caption. YouTube is increasingly crowded, so publishing a strong video alone may not be enough to get discovered. AI SEO tools help creators reduce guesswork, identify promising topics, refine video metadata, and reach the most likely to YouTube evaluate signals that indicate relevance and viewer satisfaction, watch time, retention, likes, comments, shares, subscriptions, and clear metadata. Titles, descriptions, tags, and thumbnails all help the platform and potential viewers understand a video quickly. AI can examine five minute vertical video. So think about activity at a scale. So think about the kind of impact you can produce by producing content like this that you didn’t really need to work on that you didn’t really need to plan. We didn’t need to do any of the slides. We didn’t think about the visuals. It was all done for you. I’m going to show you the product too, but before that I want to show you some more slides. some more some more videos. So, this is another one. This is a landscape video that we produced. And let’s take a look at this one. Facebook Live [music] lets anyone with an account broadcast in real time to a profile, page, or group from a phone or computer. [music] Free to use. It has connected individuals, businesses, organizations, [music] and public figures directly with followers since 2016. Live video creates an immediate two-way conversation. Viewers can [music] comment and ask questions while you respond. Facebook may priorit

    uh video. Well, that’s probably because you clicked on my uh image and you only see me. So, just look for the screen that I’m sharing. Everybody can see my screen, right? If you can’t see my screen, put a no in the chat. I will try to help you out. But again, let’s continue. Live broadcasts in feeds and notify followers helping discovery. Its [music] reporting tracks peak concurrent viewers total views. So it creates articles into videos all automatically and you can animate to the level you want and you can actually target the costs that you want. So you can create 100% uh I would say animated video. You can use high quality AIS, put very complicated text in there, get perfect text rendering and like this one, somebody said that the text rendering was not uh you know perfect in the other one because I wanted to show you the options you have. So if you use a cheap cheaper AI, the visuals will be looking good. Some of the text might not be legible, but if you use a higher quality AI, everything can be perfect. So it depends on what you want to target, right? Let’s take a look at the other more more examples. This is a more simpler example but again the impact is no less because one of the things that we did and we actually went to back to the groundwork for this when I saw the product earlier with the first draft of the product I looked at the product then I put my team together and I said hey guys we got to do something that makes gives it an X factor right that makes the video pop even without you know even if we do remove everything else that single factor should make a difference and we wanted to do that using captions. So in this particular product, we’ve back we’ve gone back to the drawing board and made some amazing caption styles that change the game that make the video I would say 3x more engaging. I’m going to show you this is a simple slideshow but it’s highly impactful due to what we did there. Generative AI [music] creates new material by learning patterns from existing data. It can work with language, [music] images, and other media, producing outputs that resemble human-made content while accelerating the creative [music] process. Today’s tools go far beyond template automation. Large language models generate writing, diffusion models create detailed visuals, and multimodal AI connects formats, [music] helping creators develop articles, images, scripts, and even audio from related ideas. So this video basically cost pennies to produce. So it’s a complete readout of the entire article. Now one of the things that would immediately you could do is put it as embedded on the article itself and it’s going to change the game about how people consume your articles. And I’m going to tell you about this. It’s called dwell time. All of you guys have you heard of dwell time? If you if you don’t know what dwell time is, give me a no in the chat. I’m going to explain it anyways. I’m sure that there might be a couple of people who don’t know what dwell time is. So dwell time is a factor which is really really important in ranking uh especially uh blog content when people come to your page. Dwell time is how much time they spend on the page before they exit the page and go to something else. So if people are spending more time on your page, it’s a clear indication to Google and every other search engine uh that your page has value. So the more time people spend on your page before coming back to the Google you know search engine and looking for the same or other keyword or you know going to the next result that’s a clear indication to the search engine that your page is of value and that’s how you climb up further and further not even need to target anything. So dwell time is very important. And when you put a video on your page, like you’ve got a huge article, right? Maybe you’ve written 2,000 words. You’ve done a great job. Don’t expect that people will read all 2,000. Sometimes people just skim to the end. They reaches the headlines. That’s why we make the sub headlines, right? We want people to stop at different places. Now with video in there, you can put it right at the top of your article. If you want to view a video with the article, just hit play, you know, put a nice thumbnail on it. People will spend time listening to what you’ve got there. Maybe they’re reading the article, but at the same time, the video is playing and they’re listening and it increases the dwell time quite a lot. I’m thinking about twice or even thrice as much. So, this is something that all you bloggers, all of you bloggers can easily do today to increase your blog’s ranking. Forget about the video ranking. Forget about all the other things that I talked about, but you can just do that to increase your video ranking. Just put a complete readout of your blog on your website and it just changes the game. So try that. This is the third type of video that you can produce which is a spokesperson video. Now in this one, we’ve used a neutral character. It’s just a lady that we created with AI, but you could put yourself in there. So I could take a snap of me and I could put myself in there and talk to the audience. So you could do that too if you want to. But take a look. Automated streaming schedules recorded videos as live broadcasts across platforms keeping channels active without constant hosting. Again, we put the beautiful caption so the videos are highly engaging and I’m going to tell you this guys the question the captions itself are something that people have charged for in the past. The kind of you know effects we created in this people have released products where they’ve charged hundreds of dollars to give you the capability and there’s a website called captions.ai actually it does they’re still charging to to give you the capability to put this beautiful impactful you know uh I would say content on your videos so it’s just a part of the product now if you guys love what you saw if you are ready to uh you know if you if you understood the kind of impact it has and if you’re ready to find out how you can do it for your own business give me a yes in the chat and I really want to see my screen blow up because you saw the videos you saw what you can do with it and if you want to see how you’re going to do this let me see the yeses this in the chat. So, we got Larry, we got Charles here, we got Nat, we’ve got Derek. George says, “How much?” George, don’t jump to that. You got to see the product first and we’ll get to the price in a while. I know you’re excited to get it, but you all are. You got Clint? Yes. Sam, yes. You got John with capital. Yes. Paul Keenan, yes. Alan says, “Yes, before my hair turns gray, Alan wouldn’t be that long.” Rebecca won. Ruan, I want to see Roy. Yes. Lindsay, yes. And I’m sure this is a product that will be developed more and more. Absolutely. Lindsay, I can tell you I’ve got ideas about what to build on it next. Andy, yes, Diane, yes, a lot of you are excited. I’m excited, too, because we spent months creating this and we spent months perfecting this. And I want to show you how it will change the way you blog and how it will change the way you get traffic by unlocking traffic from all the sources that we talked about. So, let’s get to it right now. This is the demo of uh of block to I’m going to mute my mic while it plays. If you see anything wrong, if you can’t hear it or there’s a problem, let me know. Play now. So, let’s get started by pulling a blog article from a URL. Let’s click on generate blog article. And I have a blog right over here. I’m going to copy the link, paste it here, and then just click on process. It takes just a few seconds. That’s done already. Here’s the entire article laid out in front of you and BlogVid will use this content to make your own video. Now you have some options to choose how you want to create the video. The first option is you can create a summary video which will summarize the article in the length you want. So you can create a 1 minute video, 2 minute video, 3 minutes video, 5 minute video based on the current article and even if the article is quite long or short, block to bit will try to make that particular length. Now there is another option. You can make a full readout. This particular feature will let you create a full readout version of your blog and make a video out of it which is quite engaging. You can put it on YouTube. So people, there are two ways that it benefits you. people who come to your blog, you can embed the video at the bottom of the blog article or the top of the blog article. People can hit the play button, listen to the video, watch the video and understand what your blog is about without having to read the entire content. Second thing, your video will be on YouTube. It’s going to rank. It’s going to be shown to people on YouTube and you get the dual impact of getting the traffic from YouTube and from your blog. And thirdly, you also get ranked on Google through the video and of course on AI platforms like chat GPT2. Now one more thing all you guys who don’t own a blog, what about you? There is a way where you can benefit from other people’s blogs and still not violate the copyright law. How do you do that? There is a feature inside of blog to it that will rewrite the entire article and make it unique. Right? So it will remove all the images that are copyrighted. it will totally rewrite the article, make it unique, make it completely different. For this particular video, I’m actually going to rewrite the entire article and create a fresh version. And it takes just a few seconds. And there we go. The entire article is rewritten. And the video that you prepare now is going to be a unique work. I’m going to make a summary video for this one. Now again, you have couple of options on how you want the video to be. You can either make a animated graphic based video like a regular faceless video where you got slides and you got animations or you can make an speaking avatar type of video where somebody presents content to the camera. I’m going to show you both the types of videos before we proceed because we’re going to be able to cover only one. So here is the avatar streaming type of the video. Let’s hit the play button. streaming schedules recorded videos as live broadcasts across platforms, keeping channels active without constant hosting. Live caster, caster, [music] looping stream, switcher, Vimeo, and Wirecast offer options from simple non-stop. Generative AI creates [music] new material by learning patterns from existing data. It can work with language, images, [music] and other media, producing outputs that resemble human-made content. All right. So, now we know what kind of videos it can produce. In this particular demo, I’m going to make the animated graphic style video with kinetic typography and we’re going to choose the language. Again, you can transform the video into other languages if you want to, but we’ll choose English. And if you are making a video with your original blog, if you’re the blog owner, then you don’t need to rewrite the blog. And if you didn’t rewrite the blog, you will also have the original images in the blog. If you did that, then you can choose to have original images. But if you if you’ve rewritten it, the images are replaced and unique images will be created. Now, let’s click on proceed. And you can decide how long the video should be. You can go from all the way from 15 seconds. Now, this is great for reals. If you want to make a vertical video, make a 15-second video or a 1 minute video. You can get ranked on shorts on Instagram or reals or you can create YouTube shorts. You can also create square videos for Instagram. And if you want widescreen, you can take a longer time like 3 minutes. Now, blocktoid again like all my products is multiAI. So, you have the option to go for GPT. Uh for text models, Geminy, Claude, Grock, and Kimmy. And for AI image models, you can use GBT, Nano, Banana, Flux, Cdream, and P image. So all of these models are here. And if you click on them, you get a little information about how good the model is for your purpose. So once you’ve done that, once you’ve selected the model that you want to work with, click on proceed again and you can choose the voice. Now, Block toid let you clone your voice. You can create your clone voice and you can use your clone voice or you can use our readymade voices. They are pretty good emotional voices like listen to this one. Hi, I’m Ballad. Hey there, I’m Ash. So, we can choose the voice we want. And if you want to put in some special instructions, you can like speak with high emotions, something like that. Whatever instructions you want. Click on proceed. And now you can select background music. And blocktoid gives you quite a collection. Listen to something.

    I think this is good. But you can also create your own music using AI. So if you don’t want to use about predefined music tracks, you can create your own music using AI. Just click on create your first music or you can upload your own track. So if you got music on your computer that you want to use, you can upload it using upload custom music or just select the track like I did. You can also decide what level of background music, what level you want. It’s set to a level which is good for background music already. But if you want to change that, you can and click on proceed to go to the next level. And you get a choice of great captions to use on your blog. So you can get captions like this. You can choose different styles of captions and you can choose whether you want to show the captions at all. If you don’t want to show them for some reason, you can choose no. If you want to highlight particular words in it, which is heavily recommended, it increases engagement. You can choose yes. You can also choose whether you want to have emojis in the caption. Again, I highly recommend it. And finally, choose a caption color. So, I usually like to have a dark color. And also, choose alignment. We recommend middle and center for these kind of videos because that’s gets you the maximum engagement. Now, click on proceed. And AI is preparing your entire content. And then it’s going to make the images. So, you can see the images as they are being constructed. It’s going to create a total of 11 images and you can see they are being made in real time getting ready for your video. And now all the slides and the final video is ready for your inspection. And you can see with each slide and you can animate these slides by the way. You will see the narration. You can change it if you want. You can modify it the way you want to. You can also modify the slide using these buttons. You can regenerate the visual. For example, if I click on this, I can either change the prompt if I want to and I can change the AI. Click on generate and you will get a new image here very very shortly. And there you have it, an all new image. You can edit this image. You can also animate it if you want to. And of course, you can download to your computer if you want to too. Now, let’s animate this visual. Let’s make this guy do something. And again, you can choose multiple AIs. You can choose the AI that you want to. And it’s okay to make a 5-second video. So whatever you create will loop till the end of the slide. So we’re going to just create a 5-second video. And there we have it. The video is ready. So you can just click play

    and you’ve got this guy turning around just as I wanted. Now similarly you can animate all the images if you want to. And if you want to keep the cost low, it’s perfectly fine to use them as slideshows because blockto will automatically create highly engaging videos using effects and transitions. By the way, you can control the effects and transitions. Next to each slide, you will find two options. You can see the visual effects. So, you can choose the effect that you want to choose. For example, random zoom pan or slow pan. So, you can see a sample of how it will look. This is slow pan x.

    This is slow pan y. So, if you want to randomize it, you can just click on random effect and things can work on autopilot. Once you’re done, click on done. You also have visual transitions. Transitions are between two slides. For example, this is fade. And you can see this is wipe left, wipe right, and you can just choose random transition and let the AI pick something for you. Mostly, you don’t need to do all this stuff. The AI can do a pretty good job of picking stuff for you. By the way, you can also add an intro and an outro video. So, if you want to start off with a promotion, maybe talking about your product, you can click on the add an outro promotional clip and you can choose a video from your hard drive. If you want to not put it there, that’s perfectly fine. You can also put ads videos between slides. So, if you want to put in something between these two slides, between these two narrations, you can do so. And at the end of the video, you get an outro clip. So, again, you can put in your own video from your computer. Now, once you’re done, click on proceed. And now your video is being generated. First it’ll make the voice over and that will take a few seconds. The audio is done and you get a final presentation of the transcription for your review. If you want to change anything, you want to change any spelling or fix anything with it, you can do so. Otherwise, just click on proceed. And now video will be rendered. It’s just going to take a few more seconds. And there we have it. The video is already ready. Let’s click the play button. Automated live [music] streaming uses software or cloud services to schedule recorded videos as live broadcasts. It can [music] keep a channel active while the creator works elsewhere or takes time away with minimal hands-on [music] operation and distribution to that’s how simple it is to create a video from your blog.

    Wow. So that was that was block to bed and let me just get started by pulling let me just ask you this question guys can you see yourself can you imagine yourself being able to create you saw the complexity how easy it was to do everything basically I pull in the URL and I just click next next it gave me the choices and I could control what I want but it could just do it all automatically. So if you can see yourself producing these blog videos, give me a yes in the chat. If you think it is easy and you can imagine yourself doing it without any pain, without the 2our, 3 hour process that you might be doing earlier like pair was right. So that’s what I’m talking about. Now one of the things that we want to do in this product is make things easy, right? Uh without without complexity. Complexity is the killer of happiness. So, the yeses are coming in. We’ve got Diane. Yes. Linda says, “Crikey.” That’s groundbreaking. We got Charles. Yes. Roy, yes. George, yes. We got Diane. Yes. And I think I will turn on my camera now because I switch it off for the switch it off for the demo. Uh Sam says, “Yes, better than my current methods.” Absolutely. Sam, your camera isn’t working. It’s okay. I just need to probably click on the correct camera here. Uh, let me see. Yep, I think it’s working now. Oh, here we go. All right, so yes, better than my current methods. We got Kathleen Val. Yes, Lindsay says, “You always make it easy for us to do these things.” Thank you, Lindsay. Larry says, “Yes.” Andy, yes. John, yes. Lindsay, you empower us with the greatest tools. Thank you, Lindsay. That is exactly my mission, right? So this makes things easy. The best thing no manual effort right. So the amount of manual effort that you make or you want to make is absolutely optional. It is fully automated. You can just put in a blog URL. And let me just remind [snorts] you about one of the things that I showed you. And I think even I got this question asked probably Sam asked me in here. How will I make sure that I don’t attract copyright issues or how can I make it legitimate for somebody to create blog videos to create videos from somebody else’s blogs? Very simple guys, you need to rewrite them. So we’ve got an AI algorithm in there, AI engine in there where you put in the video URL, it will pick up the original video. Now if it’s your video, if it’s your blog, if it’s your blog article, right? Let me just make things clear. When I say blog, I mean a blog article. So if you heard hear me say blog, I mean to say blog article. So if you pick up any blog article that doesn’t belong to you, maybe it’s written by Neil Patel or whoever, right? It doesn’t matter who the person is. You can rewrite it using AI. The AI will restructure it. It’ll keep the information same, but it will present it in a new manner. So it’s like a human being, right? So if you would write the article based on somebody else’s article and I know everybody does that a lot. That’s how we target the same keywords right and same angles you can create an article that’s 100% new not dist it’s absolutely distinguishable not same as the original article and then you can make a video out of that. So imagine that that’s easy right that’s easy to create new videos now you didn’t have to do any ground work. So blog scraping it’s automatic content adaptation. So if it’s your video you can use all the things without any hassle. So if you created any visuals it does take those visuals and it does reimagine those visuals. So we’ve got AI in here and one of the best things is even if your visual is out of shape right you’ve got a small little picture or a wide picture it will automatically look at that visual and create a similar kind of visual in the right size for the video. So, if you put picked the vertical video, it’s going to reimagine your visuals in vertical size. If you picked the uh a landscape video, it’s going to reimagine your visuals from your blog article into the landscape size. And when I say reimagine, I do not mean resize, right? That’s pointless to, you know, keep it out of shape. Reimagine means it’s going to reinterpret the image. It’s going to create a similar kind of image with similar content, same content, same text, and just put it in the right size. So, that is an absolute winner because you don’t have to worry about those things. You don’t have to send the visuals to a graphic designer and tell them, “Hey, I need to make a video out of my blog, but could you please give me all the visuals first?” Right? Nothing to do, nothing like that. It does the visuals planning and then it does the voice overs. And I showed you that it can not just do voice overs in its own readymade voices but you can clone your voice. So if you are the blog owner, if you are the owner of the blog and you want to promote your own channel, you can clone your voice and you can publish the videos in your voice. So it makes a huge difference. Now background music. again, you know, we’ve we’ve been paying attention to all the feedback that you’ve given us uh in the in the tools that we’ve released and we’ve been learning lessons from them. So, one of the demands that I often got was I want to create background music that’s original that matches the mood of my article, right? So if you want to get uh let’s say R&B style music or electronic music or you want to get classical music and you have a certain kind of track in your mind, it’s hard to just browse and listen to hundreds of tracks to find the right track. So we let you create your own background music using AI. You can just describe the music you want and it will automatically create it. So think about that. It makes things easy. It makes things absolutely customized if you want to make them right. and editing and generation. It does the entire video in minutes. Right? You saw me put it together. It was the most painless thing I did to make a video in my life. In fact, when I make my own review videos, I have to actually use the products which is much more difficult. Right? By the way, guys, I’m reading your I’m reading your comments. I’m reading your questions and I will get to the questions all of you. Uh I will answer every single question out there. So be patient and if I miss a question while I’m answering them just ask it again. I will try to make sure that I don’t miss any. So again all of you guys who are blog owners and we know we’ve got a uh you know handful of you over here actually more than a handful you can give your rankings the double engine right you’re targeting you you’re targeting Google but you can also target it through YouTube. And what do you get out of there? Remember that visual that I showed you. In fact, I’m going to try to find it. What AHFs did, very smart people, those guys. Take a look at this. They’re ranking for the same keyword, SEO for beginners. They’ve got the video right there and also they’ve got their article right there. So, imagine the kind of impact it produces when you’ve got two claims, two claims to the same spot. Now, you can never do that with your blog. Think about it. Even if you write two great articles targeting the same keyword, no matter what you do, you’re never going to end up on the first page of Google with two pages with two forms of content or two, you know, uh, two things coming together getting you double the amount of traffic potentially, right? So these guys, they did it because they created a video and they also wrote the article. So that’s what I mean when I say double engine, right? So you want that double engine. You want that uh you know 2x traffic for your business. It’s very important and I want you to unlock it. So all you bloggers start converting your blogs into videos using this system and give yourself the opportunity to appear on the same page of Google on the front page of Google with two different pieces of content. Right? So that’s great. Next, hi hitch a ride on the work done by ranking bloggers. And if you’re here, you’ve already got the system. I’m sure you will go back home and you will start producing the content, the videos that I’m talking about and you will not let anyone else drop do the drop on you, right? That’s what they say, right? So, you don’t want people to uh, you know, take your content and make videos out of it. You got to do this first. But all you guys, all you marketers and you know marketers I I really like the way they think because they are able to find ways to do things faster, better, easier without having to make that effort. So all you marketer style personalities, you can pick up ranking blogs from anyone in your niche and you know that they’ve not produced a video. Perfect. Put it in blog to it. Hit that rewrite button or hit that summary button and then you’re going to get a video out of that produced very visual, very very appealing, very engaging without any effort. So here is the here’s what you can do. You’re going to end up on Google ranking for the same keyword higher often higher than the original content creator and there is nothing any anyone can do about that right you can win every single time that’s what this this product can create for you right use other people’s articles legitimately I showed you the way if you got any questions about that you can ask me in the chat now you can create short form content because you know blogs are long form content you got to read the entire blog but why Shouldn’t you be able to turn that into reals? Why shouldn’t you be able to turn that into shorts or Tik Toks? Right? You want to do that because when you do that, you can attract a higher audience. You can even say to read the entire content, to read the entire article, click on the link and visit my blog. So, somebody was asking me in chat, can I put a URL on the video? Why put it on the video? Nobody can click a video and get to your blog. Put it in the description. put it in the place where people can actually see it, copy paste it or click on it and get to your blog, right? That’s what you want to do. So create short form content, go viral because those depending on the topic, depending on how topical the thing is. In fact, you could pick up news items, right? Because it just doesn’t just work with the blogs, it works with every sort of uh text content. So you could pick up, let’s say, the latest information that happened. Let’s say you wanted you you got a political website. You could pick up a article written on Trump and President Xi’s me President Trump and President Xi’s meeting and you could make a short real or a video on that and put it out there, get traffic without having to work on it. So again, not just blogs, it works on all sorts of content. You can make long form content of up to unlimited length. And why does this matter? Because when you’re writing 2,000 3,000 uh word articles, you don’t want to be limited by uh video length, right? You your your video might be 20 minutes long because you got you’ve spoken or you want to speak 2,000 words in that, right? So you want to do readouts of your entire video. You want to tell your audience, hey, if you want to listen to this article, you can click the button below. You can watch and listen. So people will be transfixed looking at your article, reading and listening while they are increasing your dwell time and helping your rankings. Absolutely do that. Make complete readouts of your videos. Not just summaries. Put it on YouTube also. Put it on your uh website. Also put it on your uh YouTube on on your website embedded there and you will see the impact on that. Right. Uh Larry’s asking how to get unlimited length. Larry, you don’t need to do anything just instead of summary. Remember in my video that I created, I used summary. But when you do a complete when you do a full video, not a summary, it will automatically read the entire blog. Right? Does it make sense Larry? Do you get me everybody? When you choose the full readout, it’s going to make the entire readout no matter how long it is. Right? So that’s how we do this. Now it supports all the popular formats. When I say formats, I mean landscape, vertical and square. Square is used on Instagram. So, we do everything right. Then again, any language, country or culture or region. Now, one of the things that I did in that video was show you a drop down of all the languages. So, you can rewrite the content into the target language. So, if you find an article that is going to appeal to you, let’s say we’ve got we’ve got a gentleman here from Alicante, Spain, right? So, you find an article in English, George, right? George. So George, if you find an article in English and you want to convert it into Spanish, you can actually do it in here. You can convert the article, rewrite it in Spanish and then make a video that is in Spanish and that appeals to your local market. So whether you are in Spain or you are in South America or you are in uh another uh you know place, you know, wherever you are, you can actually target the local market. No need to do anything manually. the software will automatically translate the entire thing. Right? That’s one more thing. So, who is blog toit for? It’s for bloggers. It’s for affiliate marketers because you can, you know, when you write those huge affiliate offers, people don’t often read them, make a video out of it, put it on YouTube. Now, this is incredible because, you know, I see these affiliate offers. Uh I don’t know if any of you guys are here today on this call where people put in other people’s demos and they don’t, you know, or they may maybe they make a small outro for intro for 5 minutes and all the videos repeat, right? You don’t want to do that. You can actually write an article with AI, put it in blog to it, right? and create a unique video for the products that you’re promoting in less than 10 minutes. So you can do your daily promotion, right? And make money with a unique article, unique video because unique videos actually rank, right? You don’t want to be found on the 20th page, you want to be on the first page. So that’s what you need to do. So all you content creators who want to target YouTube, smart move, you can do that. You can create unlimited uh uh content through this. We got all your marketers. Absolutely. Agencies, yes. Businesses, yes. Everybody can use this tool to get organic traffic. So, give your rankings a double engine. Give your audience a better way to consume your content. I see you guys are becoming impatient. What time is it? It’s been uh it’s been a while. Okay, I’m going to speed up things a little bit, guys. So, marketers hit your right on the work done by ranking bloggers and get traffic for your business. All the things that you could do. Agencies introduce a valuable recurring service to your clients. create videos from blogs and get more sales. Your blogs, anyone’s blog, turn them into videos that get you traffic. So, if you’re ready to find out how to do that, get rankings like this, be on YouTube, Google, Tik Tok, Facebook, Instagram, chat GBD, because we talking about AI answers, too. You ready to find out how to do that? Ready to claim your organic traffic? I need to know that in the chat. Let me know in the chat if you’re ready to take it up and ready to discover the price. You’re excited about how much I’m going to uh charge to give you access. What are the terms of getting access to this product? Let me know in the chat.

    Okay. So, I think I might have skipped a few slides. Yep. Perfect. Yes, Larry says, “Ready.” Cy says, “Bhatri Uta, thank you for your Hindi comment, Cy. You always make my day brighter.” Uh, this is, you know, fun to read. Lindsay says, “Ready set go.” Roy, yes. Brian, yes. Diane says, “What’s the cost? Anxious to see your platform.” Uh, what are the terms? Paul, can I assign separate V access? Absolutely, Paul. Charles, you can. And always, so let me show you. Ready to claim. Uh, today today I’m going to give you block to read along with a special offer. this is you know you’re on the webinar and I always make sure that my webinar guys people who actually made the effort to come to the webinar they get the best terms possible so I made sure that I actually make it happen and that’s why I’m going to give you a special webinar all-inclusive deal that will give you access to blocktoid and also some associated product bumps special you know incentives and upgrades that will make the product even more special so you get blocktoid elite which is the core product it’s for personal businesses And there is upgrade to block towid pro which is for marketers, professionals, agencies, people who want to create a lot of videos. You get that too. You also get blocktoid reseller. And this is for all you marketers guys, all you affiliates. You can actually sell block to vid and make money from it. Now you already know you’ve been on the webinar all this time. You’ve been very patient with me. But you know that this product changes lives and you can actually sell it to other people and make money from it without paying us anything. So you keep all the money. That’s a part of the offer. Now I know some of you have been thinking and this is I’m sure even if you haven’t said it, how do I write the articles? How do I create the articles? So for that I’m going to give you a very very high quality article writer using AI. It’s called Articleize Pro and it can convert anything into an article. So if you want to write an article from scratch, it does that. But it also converts anything into an article. So you can go to Facebook, it will convert a Facebook post, it will convert a tweet, it will convert Instagram post, it will convert an image. If you give it an image, it will convert that. It will convert a YouTube video. So basically, it’s a universal article writer. Throw it at anything. It’s going to make an article out of it that’s high quality with visuals, with everything. So if you need to feed your blog to vid and you want to make it all original content, you can use articleize which is a part of the deal by the way. And you also get talent tool SEO spider which is the best SEO spider because we’re talking about rankings. This software can analyze your website and tell you what you can improve and it can analyze your competitor’s website and tell you what they’re doing different so that you can target their strategies and incorporate them or beat them and grow. So, all of this complete pack, it’s the all-inclusive deal. Very, very special all-incclusive deal that I’m going to give you today with longer length videos. All AI is included. Clone, you can clone unlimited voices, 50,000 welcome credits, expanded video and audio library, unlimited AI music tracks, image to video. Yes, get new AIs first. So when in my offers, like Lindsay said, I always [clears throat] put in a lot of information. I put in a lot of details, put in a lot of upgrades. So you get all the details first. 2 years of free upgrade with a commercial license, 70 licenses that you can sell. So imagine if you sell every license for just $200. That’s $14,000 worth of sales right there. It’s a high quality product, easy to use. Anybody would want it. Imagine how soon you can sell that many licenses. Articleize Pro, Larentula Pro. Put all of that together, you get value of $2,76 with a three-year lifetime because I sell all my products recuring. Now, not all of you are my buyers, but those of you who are, you know, as soon as my launch is over, I’m going to take the product to recurring and this is the price that I will sell it sell it at. Absolutely. Right. So, that’s the value that you get today. not for 2076 but only for $197. It’s a high value webinar that I’m going to give you today. The special deal. Usually I don’t even sell on my webinar that my products at this price. Usually I’m pricing them at 247 or 297. But today I wanted to give this product. I wanted to make sure that this product reaches the maximum number of people. And I’m offering you this product for a onetime price. It’s not a reckoning price. as you get it, you don’t have to pay for it ever again. You can only you can you can grab it for only $197. And of course, there are some things that you can grab, some extras that you can grab. Uh I’m going to give you the link very shortly. I’m getting so many messages, guys. I to drop the link. I will give you in just 2 minutes more. So, please be patient. But before that, I want to tell you about these amazing boosters, which are launch only boosters. So, once the launch is over, I’m not going to do this. These are highly, highly incentivized discounted deals. Uh, 50,000 credits you can grab for $44. So, all of you guys, you get 50,000 credits to start with. But if you want to just, you know, double that and get more credits and never have to worry about uh, you know, credits for a long long time, years, you can grab 50,000 more credits for $44. Plus, you get to unlock the daily unlimited videos upgrade where you can remove a pro version creates up to 15 videos a day, which is a lot, which is a lot. But if you want to create, you know, videos without a limit, maybe you would want to do something for the future, $14 only, you get the limits removed. And for all you guys who know you’re going to make money from this product selling the product, we’re going to give you the opportunity to get the sellers pack which gives you readym made sales page, readym made uh demo video, sales video, uh it will give you a readym made uh uh you know email sequence, everything that you need to make sales, that’s also a part of the deal. You can get it with a 30-day refund guarantee today. And to get it, you need to go to the link that is either on your screen or in the description. I’m sure Swati will put it in the chat too. So, Swati, please put the link in the chat and I will pin it. So, guys, this is what you need to do to grab this deal today. Click on this link which is in your chat or if you’re watching this webinar on my page, then on the page and uh get the link uh from there. Now all of you guys if you want the FE only you can just go to the like get to blog to then you can go to the website which is on the screen or in the description uh without this without the last thing and you will get there. So yeah link for FE I think Swati we can update the description with a link for FE in case you want that. But I would heavily recommend you get the all-inclusive deal guys because here is what I want to remind you. This is a high quality product which will be continuously improved and your investment is absolutely secure because the first thing we do is make sure that our guarantee is going to cover all your edge cases. So if for some reason you are not going you you’re not able to get the best you know out of this product and you think hey this is not for you I’m not going to worry about that and I’m going to make you worry about that. We’ve got a 30-day refund guarantee. And on this through all this time, you get to use the product absolutely on me. So, you use the product, you use the credits. I’m not going to ask you to pay me for the credits. I’m not going to tell you, hey, you already produced 10 videos with it. Why do you want I’m not going to refund you. You got to pay me for 10 videos. No, you’re going to be able to use my product. You’re going to be able to use as many credits as you want. Produce those videos. And if at the end of the period you’re able to let go, you’re able to tell me, “Hey, Sirill, I want to return this permanently, I know I will not be able to buy it again. If you’re ready to do that for me, I will refund you and I will give you all of your money back. No problems at all.” So that’s the kind of ironclad, you know, deal that we have here. So guys, again, if you get it today, I want you to drop me a note in the chat, right? I want you to tell me in the chat how you u you know that you got it so that I can welcome you to the to the family. I can welcome you and I can uh you know give you a little shout out and uh you know uh make you a part of the family. Kim says got it. So congratulations Kim. You are welcome to block it family and I’m sure you will make amazing videos. Don’t forget they’ll show them to me very quickly. Mike wants to know what are the three bumps. Mike, absolutely. You got three bumps in there, Mike. The first one is 50,000 credits for $44. Then you got Block to Daily unlimited videos, no limits at all for $14. That’s crazy. And you got the sellers pack. So, you know, here is the thing. When you decide to make sales, you need to have some material. You need to have a website, right? Even if you put in your PayPal, your Vimeo or whatever, you know, your Vimo, whatever payment system you put in on your site, you need to have a web page, right? You need to have maybe a demo video. You need to have a sales video. All of those things we already have for you. And I know that this is high quality stuff. This is content which is done by professionals. The copy is written highquality copy. The sales video is great. The demo video is great. You can use all of that legitimately to sell my product that we created and not share any of the money with me for $29. So, you get to use all of the things that we’ve created to promote and sell yourself. So, it’s $29 for that. So, get that. Uh Kim says, “Not sure what credits mean. To produce videos, you’re going to use AIS.” Now, one way that you could use AIS is if we tell you, “Hey, can you please put in all the different API keys?” Which is, I think, kind of lame because you got to buy the APIs. you got to pay the APIs. So we and it’s not possible to do that when you’ve got multiple AIs. You know, we got all sorts of different AIs in there. Uh and I would say some of them are highly specialized AIS. We’re using AIS in very very uh you know special manner. Some of it in a very I would say uh specially designed systems. It’s not possible for us uh to give you uh the request to put in five different API keys, right? That’s lame. So we created a system where you just pay for the API through us. You can use credits. If you run out ever, you can just recharge credits. It’s as simple as that. Mike says, “How do the credits work and how many do you get with your package?” Mike, you get 50,000 credits when you get started. Like it says here, 50,000. And you have the option to buy 50,000 more for $44. So, I would recommend all of you guys who are who know who who’s going to be using this product multiple times a week, right? You’re going to be producing a lot of videos because it just makes sense. Don’t forget about the ranks. We’ll go back to that. You will be able to produce a lot more if you get the bumps, right? So, get the bump. $44 for 50,000 more. So, you get a total of 100,000 credits. Diane says, “Just bought it.” Thank you, Diane. And welcome to the welcome to the product. Brian says, “Your products are always good. I have talent to like. Can we get an alternative?” Absolutely, Brian. If you have any of my products that are part of the bundle, just let me know. Uh let me know. Let my support team know. they will give you the alternative that you want. I do have a lot of excellent products. You can grab any that you want. So Charles says, “How does the per minute credit usage work?” Charles, it’s not per minute. Uh it depends on what you do. Like I told you that if you create a simpler version which a light a a landscape uh you know I would say sorry a slideshow kind of a video you’re going to be spending like 50 credits 100 credits which is 10 cents 20 cents to produce a video but if you’re going to animate a lot and you going to use expensive AIS it can cost a lot more but let me remind you we’ve made sure that everything is topnotch everything is absolutely high impact even if you choose to make a video with very little animation. Let me show you in fact the video one more time which has no animation at all but still looks like a cracker because we made some special impact. We made we replace the special impact with the captions. So take a look. Generative AI creates new material by learning [music] patterns from existing data. It can work with language, images, and other media, producing outputs that resemble human-made content [music] while accelerating the creative process. Today’s tools go far beyond template automation. Large language models to 50% after [music] adopt video and audio control. AI can assist with consistency checks, originality screening. This was actually a complete readout of a blog article. It’s like uh 5 minutes long. So you can produce videos which are high impact and cost you literally cents, right? So that’s the kind of uh options you have. So it depends on you what you want to do and how much you want to invest per video. If you are cautious, you can start off a little slow. You can see the returns. You can see what niches are working better and you can invest more on those niches. Right? So that’s the point. Uh cy says cheese mania which means I’ve invested in all of your products. Well, see why is very very kind of you and I’m sure you are benefiting and prospering with all the investment that you’ve done and that’s why you keep coming back and getting more of my products. I see you on so many webinars. Thanks for attending. Another one. Uh by the way, Swati has dropped in the deal again. So that’s great. Uh Larry says, “Will we know the credit cost before the final vendor?” Absolutely Larry. You will get an estimate at every stage how it’s going to cost you. If you’re going to animate, it’s going to tell you this is what you expect to pay for animation. Usually, it’s like 50 or 60 credits per animation. It’s still not expensive. All of this is absolutely affordable to produce. And you can absolutely do it without worrying about, hey, I’m going to make a bill that will break me broke. No, you’re going to make money out of every single video that we put out. That’s our target, right? Uh Kim says, will we get an onboarding instruction? You bet, Kim. In fact, uh let me do let me show you the tutorial options that you have. Uh I’ll try to uh put that on the screen just to show you the kind of tutorials that you get.

    So inside the app you will see the tutorials. They’re also on uh YouTube. So you have a tutorial for everything in here. Let me show you like how to convert a blog to video manually, how to create music, how to create avatar, how to create an AI voice. So all the topics that you would, you know, use that you would want to use, we’ve created instructions in detail and you will be absolutely be able to find everything. But I’m going to tell you this, this software is very very simple to use. Remember my demo. It’s a 10-minute demo. That’s all you need to see to master the product. So see that demo one more time and you will be able to understand what’s going on. By the way, if all you guys if anyone wants to see the demo, uh let me know in and I will play the demo one more time and I will play it 1.5x speed so you will be uh able to view it faster. If you want to see the demo, if there’s anyone here who wants to see the demo, let me know in the chat and I will play the demo of the product one more time.

    Let me come back to the page. Last question. Brian says, “If the AI doesn’t create a suitable video and if it needs to be redone, are you charged for the failed video?” Brian, yes. Uh, just like any AI, if you use the resources, you’re going to be charged for it. But again remember there is a very little chance that the AI will not create the right video and a lot of the work is done without AI. So AI is only to create the images which cost like five credits less than it’s like a fraction of a cent 1/5if of a cent right that’s kind that’s the kind of you know maybe 20 credits 1 cent 2 cent it’s like you know you can’t even put that money together and come to a number that matters. So that’s the kind of cost right. So don’t worry about the cost. I want you to produce cracker videos. I want you to produce greatl looking videos which are which is fast to do and easy to do. You can do it in minutes and benefit from that. Right. Wendy says yes to demo. Alan says I’m in. Thank you Alan today for getting the product and welcome to blog to. Thank you so much for buying again. Brian says okay thanks. And Alan. Okay. Yes to demo. I’m going to play the demo now. Alan, just let me find the right slide.

    Here we go. Uh, in fact, let me do it on YouTube because I promised you that I will play it at higher speed, right? So, did I put it on YouTube this video?

    Okay, it’s here

    with base 44. [music] A simple sentence becomes your website. Hello and welcome to the blog toid demo. Irrespective of the niche or the type of business. Every business has one single important problem. Okay, this is the longer version. I want to show you a smaller version because why spend more time. So I will play it from my computer.

    So, let’s get started by pulling a blog article from a URL. Let’s click on generate blog article. And I have a blog right over here. I’m going to copy the link, paste it here, and then just click on process. It takes just a few seconds. That’s done already. Here’s the entire article laid out in front of you. And Blog Vid will use this content to make your own video. Now, you have some options to choose how you want to create the video. The first option is you can create a summary video which will summarize the article in the length you want. So you can create a 1 minute video, 2 minute video, 3 minutes video, 5 minute video based on the current article. And even if the article is quite long or short, blog toidate will try to make that particular length. Now there is another option. You can make a full readout. This particular feature will let you create a full readout version of your blog and make a video out of it which is quite engaging. You can put it on YouTube. So people, there are two ways that it benefits you. People who come to your blog, you can embed the video at the bottom of the blog article or the top of the blog article. People can hit the play button, listen to the video, watch the video and understand what your blog is about without having to read the entire content. Second thing, your video will be on YouTube. It’s going to rank. It’s going to be shown to people on YouTube. And you get the dual impact of getting the traffic from YouTube and from your blog. And thirdly, you also get ranked on Google through the video and of course on AI platforms like chat GBT2. Now, one more thing all you guys who don’t own a blog, what about you? There is a way where you can benefit from other people’s blogs and still not violate the copyright law. How do you do that? There is a feature inside of Blog to that will rewrite the entire article and make it unique. Right? So, it will remove all the images that are copyrighted. will totally rewrite the article, make it unique, make it completely different. For this particular video, I’m actually going to rewrite the entire article and create a fresh version. And it takes just a few seconds. And there we go. The entire article is rewritten. And the video that you prepare now is going to be a unique work. I’m going to make a summary video for this one. Now again, you have couple of options on how you want the video to be. You can either make a animated graphic based video like a regular faceless video where you got slides and you got animations or you can make an speaking avatar type of video where somebody presents content to the camera. I’m going to show you both the type of videos before we proceed because we’re going to be able to cover only one. So here is the avatar streaming type of the video. Let’s hit the play button. Streaming schedules recorded videos as live broadcasts across platforms keeping channels [music] active without constant hosting. Live caster caster looping stream switcher Vimeo and Wirecast offer options from simple non-stop generative AI creates [music] new material by learning patterns from existing data. It can work with language images and other media producing outputs that resemble humanmade [music] content. All right, so now we know what kind of videos it can produce. In this particular demo, I’m going to make the animated graphic style video with kinetic typography and we’re going to choose the language. Again, you can transform the video into other languages if you want to. But we’ll choose English. And if you are making a video with your original blog, if you’re the blog owner, then you don’t need to rewrite the blog. And if you didn’t rewrite the blog, you will also have the original images in the blog. If you did that, then you can choose to have original images. But if if you’ve rewritten it, the images are replaced and unique images will be created. Now, let’s click on proceed. And you can decide how long the video should be. You can go from all the way from 15 seconds. Now, this is great for reals. If you want to make a vertical video, make a 15-second video or a 1 minute video. You can get ranked on shorts on Instagram or reals or you can create YouTube shorts. You can also create square videos for Instagram. And if you want widescreen, you can take a longer time like 3 minutes. Now, block to again like all my products is multiAI. So, you have the option to go for GPT. Uh for text models, Jiny, Claude, Grock, and Kimmy. And for AI image models, you can use GPT, Nano Banana, Flux, Cream, and Page. So, all of these models are here. And if you click on them, you get a little information about how good the model is for your purpose. So once you’ve done that, when you selected the model that you want to work with, click on proceed again and you can choose the voice. Now Block lets you clone your voice. You can create your clone voice and you can use your clone voice or you can use our ready-made voices. They are pretty good emotional voices like listen to this one. Hi, I’m Ballot. Hey there, I’m Ash. So we can choose the voice you want. And if you want to put in some special instructions, you can like speak with high emotions, something like that. Whatever instructions you want. Click on proceed. And now you can select background music. And blocktoid gives you quite a collection. Listen to something. I think this is good. But you can also create your own music using AI. So if you don’t want to use about predefined music tracks, you can create your own music using AI. Just click on create your first music. Or you can upload your own track. So if you got music on your computer that you want to use, you can upload it using upload custom music or just select the track like I did. You can also decide what level of background music, what level you want. It’s set to a level which is good for background music already, but if you want to change that, you can. And click on proceed to go to the next level. And you get a choice of great captions to use on your blog. So you can get captions like this. You can choose different styles of captions and you can choose whether you want to show the captions at all. If you don’t want to show them for some reason, you can choose no. If you want to highlight particular words in it, which is highly recommended. It increases engagement. You can choose yes. You can also choose whether you want to have emojis in the caption. Again, I highly recommend it. And finally, choose a caption color. So, I usually like to have a dark color. And also choose alignment. We recommend middle and center for these kind of videos because that gets you the maximum engagement. Now, click on proceed and AI is preparing your entire content. And then it’s going to make the images. So, you can see the images as they are being constructed. It’s going to create a total of 11 images and you can see they are being made in real time getting ready for your video. And now all the slides and the final video is ready for your inspection. And you can see with each slide and you can animate these slides. By the way, you will see the narration. You can change it if you want. You can modify it the way you want to. You can also modify the slide using these buttons. You can regenerate the visual. For example, if I click on this, I can either change the prompt if I want to and I can change the AI. Click on generate and you will get a new image here very very shortly. And there you have it, an all new image. You can edit this image. You can also animate it if you want to. And of course, you can download to your computer if you want to, too. Now, let’s animate this visual. Let’s make this guy do something. And again, you can choose multiple AI. You can choose the AI that you want to. And it’s okay to make a 5-second video. Whatever you create will loop till the end of the slide. So, we’re going to just create a 5second video. And there we have it. The video is ready. So, you can just click play and you’ve got this guy turning around just as I wanted. Now, similarly, you can animate all the images if you want to. And if you want to keep the cost low, it’s perfectly fine to use them as slideshows because block to will automatically create highly engaging videos using effects and transitions. By the way, you can control the effects and transitions. Next to each slide, you will find two options. You can see the visual effects. So, you can choose the effect that you want to choose. For example, random zoom pan or slow pan. So, you can see a sample of how it will look. This is slow pan x.

    This is slow pan y. So, if you want to randomize it, you can just click on random effect and things can work on autopilot. Once you’re done, click on done. You also have visual transitions. transitions are between two slides. For example, this is fade and you can see this is wipe left, wipe right, and you can just choose random transition and let the AI pick something for you. Mostly, you don’t need to do all this stuff. The AI can do a pretty good job of picking stuff for you. By the way, you can also add an intro and an outro video. So, if you want to start off with a promotion, maybe talking about your product, you can click on the add an outro promotional clip and you can choose a video from your hard drive. If you want to not put it there, that’s perfectly fine. You can also put ads videos between slides. So if you want to put in something between these two slides, between these two narrations, you can do so. And at the end of the video, you get an outro clip. So again, you can put in your own video from your computer. Now once you’re done, click on proceed. And now your video is being generated. First, it will make the voice over and that will take a few seconds. The audio is done. And you get a final presentation of the transcription for your review. If you want to change anything, you want to change any spelling or fix anything with it, you can do so. Otherwise, just click on proceed. And now video will be rendered. It’s just going to take a few more seconds. And there we have it. The video is already ready. Let’s click the play button. Automated live streaming uses software or cloud services to [music] schedule recorded videos as live broadcasts. It can keep a channel active while the creator works elsewhere or takes time away with minimal hands-on operation and distribution [music] to that’s how simple it is to create a video from your blog.

    All right, so that was the demo one more time and uh I’m going to get started pulling a blog to the slide. By the way guys, I want to show you something uh very quickly. Anyone here who doesn’t have a product from me, a lot of people got in while the demo was playing, Alan was in. Thank you, Alan, for purchasing it. And uh we got Brian. Brian is already in. Thank you, Brian, for getting it done. Will says uh and let me turn back my camera on, right? I want to talk to you guys. So Bill says, “Reseller is done directly with our payment processor not going through JVZu.” Absolutely. Will, you can get paid the way you want. If you want to get crypto, you want to get Vimo, you want to uh get a thank you note and uh a good day uh you know drawing, you can you can choose whatever way you want to uh get paid in. Absolutely up to you. Charles says, “Is the clone voice created inside your system?” Yes, Charles. You don’t need to bring in any APIs. No need of 11 Labs. We use Quent. Have you heard of quantities? It’s number two right now. Today it became number two. It was the number one AI to it was the number one AI with the highest quality uh voice cloning system and today it became number two because Google Google came up with voice cloning today and I’m so excited because I want to bring that in. That’s my next upgrade. I want to bring voice cloning from Google inside of block to web

    but for now it uses clone quantts which is a great great uh uh I would say AI. Roy you are in. Roy is I’m in. Thank you Roy for getting blog to it today. I really appreciate that and I’m sure you will uh you will love this product and you will uh uh you will absolutely absolutely uh uh have fun with it, right? You want I want you to create videos that you love and people love and that give you the growth that you desire. Right? Again, uh did I miss any questions? Guys, don’t forget to ask me the questions if you have uh something in your mind. By the way, is there anyone here who’s still anyone here who doesn’t have one of my products? Anyone who’s new to the company or still here on the webinar? Uh Larry in the speaking avatar can it have changing graphics, pictures, charts? No Larry, not in the speaking avatar. For that I created the animated uh animated system. Uh the avatar is going to be on this grin static. I would recommend that if you’re going to use the static, if you’re going to use the speaking avatar, you make ress out of that. You make shorts. Uh I don’t recommend using the speaking avatar for longer videos. uh use it for shorts. It going to you can create uh 15 minute 30 secondond videos, one minute videos that add the summaries or call to actions. You can use it for breaking news. You can use it for fresh information and you know create greatl looking content, right? I hope that answers your question. Charles, when we run out of the 50k of credits, is our webinar priced for credits logged in? Absolutely, Charles. I don’t play this game with my customers uh because again I want you to come back. Now about 85% of the people on this webinar are my repeat buyers like CY, like Lindsay, like uh uh Brian, like a lot of people who came in today. They’ve got multiple products from me. Some of them have dozens of products from me. And I do that by making sure that I’m consistent with quality. I’m consistent with the commitments that I give to you. And I’m consistent with value, right? I need to give you value and I do it over and over. So, it’s very important. I’m going to give you the best deal every single time. Once you get into my fold, once you get connected to me, that’s what’s going to happen. You’re going to get the best value every single time. Now, Kim, I’m going to show you something. I know all you other guys already know that, but for Kim, you are new to my business. This is the kind of ratings I have. You see it on the screen. On Trustpilot, we’ve got 122 reviews with 4.7 excellent rating, right? And on Google, we’ve got over 200 reviews with a rating of 4.9, right? In fact, I’m going to I’m really proud of the ratings because we worked hard to get those ratings. And I’m going to show you the ratings live. So, this is the kind of work we do. We want to do we want to create products that make the diff make a difference to you and we want to give you the best value the best quality. So you can see on Google right now we have 206 reviews with a rating of 4.9. That’s the kind of you know faith that people have you know on us and that’s the kind of love that they’ve shown us. on Trust Pilot. As of today,

    we have 128 reviews, 4.7 rating. The latest reviews look like this.

    Brisco, he bought one of our software. He had a problem with it and he wrote to our support, got an immediate response. He was happy and he cared enough to write a review. And he said it he ended with we cannot guarantee all of their products because we do not own all of them. We can say that the products we do own they have not shut down. So I think this is a problem with many products in the industry. They they get shut down and uh people complain about it but not for us. Hmon says rare to see a company dedicated to our customer support. Fantastic team. Once again technique force great support, great customer service. This company is very reliable and good words for one of our people. I love using Technic Force products that that’s the kind of impact we create Kim and I hope you will be the person to review us next. Use our product if you love it. All you guys I’m requesting you if you love our product spread the good word write a review for us. take, you know, take the time out and it helps create good value for everyone because when you say something nice to us, we feel encouraged. We want to do better and it also helps companies that should prosper, that should actually grow that companies that want to make an honest effort to so to please, you know, you’re welcome to write a review for us when you use the product and you love it and you love the value. So again, all you other guys, you know, the kind of work I do. So this is what I’m known for creating high value products and then following up with great great value in support too. Now you’re going to you’re going to see this kind of page when you buy the product. You will have two options to purchase credit card or PayPal and you can pick up uh whatever upgrades you want. I recommend getting every one of them because they’re all special and those upgrades are launch special right after the launch they’re going to go away. So, I would recommend that you can you should get them while you still can. Absolutely. Uh, we have Lindsay 2:00 a.m. Lindsay, very late for you. Uh, so thank you so much, Lindsay, for attending the webinar and your high energy. I I always appreciate you and take care, sleep well, and I will see you later. Thanks again, Lindsay. Uh, Kim says, “I like you already, Sil. I will use it for a bit before I write one.” Thank you, Kim. And I’m sure I’m looking forward to your review. So on that note, this is on the screen, guys, the link to get it. And I’m going to show you the by the way that I’m going to show you the sales page while we are here. I know a lot of you are still here today uh with me uh after like nearly 2 hours on the webinar. I still have a lot of people, majority of the people are still here. So this is the sales page as it looks right now. We’re going to put the webinar also on it and we’re going to put the sales page on it. But to very quickly summarize, you can turn any blog into high ranking videos, 100% beginner friendly, dominant YouTube SEO with it, and you get to see all the goodies that we put out, all the samples. Uh, let me just show you this sample again. This is a real sample.

    The kind of work that it does, generation uses machine learning and language processing to draft text, visuals, or audio. It lets marketers automate work while maintaining their brand voice. Content volume [music] has quadrupled as platforms. So let me let me just give you a little bit you know detail about the kind of uh you know intent it has kind of their brand voice detail it goes into has quadrupled. So look at this one. Uh you’ve got the word quadrupled in a different color than everything else and there is a little emoji that adds further impact. So, you know, even if you make a very static video, as long as you just put the captions the right way, you’re going to have high impact with a very very uh I would say easy to produce real. You spend like 30 cents producing it or 10 cents producing it, but you’re using the AI to create great captions and it automatically identifies high impact words. It automatically identifies words that engage people and it highlights them like it highlighted quadrupled and it also put in a little emoji, a little chart emoji. So when you put all of those things together, everything seems to pop, everything seems to work better, right? So we created that sort of detail in there and uh we try to make sure that uh every single video that you produce pops out. As platforms multiply and audiences expect relevance, AI narrows the capacity gap with faster drafts, [music] repurposing and data optimization for marketers. Roy says, “I did not receive access. Just uh write to us our support or just go to our website and talk to my support team.” One more thing I want to point out guys, we have 24hour support six days a week. So today is Sunday. Sunday my team is off but Monday to Saturday my human team is online 24 hours a day and you can talk to them by going to any of my sales pages. Just click on the button here and fill the form like this. Put in your email address.

    Let me spell that right. And you can talk to a real person. So there is a button here request chat with human. Click that button and my team which is available 6 days a week Monday to Saturday 24 hours a day. You can talk to a real person, get real answers, get immediate support, no waiting, no need to worry about where should I get help, where do I go. We don’t do we we have every single system in place to make your life easier. Whenever you get a single product from us, we make sure that we take really really good care of you. So Roy, just today is is uh Sunday. So I’m going to give you the support email address. You can write to that. But any other day you can just go to my websites and just talk to my support agents. Get immediate help, immediate solution for the problems. Right.

    Rebecca says, “I see how your blog creation is a million-doll tool and you have done a remarkable job.” Uh, thank you Rebecca for your kind words and I see your situation. Uh, you can if you if later in the week, by the way, this launch is going to be live for 7 days. If later in the week you think you can get the front-end version or the bundle, you’re always welcome. We’ve got a lifetime deal going on only now. After that, the lifetime deal goes away. So if you can benefit from it, please do so. And uh if not then I I hope that uh you know at a later point you can even get the subscription because this can this tool can help you. Charles says will this offer be available on the Thursday the first? Absolutely Charles. It’s not very far from there and this offer will be available on Thursday. It’s going to be that’s in fact the last day. Yeah it’s probably the last day of the launch last day of the special promotion. So you better get it on first. Uh, all right. So, yep, that’s answering Charles’s question.

    Let me play a slideshow video in landscape format. AI can create a first [music] draft quickly, but speed often produces writing that feels flat, stiff, and interchangeable. That matters. Readers leave machine-like copy. [music] Brands lose trust. and search systems reward useful content backed by real experience. Humanizing

    lost twice. Sorry about this. [laughter] I was talking to you. So I was saying that did you even notice that all the time that I had the visual playing that had the video playing you did not have any change in the visual. The visual was all the same. So thanks to the captions, the way we created the high impact captions and we play put in the system where some of the words are highlighted in different colors, we put in the emojis, it looks animated even if you don’t animate the entire thing. So this way you can make the read readouts for 20inut blocks and keep the cost like literally under 30 cents. So that’s the kind of impact you can have where you can produce very very affordable videos maybe costing a dollar if you put in some more animation and not being worried about cost at all but still getting the impact of a high impact video right so that’s the kind of designing that we do or you know make a completely animated video like this one Facebook live [music] lets anyone with an account and this one costs like $3 a profile page or group from a phone or computer Free to use. It [music] has connected individuals, businesses, organizations, and public figures directly with followers since 2016. Live video creates an immediate two-way conversation. [music] Viewers can comment and ask questions while you respond. Facebook may [music] prioritize live broadcasts in feeds and notify followers, helping discovery. Its reporting [music] tracks peak concurrent viewers, total views, super super easy to produce videos with this and you get videos that rank everywhere. That’s the entire point of it, right? You want to rank in as many places as possible. So that’s what the tool does, right? You rank on Google with videos rank outrank static content, right? Because if you are a blogger and you’re not producing any videos, you are losing out to videos. So example, AHF, they’re smart. they are ranking with videos on keywords and there are people who are outranking other people like you know Canva how to remove the background from an image in Canva. So Canva itself is being outranked by a blogger, by a producer who created a video, right? So that’s the easiest way. I showed you the system and I told you how you can create videos based on other people’s content and get the opportunity to outrank them, the person who wrote the original content, like the person who wrote the Canva guide. Even Canva itself doesn’t have the authority to outrank YouTube’s producer, right? So this is a must must do thing guys if you want to do it manually. If you can’t get the software today I would recommend you do it manually but make sure you do it right. Make sure you produce videos. Uh that’s my message to you. Right. Vali says it’s true siril. You really are our best friend in business. Just like you say such kind words. Thank you valley. I really appreciate it. And if you guys had fun on the webinar today. I had a lot of fun. I think this is one of the best most fun webinars for me and I think talking to you made all the difference and I really enjoyed the webinar today. So if you had fun on the webinar with me today, give me a one in the chat. Let me know that you’re still paying attention. Let me know that you had fun, you’re still with me. It doesn’t matter whether you purchase the product today or not. But if you had fun in the webinar, if you found value in it, give me a one in the chat. Meanwhile, Charles, I’m going to answer your question. How about news articles? Absolutely, Charles. You can uh pick up any news article. After all, it’s like a blog. A blog is a piece of content. You can pick up any news article and create a video out of that. In fact, I recommended that in my presentation that you create shorts and reels of news articles and you create long- form videos too. And that way you can actually grab the traffic that is meant for trending content, right? Whenever something is trending whether it’s techn technology news or uh you know special news in your business in your niche you can capture that trend by creating a video fast right do it fast and you will often outrank the original article so go ahead that’s absolutely something you should do today will says one and a lot of emojis I’m glad you had fun will Charles says one Rebecca says one definitely valley says one thank you so much guys for staying with me all this time. I think it’s been quite a while. We’ve been here for 2 hours plus. Wow. That’s great. And I appreciate your time today. And if you got this product, I I’m really really grateful. I appreciate it. And I uh hope you will enjoy it a lot. Don’t forget to tell me about it. If you face any issues, let me know. I’m going to be my team is always eager to help. And if you got suggestions for me, if you got ideas that I can use to make this product better, let me know. I will try to do my best to put in as many ideas as possible. And if you got praise, if you like the product, don’t forget to tell everyone. Don’t forget to write me a review so that I can actually help you know your I can get your help to take this product to the market in a bigger way and you know, of course, make more impact. So on that note, I’m going to wind up the webinar. You got if you got any more questions, drop them in the chat. Otherwise, we’re going to call it a day. Thank you again for coming in. Good morning or evening or good night depending on where you are and I’ll see you again later with another excellent product. I’m coming up with something exciting next month and I hope you will be around to attend that webinar with me. I promise it’s going to be another highv value webinar. We’re going to talk about some new ideas. By the way, this this webinar is going to be available as a replay. So, if you want to see again the webinar, it’s going to be on the sales page. So you can take a look at the webinar. If you want to recommend it to some people, please do so and they will be able to take a look at the webinar too. And uh you can always come back and buy the product anytime during the next five days. And I’ll see you again later. This is Siril signing off.

  • 09/17/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Retiree Healthcare

    All right, think we can go ahead and get started here. Hello everyone. Thanks for joining today’s webinar presented by Alliant Retirement and Investment Services in partnership with Alliant Credit Union. We will have a live question and answer session at the end of today’s presentation. Please submit your questions regarding today’s topic, retiree healthcare, or about Alliant Retirement and Investment Services in the chat or the Q&A. The presentation will be recorded and a link will be provided later by email for on demand viewing. Today’s event will be hosted by our financial consultant, Shawn Floresca. Shawn is passionate about helping individuals and families work towards financial independence through thoughtful investment and retirement planning. He enjoys getting to know each client’s unique story and helping them navigate important financial decisions with greater greater clarity and confidence. Shawn believes that some of the greatest value he provides comes from listening carefully, understanding what matters most to his clients, and using his more than 20 years of experience to help guide them through an everchanging financial landscape. Outside of work, Shawn lives in Chicago with his wife, Linda, and their two sons, Mason and Lucas. He enjoys traveling with his family, whether it’s a weekend getaway to Michigan or a trip to sunny San Diego. when he’s not helping clients plan for their future. You’ll likely find him cheering from the sidelines at his son’s soccer games or spending time on the golf course. Now, I’ll hand it over to Shawn to start our presentation on retiree healthcare. Thank you so much, Brandon. And speaking of uh soccer on the sidelines, we got a a rainy one here in Chicago today and this weekend, so I don’t think that’s going to happen. But anyhow, welcome everyone to today’s presentation. Again, my name is Sean Floresa, one of the financial consultants with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, and our goal today is to provide information and resources that can help you better understand retirey health care options and considerations. It’s also important to acknowledge that there’s no single perfect retiree healthcare strategy. Every option comes with its own advantages and limitations, and no one approach works for everyone. And at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, we understand that each family situation is unique. And in this presentation, we’ll share key insights to help you make informed decisions about healthcare in retirement. You’ll be seeing information about how health care costs can impact your overall retirement picture, including some of the key considerations to keep in mind as those expenses continue to evolve over time. We’ll walk through the basics of Medicare, including how the different parts work together, as well as additional coverage options such as metagap and Medicare advantage. And we’ll also cover important topics like long-term care and the role it can play in your plan along with lastly resources that may help you better understand your options as you prepare for retirement. So, our team at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services is really focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, and so much more. So, please take a look at our website aris.allioncreditun.com

    to see our list of weekly webinars, our podcast, which is called Invests Savvy, our blog, and other financial resources.

    So just before we get started, just uh another disclaimer. LPL Financial and its adviserss are only offering educational services and cannot offer participants investment advice specific to their particular needs. So if you’re seeking investment advice specific to your needs, such as advisory services, these must be obtained on your own separate from this educational material. Securities and advisory services are offered through LPL financial which is a registered investment adviser and broker dealer. These are not insured by FDIC or NCUA or any other government agency and these are not bank or credit union guaranteed and may lose value. So with that let’s get started.

    So we’re all well aware that the cost of medical care are rising. We see that in our insurance premiums, co-pays for doctor office visits, and prescriptions and other aspects of healthcare. A significant issue in the coming years will be that baby boomers will continue to retire in large numbers, which means that the number of older people competing for health care services is increasing as well. And they may have greater medical needs, more serious medical situations, and limited income. Our life expectancy is progressively increasing. The Social Security Administration estimates that a man reaching age 65 today can expect to live on average to age 82. And a woman who is 65 now can expect to reach on average age 84.7. Among those who are 65 today, one in four will likely live past age 90. And I’ve seen it with clients over the years. There’s a lot of people in their 90s that I’ve I’ve seen over the past decade. One in 10 will live past age 95. So, do you have spare money to cover for your medical cost as you get older? Here’s a figure that should get your attention. Fidelity estimates that a 65year-old retiring 2026 may spend an average an average of $185,500 on health care and medical expenses throughout retirement. $185,000 for a couple retiring at age 65. That could represent approximately 371,000 combined. This estimate does not include long-term care expenses. So, what will you do about your healthcare expenses when you retire?

    Here are some of the topics we’re going to cover on our agenda today. So, first we’ll talk about understanding Medicare. Second, we’ll go over long-term care. And lastly, we’ll discuss some of the important resources available to you for some help.

    So understanding Medicare for many individuals Medicare eligibility begins at age 65 and then it often becomes an important part of retirey health care planning. For many retirees, Medicare serves as the foundation of their health care coverage. It is a federal government program that helps older and some disabled Americans obtain and pay for medical care. It’s administered by the US Department of Health and Human Services. The program is divided into three components. Part A, which covers hospital cost, part B, which covers doctor and other health provider office visits and other medical cost. and part D offers coverage for prescription drugs. Let’s take a closer look at each part.

    Part A of Medicare is called hospital insurance. It covers most of the cost of uh stay in the hospital as well as some follow-up expenses after you spend time in the hospital such as a period in a rehabilitation or nursing home. Part A pays some outpatient medical services, including some health care, home health care. It does not cover prescription drugs since those are covered under part D, which we’ll talk about here in a bit. In most cases, you do not have to pay a premium for part A. Specifically, if you have 40 or more quarters of Medicare taxed employment, you pay no premium.

    Medicare Part B is what we might think of as a medical insurance. This optional coverage is intended to help pay for doctor’s bills for treatment in or out of a hospital. It also covers many other medical expenses you incur when you are not in the hospital, such as cost of durable medical equipment and tests. In 2026, the Part B deductible is $283. Again, $283 for Part B deductible. If you choose Part B, a monthly premium is automatically deducted from your Social Security check. If you are not receiving Social Security benefits, other payment arrange uh arrangements are made.

    How much does the monthly premium for part B cost in 2026? The standard monthly premium is $22.90.

    Your premium would be higher if your modified adjusted gross income on your 2024 federal income tax return was $19,000 or more if you filed single. or it would be 218,000 or more if you’re married and filing jointly. In these cases, premiums would range from $284 to $689 per month in 2026.

    Part D coverage is for prescription drugs and it is optional. To get this coverage, you must enroll in a plan run by an insurance company or other private company that follows the rules set by Medicare. Each Medicare prescription drug plan has its own list of covered drugs. Also, each of these plans sets its own monthly premium. You can find out the cost of these various plans available to you by going to the official Medicare website, which is quite simply www.medare.gov.

    Note that some of these prescription drug plans require deductibles and co-pays in addition to that monthly premium. For 2026, Medicare Part D includes an annual out-ofpocket threshold of $2,100 for covered prescription drugs, though premiums, deductibles, formularies, pharmacies, and cost sharing can still vary by that by plan.

    Now, were you wondering if there’s a part C? Yes, indeed there is. Part C includes what’s known as Medicare Advantage plans. These are optional and they’re available through private insurance companies that follow the rules set by Medicare. Medicare Advantage plans are managed health care plans and provide coverage just like an HMO or preferred provider uh provider organization. You use the plan services just as you would if they were not under the Medicare umbrella. So, for example, you may have to choose doctors from the plan’s approved network of providers or use the hospitals specified by the plan as well as follow other rules regarding accessing healthcare services. Most Medicare Advantage plans offer prescription drug coverage and again you usually have to use affiliated or the sponsor’s mail order drug provider. The availability of these plans to you depends entirely on where you reside. So again, you can learn about these plans for which you are eligible and their coverage at www.medare.gov.

    Medicare Advantage plan sponsors get some or all of their premium from the amount you pay each month for your Medicare part B premium. In some cases, sponsors of Medicare Advantage plans may charge an additional amount above that Part B premium for higher levels of service. So, now let’s take a look at Metagap coverage.

    Medigap coverage is private health insurance that is designed to supplement traditional Medicare. It helps pay some of the health care expenses that Medicare does not, such as co-ayments, co- insurance, and deductibles. Now, if you have traditional Medicare and a Medigap policy, Medicare pays its share of approved amounts for covered healthcare costs. Then, the Medigap policy pays its share. So, it’s different from a Medicare Advantage plan because that type of plan is a way to get medical uh Medicare benefits while a metagap policy only supplements traditional Medicare. So, keep in mind that Medicare does not pay any portion of the cost for you to get a Medigap policy. In most states, metagap policies are standardized and identified by letters such as plans A, G, K, L, as in Larry, M, and N. Benefits vary by plan, and the same letter plan generally provides the same standardized benefits regardless of the insurance company offering it. Costs can vary by insurer or location and other factors. Every policy must follow federal and state laws and each standardized metagap policy must offer the same basic benefits regardless of the company that sells it. Cost is usually the only difference between metagap policies with the same letters sold by different insurance companies.

    Medicaid is a health insurance program for certain low-income individuals and their families. The program is run jointly by the federal government and each state. People aged 65 or older who meet the income and asset limits for their state are eligible for Medicaid. States set their own income and asset requirements for residents of their state. Medicaid provides a broad level of healthcare coverage and often it covers doctor’s visits, hospital costs, nursing home care, and home health care. Medicaid does does cover the cost of prescription drugs. However, this does not mean all prescriptions are completely covered. Each state can choose which medications they are willing to cover and which prescriptions they will not cover. They can also set rules regarding prescription co-ayments or shared costs. However, there are limits placed on how much the state can make the patient pay for prescriptions covered by healthc care benefits. So, please make sure to check with your state’s policies with regard to Medicaid and prescription drug coverage.

    Okay. Now, on to long-term care.

    The federal government estimates that 70% of people reaching age 65 are likely to need some form of long-term care during their lives. So, what are the factors that are directly related to the need for long-term care? Well, first obviously is age. So, the older you are, the more likely you will need this type of care at some point. Another factor is gender. Women, like you saw in earlier slides, live it longer than men on average, 5 years. So, they’re more likely to live at home alone when they’re older. Disability considerations also affect the need for long-term care. Having an accident or chronic illness that causes a disability can lead to a need for this care. Your health status is another factor. So chronic conditions such as diabetes and high blood pressure may mean you’re likely to need long-term care as long as you age. Then there’s family history. of chronic conditions that can also play a role. And of course, poor eating and exercise habits often increase the need for long-term care. And believe it or not, another factor is your living arrangement. So if you live alone, you’re like more likely to need paid care than if you’re married.

    So what does long-term care include? Usually it is not medical care but more likely assistance with basic personal needs of everyday life which are called activities of daily living or ADLs. ADLs include bathing and dressing, using the bathroom, help with getting into or out of a chair or bed and eating. Other types of assistance may also be offered. So this type of support relates to basic everyday tasks like housework, taking medication, preparing meals, shopping for food, and and so on. Long-term care can be in a setting like an assisted living residence, a home, or other residential situations.

    Long-term care insurance covers long-term services, including personal and custodial care in a variety of settings, such as we just mentioned, a home, an assisted living facility, or other residential arrangements. So, what are the factors that go into the price of long-term care insurance? This cost uh the cost of this type of insurance is based on several factors including your age when you buy the policy, the maximum amount that you want to be paid for each day, the number of days or length of the payout period, and any optional benefits you select.

    Add one thing here. Well, ultimately there will be a maximum amount uh amount that the policy will pay. And remember that if you are in poor health, you may not qualify for long-term care insurance or could have to pay a much higher uh premium than someone who is healthy and satis satisfactory.

    Now, thinking from a broad perspective, there may be other routes to having health care coverage when you retired. For example, you might get a part-time job that offers some form of coverage for health care expenses. More employers today are seeking out retirees to fill part-time positions and offers some level of coverage in order to attract retirees who are not interested in full-time work. You might also be able to obtain or keep coverage under your spouse’s employer sponsored health plan if he or she is still working.

    Now, one of the biggest concerns that many retirees have is understanding the potential cost of long-term care and how those expenses might fit into their overall retirement plan. First, let’s talk about long-term care insurance. The cost of coverage can vary considerably based on several factors, including your age when you apply, your health status, the amount of coverage selected, and any optional features included in the policy. As an example, a healthy 55-year-old purchasing a standard long-term care policy may pay approximately $1,700 to $2,700 per year. Although actual premiums will vary from person to person and insurer to insurer, it’s also important to understand the potential cost if long-term care services are needed and paid for out of pocket. Based on 2025 national median costs, long-term care expenses can vary widely by care setting, location, provider, and level of support needed. For non-medical home care, the national median cost is approximately $35 per hour, which can equate to roughly $80,80 per year for someone needing regular assistance. for individuals who require additional support but do not need skilled nursing care assisted living facilities uh have a national median cost of approximately $6,200 per month or about 74,400 annually. The highest expenses are often associated with nursing home care. And for some of you folks out there, you might have experienced this with uh older loved ones. A private room in a nursing home has a national median cost of approximately $10,000 $10,789 per month, which is nearly $129,575

    per year. These figures are not intended to alarm anyone, but rather to illustrate why health care and long-term care planning are essential and important considerations in retirement. While no one can predict their future health care needs, understanding potential cost can help individuals evaluate available options and make informed decisions as part of a broader retirement strategy.

    Now, the key takeaway is that long-term care expenses can be substantial and planning before a need arises may provide more flexibility and more options in the future. So, understanding the potential costs of long-term care is an important part of retirement planning because healthc care expenses can have a significant impact on long-term financial security. So, of course, long-term care is only one piece of that healthcare puzzle in retirement. And for many retirees, Medicare will serve as the foundation of their healthcare coverage. And making informed decisions about that coverage is just as important as planning for potential long-term care needs. Unfortunately, as I’ve seen, many people make avoidable mistakes when enrolling in Medicare or selecting those coverage options. And these mistakes can lead to unnecessary costs, coverage gaps, or penalties that may follow them for years. So, let’s take a look at some of the most common Medicare enrollment mistakes and what individuals should be aware of as they approach eligibility or review their current coverage.

    Now, some of the most common Medicare enrollment mistakes that can potentially increase cost or limit coverage options are the first mistake is missing your initial enrollment period. For most people, this enrollment window begins 3 months before the month they age turn age 85 and this includes their birth month and continues for 3 months afterward. So missing this window may result in delayed coverage or penalties depending on your circumstances. Another common mistake is enrolling late in Medicare Part B when you don’t qualify for a special enrollment period. Some individuals delay enrollment because they are still working or covered by an employer sponsored health plan. However, if the delay isn’t handled properly, Medicare may impose a permanent late enrollment penalty that increases Part B premiums for as long as coverage remains in force. A similar issue can occur with Medicare Part D prescription drug coverage. If you postpone enrolling and do not have what Medicare considers credible coverage, meaning other prescription coverage that is expected to pay at least as much as Medicare’s standard benefit, you could face a late enrollment penalty later. It’s also important to avoid choosing coverage without comparing costs and benefits. Medicare Advantage plans, Medigap policies, and prescription drug plans can vary significantly in premiums, deductibles, provider networks, and out-ofpocket expenses. So, taking time to compare options can help individuals select coverage that aligns with their health care needs and budget. And finally, many people enroll in a Medicare plan and never review it ever again. However, healthcare needs, prescription medications, provider networks, and plan costs can change from year to year. That’s why it’s generally a good idea to review coverage annually during Medicare’s open enrollment period to determine whether any changes may be appropriate for you. And because this presentation is taking place shortly before Medicare enrollment period, this may be a good time for individuals already enrolled in Medicare to review plan notices, prescription coverage, provider networks, and projected out-ofpocket cost for the coming year. So, the key takeaway is that a little preparation and periodic review can help individuals better understand their options and avoid some of the more common enrollment pitfalls associated with Medicare coverage. So, now that we’ve reviewed some common mistakes to avoid, let’s take a look at a few good resources that can help you evaluate your Medicare options and make more informed decisions about your healthcare coverage.

    Let’s take a look at some of these resources. So, as we’ve discussed throughout today’s presentation, retiree healthc care planning can involve a number of decisions from understanding Medicare and evaluating coverage options to consider uh considering potential long-term care needs. Now, the good news is that there are several trusted resources available that can help you research your options and make more informed decisions. One of the most valuable tools is the medicare.gov planfinder. This resource allows you to compare medical uh Medicare Advantage plans, prescription drug plans, premiums, provider networks, and estimated out-ofpocket cost based on your specific location and medications. Medicare.gov gov and 1800 Medicare are official resources for comparing Medicare health uh and prescription drug plan options. Another excellent resource is your state uh your state’s state health insurance assistant program, often referred to as SHIP. SHIP counselors provide unbiased information about Medicare and can help individuals understand coverage options, enrollment periods, and plan comparisons at no cost. And then you have the National Council on Aging’s benefits checkup, which is a tool that can help individuals identify programs that may assist with health care expenses and prescription drug costs and other retirement related benefits for which they may qualify. So for those interested in learning more about long-term care planning, long-term care.gov Gov offers educational information about care options, planning considerations, and the potential cost associated with different types of care. Now, while these re uh resources can be extremely helpful, every person’s situation is unique. So healthcare needs, retirement goals, family circumstances, and financial considerations can all play a role in determining which options may be appropriate for an individual’s situation. So the key takeaway is that you do not have to navigate these decisions alone. Taking advantage of credible sources and asking questions can help you better understand your options and make informed decisions as you prepare for retirement.

    So, with that, we’ve covered many of the key healthcare considerations retirees may face. Everything from Medicare and supplemental coverage options to long-term care planning and available resources. So, I’d like to conclude by sharing a few ways our team here at Alliant can help if individuals uh need to evaluate these important retirement planning considerations and continue the conversation with you if you’d like to learn more. So, when it comes to retirement planning, we can assist in assessing topics such as social security planning, 401k, and IRA reviews, as well as helping with retirement income strategies. We can also assist with investment planning and conducting portfolio reviews to discuss if your investments are in line with your objectives and risk tolerances. And we can also assist in being a resource with your estate and trust planning needs. So Medicare is essentially just one piece of that puzzle of the overall retirement picture. So again, please don’t hesitate to contact me if you have any other questions and concerns regarding your individual situation because for the past 18 years I’ve been with Alliant, I focus on creating financial and retirement plans for clients to make it a little bit easier when looking at the whole retirement picture and making that a little less confusing. So with that being said, here is my information up on the screen there. Uh so please don’t hesitate to reach out to me with any specific questions to your situation or if you’d like to set up a meeting with me directly to discuss retirement in further detail. So again, thank you all so much for coming and uh with that, I’ll give the floor back to Brandon here for some Q&A. Thank you, Sean. Uh let’s go ahead and get started with our live question and answer session. If you do have any questions for Shawn about Retiree Healthcare, Allian Credit Union, or his role as a financial consultant, please submit it in the chat or Q&A tabs. We’ll go ahead and start with the first question here, Sean. Okay. And that is a pretty specific question. Um, I’m a former pre merger United flight attendant, so I have access to the United Airlines retiree medical if I retire before 2032. I’m now 65 and still covered by active employee insurance, not Medicare yet. My question is about the UA retiree medical option. If I go on to Medicare, do I need that UA coverage? Is it mostly intended for retirees younger than 65 who don’t yet have Medicare or does it offer valuable benefits in addition to Medicare coverage? Boy, Brandon, that’s a great question and I think I’m not sure if uh if you were familiar with the uh United Healthcare plan. I’ I’ve had a couple clients ask about this, but Brandon, would you agree it just depends on coverage in terms of cost? Uh, you know, what what you’re looking at with Medicare and those supplemental plans versus the United plan that that I’m I’m not sure. Yeah, you don’t strictly need the United Airlines retiree medical coverage once you do transition onto Medicare, but it can provide you with significant value depending on how you choose to supplement your Medicare coverage. Okay. Um, now the retiree medical is heavily focused on acting as more of a bridge for retirees that are younger than 65 who don’t yet qualify for Medicare. United also explicitly uh structures a after Medicare medical plan for those that are 65 and older. So once you do turn 65 and transition from active employee insurance to retirement, your primary health coverage does shift to Medicare parts A and B because traditional Medicare has gaps like deductibles, a 20% co- insurance with no out-of- pocket maximum and no routine vision or dental coverage. Retirees usually do buy private supplemental coverage. All right. So, um, let’s move on to the next question here. When do you enroll in Medicare Part A and how do you enroll? Um, so go ahead. No, I was uh just going to say like in the presentation uh the the the initial enrollment period which again lasts for a total of 7 months. This starts the 3 months before you turn age 65 and ending 3 months after. So, uh that is again called the initial enrollment period and uh that is done through the social security administration. Brandon, right? No. Anything to add to that? I mean, if you do have social security turned on already prior to turning 65, you do get automatically enrolled into Medicare Part A as well. Uh, so there is an automatic enrollment there if you do have your social security benefits turned on prior to age 65. Um, as Sean alluded to, you do have that seven-month window 3 months before your 65th birth month, the month of 3 months after uh where you can sign up for it as well. And how you would enroll is just by calling Social Security at 1 80077213.

    That’s 1 8007721213

    and I will put that in the chat. Great. Thank you, Brandon. Uh, next question. If I opt for traditional Medicare instead of advantage, can I still have coverage with an HMO? Um,

    okay. Let me look at this again. traditional Medicare instead of advantage, can I still have coverage with an HMO? So, the the answer to that question is no. U if you choose tradition traditional Medicare, original Medicare, you generally cannot use an HMO or a PO, which is also known as Medicare Advantage. You’re generally signing up with a metagap plan to work with traditional Medicare in those situations. If you do choose to go the Medicare Advantage route with an HMO or a PO, uh you’re effectively replacing the benefits of Medicare part A and part B with the benefits of the HMO or PO going forward.

    Let’s see what the next question is.

    Can you please explain what happens if you have been with Medicare Advantage for five years and want to move back to original Medicare? Uh so requiring that’s going to require um either a spe a specific enrollment period or qualification as well. Uh so to move back to original Medicare, you can do that, but you generally wouldn’t want to do that without including a metagap policy or a supplement to cover the 20% of co- insurance with no out-ofpocket maximum. Um whereas with the Medicare Advantage plan, you do have a m maximum out of pocket with that plan. So, if you do move from a a Medicare Advantage plan, an HMO or a PO back to original Medicare, you generally would want to probably qualify for a metagap policy to work with original Medicare before giving up your Medicare Advantage plan. So, you’ll want to make sure that you do indeed qualify for it from a health standpoint before you move forward with replacing your Medicare Advantage plan. Uh now when you do that and you enroll into a part D prescription drug plan that will automatically disenroll you out of a Medicare advantage plan that you were previously on. Um, so kind of the way I would facilitate that if I were in your shoes and I was serious about doing that is I would get a Medicare uh or a Medicare uh supplement or a metagap policy, one and the same thing and I would apply for that and if I am approved on that and I’m happy with moving back to original Medicare with that metagap policy, I would then apply for a part D prescription drug plan and that would disenroll me out of the Medicare Advantage plan at that point, but I would want to make sure that I at least am qualified for the metagap plan before I cancel anything um that I I currently have in place.

    Let’s see here.

    We’re getting quite a few questions in here, so we’ll do our best to try to cover as many of these as we can here before the end of the hour.

    My spouse and I are retired but below Medicare age and have three kids. We have a small consulting company. Should we shop for insurance through the individual market or try something like a PEO, a professional employment organization to get something closer to group rates using our small business? Um, do you want to take that one, Sean? That’s a that’s a good one. Uh, Brandon, what’s Hold on a second here. So, repeat that, Brandon. Uh, Ken, please. So, they have a small consulting company. They have a couple of kids. Uh, it’s a family here. They’re debating whether they should shop through the individual state marketplace for premedicare plans or if they should try something like a professional employment organization to get something closer to a group rate versus an individual rate. I would just absolutely compare cost. That’s a great question. I have had one other person ask about that situation and again I think it’s depending on cost now through the marketplace Brandon are you familiar with um because I was more um familiar with individuals not uh you know companies or businesses through that that site do you know um what’s going on with that? Yeah, that’s a pretty unique question. And I mean, I I I would pursue both options and just have all of your options in front of you before you make a decision so you can see what the benefits actually are and what the actual costs are and then make a decision from there. Yeah, that’s that’s a good question because comp I did not know that businesses can go on to the marketplace. I thought there was more individuals uh you know to to qualify for those type of plans. That’s good to know.

    question here is when does your Medicare coverage start? Uh, I could address that pretty quickly. It would be the month that you turn 65 as long as you have your part A and part B active. So, when you do get your Medicare card, there’s an actual effective date for part A and part B on that card

    is a good question. Uh, can HSAs be used to pay for long-term care and Medicare? I don’t know that you know that one off the top of your head, Sean. I can address that if you’d like me to. There’s a lot of good questions that Yeah. know. Yeah. So, with an HSA, you are able to use it for specific things towards uh Medicare. There are specific things that you’re not able to use it towards. A uh paying for your metagap premium would be one of the restrictive items uh with an HSA. You’re not allowed to do that. Uh, but you could use it for dental expenses, vision expenses, um, other out-of- pockets that are out there. Um, so there are some some specific rules with that. Um, I would suggest reaching out to one of our consultants. Um, if you do want to get kind of a detailed list of what what applies and what doesn’t apply there.

    This is actually a really great comment and and something that probably should have been mentioned in the uh presentation. Uh people rarely mention turning off your HSA deposits or contributions 6 months before retiring because you can potentially pay fines. So that is something worth considering when you are approaching retirement if you are contributing to an HSA.

    And Brandon, this next question I actually had uh experience with with a client. The um this one, do you need any Medicare supplements if you have Texas UT system, UTRA, Medicare, which includes A, B, D, and possible long-term care uh and short-term health insurance. And the the good thing about this, and I don’t know if you knew this, Brandon, is that uh the UT care plan functions as more of like I guess an open access Medicare Advantage PO and bundles medical, hospital, and prescription coverage together. And that’s one thing I did not know about until recently. So that’s

    the answer to that question would be no because they do bundle the benefits together, provide a max out of pocket, right? Yep. That’s that’s exactly it. They’re they’re one of the the plans that that bundle everything together. So, yep. No uh any no Medicare supplements if you are in specifically the the Texas UT uh care plan.

    The next question here is uh somebody is asking they’re self-employed. They’ll be 65 in a few months. They do not receive nor do they plan to receive their social security until age 70. So, they’re delaying. Uh, they take no medications. I will be enrolled in Medicare Part A during the initial enrollment period. When do I enroll in Part A and Part ND? Um, I can answer this quickly. You can enroll into Part A 3 months prior to your 65th birth month. So, if your birth month is, let’s call it June, you would be able to apply in, let’s see, June, you would be able to apply in March. in that situation. So, March 1st would be the first date you could apply. U as far as part D goes, I would recommend uh also applying for part D once you do have part A active. Uh the reason you’re going to want part D in the mix here is because you will well if you are let’s see I’m employed do not receive social security. So, I assume um with moving on to part A, you’re going to also turn on part B. So, you will need part B to go along with A and B um and then a supplement and then part D, which is the drug plan there. Even though you’re not taking prescription drugs, I would recommend just finding the cheapest uh premium plan that’s out there and enrolling into that. There might be one in your area that’s offered for zero a month, but at least you have the qualified coverage at that point and you won’t be subject to penalties down the road. Uh, should you need prescription drugs at some point?

    I am 65. Okay, next question. I’m 65, employed full-time with an employed sponsored health insurance. I also contribute to an HSA. My employer is more than 20 employees. I understand that it’s best not to enroll into Medicare Part A and B at this time. Is this correct? Yeah, I I can take this, Brandon. Yep. because you are in your uh employer’s health care plan uh your understanding is correct because you can delay both A and B without penalty um but uh because your employer has you know 20 or more workers your job based I guess health plan acts as that primary coverage so uh do not do not enroll um but once you do enroll and and Brandon correct me if I’m wrong once you enroll in Medicare then your HSA pays you cannot put any more money in that. Is that correct? That’s correct. Okay.

    And the with that question, you you have what is known as credible coverage. Um even though you’re 65, you’re still with the employer. There’s more than 20 employees there. So, you’re not subject to any penalties down the road. enrolling into Medicare once you do lose that credible coverage from your employer either, you know, at at no fault of your own is generally kind of the consensus there. So, when you retire, they they take it from you. It’s at no fault of your own. And then you would then you would qualify for a special enrollment period through Medicare uh where you would be able to sign up for a Medicare Advantage plan, a metagap plan, and a part D plan. You know, however you want to have that uh shaped for the future.

    All right. Here. Still have a quite a few more questions. I’m trying to We’re going to try to work through as many of these as we can. If I’m still working, can I sign up for for Medicare outside of part A once retired at any time or only during the enrollment period? Well, so so I’m I’m assuming Brandon, anything outside of part A, so Medicare part B, uh if if you are uh you have to do it during that uh special enrollment period, which is eight months starting the year after you start the month after you stop working. Is that right, Brandon? So you retire at the end of that month, you would technically lose your credible healthc care coverage through your employer. Uh you then have 61 days, I believe, to enroll into a Part D drug plan and 3 months to enroll into a metagap plan uh or a Medicare advantage plan. Now, keep in mind if you choose the Medicare Advantage route, generally you have your Part D plan that comes with that. But you do want to make sure that your Medicare Advantage plan covers prescription drugs as well when you’re enrolling into it because they do offer Medicare Advantage plans that don’t have prescription drugs.

    Let’s see here. Uh

    John talked about a part-time job after retirement. What’s the minimum employer healthc care coverage needed to still qualify for a credible coverage exemption for part B? You can. So that that’s just 20 employees on their healthare plan. If you qualify for their plan, you would be able to enroll into it as long as they have 20 or more employees, you should have those can be either part-time or full-time employees. Correct, Brandon? Yes. Okay. So, it just depends on the company, right? If they offer healthcare coverage to part-time employees. A lot of them don’t, right? But some may.

    Next question. My husband is still working, has not filed anything. He will be 68 in December. Is this okay? he plans on retirement in 2027. Uh I think we’ve kind of addressed that. Should be okay as long as he’s got 20 or more employees on his healthcare plan through his employer. Um you know, once he retires, he’ll qualify for that special enrollment period.

    See, as a US citizen and a non- tax filer living in Mexico, will I be qualified for Medicare? Um, so as long as you have 10 years paid into uh social security taxes, you should qualify for part A. Uh, part B there is a premium for. So you would have to pay for that out of pocket, but you should be able to uh apply for for Medicare even though you are living in Mexico at this point. Yeah, you just need to be aware uh when you are signing up for uh you probably won’t want to go the Medicare Advantage route because those are based on regions and with you being outside the US, you’re not going to have really any coverage with a Medicare Advantage plan there. Um you may want to go with the Medicare supplement there. Um there are restrictions on out of the country care, so you do want to pay attention to that. But that’s where my focus would be if I’m outside the country and I’m looking at utilizing Medicare as health coverage.

    So, uh, next question. I’m nowhere near retiring. I’m about 26 years out, but can you please speak to this administration’s proposed changes to retirey care and what we can expect going forward? Um, good but tough question. That is a tough question. Um I I’ll preface it with this and I’ll let you kind of take it Sean. Uh you know the senior population in the country is the largest voting block in the country today. Uh personally I think if a politician was going to try to gut or change Medicare, it’s it’s kind of like shooting themselves in the foot, so to speak. Absolutely. I’ll let you take it from there, Sean. No, just like you were saying, it’s it’s so far out, but but again, when you need to make or want to make a change to the system, it is going to feel the shake across the board. And so, you know, I I’m just hoping at least even though it’s 26 years out, we see progress even in the next few years. And I think, you know, if we can start by, you know, for example, lowering prescription drug prices, right? um and and not keep these premiums just rising astronomically as as the years go on. But again, that’s a question I get all the, you know, pretty often and it’s it’s hard uh to answer just because of uh the way, you know, um the powers that be are you are are addressing things and just, you know, it’s always a what do you call this? A uh uh what do you call tugof-war about what’s what’s going on in in in that, you know, sector of of uh healthcare. So, that’s going to be interesting. I I wish we had a a better answer, but we just have to kind of wait and see and see how how we progress, you know, in the years to come. And 26 years away is is definitely a long way out. So, let’s see what happens. I’ve gotten this uh a few times here, so I’ll I’ll just kind of address it here. Um what are options for health care if you retire before 65? Uh, generally speaking, I the first place that I would go to is your state specific uh, insurance exchange. Your state should have a website with all the insurance options that are on there that you’re able to shop through. Uh, so you could search that up on Google. Just type in your state insurance exchange and it should be one of the top options that pop up there for you. Um, another question I got here, Sean. Um, I’m a snowbird. Seven months in New York, five months in either North Carolina or Tennessee. Some of this seems to be state specific. What if I sign up for a plan in New York but have an accident or get sick in North Carolina? Um, that’s a great question. Never dealt with that one before, Brandon. Yeah, happy to dive into that. Um, so there’s kind of two different trains of thought here. It kind of depends on what you have in place. If it is a Medicare Advantage plan, I would seek to make sure that my network provides coverage in all three of those states that that I know I’m going to be spending time in and just get a firm understanding of where those networks are. Um, in addition to that, you can uh, you know, find, uh, on the Medicare Advantage side, you can look up like Humanana where their hospital networks are and and determine is there one near where I’m staying in Tennessee that I could utilize in the event that I do get sick there when I’m snowbirding. Uh if you are going the metag gap route, all that really matters there is that the doctor in the area takes original Medicare and they’re willing to see you. Uh because Medicare remains your primary on the metagap side. On the Medicare Advantage side, whatever company you sign up for becomes your primary there.

    So we got time for about one or two more questions here and I apologize if we were not able to address your specific question. Uh you are more than welcome to send your question to Sean. Uh his email address is up on the screen here if we were not able to get to it today and we’re happy to address that. Next one here is I will be 65 next February. I’m retired already. If I get employed again in a full-time with health insurance plan, should I delay my Medicare enrollment initial window? It’s a good question. Um I think timing plays a big big part there. Um, if you get the the the job prior to your initial enrollment period coming about, that’s definitely an option. If your initial enrollment period comes about prior to that occurring, I would probably just move forward with going on Medicare because you you you can only plan for what you know today. Yeah.

    So, here’s a question uh that we’ll end on here, and it’s it’s kind of more related to the Social Security spousal benefits. Uh but my husband passed away 17 years ago. My condolences. He would have been 62 like myself. Can I receive his Social Security now or do I have to wait until he would have been 65?

    Brandon. So for that one, um you can receive the so the survivor benefits now uh at 62 because surviving spouses, correct me if I’m wrong, Brandon, that can start collecting as early as age 60. Correct. So nope, you do not have to wait.

    All right, let me see if there’s one that we can pop in here real quickly to end it on.

    Um, okay.

    If you deferred it for an entire year, are the penalties to start once I retire in 2027? So, I assume this is somebody who was eligible for Medicare um may not have had credible coverage um while they were eligible for Medicare and then they’re looking to start during the general enrollment period here at the beginning of 2027, apply for part A and apply for part B. Unfortunately, in that situation, there will be a small penalty uh incurred for the late enrollment. uh it’s based on how how long that delay was from when you were eligible versus when you actually signed up. Um but if you did have credible coverage through an employer 20 or more employees during that period of time, you would not be subject to that penalty. So

    this is going to conclude our Q&A session. Uh if you do again have any additional questions or would like to schedule some time with Shawn, please do reach out to him. We do thank everybody for attending today and have yourselves a wonderful day. Appreciate it. Thank you all.

  • 09/25/2026 – VideoExpress v3.5 – NEW Video Agents – 100% FREE

    Let me show you how to create unlimited videos, ultra long length, full HD quality videos end to end with full automation that is designed to get results with perfect scripting, storyboarding, copywriting, consistent character, everything else included and where you just give an idea which can also be automated and an AI agent will automatically with GPT, Anthropic plot and of course video Express fully create the entire video for you. No credits, no monthly fees, no yearly fees, and of course, don’t have to waste your time burning credits and looking at that credit meter as it keeps dropping and you have to regenerate some videos or some clips or uh even try to recreate different variations of the videos and stuff like that. Imagine this. Why is this so important? It’s because social media platforms reward content to be as frequent as possible rather than just producing one piece of content and uh expecting it to perform well. Because what will happen is let’s say you post a video today and it got 2,000 views, 5,000 views or 10,000 views. It will start having that effect where it starts going down after that and you can’t expect it to suddenly spike. That era is over. So, what will happen is that you’ll have to keep posting videos on a daily, weekly, bi-weekly, or whatever schedule you desire to continually keep getting the traffic and subscribers and leads and sales for your business and your brand. Now, the only way you can do that is if you don’t have to worry about credits and if an AI agent while you’re let’s say I have a glass of water here, while you’re sipping a glass of water, it can effectively do the work handsfree. That is what I’m going to share with you today. With the brand new Video Express Wii3.5 update, not only can you do higher quality videos, creative videos in different styles, whether it’s vlog style, documentary style, whether it is 2D, 3D explainer style, narration style, lip sync, realistic, heavyduty, highotion videos, whatever you desire, whatever your creativity is, you can create unlimited videos. And if you already have Video Express, that’s free for you. If you don’t have Adi Express, you can get it for less than $50 onetime payment. No hidden upsells, credits, hidden stuff to get. You can get started for just under 50 bucks. And again, that is unheard of in the industry. And the beauty of this whole process is that you can get started right now using what I’ll teach you. You just copy and paste one prompt and then you can get started with this. And that’s how fast and how effective this is. And I cannot stress this enough. Nobody is left in the industry which allows you to create unlimited videos, one-time payment, free updates, and of course the 30% discount that we are running for Video Express and our other applications right now that you can see in the description box right now, which makes it the greatest deal that I’ve ever offered in the last 20 years that I’ve been doing this on the internet full-time. Because at the end of the day, we don’t make any money off of you at all. We’re losing money on this. Why are we doing this? because we want to give back to you, gain your loyalty, and also because I had the vision about 3 years ago to basically buy up all the compute and the GPU, AI, and media servers for a very low cost. The costs have gone up exponentially, 600% or more in many cases for components like RAM, CPU, GPU, memory, SSD drives and all that. is just we got lucky and had a vision as well to invest in you in our business and that savings we’re able to pass on to you without charging you extra money like every other company seems to be doing these days. So now what is the agenda today? Very simple. I’m going to show you how you can open up video express, link it to your chat GPT account or your claw account through browser automation and then effectively open up the app in your browser and then let it do the work while you go sleep while you go do your jogging or your daily errands and it’ll do the work for you. Now the beauty of this process is that the workflows that I built have already accounted for the copyrightiting the hooks uh the transition between scenes and as well as the main idea behind trying to create consistency right you create a channel on YouTube or you want to create something it has to have consistency to have durability and it should also have a theme behind it that is what I’m going to teach you today how we’re building these workflows and they’re 100% for free you’ll see it in your video express uh app dashboard itself and it’ll have a tab called AI workflows and you just click on that and you’ll see keep seeing this and I’ll be adding them almost twice a week or so going forward as we are testing these out. Hundreds of hours of painstaking work has gone into these workflows that you can get access to right now for free as a video express customer. If you’re not, hey, this is the time to get it. No credits, no monthly fees. And of course getting it right now secures your spot where you get free updates as well going forward. people who purchased two years ago, two and a half years ago, three years ago have been getting updates for free for Express and it only gets better and our development process has gotten so good now with AI ourselves using internal stuff and I’ll teach you what I’m learning with our own internal exploration in R&D as well today which I’ll give you a glimpse of and why it’ll give you an edge over your competition because things are going to get much harder for people who don’t have video express and other uh AI tools of ours like uh clone voice.ai I for voice cloning and voice generation and linking it together artistly for bulk uh image generation and uh consistent character books and all that. Once you merge them all for that onetime payment you’re getting access to, nobody else will be able to compete with you because you have a toolkit that has maintained its price pretty much for a period of time. And just like Costco, you’ll be able to buy it today and be able to destroy your competition who’s paying 10 times 20 times more than you for the same level of quality. with my training, my workflows, you’ll be able to destroy the competition today. So, let’s just get started. Step number one, what I’ll teach you right now is I’m going to show you how to create an ABC learning channel. What does that mean? It means basically English learning lessons is a very very powerful uh channel content. A lot of children, a lot of adults and a lot of teachers love this form of content so that they can consume it. Now what I’ve done is I’ve created an entire workflow where you just link video express to clone voice uh AI application both onetime payment and most of you have access to if not get it with that 30% discount below and then I’ll teach you how with just one copy page prompt you can automate the whole process super exciting stuff. So let’s go jump in right now. All right so let me share my screen here real quick so you can see it. So, you’re going to see this workflow first of all uh that I have for you right now on this section on your screen. You see in the top right where it says workflows on your video express app. You can go there. It’s going to open up this link. And if you don’t have that, you can also go into this uh link that you see on my screen. Okay. Then you’re going to come into this right here where it’s going to show you see this right here, English learning uh videos workflow. You’re going to come in here and then you’re going to open the system prompt or you can copy the link or the GitHub. GitHub is a little bit more advanced. I’ll teach that as time goes on. The easiest one is just open the system prompt. It’s going to open up this uh uh this page and it’s going to say copy the entire prompt. Okay, you’re just going to copy it and you’re going to follow through the process that I’m going to teach you right now. So, what are we talking about when you talk about English learning channels? So, these are the type of channels we’re talking about. Uh you see this right here which is family story English. Uh right here it’s about 51 videos and then it’s like uh kind of like you see 16,000 views here, 5,000 views and so on and so forth. And this should give you ideas on going into the next level of how animation videos and also you can go beyond just like creating a simple story or a music video which we covered previously. These are like more niche in terms of attracting a different type of audience. Now what can you sell to them? you can sell them other products or services related uh to learning and that sort of thing. If monetization is one thing, this is a good way for you to create a monetized YouTube channel. Uh this is one of them. Um of course, uh 39,000 subscribers pretty quickly growing. This is another one where it’s 5,000 subscribers, but again, same logic applies. You see this right here, the stories are like um basically something to do with uh somebody learning how to speak English through storytelling, right? in the world right now, majority of the population, let’s say five plus billion people uh either speak English as a second language or don’t speak English at all. So, this helps uh understand that and video express with this workflow does a really really good job on creating these types of videos. Now, there’s another one I’m going to show you right now which is Daily English World. Uh it’s about 16,000 subscribers, 68 videos. Again you see uh these are ones and these do really well on Instagram other areas as well when you do vertical format which I’ll which you can tweak this workflow to make happen as well. So first of all let me show you some example videos that you can uh create and I will tell you how the whole entire structure works behind the scenes because we’re talking about a long length videos here. We’re not talking about like uh 10 second 20 second 30cond type of a video uh setup. Okay. So let me uh show you that right now. some examples and you can go from uh there. Let me do that right now. So, let’s play this one and then I’ll show you how to create these types of videos for free with NVIDIA Express. Unlimited amount of them. Okay. All right. So, let’s do this right now. This is Sprout. He can water gardens by himself. My flowers are so dry. The summer is very hot. Sprout can help you. Let me show you. What a clever little robot. Does it really work? Yes. I press this green button and he starts. Oh, he is moving. Look at him go. Sprout. The pots are over here. Not there. Hi. Your robot is leaving my garden. He is chasing that butterfly. Come on, let’s follow him. Wait for me. These old legs are not fast. Ah, there he is.

    It looks wonderful, Tom. The race is today. I want to win.

    Then let’s go. Bring your boat. I can hear the water. We are close. There is the stream. Walk carefully.

    Okay, little boat. Please be brave. Ready? 1 2 3 go. It’s floating. Look, Mom. It’s moving. It’s going fast. Follow it. Oh no, my boat fell over. The sail is broken. It’s ruined. Don’t give up. We can fix it together.

    How? All right, let me mute it right now. And you see the continuation of the story. Look at the fidelity of the animations here. Look at the character movements, consistency of the voice, consistency of the people, consistency of the lighting behind the scenes, consistency of the story. Of course, all these are being done behind the scenes on complete autopilot. All right. And that is something that was not possible before with the Video Express V3. With V3.5, we can continue the animation and keep it this fluid, right? And with more updates we’re coming in with this, it’s just going to make it even more streamlined and you’ll have more use cases that you can you uh apply it for, right? This is just one example for 3D cartoon. And some of you might say, can we apply it for realistic? Of course. Uh but it requires a different type of workflow, different type of prompting. Okay? And that’s what our team behind the scenes is working on to give it away for free to you because we got to test it hundreds and hundreds of times to get it perfect. Right? Voice, character consistency, actions, story, making it exciting. All right. Now, does that mean the human element is completely gone? Not exactly. Because you see the human element comes in understanding the ABC learning videos as I told you, right? The English learning videos like like to call them. Now, that is a niche. Underneath that there are sub uh categories, right? age groups that you’re trying to attract the teachers who’s the target audience you’re trying to sell that sort of thing. Let me give another example because we’re teaching even morals here right for the story effectively. Uh let me show you. Look snow. Let’s make a snowman. Okay, first we need a big ball. Look, it’s getting bigger and bigger.

    This one is for the head. Ready? One, two, three, lift. He needs a hat and a scarf. All right. So, now he’s going and grabbing the hat and putting it together. It’s just the word hat and some of these things which uh will be very good for uh learning English, right? Obviously, and that’s one use case that you can apply it for. But of course, you can use it for storytelling and uh that sort of thing as well, right? If you’re a book author for example and you’ve used artistly to create uh books for Kindle and stuff don’t you agree with me like creating an animated film on that book as well is a good way to kind of sell the book you know bring the characters to life right so the same logic applies here as well and how you can think about use cases just one of them uh by the way and I’ve been Paul Knight so if you seem a little bit tired I’ve been working on these workflows for you uh to make sure that they work perfectly when you copy paste this stuff all right I’ll give you one more I’ll give you one more example and then we’ll show you how to create this stuff. All right. So, let me show you this. Grandpa, what are you doing? Hello, Leo. I am looking for my glasses.

    Are they under the bench? No. Let us look in the shed.

    I keep my tools here. Do you see them? Nothing here, Grandpa. Only pots and tools.

    Maybe they fell in the watering can. Oh dear. Where can they be?

    Grandpa, look. They are on your head. On my head? Oh, silly me. Thank you, Leo. Now I can see you. Next time, look on your head first.

    Pretty cool, right? So, all right. Now, let’s discuss how to get this thing to work. There’s two ways you’re going to do it. I’ll show you that right now uh so that uh you can uh follow along here. Let me share my screen here and then I’ll show you how you’re going to do it within the application. You can use this with um uh of course you’re going to use it with uh you can use it with chatgpt or you can use it with anthropic as well up to you. Uh so let me kind of show you right now how to go about using this um and creating these types of videos. Of course it’s a YouTube channel but you can think about it for Instagram Facebook or whatever it might be. It’ll come useful there. Now uh the question I want to answer while I’m getting there is I’m seeing your comments of course uh is that uh hey you know Paul like u this is the question I used multiple shot uh uh idea within uh video express and I did get some um you know distorted images and stuff depends on the prompting and we made some adjustments I’ll talk about and that’s why I did the workflow as well to simplify this stuff for you so you don’t have to worry about the prompting and all this other stuff. All right. So, let me explain what we did and then I’ll kind of explain what you need to focus on. All right. So, first of all, if you go to create uh with AI here and create video from prompt, what we changed uh just like couple of days ago, we’ve been making updates is that when you type a prompt, right, uh whether it’s gradient mode or image to video mode, uh especially for multi-shot and stuff, we’ve enhanced it much better now. So for example, I put creative mode and then I say uh a grandpa uh teaching his grandson uh how to garden uh uh uh create a home garden, right? To create a home garden, let’s say. And that’s the idea. Let’s we’re trying to do and in 3D uh cartoons style. Let’s say that’s it. I type it and you can continue the story, right? So I’ll just show you the enhanced image thing. We’ve dramatically improved behind the scenes. So it’ll make it like much more better. You see this? It does it like really really good uh for the creative mode, right? Creative mode is the one we’re using here for automation. That’s the just this is the manual stuff. But imagine behind the scenes we’re doing all this stuff uh automatically. So then it generates the image, right? Like so. Now you see this one right here, right? That’s why the prompt enhancement will make it even better if you want 3D Disney style, right? Or whatever Pixar style or whatever, right? So let’s say uh there that’s the idea for prompt enhancement. Now the second thing is like when you do the video is let’s say for example uh this is the prompt right like like as an example right let’s say we do this and this is all going to be automated obviously um um in multiple sequences let’s say or something we say as an example okay now what we are doing is even here all right like even here we’re doing this automatic prompt enhancement you understand so even there so it automatically adjust the length everything okay so Even here in the creative workflow, it does this stuff. So when you create it, it will automatically enhance this prompt behind the scenes. You can do it in advanced mode. Even if you leave it just like this, it will automatically um you know, basically enhance it behind the scenes. Right? So we’ve done this so that you know we looked at your feedback and one of the things that we noticed as well uh from a lot of you was like, hey, you know, can you just make it automated? I don’t want to sit and write a big essay as a prompt, right? I get it. Uh makes sense. So that’s the other thing that we’ve done. So now let’s go to the magic here. Okay. So for the magic to work, you’re going to go as I mentioned before to the workflows tab on the top. You’re going to come in here and then you’re going to have English learning videos workflow, right? So you’re going to come in here and then you’re going to open the system prompt and you’re going to copy this. Correct? You have it in copy right now. Uh as you saw in my screen right now, copied it. Now you can use either entropic claw or chatg. So let’s say it’s entropic claw. What I’ll show you is I have it in my this computer right now. All you’re going to say is open the web browser builtin, right? You’re going to do this. Uh you click. So what it’s going to do is it’s going to open this little uh I’ll just show you this little uh screen. So let me show you this little screen where that globe icon on the top will show up, right? This little globe icon on the top. You see? And then here um let me put this on the so in this on the top like here you’re going to type in app.vide express. Yeah. Right. So this is for anthropic cloud. you like to use log into your video express account. It’s going to do everything from your video express account. Next thing what you could do and I’ll show you this more now because um you know Chad GBD is a little bit more cheaper to run this thing uh compared to anthropic and it does a better job of browser automation and AI automation in a nutshell right so here same thing in um Chad GPT you’re going to see the something like this like little toggle side panel in there you’re going to have the browser you’re going to open up apppress you’re gonna log in right so now what you’re gonna see uh here which I’m going to show you is once I copied the prompt like you saw here the copy the prompt going to come to CHBD and I’m going to put whatever model doesn’t really matter. I’m going to come and I’m going to paste this. Yeah, like so. And then uh it’s going to ask you I read the thing um and then uh and then um uh it’s going to start the workflow, right? So in simpler terms, if I wanted to do this new story video workflow and then it’s going to do this. It’s going to tell it to go open the browser like so and open a dedicated browser tab. It’s teaching it to do this whole process, right? And then it’s checking if it is uh basically signed in right and uh basically goes in there and then it effectively starts the whole process okay of generating the whole uh process of collecting a story and all that right so now it says video express is signed in the two workflow tabs are ready uh these are the details I want you to do let’s say so what it is asking here is basically story idea what uh you know you want landscape 16×9 and what duration right default is 60 seconds you want it to be 2 minutes 3 minutes whatever you want to tell it it will automatically work with the um you know the the plans you have in express like we allow five parallel generations meaning five servers okay are being launched at a given time all right uh for you to utilize okay and then um so uh nobody else does that by the way I’ll tell you why so anyway story idea so let’s just do story so the story idea is uh I will say um something like grant Grandpa is teaching his grandson how to uh do uh home gardening. Okay. And the lessons to learn from that something like that, right? Just the idea. You can get those ideas as well from the channels I explained, right? For example. And then uh 16×9 is the ratio. And then uh duration is uh let’s say whatever for the case of uh experimentation we’ll say 1 minute just because I want to show you the end result as well today. All right. So it’s going to have this thing. So what it’s doing behind the scenes now is it’s going to do the script writing. It’s going to do the storyboarding meaning the image planning image prompts image to video prompts the lip sync text uh understanding the lighting and uh the key frames and the character sheet. All that stuff is being done behind the scenes. All right. So, it says reply go to start. We do this. By the way, I know it’s asking multiple questions. It’s because these AI algorithms are so smart that they don’t want to start until you give you permission. Otherwise, they’re going to say, “Hey, I’m not going to do it because you’re asking me to do something automatic. What if somebody uh gets into your computer and does this and you say, “I didn’t allow for it.” Right? So, we just have to do this one thing. Say go. I said go and it’s starting now. Right? So it’s going to open up the browser and do all this work for you automatically. All right. Now I want to show you a couple of points you know and this is extremely important that uh it is uh clearcut for you to understand while this is being done uh because sometimes people don’t understand it until I tell them uh clearly uh this aspect. So let me just show you this. Let me put myself here. So right now uh when I say five parallel generations sometimes people don’t understand how valuable that is. All right. So I want to show you this real quick. So this is the uh Nvidia B200 GPUs. Okay. So we use uh a class like this one right here. Some of these and also H100s. And these are basically the new Nvidia GPU. So when we say five parallel generations for you to use Nvidia Express that means five of these types of servers are being launched. for you your projects. Right now, let’s look at this right here. Uh, according to this, uh, recent article that came in a few days ago, this is a price chart. Okay, check this out. It’s $7.88. It’s gone up since last year, 67% in price, and uh, as it goes down, and you see the spike recently, just the last month or so, and it’s only expected to go up another 30 to 50% in the next year. Why is that the case? Well, the data centers are not popular with people, people who want to build data centers. What does that mean? Existing servers that are in there are a lot more in demand. Now, secondly, what is happening right now? Nvidia, Jensen Huang, right? The Nvidia CEO, right? He posted this thing right here, which is Nvidia Compute is fungeable, durable, and highly rentable. It’s a productive revenue generating asset. What does that mean? They’re selling servers, AI GPU servers as real estate almost now. Okay. They’re going to Black Rockck, Blackstone. they’re going to uh Morgan Stanley JP Morgan and then say, “Hey, I have these GPUs and these servers uh on a data center. Now, it’s as good as owning real estate where we have a tenant, a McDonald’s or Burger King or whoever paying rent.” Same logic here. So, because of that, even like a 5-year-old GPU, look at that price is going up, right? 21% increase just in the last month, meaning today September, like last month since uh August, it’s gone up by 22% almost. 21.89%. All right. So when we say hey five parallel generations and five of these servers and majority of the time it’s not these it’s the more expensive ones and because we need the blackwell architecture which these are hopper ones which are a little bit older generation. All right. Now look at this one. This is a um NBUS which is one of the biggest data center players in the game. meaning they build a data center, they rent out the servers to OpenAI to Anthropic to whoever, right? And look at the pricing here in the last uh they’re raising it from effective October 1st, which is going to be next week. H100, 5-year-old GPU, $385 an hour to $4.50 an hour, 17% increase. H200s, 20% increase. B200s, which is the black wall architecture, the latest architecture, 19% increase from October 1st. B300s 21% increase to put it in perspective let’s say right uh even if which we don’t we actually use a mix of these and these right even if let’s say uh we are paying a little bit less money let’s say the lower money not the higher price point money let’s say $385 to $4 right now let’s just say when we run these things for you when we say five servers are running to launch your videos and uh do it let’s say it’s the average is uh $4 right now on the cheaper ones right here that you see on the data side cuz electricity has gone up, RAM has gone up in price, every component, right? Cuz OpenAI, Sam Alman, Ananthropic have taken up 60% of the capacity out there, right? So $20 an hour, okay, that we have to pay to run five parallel generations. Of course, you’re not going to run it all uh one hour, but when you do these workflow automations, that’s what you’re, you know, you’re running, right? To run 2 minutes, 3 minutes types of videos or more. So the point I’m making is we when we say you know I said in the uh description box right go there you’re going to get 30% discount and all that while this uh automation is being done and it’s creating the character sheet and all that stuff that you see on my screen right now right and I want you understand that at the end of the day you know you’re getting a 30% September uh discount that we are offering right now right as I said in the description or you can even go to uh this uh page right now that you’re going to see which is uh software deal.io IO. We’re running it for all our applications, right? So, uh I’ll show you. So, you can go in here to software deal.io. It’s going to go in and it’s going to go to this page. September sale. You’re going to get 30%. It’s gone on all our uh products. Video Express is included there. Clone voice for the integration for the voice. And Artistly, of course, you’re coming up with an update for Artistly V7. It’s going to make it as good as um you know, right now the best one in the world is Chad GPT’s own image generation. It’s going to be as good as that. uh it’s going to beat Google’s nano banana all those other tools out there with a new update coming up. Now we’re doing these updates for free and we are paying this type of arrays but we have not increased our prices. We’ve actually reduced it by 30%. And we are uh basically giving free updates to you. Now why is that the case? Because to put it in perspective, when you look at this chart, right? I bought this uh these servers and those who were in our live stream before, you know, this was uh I bought them almost uh about 2 and 1/2 years ago or so, right? 2 and a half years ago or so when this spike didn’t occur, right? And we are able to pass the savings to you. But understand that we are the only ones doing this and there’ll be nobody else left in the industry. you are so-called uh what’s happening right now you have rapper companies what they like to call it which is like you know like a chocolate rapper what that means is like they sell uh something all right by basically integrating a third party company’s usage and that usage is going to go up by 20 to 30% in cost minimum right Costco passed on right diesel is the at an all-time high price when you run some of these data centers they’re powered by diesel um turbines right so diesel is an all-time high price what does that mean they’re going to pass it on to consumer customers. So we could easily pass on the expenses to you. We are not because just out of a pure vision of understanding, hey, you know, these prices are going to go up. We’re going to allocate them right now. And we got a huge amount of capacity about 2 years ago and signed like a 5y year, six year commitments on them. And because they’re more or less paid off for us right now, we’re able to pass these savings to you. Nobody else will do that for you ever. Right? And please understand that when I say this people don’t understand why it is so important to understand that it means that tomorrow every other application right I’ll uh you know you can name whoever who are using these other so-called uh other uh Chinese companies or American companies behind the scenes that they’re using those costs are going up not going down and it’s going to be going up a lot more going forward which eliminates all your competition because it’s going to be too expensive to run these AI tools when we say affordable AI you got to stick to it Right? And we get hated on, you know, it’s sad actually. And you can post in the comment section if you agree with me where, you know, somebody can’t even afford a hickfield, right? Let’s go to this, right? Um, it’s funny. And u like like this whole thing is being generated right now, right? You see this workflow? It’s creating the character sheet, two consistent characters. It’s doing the old scripting and all that stuff, right? You see, it’s creating the scenes and everything. Now, anyway, while that is being created, I want to tell you like you go to these so-called competitors um that people want to compare us against, right? Now you look at it. Go to the pricing, okay? And look at this right now. Okay. $47 a month on the yearly plan. Let’s go to monthly. $59 and 1,200 credits. And Cedance 2.0 is like Video Express beats Cedance 2.0. Cance 2.5 is the more later one. It doesn’t even uh it’s not even included here. Look at this. 53 videos. What does that mean? 53 10-second clips, which is to put it in perspective, that’s like not even 5 minutes, right? Barely, right? Uh cuz you do 10 seconds time 53. What is it? 530 seconds. It’s like, you know, nothing, right? And you can do that with this workflow automation that I gave you for literally free if you have EJ Express. And the point is why is this the case? Because Seance is a Chinese company, which is Bite Dance, the Tik Tok people. Nano Banana Google, right? Google’s company. What are they doing? They go pay Google and then they jack up the price a little bit to pass it on to you in an interface. That’s what we like to call rapper companies. What we do is we bought our own servers, spend a lot of money, uh negotiated contracts with data centers and stuff. We have our own machine learning team, all that stuff. So, is that mean that we can immediately get Cense 2.5 level quality? No. But we have to optimize it to make it work uh and make it uh work. And this right here, I’m going to guarantee you in the next 6 months, it’s not going to be $59. Either they’re going to make it 59 and from 53 it’s going to drop to 23 or something. Okay, you’re now you’re going to know it. And people say like, well, you know, u Hicksfield is so much better, but nobody buys it cuz they can’t afford it. Okay, facts are facts. You got to understand, right? And why I’m telling you this is it’s going to get bad out there. All right, all these so-called we see in our Facebook group, these competitors of ours come running in and they say, you know, Li Express or Tistly and uh Clone, you know, I have these tools, right? uh they’re not as good as Seed Dance 2.5 or Hicksfield. But then and I say, hey, even in the Ultra account, their biggest account, $129 a month right here, can only do 133 videos, which is not even 10 minutes. For 10 minutes, they want $129. And you want revisions and stuff on on top of that, that’s coming to you do the math, right? $130 divided by 10, right? That is right there coming to about $12 per minute. Okay, $12 to $13 a minute uh of video. And then people go here, they sign up here, they come here, they get ultra, what happens? What happens? They don’t get a refund. When they say, “I’m not happy.” They’re going to say, “Hey, you used up the uh uh credits. Too bad. He ain’t going to give you in a partial refund.” We stand behind our products. We give 30 days, no questions asked. Used up all the credits. used up. Let’s say you created, I don’t know, 50 minutes worth of videos that cost us a lot of money behind the scenes. We still give every single penny back. We get hated on for it because we are the only ones that are accessible to 99% of the people in the world right now. The 1% agencies, big corporations, enterprises, of course, they can afford anything cuz the bosses, the company’s paying for it, the employee can do so. If your company’s not paying for it, too bad, right? You you have no other way to go. And it’s sad actually, right? And I want to tell you this and more and more haters are going to come for our products out there because there’s nothing else out there and they we’re eating their business because they had no vision to invest in their customers. They’re just passing on the stuff over to you, right? It’s like for example, somebody uh you know, for example, a company where they’re vertically integrated, they manufactured their own products, uh they shipped their own products that their own shipping uh infrastructure and all that, they can pass the savings better because they invested the millions of dollars, right? in our case well over uh $4 million in infrastructure and team and uh all the fine-tuning optimization and stuff. We work with Nvidia’s team to optimize uh your workflows and your speed of generation. We work with uh cloud providers like Amazon, Google and whoever we can to improve uh our costs every single day. It just slows down the development process but in the end you know it will give you the best value possible. And hey, as time goes on, there’ll be no actual options available. Then what’s going to happen? people who hate us right now and post stuff out there. All our competitors out there who are desperate. They’re going bankrupt right now. They’re disappearing. Uh there used to be a competitor for Video Express when we released it. In the early days, there was this company called OSA.ai, right? Gone. Doesn’t disappear. Doesn’t exist anymore. You can’t even find it. Right? What happened to the customers who were using it, creating workflows with it? It was a recurring subscription product with credits and stuff gone. This is what’s going to happen to every single so-called competitor which is trying to do where they’re going to just resell somebody else’s infrastructure back to you at a premium who are don’t develop their own stuff who actually don’t spend the time to innovate right and so understand when you buy these tools which are giving you a special deal and you have a track record I’ve been in this business for next year will be 20 years 19 years this year so far uh next year June will be 20 that means effectively there’s experience of like understanding longevity understanding how to sustain these things that we have in play. All right? So please understand that one of the reasons why people don’t buy our stuff is they’re too skeptical that is even true first of all and we have to back it up with these live streams and stuff and you know people who are here you can let me know in the chat box right now if you’ve been a customer of video express for the last couple of years for example and you’ve seen the updates in real time like did we charge you more money for the updates did we actually limit you uh for new features like for example you know I have uh chat GPT open right you know when we have these models here GPT 5.6 6 uh uh uh soul and GPT6 Astra, right? GPT6 Astra is more expensive to use than GPT5, right? We’ll complain, they don’t. They’re like, “Hey, take it or leave it, right?” In our case, every update is the same cost whether you bought two years ago, a year ago, or whatever, right? And nobody else is doing it. It’s very hard to do it. It’s almost impossible. The only reason why we’re doing it is because the best way we can actually grow also is word of mouth. Then also people uh spreading the word and stuff like that. As the ecosystem gets built, what will happen is somebody who gets video express will see the value in clone voice and then see the value in artistly and these other products of ours. And then together, you know, over time, maybe not today, but over 3 months, 4 months, as you make more revenue, as you grow your brand, your business, you’ll see the value in buying more of our products and services organically without us having to throw huge amount of money in advertising. Right? And that’s the goal and that’s working out for us to be honest and it’s going to only get uh more successful because we planned ahead of time for the future. Okay. Now, uh that being said, right? Right. So let’s you see this workflow is being done. The whole story is being done. You see it’s doing the whole do I have my hands open? Right. I’m not even touching anything. It’s doing everything right. It’s setting the tone. It’s setting the uh basically the the the voice. It’s setting the uh lighting. Everything the characters everything is being done with the workflow that you get right which you can go by the way as I said before in video express. It’ll be the workflows tab or you can go to video express.ai/workflow that link there right now. And ultimately, right, these workflows will allow you to go end to end um in creating your stuff. Now, the chat GPT account, like I said, it’s being heavily subsidized and they’ll keep doing that because they have all the uh GPU servers and stuff and they’re getting funded and they’re going to do an IPO soon. So, this uh account, even if it’s a $20 a month account that you have, when you run these, right, what I would do is you Astra low or you see GPG6 Luna, you can run these cheap ones. you can do as many hours as possible for it. And if we were to provide this back to you like your other resellers, you know, it’s going to cost us 20 times more. So, a $20 a month plan is now $400 a month um uh or more for us for the same usage if we uh pass it on to you just subsidized like that. Why don’t you use the subsidy? You might as well have you use it directly than try to make a buck out of you right on this because it’s just uh being transparent is a better way of doing business, right? So I’m telling you this stuff is because watch out for it because in the next 3 to 4 months every single competitor of ours who’s doing this reselling of somebody else’s stuff unless they raise a lot of money will disappear and they’ll get more desperate. They’ll trash our brand express or clone rapistly because they’re dying right because they had no vision to think about the future to you know just say how do we make the numbers work? How do we give the best value to people? you know, in in this particular case, I don’t pay myself anything. So, let’s say me, my marketing skills, me coming in these live uh webinars, I was up all night to create the workflow for you, for example. All this stuff is me doing this for free. Right now, if I was to work for uh one of these companies out there, there’ll be 10 people like me each getting, let’s say, 100 grand, 200 grand in salary. That’s a $2 million a year um you know, payroll that I’m doing for free to you. So, what does that mean? I can pass on those savings rather than jacking up the price to make a margin on that. Does that make sense? And that applies over um you know advertising, marketing, that applies over creating these workflows, these training videos and stuff. So it’ll only get worse. And I just want to tell you as a customer, we really appreciate you. And I also want you to know that comes backwards to you as well to understand here they’re selling these servers like they’re selling real estate. Understand that please. Okay, that means in other words, every single company out there is making money renting these out. Like you know how they say gold rush, the gold miners did not make the money. The the shovel sellers, the map sellers, right? They were the one who made all the money. Same logic here. What they’re saying is, hey, your server is like real estate. You can collect rent and that rent will keep going up. What does that mean? You’re going to have all these big corporations come in and just be like, “Okay, cool. I’ll just print money, right? uh I’m going to just go in and I’m going to just buy these things and I’m going to get a return on that money, right? 10% on that, 15%, 20% or in this particular case 30% or more, right? What does that mean? Smaller businesses completely wiped out because they can’t afford this stuff and they’ll disappear and that’s what’s happening. Okay? Uh reality check. This is how it’s going to be. And we’re in that uh part of the world right now and that part of the scenario right now where even for us it’s it’s a scenario where like if we don’t tell you the truth you will not appreciate the effort it takes to be able to offer this 30% discount to be able to not raise prices to be able to do this training for free and not charging you as a course or a community where we charge you a subscription plan. This is hard work. All right. And so impossible work even for a lot of people. The only reason why we can do it is through experience. It’s through understanding marketing. It’s through understanding uh how to speed up our systems and basically use AI the right way. All right? And either you’re going to learn from that because we’re teaching you what we are learning to automate. Like for example, this stuff right here, it’s hands-free now, right? This video creation part. And it’s doing all the clips, putting it together, the storytelling and all that. Before we needed two people minimum to do it and one project manager on top meaning you need a copywriter to write the scripting. You need a video editor to uh put the videos together and the third person to orchestrate everything and organize everything to edit the videos right put it all together upload it to YouTube and all that. Three people you need to do just this one thing and they will have to spend anywhere between 3 to 5 days to do this one video. So imagine you had to create manage a channel like what we are talking about these types of uh video channels. it’d be impossible. All right, let’s put it in perspective, right? So, like you see these uh uh videos here like 9 minutes long here, 8 minutes 43 seconds long here. Uh you have uh like here you see this 9 minutes here. Remember when I went back into that uh platform, right? You remember uh the Hicksfield uh platform, right? Remember like uh if I go in here again, go to pricing, right? And uh you go in here, they just throw more money in advertising of course, but $129 a month for $1 133 videos, which is just under 10 minutes. Okay, put that in perspective. No revisions. So to create this one video that you have here, you hope and pray you’re going to make more than that $129 right on this video. If you don’t, too bad. Okay, you just pay more subscriptions, more credits, whatever you have to do. And what I’m trying to say is it’s going to get worse. AI is going to be more expensive because it’s being captured by five corporations now. Google, Amazon, Microsoft, OpenAI, and Anthropic. Uh, and then the sixth one being Meta, right? Facebook. So, these six corporations throwing infinite money and basically making it impossible for someone like us to pass the savings to you because we are becoming renters, they’re becoming landlords. So when you buy video express as I mentioned or clone voice or any of our applications uh that you can see on that link that I told you there you’re the owner not a renter right and understand that it’s insane amount of value for you all right okay now you see this right here to allow download to happen you can always allow uh uh right here because you know we just to download the video or some of the permissions it’s going to ask so keep that in mind when these workflows are happening because once you give that permission once it’s automated there you saw the um the intro for this live stream as well was completely done by AI by the way. All right, the spokesperson uh the animations and everything else as well. So internally we’re using AI a lot for this stuff too. And what that will mean, okay, is that going forward, it’ll allow me to basically be able to give you more value and be able to focus on the more u you know distribution side of things for you. Because when content creation becomes easy like this, what’s going to happen, right? What’s going to happen? It’s going to make the other aspect which is the distribution a lot more valuable. Can you get results? uh can you get uh for example uh what do you do to get revenue out of it or uh basically growth out of it right and one of the things that I’m focusing on right now as well as once I figure this out for you the next stage is going to be the distribution aspect and what I’m finding out right now even for our own use case is that micro niches are becoming extremely extremely powerful what does that mean exactly well when we talk about microniches is that uh uh these uh platforms right? Like OpenAI and uh Anthropic and stuff uh and Google and YouTube and um Facebook and Instagram. What they’re really saying is we don’t want to bet our whole business on a Mr. Beast where if tomorrow he’s disappears or he uh cannot do videos anymore now our business drops by 10% or 15%. So we’re going to bet on thousand mini creators in many industries like for example uh this one right here which we have right. So daily English learning stuff. though they rather give views and traffic and um you know traction for these um channels than it is to give a big channel. You will notice that like if if if you go to Mr. beast channel. You’ll understand what I’m talking about. This is the mo biggest uh channel right now, right? So like watch this. Okay, he gets right. He gets like you see the 66 million views here. 1787. But if you go to his most popular videos uh 4 years ago, 965 million is 600 million. So he’s getting 16th meaning less than 80% of the views he used to get 3 years ago because the platforms are no longer focusing on these big channels anymore. or they don’t want to bet on it. They want micro channels. Micro channels for solving a problem or service. So, let’s say you have any product or service to sell. It’s the best time to do content, especially with automation stuff. Even if you’re not comfortable in front of the camera, um you know, your voice is not amazing to speak, you’re not a great public speaker, even if you get 2,000 views or 5,000 views, there’s going to be more targeted people uh who will buy your product or service, right, than ever before, whether it’s affiliate product or whatever it might be. And that’s becoming quite important now. Okay. And recommendation engines also by the way what I mean by that is Chad GPT and Anthropic and people are asking questions like hey is video express a great product or hey do I buy this uh beauty cream on my face um that I want to put or like let’s say moisturizer I buy right is it good from these are basically being driven from YouTube in a very very big way. Meaning what what these AI platforms are doing is that let’s say for example, right? I say uh AI moisturizer

    for extremely dry skin, right? Um and if they say uh in winter right here, right? So you see these uh top five moisturizer link, you know, you see it says it says stop the wrong moisturizer uh best and worst moisturizer for dry skin. So what they’re doing is they’re transcribing these videos chatg anthropic Google and stuff and then when people ask for it they’re basically going to go through the video content as a primary source of their data to give feedback. So in other words, you do automation with video express like so you create the videos, you publish them into YouTube. It has a second order benefit. Okay, the second order benefit is basically where it is going to allow you to rank products on what’s called AI engines, right? When they ask questions with GPT, it’s going to basically pull it off of YouTube and other stuff. Google also anthropic as well. And it’s no longer like a search result where you need a website, an index. All that stuff is gone now, right? You’re asking questions, it’s asking back. So imagine if you’re an insurance agent. Let’s say you’re a real realtor. Let’s say you’re a mortgage broker. Let’s say you’re in the electronics business, whatever, right? If somebody has to go in and and find the best service provider in their locality or whatever, they used to go to Google Maps or something, right? Uh or even if it’s a product or service, they check reviews on Amazon or something. Now they’re asking Chad GPT and Anthropic and the number one premium source for data is YouTube for all of these. So every time YouTube posts new videos they’re transcribing those videos and learning more about it and indexing that content. So when people ask there’s videos of you talking about certain products and services very very powerful. Okay. So understand where the world is moving. Okay. And we want to basically you know Wayne Gretzky uh the hockey player ice hockey player used to say you know I got successful because I I basically go to where the puck is going right and I visualize it ahead of time and I go there then it is basically where being stagnant and waiting for the opportunity to come to me where I’m stuck never works. So similarly you see this it’s putting together all the clips okay that you see on my uh screen right now right so it’s putting together it’s dragging and dropping all the scripts like you see here uh with scenes as well for this video and then now it’s going to export the video as well this workflow so as I mentioned before this workflow you’re going to get right here in this link or in the tab uh workflows and video express application so it does the whole video for you you just go sip a cup of coffee whatever and you can make modifications saying hey one of these scenes does is not going to fix it. It’ll do it. Okay. And again, you saw in the beginning it asked me for 16×9 or 9×6. So, you can now next time around and say just make me a 9×6 variation of it, but more fast-paced like 30 seconds or something. You’ll write the script. It’ll do everything for you. No need for any thinking. Uh any of that stuff. All you got to figure out is what markets do I enter, what niches do I go into, what micro niches do I go into, and more importantly, what product or service do I sell? If you don’t have a product or service to sell, you can sell Video Express as an affiliate. I earn a commission, right? We pay a lot of uh every single month you do. So, so that link, by the way, for that is uh in uh you can just go to um I’ll show you actually. So, you can go to video express.ai, right? Saffiliates. Okay. Uh this is the affiliate page. Um and that’s the same thing for clone wise. That’s the same thing for um artistly where it’s uh video express or artist.ai/affiliates. So, I’ll leave this link as well for you uh in case you want to have it. So, let me show you. So, that’s the affiliate link. So, you can promote it and earn a commission, right? We’ll give you a link. You put that in the description box of YouTube or whatever uh and send people over. You’re going to make a commission. We have people making thousands of dollars every month just from publishing videos on YouTube, Instagram, uh Tik Tok and stuff like that and putting their link, right? Either link in bio in those cases or in the case of YouTube and stuff in the description box, right? Uh of the video. So, you can do that if you don’t have a product or service, you can do that. We handle the uh uh payments. We handle the support, we handle the product updates, all that, right? Why not? It’s easy stuff. So, that’s another option. And not just there’s a lot of other platforms out there which offer an affiliate uh commission. So, you can go to those as well. You know, it doesn’t have to be our products, but you get the point, right? If you don’t have a product or service, these micro niches that get 2,000 to 5,000 to 10,000 views, not millions of views, you can drive that traffic over to other platforms as well, okay? And earn a commission. You don’t need a product or service of your own, for example. All right? Uh think of it like a supplier, right? So you see he’s giving it a project name now and it’s going to save that project like so. You see project is saved. It’s exporting the video. Once the video is exported I’ll show you the output. All right. So that uh you can see it as well that it was done all on autopilot. I didn’t do anything. I was actually blabbering here about different uh trends in the industry with you right where it was actually doing this work for me. This right here is what I want to tell you is that when the future is headed in this direction like so um you need to understand then where the puck is going where the future is headed in 6 months time I’m going to tell you everything is going to be so expensive that just because you own media express it gives you an edge right correct or clone wise and artistic because they all integrate together um and then next thing is that okay I got the point my competition has disappeared majority of them or it’s very expensive for them so they don’t go into these micro niches where it gets 2,000 views is not worth it for them. Let’s say, right? They only go for the big clients, big businesses. Second thing is now, okay, I I’m into this micro niches. What do I do in order to what do I sell? What do I um promote or what do I offer for those 2,000 people who watch the video or 5,000 people who watch the video, whatever. And I can tell you that’s what we’re going to be focusing on once you have fully understood this process because that is where we’re seeing insane results for oursel. Okay? uh even I do a lot of consulting work as well um because you know a lot of people want to ask me questions right and different things because of experience that I have in the industry and what I found out with consulting is that every single time once people understand hey I have 2,000 people watch the video 5,000 people watch the video now out of that I just need 10% of the people to click on a link and then go and let’s say in that particular case it’s 200 people for 2,000 views two to get 200 clicks right right now on Facebook or Google It’s going to cost you $2 to $3 a click, which means it’s going to cost you $600 to $700 to get that same traffic to a website. Okay? Uh and it’s more expensive for different industries, right? So that is free for you. If it’s free for you, don’t you agree with me? You’re a little bit more risk-taking. You can go and do more, right? And that’s what I want you to think about as time goes on, as the future gets into this direction. Okay? So again, it’s doing the rendering right now. It’s generating the video for us completely as you can see on my screen right now. And then it’s going to show up under my videos tab. Okay. Uh right here. It’s going to once it’s done. Okay. Here you go. It’s actually done. Let’s go check it out. Let’s download this one. Okay. Cool. Uh let me actually play this for you. Okay. So, let me see. And hey, if it sucks, it sucks. But the idea is it was end to end. So, now you can improve upon it, right? Effectively, that’s the general idea. Okay. So, let’s do that. Let me see. Uh let me play this.

    All right, here we go.

    Oliver, let’s grow something together today. Can this little plant really grow big? First, loosen the soil so roots have room.

    Good roots need a good home. Set it gently. Small beginnings deserve great care. Like when you help me learn.

    Yes, we all need kindness while we grow. Now, a little water. Nice and slow. Just enough. Too much can hurt the roots. Will it grow by tomorrow, Grandpa? Growth takes time. Keep caring even when nothing shows. Then I’ll come back every day. That’s gardening and life, patience, care, and hope. All right. Pretty cool, right? So, uh, let me actually, uh, mute this. And while it’s doing it, this was all done right now live. Okay. I can obviously improve it. That’s the beauty with AI tools. You can improve it. Say, hey, you made this mistake. Don’t make sure you don’t do this. Or you can say for example make it a little bit more fast-paced or do a 9×6 vertical variation of this and stuff like that. And then the second thing I want to mention is I did see this uh uh question that came in as well which I want to address right now which was uh reader express is good but it’s all about the prompting. Absolutely. That’s why I automated this for you, right? You don’t have to worry about prompting, storytelling, script writing, um storyboarding, everything. It’s all automated. Character design, everything is done for us right now. And you can pretty much do even consistent character, consistent voice, all that stuff is sorted as well. Now, the other thing I wanted to mention as well is I also got artistly um and video express and other tools of ours. How do they integrate? So we have like a like a way for you to integrate the API keys so that you can use clone voices, voices and artistic images and animate them for example in video express and so on and so forth. All right. So let me uh show you that example. This extensive training on this by the way uh which I’ve done. So if you have any questions you can ask me as well in the chat. But uh let me actually show and this was a minute video. You can do 2 minutes, 3 minutes, 5 minutes, whatever. It’s really uh irrelevant on the time, but I just want to do it so that you know I can quickly show it to you. If it takes another 15 minutes, maybe you get bored, right? Uh of uh me here waiting for it to be finished cuz it’ll take a little bit of while to do it cuz it’s a lot of thinking to go, right? So anyway, uh what I wanted to show you is uh the integration stuff so you can see it. Let me share my screen here uh right now. Yeah, there.

    So, okay, watch this. So, the integration is basically if you go into the Well, let’s finish this stuff. So, these were all the clips by the way that it merged. Okay. Right. Real time. You saw. So anyway,

    if I go into uh options here uh and if I go into the tutorial section, you’ll actually see it where uh you see this video express AI artist and clone wise integration tutorial. What will happen is basically when you go and do that API key that you integrate in you see import from clone voice will open up and you can bring your uh clone’s uh voice clones and your music files and all that kind of stuff in here. Another option that’s going to show up is you see where if it says uh I’ll show you um let’s say text to speech you see now you can actually okay integrate your clone voic’s uh speech here as well okay directly automatically um and the other option is when you go to create from prom and you do narration video and you go to the next step this is where like your uh uh your clone voice uh audio files will show up and also when you go in here you see this import from artistly you get your artist API key it’s bring in all the images from artistly into your media library. Okay? And I’ve done that many many many times, right? Uh like it’ll create a folder like this my clone voice AI and all your uh clips will show up here or your images and stuff. So the integration works like that. So all the stuff will show show up here and then animate them. You can make them videos or you can create u automations and stuff like that which we’ve done right. So watch this video um actually here in the tutorials page. It’ll show you how I did a complete music video where music was generated with clone voice, images were generated with artistly for the story book uh 50 bulk images, right? And then the third was the video express how it basically animated them. And in that case, I didn’t even use uh for example uh in this particular case, I didn’t use chat GPT or anything like that or or anthropic plot. It was all done with these three tools working together to create like uh a music video. Let me show it to you. Um so you’ll see it uh right here. You see this like this whole music video was done uh through the integration. Okay. Uh like you see this animation video and again chat or anything else was not used there. So it’ll show you this video tutorial on how to do that process. All right. Now uh I want to also talk about a couple other things uh right here. So we’re uh team is u like we know I’m running we’re running that uh 30% off sale right? And why do I mention that quite a bit is that it’s going to be gone very soon. And if you go here, let me show you. Um, of course, I can compare it uh to any platform and tell you how valuable that is. But anyway, what I’m trying to say is so if you’re pay $129 or anything, you pay once and you’re good to go. So if you come here, what I want to tell you is if you come to this page, you see Artistly, right? We’re working on Artistly V7. It should be coming up very soon, probably by next week. I wanted to mention this right now. We’re doing some final testing with our beta testers and stuff. Like I said, that’s the next update coming in. Uh, Clone Wars will have another update coming in probably with more language support and stuff uh, very soon. And I’m also working on uh, Video Express V4. Our team is working like right now is V3.5, right? So, the next big update for Video Express is also being worked on. And of course, talking photos AI was going to come up with another update as well where we’re revamping the whole lip sync algorithm there. In the case of talking photos, why it’s so powerful is that you see here in video express like if I open up this tab, you see uh in you see each of these here are little clips, right? Like you see um the problem is in many cases you want uh one talking head talking right as an example if you go into this page you see this talking head talking throughout like this this lady right here she’s basically let me mute it but she’s talking throughout in that same background and the lip sync is working talking for us excels in this kind of use case uh and it’s it’s a lip sync algorithm that was designed for very long video like 5 minutes 3 minutes and stuff like that and without having to jump cuts, right? Every 10 seconds or 12 seconds or 15 seconds or something like that. Instead, it’ll be just one smooth video. Same thing with singing videos as well, right? You need uh or dancing videos and stuff. You need one big clip uh which is going to be let’s say a minute, 2 minutes, 3 minutes, 4 minutes long and think is happening. Talking photo is the best application for that. All right. And um so that’s the basic idea of why everything has a different algorithm that we’ve from the ground up worked on it and to make happen. So you get 30% on all of these tools. Okay, straight up regardless of what uh you know what you get, right? Pretty straightforward. You can get in, you go in, let’s say, for example, you go to VDI Express, you come in here, right? You’re going to come into the website, you see this 30% off. You see September 30th uh is the coupon. You get the deal and it’s going to be applied here. You see 53 uh discount 30%, you see here right now. And now we’re running it for a very short period of time to give back to you because everybody else is raising prices. Like I told you earlier, we are the only ones using it for AI tools with free updates and stuff. And you know, and we want to make a point because I take it very personally that we’re being attacked by these competitors of ours who are all disappearing, going bankrupt, who have no vision and stuff like that. They’re bashing us on all platforms out there because they they have no other credibility to uh stand foot in their own value proposition that they give. And what’s happening is it’s only going to get worse. And it’s it hurts you know to be honest but you know I want to make a statement to all of them by reducing our price with a special discount and further inflict pain on the people who are hurting our brand by you know badmouthing us on YouTube to promote uh Hicksfield or bad mouthing us and then promote another uh competitor uh like open art and some of these other tools which are all resellers of uh you know seed dance and you know these nano bananas and stuff where like I said the prices will only go up for these uh algorithms and updates. So, what’s happening right now? They bash it because they see us grow because we had the vision and uh now I have to fight back. The best way I can fight back is tell them, hey, look, you know, if you’re going to raise your prices, we’re going to drop our prices and then I’m going to squeeze you dry more, right? Uh and we’re going to provide more value to our customers. Then what are you going to do? You’re going to disappear even sooner, right? Because you have nowhere else to go, nowhere else to hide uh anymore because you are a reseller, right? And unfortunately, whether you like it or not, you’re going to rely on a Google or a bite dance or a seed dance. And if they raise their prices, you can’t handle it even further because your real customers are your investors and your corporate uh suits, not everyday people, right? And I want to tell that because we’re seeing that quite a bit, right? You you go to Google uh YouTube and stuff and you search, okay, V Express. Oh, don’t get Video Express. Instead, buy uh this other tool. And that other tool is just a rapper using some of these other tools and they’re leveraging on our brand name, our hard work uh and our sacrifice of uh not trying to make a big profit off of squeezing customers and stuff and they’re doing all this stuff and now is your benefit in this fight we’re going into us versus them. You know these people uh are ruthless. They are all over overseas most of them, right? And uh what they want to do is just hey destroy uh V Express and we would have been destroyed if not for my experience over 20 years and our team and stuff where we had the vision to invest in the resources and spend millions of dollars with nothing to show for right away and um and the vision of understanding that hey the only way we can be the best is don’t raise the prices increase the value right if we increase the value we can reach more people and stuff like that and all these bad mouthers and these uh uh I don’t even want to call haters because haters is one thing. I have no problem if people have constructive criticism. It’s this uh idea of leveraging by trashing somebody like you know I say something bad on them so a lot of people will watch my video and then I’m going to make a few bucks by promoting my own product or service uh because I don’t have any other way to get attention is the sad part right and those people I’m going to tell you you know you can name the names of these people who not raised much uh like you raised some money and stuff like that it’s being consolidated they’re going to disappear in 3 to four months and the sad part is when they disappear all the projects you built will get deleted. All the workflows you built deleted. All the effort you put in to create some uh understanding of how to use these tools, they’ll be gone. And that’s a that’s worth a lot more than the price you’re paying for VD Express or Clone Wars or Artistity right now because time is more valuable than money. Okay? And I want to be very clear that people understand this because if you don’t understand this right tomorrow when this reality sinks in where they are going to treat this uh GPU or a server in a data center as a real estate uh investment where they’re going to corporatize this whole thing. You’re just going to be a perpetual renter. Okay. And what does that mean exactly? They’re going to raise up your price and say I only raised it 10%. Compared uh the competition raised 30%. you’re still going to say, “Oh, thank you so much. 10% is good enough. Uh, I’m so grateful.” That’s what they want you to do, right? And I’m going to tell you to fight back. You know, we need you to provide us uh if you possible, you know, give leave us reviews on these review platforms like Trust Pilot or Captera and some of these places that we have. Uh it’d be grateful if you spread the word when somebody attacks us on YouTube or something. Uh you know, you can spread the word and you can tell them, “Hey, you know, there’s nothing else out there like this.” And if your whole business is to tarnish somebody’s brand, get the uh cheap clicks and then uh put all the people and send it over to uh this other platform because you have no other way to actually uh earn earn money off of it cuz it cannot really live on the value or the features or whatever then you know that’ll be greatly appreciated on our part. Okay? because we’re doing our best to give you value to make things free to make all the updates happen and all we require from you is if possible it will be greatly appreciated buyer any tools you don’t have of ours it’ll only go back to the development process make it better and stuff buying more infrastructure uh right now I’m in talks uh with different uh you know people are to buy more infrastructure because I’m seeing a scenario where next year when things are going to be 50% more expensive 60% more expensive in the next 6 months that means that if we buy today again you know we can as updates and suffer uh more we can reach more people and we can make better products and services and better workflows better end to-end customizations and stuff and so on and so forth give you value yes but also make it such that uh the the competition of ours who are trying to tarnish us will also be in a situation where they’re being like how is this person sustaining for so long we’re trying all to bring them down right and um they they will not understand it’s because we care Right? Every single cost that we can cut, it’s savings to you, right? As our customer, every single thing that we could be charging for, we make it for free by working really hard instead, right? Like uh last 8 hours of spend working on this one workflow for you. And why did I do that? It’s because that 8 hours will save you 80 hours, right? Breaking your head against using video express, right? Uh to write the right prompting and stuff like that. So when you come and copy and paste and you can get a video of this level quality end to end, right? And there’s just one workflow. You go into that workflows tab um you’re going to see like if you go into the workflows tab on video express you come here look at that right so many workflows kids music video workflow uh there’s clone voice uh narrative video workflow and I’m going to be adding more more frequently. So watch out for the YouTube channel our Facebook group and stuff as well uh for more of these uh because now I got a flow of it. I’m able to uh kind of get it much faster um because I got the hang of AI like some internal stuff we have I cannot reveal it to just yet simply because it’s not scalable yet but I use it for my internal productivity. I’ve been using the stuff internally to increase my productivity by like 100x. What does that mean? It’s like duplicating myself hundreds of times over right and um if you have interest in learning these things please let me know in the chat box even after the live stream I check every single comment here. If I didn’t get to answer them live, I go back and I check every single one of them. So, even after this live stream is done, please make sure you tell me anything you have. You hate our products, let me know why. You love our products, let me know why. If you need any new workflows or features, let me know why. I check every single not some AI or something because the only way I can improve our products and services is to hear from you, right, directly. And whether it is good, bad, ugly, the only way we will know is here and improve things. And I’m very transparent on that, right? you can check our Facebook group like there are people complaining all day and I’m like okay to totally fair it’s better for you to complain than to not complain and never use our tools and you know uh not help uh your business grow and us to grow right it’s better if you just complain and you say this sucks okay hurts but okay what do we do to improve it much better way constructive way for us to go right so that’s why I’ve been building these workflows for you such that that element of uh trial and error is eliminated let me spend those 8 to 10 hours of dedicated time uh for each workflow or more uh to perfect it for you, okay? Across different platforms. That’s the goal. All right, so anyway, that being said, uh please let me know in the chat box. I check every single question in the comment section after this live stream is done. If I couldn’t answer something live here, please let me know in the comment section. I check every single comment and answer them even after this live stream is done. And secondly, our Facebook group as well, right? Just make sure you join it if you’re not already and post there. I check every single comment there as well. If I don’t somebody from my team will obviously send it to me that hey you know a lot of our customers are asking for this can we implement it and I definitely take it very seriously okay uh that’s the only way we can improve things focus on that two or three features that are of importance then wasting our time on 10 other features nobody will use right uh or updates for example okay so anyway that said you know I don’t want to go on forever for this so let me know in the comment section I personally will check every single comment and answer them so don’t be uh shy to any constructive criticism any criticism really let me know and I’ll be happy to check in. I’ll personally comment. I’ll personally check and improve things which can be improved upon. Right? So that said, have a great day and night you all. Uh and watch out for my other workflows coming up soon. Uh that’ll integrate all our applications that uh you can get right uh as I mentioned in that special link that you see on your screen right now. 30% discount uh for this month. All right, talk soon. I’ll uh uh watch out for your comments.